CopyRight



Numbers



by Ken Cayce



© Ken Cayce All rights reserved.


Copyright



Table of Contents



Introduction

Chapters




Introduction


Back to Table of Contents




Numbers Explained





Go to Book of Numbers Index

Introduction: Something went terribly wrong on the way to the Promised land. Why would it take the infant nation of Israel 38 years to travel a distance that should have only taken a few weeks at most? And yet that one month's travel turned into nearly four decades of travail. For the adults age 20 and over who left Egypt, it consumed the rest of their lives. They never made it to the Promised Land.


For many long periods the Israelites were in encampments, not wandering. Still, the reason for this seemingly interminable period forms the heart of this book: The Exodus generation adults had a spiritual crisis halfway from Sinai to Canaan. It was not a question of geography or topography; it was a question of faith. The trip from "prison land" to Promised Land was spiritual at its core. It was a test to see whether the Hebrews would trust Yahweh to meet their needs and deliver them safely to their new home in Canaan.


The Exodus generation failed the test and died on the threshold of blessing and promise. It would be their children, those under the age of 20 and those born in the wilderness years, who would lead the nation into Canaan.


The story of Numbers is so important from a spiritual perspective that two New Testament writers warn their readers about failing similar tests. The apostle Paul advised the church in Corinth about yielding to temptations to grumbling, immorality, and idol worship like the Hebrews did (1 Cor. 10:1-11). The author of Hebrews warned his readers about a failure to move in and claim the spiritual rest God had promised (Heb. 3:7 - 4:11). He draws from the story in the Book of Numbers to remind his readers that promises must be grasped and acted on before they can be realized.


Numbers is far more than Moses' travelogue or a record of Israel's population growth. It must be read with spiritual eyes wide open.


Title: The Hebrew title for this book is "In the Wilderness", which is quite descriptive of the contents. The English title has its origin in the Greek version of the Old Testament (Septuagint), where, by the way of the Latin Vulgate, we get the English name. Another Hebrew title, favored by some early church fathers, is based on the first word of the Hebrew text (of 1:1), "and He spoke". This designation emphasizes that the book records the Word of God to Israel.


Only a few chapters (1-4 and 26), are given over to numbering (census taking), while the major portion of the book deals with the laws,regulations and experiences of Israel in the wilderness. The two censuses break the book into its two logical divisions. Chapters (1-21), begin with a census and cover the years in the wilderness, while (chapters 26-36), begin with a census of the new generation and tell of the months before entrance into Canaan. The Balaam story separates these two sections and forms a literary hinge connecting them.


Exodus concentrates on the deliverance from Egypt, the covenant at Sinai, and the erection of the tabernacle. Leviticus highlights the nature of true worship and holiness. Numbers focuses on the Land of Promise and Israel's journey toward it. Leviticus emphasizes the importance of holiness and cleanness. Numbers reiterates the value of faith and obedience. Leviticus stresses the role of sacrifice in creating and maintaining right relations between God and man, whereas Numbers accentuates the indispensability of the priesthood for preserving the nation's spiritual health.


At least three theological strains run through the Book of Numbers:


1. The character of God, especially as He reveals Himself in punishing the wicked (11:25, 33; 12:5, 10; 14:10; 16:19, 42; 20:6);


2. The land as it had been given to Israel by the Lord (32:7, 9), to be a holy land (35:34), and Israel's permanent possession (36:9); and


3. Israel's being the people of God who reflect God's holiness and faithfulness in their lives.


Historical Setting: Numbers should be read in connection with Exodus, Leviticus, and Deuteronomy. (Exodus 19:1), tells of Israel's arrival in the wilderness of Sinai in the third month after the Hebrews left the land of Egypt. From the third to the twelfth months they received the Decalogue, instructions for building the tabernacle, and directions concerning the many details of the sacrificial system set forth in Leviticus. Then in Numbers, the people of Israel are taught how to function as a camp. Their religious, civil and military economies are set in order in preparation for their journeying, worshiping, and conquering as a nation.


The sequence of events in the book is as follows. From Sinai, Israel journeyed north to the wilderness of Paran. There the spies who brought back an "evil report" instigated a rebellion, so the people refused to enter the land. Then, through foolish presumption, they suffered defeat at the hands of the heathen. They were turned back to wander in the wilderness 38 more years. At the end of this period, they traveled to the plains of Moab, east of the Jordan, and defeated and occupied all of Trans-Jordan north of the river Arnon. Here they fell into sin with the Moabite and Midianite women and worshiped their gods. A new generation of Israel was numbered, and at the command of God destroyed the Midianites who had so harassed them. Gad and Reuben and the half-tribe of Manasseh were given possessions east of the Jordan, and Moses appointed Joshua as his successor. From chapter 20 through chapter 36, the book deals with events of the fortieth year (36:13). Numbers has much in common with Deuteronomy because of its many laws and regulations.


Authorship: The first 5 book of the Bible, called the Law, of which Numbers is the fourth, are ascribed to Moses throughout Scripture (Joshua 8:31; 2 Kings 14:6; Neh. 8:1; Mark 12:26; John 7:19). The book of Numbers itself refers to the writing of Moses (in 33:2 and 36:13).


Numbers was written in the final year of Moses' life. The events from 20:1 to the end occur in the 40th year after the Exodus. The account ends with Israel poised on the eastern side of the Jordan River across from Jericho (36:13), which is where the conquest of the land of Canaan began (Joshua chapters 3-6). The book of Numbers must be dated (ca. 1405 B.C.), since it is foundational to the book of Deuteronomy, and Deuteronomy is dated in the 11th month of the 40th year after the Exodus (Deut. 1:3).


Background and Setting: Most of the events of the book are set "in the wilderness". The word "wilderness" is used 48 times in Numbers. This term refers to land that contains little vegetation or trees, and because of a sparsity of rainfall, it cannot be cultivated. This land is best used for tending flocks of animals. In (1:1 - 10:10), Israel encamped in "the wilderness of Sinai". It was a Sinai that the Lord had entered into the Mosaic Covenant with them (Exodus 19-24). From (10:11 - 12:16), Israel traveled from Sinai to Kadesh. In (13:1 - 20:13), the events took place in and around Kadesh, which was located in "the wilderness of Paran" (12:16; 13:3, 26), "the wilderness of Zin" (13:21; 20:1). From (20:14 - 22:1), Israel traveled from Kadesh to the "plains of Moab". All the events of (22:2 - 36:13), occurred while Israel was encamped in the plain to the north of Moab. That plain was a flat and fertile piece of land in the middle of the wasteland (21:20; 23:28; 24:1).


The book of Numbers concentrates on events that take place in the second and fortieth years after the Exodus. All incidents recorded (in 1:1 - 14:45 occur in 1444 B.C.), the year after the Exodus. Everything referred to (after 20:1 is dated ca. 1406 / 1405 B.C.), the 40th year after the Exodus. The laws and events found (in 15:1 - 19:22), are undated, but probably all should be dated (ca. 1443 to 14:07 B.C.). The lack of material devoted to this 37-year period, in comparison with the other years of the journey from Egypt to Canaan, communicates how wasted these years were because of Israel's rebellion against the Lord and His consequent judgment.


Liberal scholars hold that much of what is related in the Book of Numbers is unhistorical. They may make some concessions that some of the material is factual, but they basically have proposed that the book is a composite of several documents. Such scholars designate most of the book as the "P" (Priestly), document, which they claim was written not earlier than the sixth or fifth century B.C., chiefly by priests of postexilic times. They do allow that some of Numbers is from "J" and "E," two documents not older that the ninth and eighth centuries B.C. Even these earlier documents, they say, were far separated from Moses' time, and their traditions are so confused that they tell us little about the Mosaic period.


The bible attest that Moses compiled the book during the wilderness wanderings (1447 - 1407 B.C.). The phrase "the Lord spake unto Moses" appears more than 80 times in the book, along with the statement "Moses wrote their goings out" (33:2). The chief arguments in favor of this view are statements within the Pentateuch that Moses did write some of it down (Exodus 24:4; Num. 33:2; Deut. 31:9, 22), the constant claim that the laws were revealed to him (Exodus 25:1; Lev. 1:1; Num. 1:1), and the New Testament record of Mosaic authorship (Matt. 8:4; 19:7; Luke 24:44; John 1:45). There are several indications of a second millennium B.C. dating for the book:


1. Parallels to the census lists (chapters 1 and 26), are found in the Mari tablets (eighteenth century B.C.), from Mesopotamia, and in Old Kingdom Egyptian documents.


2. The names of the tribal leaders (1:5-15), are characteristically second millennium in form.


3. So was their mode of encampment, the tribes of Israel camping in a square with the tent of their divine King at the center (chapter 2); this arrangement was followed by Rameses II (thirteenth century B.C.), on his campaigns, whereas first millennium Assyrian royal tent enclosures were circular.


4. The role of the priests and Levites in guarding the tabernacle (chapter 4), finds parallels in second millennium B.C. Hittite texts.


5. The design of the lampstand (chapter 8), shows that it comes from the Late Bronze Age (sixteenth to thirteenth centuries B.C.).


6. Trumpets were used during the Egyptian New Kingdom (1570 - 1585 B.C.), to summon to war and worship (chapter 10).


7. The tasseled garments (chapter 15), are attested among Israel's neighbors from the mid-second millennium onward.


8. In style and form, the letter to Edom (chapter 20), resembles second-millennium diplomatic notes.


9. A bronze serpent (chapter 21), and a tent shrine used by Midianites in the twelfth century B.C. have been found at Timna.


10. The laws on sacrifice (in chapters 28 and 29), resemble a fourteenth-century ritual calendar from Ugarit. And


11. The boundaries of Canaan as defined (in chapter 34), correspond to those of the Egyptian province of Canaan in texts of the fifteenth to thirteenth centuries B.C.


What it Says: For more than a year, the Hebrew slaves underwent a transformation. They shuffled into the shadow of Mount Sinai as an unorganized family, the descendants of Jacob. But they left in a wholly different manner. While at Sinai, Moses grouped them by tribes according to the 12 sons of Jacob. The tribes camped around the periphery of a square, three tribes to a side, with the tabernacle erected in the middle of the square. And each grouping of tribes had a lead tribe responsible for their group.


Once organized, it was possible for the new nation to meet their King, the God of their fathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They entered into a covenantal agreement with Him to receive and to obey His laws, summarized in the Ten Commandments Moses brought down from the mountain. And they learned what it meant to be separate from the world, illustrated by their separation from the pagan ways of Egypt.


The difference between the Hebrews' arrival at Sinai and their departure could not have been more different! They arrived as refugees and left as a military nation. They were as organized in their march to Canaan as in their camp at Sinai. In a little over a year, the children of Israel had become a nation under the rule of God.


What it means: Numbers can be grouped into two movements based on the two censuses: (chapters 1-25 and chapters 26-36). The book is undergirded by four central themes:


Covenant: The Law of God, the covenant by which Israel was to be ruled, plays a critical role in Israel's history. The covenant was given by God at Mount Sinai beginning with the Ten Commandments (Exodus 20:1-17). Throughout the rest of Exodus, all of Leviticus and Numbers (1:1 - 10:10), commandments, statutes, and judgments were added. These laws were focused particularly on worship, emphasizing instructions concerning the tabernacle and sacrifice. More laws were added at Kadesh (chapters 15; 18-19), and again in the plains of Moab (chapters 27-30; 35-36).


Land: The land that the Lord promised to Abraham and his descendants forever (Gen. 12:7; 13:15; 15:7-21), was the land of Canaan, and the people were to possess what had been promised to them. But the land where they would finally dwell would involve many battles. The two descriptions of census and organization in Numbers (chapters 1-3; 26), were for preparing an army. Israel's battling to inherit their land is a type of the Christian's preparation for victory in spiritual warfare (1 Cor. 10:1-13; 2 Cor. 10:1-6; Eph. 6:10-17; Heb. 3:7 - 4:11).


Faith: Israel's crisis of faith came at Kadesh. That is when the people rebelled against Moses and the Lord upon hearing the evil report of the 10 faithless spies. A report of insurmountable problems in the land (chapters 13 and 14). Israel learned the lesson that faith is manifested by obedience to God's commands. As a result of their disobedience, the adult Israelites (except for Joshua and Caleb), were barred from entering the Promised Land (14:22-23).


Promises: The promises of God are not invalidated by the failures of humanity. People's actions can delay the realization of God's promised blessing but not cancel them. Just as God waited 38 years for a new generation of Israelites to inherit the land, so Israel has been waiting nearly 2,000 years to re-inhabit the land under God's blessing. The apostle Paul takes up the issue of Israel and God's promises (in Romans chapters 9-11).


What it Means to You: What happened one night at a crossroads called Kadesh changed the destiny of millions and erased the hopes of a whole generation. There is no way to overstate what a devastating effect the negative, faithless report of 10 men had on the nation. Israel was at a tipping point that night: the words of the returned spies would either tip the people toward the Promised Land, or toward death and futility.


Summation: People all around us in the course of our day may be, for one reason or another, at an intersection in their lives. Our attitude, our outlook, our faith, our words, our courage at their crossroads could actually lift their lives, sending them in a positive direction. Conversely, our negative, discouraging, cynical talk might easily nudge the confused or disheartened down a longer road into doubt or despair. Is it any wonder that the Lord spoke so soberly about the power of our words and our responsibility in speaking them? Jesus said, "I say to you that for every idle word men may speak, they will give account of it in the Day of Judgment (Matt. 12:36).





Chapters


Back to Table of Contents




Chapter Selection




Chapter



Back to Table of Contents


Numbers 1 Numbers 10 Numbers 19 Numbers 28
Numbers 2 Numbers 11 Numbers 20 Numbers 29
Numbers 3 Numbers 12 Numbers 21 Numbers 30
Numbers 4 Numbers 13 Numbers 22 Numbers 31
Numbers 5 Numbers 14 Numbers 23 Numbers 32
Numbers 6 Numbers 15 Numbers 24 Numbers 33
Numbers 7 Numbers 16 Numbers 25 Numbers 34
Numbers 8 Numbers 17 Numbers 26 Numbers 35
Numbers 9 Numbers 18 Numbers 27 Numbers 36

Return to Book of Numbers Menu



Numbers 1



Numbers Chapter 1

The book of Numbers was penned by Moses. It is the fourth book of the Pentateuch. This book is set during the 40 years of the wilderness wanderings. The book was named Numbers, because the Israelites were numbered during this time period. Their unbelief stops them from entering the Promised Land, until the doubters die off. In this book, we see the miraculous feeding of the multitude. Water comes gushing from a Rock to quench their thirst. Many other miracles take place during this time period. We will see types of the Lord Jesus in the smitten Rock and in the brazen serpent which was lifted up. We see an army of people walking 40 years in the wilderness without their shoes wearing out. Egypt symbolizes the world. God was not only trying to get them out of the land of Egypt, but was in fact, trying to get their worldly ways out of them. Only the children who believed would enter the Promised Land.


Verses 1 - 10:36: The first 10 chapters of Numbers record the final preparations of Israel necessary for the conquest of the land of Canaan. In this section, the Lord spoke to Israel through Moses (1:1; 2:1; 3:1, 5, 11; 14:44; 4:1, 17, 21, 5:1, 5, 11; 6:1, 22; 7:4; 8:1, 5, 23; 9:1, 9; 10:1), and Moses and Israel responded with obedience (1:19, 54; 2:33-34; 3:16, 42, 51; 4:49; 7:2-3; 8:3; 9:5, 18:23; 10:13; 14-28 in accordance with 2:34). These chapters divide into two parts (1:1 - 6:27 and 7:1 - 10:36), which both end with an invocation of the Lord's blessing on Israel (6:22-27 and 10:35-36).


Numbers 1:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses in the wilderness of Sinai, in the tabernacle of the congregation, on the first [day] of the second month, in the second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying,"


"The Lord spake": A common phrase indicating that saving history begins with God speaking (Gen. 1:3; Lev. 11). Revelation is the foundation for a true belief. Here He speaks "In the tabernacle", as in Leviticus He spoke "out of the tabernacle".


The phrase "in the wilderness" constitutes the Hebrew title to the book ( bemidbar). Taken from the first few words, as was the custom in early writings (Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, and Deuteronomy), this literary device indicates the antiquity of the works. The thought closely associated is the almost 40 years spent in the wilderness as a result of Israel's unbelief.


"On the first day of the second month, in the second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt": Indicates there is a break of just one month between the erecting of the tabernacle, at the end of Exodus, and the start of Numbers. It was one year and two weeks since the Exodus from Egypt, and 10-1/2 months since their arrival in Sinai.


"In the tabernacle of the congregation": The tabernacle, where the Lord's glory resided in the cloud, had been erected one month earlier (Exodus 40:17). This was God's dwelling place in the midst of his people. In (Num. 1:1 - 6:27), Israel was organized with the tabernacle as the central feature.


"The second year": Numbers begins in the 14th month (337 days), after the Exodus from Egypt.


We find that the children of Israel had already been in the wilderness of Sinai since the third month after they left Egypt.


Exodus 19:1 "In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they [into] the wilderness of Sinai."


In this tabernacle of the congregation, Moses had met with God.


Exodus 25:22 "And there I will meet with thee, and I will commune with thee from above the mercy seat, from between the two cherubims which [are] upon the ark of the testimony, of all [things] which I will give thee in commandment unto the children of Israel."


This message is given directly to Moses from God.


Verses 2-16: After making the covenant and giving the Law at Sinai, the Lord told Moses to "Take ye the sum": of all the tribes of Israel. Its purpose was not taxation or political control but preparation for military service, the next phase in Israel's development. This census began one month after the tabernacle was erected at Mount Sinai (Exodus 40:17). In the second year of Israel's history as a nation (1:1; 9:1).


Numbers 1:2 "Take ye the sum of all the congregation of the children of Israel, after their families, by the house of their fathers, with the number of [their] names, every male by their polls;"


The command "Take ye the sum" was given one month after the tabernacle was set up (compare Exodus 40:2, 17), and is probably the same as the command mentioned (in Exodus 30:12 and 38:21). There the men were counted in connection with the atonement money, that is, from that day forward, to pay for the daily offerings of the community. Since Exodus 30 does not state that the census was carried out, it makes sense to assume this census is the implementation of the payment. Also, the figures mentioned (in Exodus 38:26 and in Numbers 1:46), are identical (603,550 males from 20 years old and upward). This is the first of five Israelite censuses taken in the Old Testament. For the others (see chapters 3, 4, 26 and 2 Sam. 24).


"Every male by their polls" in an expression indicating the "skull, head, or person". It is usually used for counting people (Exodus 46:16; 38:26; Num. 3:47; 1 Chron. 23:3-4).


There had been a tax levied in the tabernacle of a half-shekel of silver on each male, for the service in the tabernacle. The Jews kept accurate records, and that is why each family would be recorded separately. We will find they came up with the same numbers as found during the tax. It appears, they used round numbers, and not exact counting of each adult male. The "poll" is speaking of the tax records.


Numbers 1:3 "From twenty years old and upward, all that are able to go forth to war in Israel: thou and Aaron shall number them by their armies."


"Able to go forth to war" is a phrase that occurs repeatedly in this chapter (verses 3, 20, 22, 24), and stresses that the nation was being organized to invade the Promised Land. To opt out through doubt or fear was a great sin (chapter 14; Deut. Chapter 20). "Twenty years old and upward" indicated the prime of life, for (Leviticus 27:3-4), gave the highest valuation of people at this bracket. (Deut. 20:7 and 24:5), provide that those recently engaged or married were exempt from duty.


Those younger than 20 years old were not required to go to war. Females were not required to go to war at all, so they were not numbered. The task of the numbering, and the accuracy of the count, would be left up to Moses and Aaron.


Numbers 1:4 "And with you there shall be a man of every tribe; every one head of the house of his fathers."


"A man": One leader from each of the 12 tribes was to assist Moses and Aaron in the numbering of the men. These same leaders are mentioned (in Num. 2:1-34 and 10:14-28), as the heads of tribes and in (7:1-88), they bring gifts to the tabernacle.


There was one man from each tribe, and the tribe was numbered under his name. The tribes were comprised of the children of Jacob and his two wives, and their two maids. This numbering was for a totally different purpose. The one that was taken by the Levites for taxing the males. This is for military purposes. All of the men 20 years and older were soldiers in time of war.


Numbers 1:5 "And these [are] the names of the men that shall stand with you: of [the tribe of] Reuben; Elizur the son of Shedeur."


Be present with Moses and Aaron when numbering the people. Not merely as spectators of the affair, and inspectors of the accounts, but as assistants in the work. Each man in his tribe, being best acquainted with the families and houses in it. And these men were not pitched upon by Moses and Aaron, nor chosen by their respective tribes. But were appointed and named by the Lord himself, which was doing them great honor.


"Of the tribe of Reuben: or "for Reuben", for the taking the number of men in this tribe; and so of all the rest (see Numbers 1:44).


Elizur the son of Shedeur (from Numbers 1:5). The names of those several men are given, which were very proper for Moses and Aaron to know, though of little importance to us. Nor the signification of their several names, given by Ainsworth and others. Only, as Bishop Patrick observes, most of them show how much God was in the thoughts of those who, imposed these names on their children. Several of them having in them "El" or "Eli", "God" or "my God", and "Shaddai", "Almighty" or "all-sufficient". To which may be added, that in some of them they seem to respect the Messiah. As Elizur, signifying "my God the rock"; and Shelumiel may be rendered, "God my peace"; and Zurishaddai, "my rock the Almighty", or "all-sufficient"; and Pedahzur, "the rock redeemeth". Nor is there anything of any moment to be remarked, unless the order in which the several tribes are placed.


And first the children of Leah, beginning with Reuben, the firstborn. And the rest, Simeon and Judah, are ranked according to their birth. Levi being omitted, because that tribe was not now numbered, and besides, Moses and Aaron were of it. And then Issachar and Zebulun. After those the children of Rachel, because of her honor and glory above the handmaids, as Aben Ezra remarks. Who further observes, that it begins with Ephraim, following Jacob our father. That is, because of the blessing of Jacob, who preferred Ephraim the younger to Manasseh the elder. And here Ephraim and Manasseh are set before Benjamin, because they were in the place of Joseph. And after that the account goes on with Dan, because, he was the firstborn of the handmaids. And after him Asher, though the second son of Zilpah, is placed before Gad, the first son, because, says the same Aben Ezra, the Lord knew that he would be the head of those that encamped by the standard of Dan. And so is placed next to him. And after him Gad, who was the firstborn of Leah's handmaid. And Naphtali last of all, the second son of Bilhah. This order seems to be designed to suit with their encampments, and the form of them.


The princes of the tribes, selected (Num. 1:4) under divine direction, were for the most part the same persons as those chosen a few months previously at the counsel of Jethro (Exodus 18:21-26). Nahshon, prince of Judah, is mentioned in (Exodus 6:23), and Elishama, in (1 Chron. 7:26-27). The peers of men like these were no doubt entitled, among their fellows, to the epithet "renowned" (Num. 1:16).


Reuben was the firstborn son of Jacob and Leah. Reuben committed a terrible sin when he slept with Bilhah, his father's concubine. Reuben of course, is dead at this time, but this is his tribe. Elizur would be the prince of the tribe of Reuben.


Numbers 1:6 "Of Simeon; Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai."


See notes on Numbers 1:5.


Simeon was the second son of Jacob by Leah. Shelumiel is the head of Simeon's tribe.


Numbers 1:7 "Of Judah; Nahshon the son of Amminadab."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


The name "Judah" means God be praised. He is the fourth son of Jacob and Leah. His brothers, who have the same mother he does, are Reuben, Simeon, and Levi. Nahshon is the leader of this tribe at the time of the census. Nahshon was the brother-in-law of Aaron. He is also, ancestor of David and Jesus Christ.


Numbers 1:8 "Of Issachar; Nethaneel the son of Zuar."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


The name "Issachar" means he will bring reward. Issachar is the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th of Leah. Issachar, Judah, and Zebulun, marched on the east of the tabernacle in the wilderness wanderings. Nethaneel was prince of this tribe at the time of the census.


Numbers 1:9 "Of Zebulun; Eliab the son of Helon."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Zebulun was the 10th son of Jacob and the 6th son of Leah. Eliab was prince of this tribe at census time.


Numbers 1:10 "Of the children of Joseph: of Ephraim; Elishama the son of Ammihud: of Manasseh; Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


The name "Joseph" means may he, or Jehovah add. Joseph was the first son of Rachel and the eleventh son of Jacob. This is the same Joseph that went into Egypt, and then later saved his family from the famine. Ephraim and Manasseh were both his sons, born in Egypt. Manasseh was the firstborn, but Ephraim got the spiritual blessing of the right hand. Elishama, who was the prince of the tribe of Ephraim, was the grandfather of Joshua. Gamaliel was the prince of the tribe of Manasseh.


Numbers 1:11 "Of Benjamin; Abidan the son of Gideoni."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Benjamin was the twelfth son of Jacob and the second son of Rachel. Even though Rachel was the second wife of Jacob, she was his favorite. Rachel died soon after the birth of Benjamin. Abidan was the prince of the tribe of Benjamin. We notice that in all of the sons up to this time, were of the wives. The following sons will be from the maids of the two wives.


Numbers 1:12 "Of Dan; Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Dan was the first son of Bilhah and the fifth son of Jacob. Bilhah was not a wife. She was Rachel's handmaid. Dan, along with the other sons of the handmaids, would receive inheritance with the sons of the wives. Ahiezer was the prince of the tribe of Dan at the time of the numbering.


Numbers 1:13 "Of Asher; Pagiel the son of Ocran."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Asher was the eighth son of Jacob and the second son of Zilpah, the maid of Leah. Pagiel was the prince of the tribe of Asher at the time of the census.


Numbers 1:14 "Of Gad; Eliasaph the son of Deuel."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Gad was the first son of Zilpah and the seventh son of Jacob. Eliasaph was the head of the tribe at the time of the census.


Numbers 1:15 "Of Naphtali; Ahira the son of Enan."


See notes (on Numbers 1:5).


Naphtali was the sixth son of Jacob and the second son of Bilhah. Ahira was the prince of the tribe of Naphtali at the time of the census.


Numbers 1:16 "These [were] the renowned of the congregation, princes of the tribes of their fathers, heads of thousands in Israel."


The most famous and eminent among the people, for their birth and pedigree, or for their excellent qualities of wisdom, courage, and the like (Or captains, and governors). Or "the called of the congregation". Whom God had called by name and selected from the rest of the congregation to the above service. Whereby great honor was done them: Aben Ezra says. The sense is, that the congregation did nothing until they had called them. With which agrees the note of Jarchi, "who were called to every business of importance in the congregation."


"Princes of the tribes of their fathers": As Elizur was prince of the children of Reuben (Num. 7:30). The same is there said of the rest in their respective tribes.


"Heads of thousands in Israel": The congregation of Israel being divided into thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens, by the advice of Jethro (Exodus 18:21). Each of these divisions had a ruler over them, and thousands being the highest number. These princes were chiliarche s, rulers or heads of thousands.


Jacob was the father of twelve sons, who made up the twelve tribes of Israel. Each one of the princes were over the thousands of members of his tribe.


Numbers Chapter 1 Questions


1. The book of Numbers was penned by __________.


2. It was the __________ book of the Pentateuch.


3. What time period does the book cover?


4. Why is it called Numbers?


5. What are some of the things revealed in this book?


6. What shows us types of the Lord Jesus in this book?


7. God was not only trying to get them out the land of Egypt, but was, in fact, trying to do what?


8. Where was Moses, when God spoke to him?


9. When did he speak to him?


10. When had they entered Sinai?


11. What did God tell Moses to do?


12. Who were they to count?


13. What is "polls" speaking of in verse 2?


14. Those younger than 20 years old were not required to go to _______.


15. Who was the accuracy of the count left up to?


16. Who were the parents of these families, that had turned into tribes?


17. Reuben was the _____________ son of Jacob and Leah.


18. What terrible sin had Reuben committed?


19. Who was the mother of Simeon?


20. What does the name "Judah" mean?


21. Who was Judah's mother?


22. Who was Nahshon related to?


23. Issachar was the _______ son of Jacob and the _______ of Leah.


24. What two tribes represented Joseph?


25. What does the name "Joseph" mean?


26. Joseph was the first son of __________.


27. Who was the firstborn of Joseph?


28. Which of Joseph's sons received the right hand blessing?


29. Who was the mother of Benjamin?


30. What happened to his mother soon after his birth?


31. Bilhah was not a wife, but what?


32. Who was Asher's mother?


33. Jacob was the father of __________ sons.


34. Who were the princes over?




Numbers Chapter 1 Continued

Verses 17-46: The numbers from the tribes were:


Reuben 46,500 (verse 21);


Simeon 59,300 (verse 23);


Gad 45,650 (verse 25);


Judah 74,600 (verse 27);


Issachar 54,400 (verse 29);


Zebulun 57,400 (verse 31);


Ephraim 40,500 (verse 33);


Manasseh 32,200 (verse 35);


Benjamin 35,400 (verse 37);


Dan 62,700 (verse 39);


Asher 41,500 (verse 41);


Naphtali 53,400 (verse 43);


Total 603,550 (verse 46).


The tribal order follows the pattern of Jacob's wives: First, the sons of Leah, second, the sons of Rachel; and third, the sons of the maids, except Gad (born of Leah's maid), who replaced Levi in the third-born position (compare Gen. 29:31 to 30:24, 35:16 to 20).


Numbers 1:17 "And Moses and Aaron took these men which are expressed by [their] names:"


They doubtless sent for them, and acquainted them with the nomination of them, by the Lord himself, for such a service. And they took them with them to the place where the number of the people was to be taken.


"Which are expressed by their names (in Num. 1:16), and that as declared by the mouth of God himself.


In the last lesson, we saw the names of the various tribes mentioned, and the princes who would be the leaders of each tribe. Moses and Aaron are in charge of this numbering. All the men 20 years and older, who could go to war are to be counted.


Numbers 1:18 "And they assembled all the congregation together on the first [day] of the second month, and they declared their pedigrees after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, by their polls."


The month Iyar, as the Targum of Jonathan, answering to part of April and May. This was done on the selfsame day the Lord spake unto Moses about this affair (Num. 1:1). So expeditious were he and Aaron in doing the will of God.


"And they declared their pedigrees": Either Moses and Aaron, according to Aben Ezra, who inquired when they were born, because of the computation of twenty years. And then their birth was written down, as he says. Or rather the people declared their pedigrees, of what tribe, family, and house they were, who was their parents, when born, and so of course, how old they were. Jarchi interprets it, they brought the books of their genealogies, and witnesses to confirm the birth of every one of them, to show their genealogy according to their tribe. Nor is it at all unlikely that every family and house, or master thereof, kept a register of those born to him in it, whereby their age could be ascertained as well as pedigree.


"After their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of their names, "from twenty years old and upwards, by their polls": That is, every tribe gave an account of the families in it. Every family what houses were in it, and every house what number of males were in it, and of what age. And such were numbered who were twenty years old and upward.


The "pedigrees" are speaking of their right by birth to be of a certain tribe. They were separated into groups, who represented the families of the 12 tribes of Israel. In the group who were equipped for war, there was no mention of the Levitical tribe. That tribe is set aside for God's purposes. This number closely coincides with the number that had been polled for the tax in the tabernacle.


Numbers 1:19 "As the LORD commanded Moses, so he numbered them in the wilderness of Sinai."


In this Moses and David differed in numbering the people of Israel. The one did it by an express command from God, and in obedience to it. The other without one, and against his will (1 Chron. 21:17).


Like Abram (Abraham, in Genesis 12:4), "Moses" obeyed "as the LORD commanded". The Book of Numbers, however, describes a litany of events in which the people did not heed the Lord (e.g., chapters 13-14), and even a sad occasion when Moses did not (20:1-13). Obedience has to be ongoing; occasional obedience is not enough for the children of God.


This command is no different than what we read about in Exodus. God gave the message to Moses, Moses gave the message to Aaron, and Aaron gave the message to the people. The numbering was done in the wilderness of Sinai.


Numbers 1:20 "And the children of Reuben, Israel's eldest son, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, by their polls, every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


Were numbered first, and next to them those of Simeon and Gad, for they were numbered according to the order in which they were to be encamped. For under Reuben's standard were Simeon and Gad, and under Judah's Issachar and Zebulun, and under Ephraim's Manasseh and Benjamin, and under Dan's Asher and Naphtali. And according to their order were the tribes numbered.


"By their generations": Or "their generations", the birth, descent, and pedigree of them.


"After their families, by the house of their fathers": According to the families and houses to which they belonged.


"According to the number of the names by their polls, every male from twenty years old and upward": Their names were taken down, the number of them counted by their heads, even all the males that were above twenty years of age.


"All that were able to go forth to war": Which phrase, as it suggests that before this age they were not reckoned able bodied men for war, in common, though some might. So it seems to except all infirm persons, by reason of age and otherwise.


Now in all the other account of the numbering of the rest of the tribes, the same forms of expression are used as here. Only the tribe of Simeon, which is the next, these words are left out, "by their polls, every male", which being twice observed, need not be repeated. Since by these instances it might be sufficiently known that the number was taken by a poll, and only of males. So that in (Num. 1:23), there is nothing material to observe, or anything different from what is in this verse, but the particular sums of each tribe numbered.


Which stand thus: Of the tribe of Reuben 46,500; of the tribe of Simeon, 59,300; of the tribe of Gad, 45,650; of the tribe of Judah, 74,600; of the tribe of Issachar, 54,400; of the tribe of Zebulun, 57,400; of the tribe of Ephraim, 40,500; of the tribe of Manasseh, 32,200; of the tribe of Benjamin 35,400; of the tribe of Dan, 62,700; of the tribe of Asher 41,500; of the tribe of Naphtali, 53,400.


In which may be observed the various increase of the tribes, agreeably to divine predictions, and according to the sovereign will and infinite wisdom of God. Reuben, the firstborn, did not excel in number. Six of the tribes having more in number than he. Judah had by far the greatest increase of them all, from whom the chief ruler was to come, and even the King Messiah. And in process of time was to become a kingdom of itself. Ephraim, the younger son of Joseph, was much more fruitful than Manasseh, his elder. More than eight thousand being numbered of the former than of the latter, all which agree with Jacob's prophecies (Gen. 49:4). Nor had they always the greatest number who had the most sons at their going down into Egypt. For though Simeon, who had then more sons than Reuben, had at this time a larger posterity; yet Gad, who had more than Simeon, had now fewer descendants. And Dan, who had but one son at that time, had now almost double the number of Benjamin, who then had ten sons. And it may be observed of other tribes, that their increase was not in proportion to the number of the sons of the patriarchs then (see Gen. 46:8).


We discussed in lesson one, that Reuben was the first son of Jacob's wife, Leah.


Numbers 1:21 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Reuben, [were] forty and six thousand and five hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


We also discussed that the number is probably not accurate to the last man, but was very close. Perhaps that is why the number is rounded to 46,500.


Numbers 1:22 "Of the children of Simeon, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, those that were numbered of them, according to the number of the names, by their polls, every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:23 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Simeon, [were] fifty and nine thousand and three hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


All of the same things apply here, as in the verses before, but the number is different. There were 59,300. Simeon was Leah's second son.


Numbers 1:24 "Of the children of Gad, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:25 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Gad, [were] forty and five thousand six hundred and fifty."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


The number of Gad's family was not rounded to the nearest hundred, but to the nearest fifty. There were 45,650 in Gad's tribe. You will notice, this is in a different order than the listings earlier. Gad was encamped with Reuben and Simeon, and perhaps that is the reason for this order here. Gad was from the handmaid Zilpah.


Numbers 1:26 "Of the children of Judah, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:27 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Judah, [were] threescore and fourteen thousand and six hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


The tribe of Judah is the tribe that Jesus was born into. Judah is the fourth son of Leah. Those that were numbered of the tribe of Judah were 74,600.


Numbers 1:28 "Of the children of Issachar, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:29 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Issachar, [were] fifty and four thousand and four hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Issachar was the fifth son of Leah, Jacob's first wife. Those that were numbered of them are 54,400. We must remember all of these children are of Jacob. All 12 tribes stem from him. Jacob's name was changed to Israel by God.


Numbers 1:30 "Of the children of Zebulun, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:31 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Zebulun, [were] fifty and seven thousand and four hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Zebulun was the sixth and last of the sons of Leah. Those that were numbered of Zebulun's tribe were 57,400.


Numbers 1:32 "Of the children of Joseph, [namely], of the children of Ephraim, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:33 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Ephraim, [were] forty thousand and five hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


We find, in this, a separation of the tribe of Joseph. Of the tribe of Ephraim of the tribe of Joseph, they counted 40,500. Joseph was the favorite son of Jacob.


Numbers 1:34 "Of the children of Manasseh, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:35 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Manasseh, [were] thirty and two thousand and two hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Manasseh is another son of Joseph. This tribe of Manasseh is also from the root tribe of Joseph. Those that were numbered of Manasseh's tribe were 32,200.


Numbers 1:36 "Of the children of Benjamin, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:37 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Benjamin, [were] thirty and five thousand and four hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Benjamin was the younger brother of Joseph. Rachel was their mother and Jacob their father. Those numbered of his tribe were 35,400.


Numbers 1:38 "Of the children of Dan, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:39 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Dan, [were] threescore and two thousand and seven hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


It is very strange that the tribe of Dan is not mentioned (in chapter 7 of Revelation), where they are sealed for protection. His tribe, above, numbers 62,700.


Numbers 1:40 "Of the children of Asher, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:41 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Asher, [were] forty and one thousand and five hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


The tribe of Asher numbered 41,500.


Numbers 1:42 "Of the children of Naphtali, throughout their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;"


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Numbers 1:43 "Those that were numbered of them, [even] of the tribe of Naphtali, [were] fifty and three thousand and four hundred."


See notes (on Numbers 1:20).


Naphtali's tribe numbered 53,400.


Numbers 1:44 "These [are] those that were numbered, which Moses and Aaron numbered, and the princes of Israel, [being] twelve men: each one was for the house of his fathers."


Or, as the Targum of Jonathan, these are the sums of the numbers. Namely, those before given of the several respective tribes.


"Which Moses and Aaron numbered, and the princes of Israel, being twelve men": For though the tribe of Levi was not numbered, yet Joseph having a double portion. His two sons are reckoned as distinct tribes. So that one out of each tribe made up the number twelve.


"Each one for the house of his fathers": For the tribe he belonged to, with which it might reasonably be supposed he was best acquainted, and could more readily take the number of them.


The princes mentioned here are 12. We know that this list does not exactly follow the list of the sons of Jacob, because Levi is left out. They were not to go to war. The sons of Joseph (Ephraim and Manasseh), take up the space of the Levitical tribe.


Numbers 1:45 "So were all those that were numbered of the children of Israel, by the house of their fathers, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war in Israel;"


Of all the tribes, excepting Levi. That is, all the sums of the number of the children of Israel; all put together made the sum total given in the next verse.


"By the house of their fathers, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war in Israel": All in every tribe, family, and house, that were above twenty years of age. Healthful and strong, and fit for war.


We must remember that the women and children, both male and female, were not numbered. They were not warriors. We may safely assume the really old men were not counted as well.


Numbers 1:46 "Even all they that were numbered were six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty."


"Six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty": This number, combined with the 22,000 Levite males a month old and above (3:39), allows for a total population of well over 2,000,000 Israelites. Since this number seems too high for the wilderness conditions and relatively few firstborn sons (3:43), some have reinterpreted the plain meaning of the text by:


(1) Saying "thousand" means "clan" or "chief" here; or


(2) Stating the numbers are symbolic.


However, if "thousand" is not the meaning in this chapter (1:46 would read 598 "clans" or "chiefs" with only 5,500 individuals). Thus, the meaning "thousand" must be retained. Further, there is no textual indication that these numbers are symbolic. The only conclusion is that God took care of well over 2,000,000 people in the wilderness during the period of 40 years (compare Deut. 8:3-4). Tampering with the number is tampering with God's purpose for these numbers, to show His power in behalf of Israel.


The total of all the young men counted from all of the tribes was counted 603,550. This number has increased about 13,000 people since the Exodus. We can safely assume from this, that the entire population count of all the Israelites would be somewhere between 2 and 3 million. From the spiritual standpoint, we can easily see that God's army is a large number of people. Every person who proclaims Christianity is in God's army.


Numbers 1:47 "But the Levites after the tribe of their fathers were not numbered among them."


The nonmilitary tribe of Levi had a separate census and did not receive a tribal allotment of land. They were to transport, erect, and guard the tabernacle. They had to camp around it to prevent ordinary laymen from approaching it unprepared, so that "no wrath upon the congregation" (verse 53), from the Lord would come upon them. If someone approached wrongfully, he was to "be put to death". This drastic measure certainly would express the reality of God's presence with His people (Exodus 19:11-13, 21-24). Even today men must approach God with reverent fear (Matt. 5:23-26; Acts 5:1-5; 1 Cor. 11:27-32; Heb. 12:18-29).


The Levites were to care for things of the tabernacle, and were not to be weighted down with serving in war. They were the spiritual leaders of their people.


Numbers 1:48 "For the LORD had spoken unto Moses, saying,"


Again, we see that every detail is given to Moses directly from God.


Not to number the Levites, when he gave him the orders to number the rest of the tribes. This is observed, lest it should be thought that this was what Moses did of himself, out of affection to the tribe he was of. And to spare it, that it might not be obliged to go forth to war when others did. Not that they were forbid to engage in war, or that it was unlawful for them so to do, for when necessity required, and they were of themselves willing to engage in it. They might, as appears in the case of the Maccabees, but they might not be forced into it. They were, as Josephus says, exempted from it. And so all concerned in religious service, both among Heathens and Christians, have always been excused bearing arms.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 1:49 "Only thou shalt not number the tribe of Levi, neither take the sum of them among the children of Israel:"


That is, along with the other tribes, for it might be numbered by itself, as it afterwards was (Num. 3:43).


"Neither take the sum of them among the children of Israel": Which confirms what is before observed. Now this being the declared will of God clears Moses from all partiality to his own tribe, he doing nothing but what he had a command of God for it.


God had strictly forbidden the numbering of the Levites with the warriors.


Numbers 1:50 "But thou shalt appoint the Levites over the tabernacle of testimony, and over all the vessels thereof, and over all things that [belong] to it: they shall bear the tabernacle, and all the vessels thereof; and they shall minister unto it, and shall encamp round about the tabernacle."


The tribe of Levi, including Moses and Aaron, was not included in this census because it was exempt from military service. The Levites were to serve the Lord by carrying and attending to the tabernacle (compare 3:5-13; 4:1-33, 46-49).


"Tabernacle" ("tent"), emphasizes the temporary nature of this house of God, and the "testimony" signifies God's covenantal relationship with Israel (see note on Exodus 25:10-22).


We see that special care is to be given to the tabernacle. God has chosen this tribe for the purpose of serving Him in and around the tabernacle. The presence of God was over the mercy seat. The tabernacle was to be kept holy inside, and was also to be protected from the entering of the worldly as well. They were anointed of God to serve Him and the people. They must not be mixed in with the world.


Numbers 1:51 "And when the tabernacle setteth forward, the Levites shall take it down: and when the tabernacle is to be pitched, the Levites shall set it up: and the stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death."


"The stranger": This word often refers to the "alien" or "stranger". The non-Levite Israelite was like a "foreigner" to the transporting of the tabernacle and had to keep his distance lest he die.


"Stranger" here, means someone who has not been authorized of God to do this work. The Levites were set aside for this purpose, in the book of Leviticus. No one with unclean hands was to touch anything of the tabernacle. God had given specific instructions on how all of this was to be handled. Even the sons of Aaron, who brought strange fire into the tabernacle, were killed. All of the things of God are holy.


Numbers 1:52 "And the children of Israel shall pitch their tents, every man by his own camp, and every man by his own standard, throughout their hosts."


There were four, unless every tribe was a camp. And so then there were twelve camps, besides the camp of the Levites. The Targum of Jonathan is, "by the house of his troop," the regiment to which he belonged, every tribe or camp having various troops or regiments in it.


"And every man by his own standard throughout their hosts": There were four standards, and three tribes to each standard, which were placed east, west, north, and south of the tabernacle. As is at large described in the following chapter.


Each tribe was assigned their place in the camp. They were assigned a place to march as well. Only the Levitical tribe was gathered around the tabernacle. The others were settled out in the east, west, north, or south. With close to 3 million people, you can see the necessity for order.


Numbers 1:53 "But the Levites shall pitch round about the tabernacle of testimony, that there be no wrath upon the congregation of the children of Israel: and the Levites shall keep the charge of the tabernacle of testimony."


"No wrath": The purpose of setting the Levites apart and arranging them around the tabernacles was to keep the wrath of the Lord from consuming Israel (compare Exodus 32:10, 25-29).


One of the things the Levites were to do, was to set up an area around the tabernacle, and keep all others out of that area. Someone might wander in this area and be killed, if it were not safely guarded.


Numbers 1:54 "And the children of Israel did according to all that the LORD commanded Moses, so did they."


Pitched their tents by their own camps and standards. Did not come near the tabernacle but kept at a proper distance from it, and did not meddle with things they had no concern with, and which were peculiar to the Levites.


"So did they": Which is repeated to show how readily, punctually, and perfectly they observed the command of God with respect to this affair.


It is important for us, as well as for the tribes of Israel, to heed the wishes of the LORD. God had promised to bless them, if they obeyed His commandments.


Numbers Chapter 1 Continued Questions


1. Who was in charge of the numbering?


2. When did they assemble the people?


3. What are "pedigrees" speaking of?


4. Who were numbered?


5. God gave the message to Moses, and Moses gave it to whom?


6. Who was Israel's oldest son?


7. Who was his mother?


8. How many of the tribe of Reuben were numbered?


9. How many of Simeon's tribe were numbered?


10. Why is the order given here different from the order in the first lesson?


11. What tribe was Jesus birthed into?


12. Who was Jacob's first wife?


13. Who was the last son birthed to Leah?


14. What was different about the tribe of Joseph?


15. Who was the favorite son of Jacob?


16. ____________ was the younger brother of Joseph.


17. Who was their mother?


18. What is peculiar about the tribe of Dan?


19. How many princes were there?


20. Why was the tribe of Levi left out of this list?


21. How many men, over 20, of all the tribes were there?


22. Approximately how many Israelites all together were there including women and children?


23. The Levites were appointed over the __________ of _________.


24. What purpose had God chosen the Levites for?


25. "Stranger", in verse 51, means what?


26. Where were they to pitch their tents?


27. Where were the Levites to pitch their tents?


28. Did they obey God's wishes?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 2



Numbers Chapter 2

Verses 1-31: It is repeatedly said the Israelites were to encamp "according to their armies" (verses 9-10, 16, 18, 24, 25, 32), and each company was the leader's "host" (verses 4, 6, 8, etc.). Host and company are the same Hebrew word (saba' compare Lord of Sabaoth), which could be rendered "army". The people were organized and marching to the Promised Land. The Egyptian army under Rameses II (thirteenth century B.C.), adopted this same type of formation in camp. "Standard": The Hebrew (degel, verses 2, 3, 10, 18, 25, 31, 34), refers to the group encamped around each standard. It would be more appropriately translated "company". The "ensign" (verse 2), by which each tribe camped was another piece of military equipment pictured in ancient inscriptions. "Far off about the tabernacle of the congregation shall they pitch: Joshua 3:4 stipulates that a distance of two thousand cubits (one thousand yards), should separate the ark from the secular tribes. From (1:52-53; 2:17, and chapter 3), we learn that the Levities were to encamp between the secular tribes and the tent of meeting.


Numbers 2:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


Very probably after the number of the children of Israel was taken, of which in the preceding chapter. And when the congregation of Israel with the tabernacle were about to set forward on their journey. And therefore, directions are here given for their orderly and regular proceeding in it, in what form and manner they should both encamp and march.


"Saying": As follows.


In the last lesson, Moses and Aaron had numbered the young men of the tribe. They possibly took the results into the tabernacle, and God spoke to them there. In this lesson, we will see the order of God. Notice as we go through this lesson, that God is in the center of the encampment. Jesus must be the hub of the wheel, that all the spokes (denominations of Christians), attach to. Just as this encampment has order when it moves, the church must move in unison to be effective. Each must stay in his appointed place, for the wheel to turn correctly. If one pulls loose from the hub, you have a crooked wheel. Jesus must be the focal point of it all, or it will not succeed.


Numbers 2:2 "Every man of the children of Israel shall pitch by his own standard, with the ensign of their father's house: far off about the tabernacle of the congregation shall they pitch."


"Standard ... ensign": The banners were flags identifying the individual tribes (probably with some sort of insignia). The standards were flags marking each of the 4 encampments of 3 tribes each.


"The tabernacle of the congregation": For details (see Exodus chapters 25-30).


"Standard" in this, possibly means flag or banner. "Ensign" means flag, beacon, monument, omen, prodigy, evidence, mark, or miracle. There seems to have been a flag for each family that they would raise, and cause their people to gather around. They were to be careful not to pitch too close to the tabernacle.


Verses 3-9: The lead tribe on the "east side" of the tabernacle was "Judah", followed by the tribes of "Issachar" and "Zebulon". This group represented Leah's fourth, fifth, and sixth sons (Gen. 29:35; 30:17-20). Although he was the fourth-born of Jacob's sons, Judah is listed first and was honored above his older brothers because of their reprehensible actions (Gen. chapter 34; 35:22). The tribe of Judah had the largest army of the 12.


Numbers 2:3 "And on the east side toward the rising of the sun shall they of the standard of the camp of Judah pitch throughout their armies: and Nahshon the son of Amminadab [shall be] captain of the children of Judah."


"On the east side ... Judah": Judah occupied the place of honor to the east. (Gen. 49:8-12), highlights the role and centrality Judah would have in the defeat of Israel's enemies. Judah was the tribe through which the Messiah would be born.


"Nahshon": Nahshon appears in the later genealogies of the messianic line (compare Ruth 4:20; Matt. 1:4).


Jesus was to come through the tribe of Judah. The east is the direction of the rising sun. The eastern gate in the wall at Jerusalem is the gate that God entered and left by. It would be appropriate for the tribe of Judah to camp in the east.


2 Peter 1:19 "We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts:"


The day Star is Jesus.


Numbers 2:4 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] threescore and fourteen thousand and six hundred."


As they had been before. And, supposing these words to be the words of God, there is no necessity of rendering them in the future, as some have observed. Though they seem rather to be the words of Moses. Who under every tribe repeats the number, which is exactly the same as when taken. And though it was not till twenty days after that they set forward according to their order of encampment, not one of them died. Which Aben Ezra observes as a very wonderful thing.


"Were threescore and fourteen thousand and six hundred; the number of the tribe of Judah were 74,600 (see Num. 1:27).


Numbers 2:5 "And those that do pitch next unto him [shall be] the tribe of Issachar: and Nethaneel the son of Zuar [shall be] captain of the children of Issachar."


Who with Zebulun, after mentioned, as placed with him under the same standard. Were the brethren of Judah, by the same mother Leah, and so fitly put together, as most likely to continue in harmony and love. And being the youngest sons of Leah, and brethren of Judah, would, without any reluctance or murmuring, pitch under their elder brother's standard.


"And Nethaneel, the son of Zuar, shall be captain of the children of Issachar (see Num. 1:8).


This is just saying that the tribe of Issachar, led by Nethaneel, is on the eastern side as well. They camp beside the tribe of Judah.


Numbers 2:6 "And his host, and those that were numbered thereof, [were] fifty and four thousand and four hundred."


The host of Issachar.


"And those that were numbered thereof, were fifty and four thousand and four hundred": 54,400 men. Which had been numbered, for it does not appear that there was a fresh account taken (see Num. 1:29).


The young men of the tribe of Issachar that were numbered were 54,400.


Numbers 2:7 "[Then] the tribe of Zebulun: and Eliab the son of Helon [shall be] captain of the children of Zebulun."


He pitched next. Though the order of their encampment was not, as it may seem. First Judah, after him Issachar, and below him Zebulun. For Judah lay between these two, the one before him, and the other behind him. And it was Issachar that was behind, and Zebulun before, as Aben Ezra observes. They were pitched on each side of the standard of Judah, one on one side, and the other on the other side.


"And Eliab, the son of Helon, shall be, captain of the children of Zebulun" (see Num. 1:9). Each tribe had its own captain. Nor does it appear that there was a general over those captains, that had the command of the camp, consisting of three tribes. But Moses was the generalissimo of all the camps.


Numbers 2:8 "And his host, and those that were numbered thereof, [were] fifty and seven thousand and four hundred."


That is, the host of Zebulun.


"And those that were numbered thereof, were fifty and seven thousand and four hundred": 57,400 men (see Num. 1:31).


Of the tribe of Zebulon, with Eliab as the prince, were numbered 57,400. The tribe of Zebulon was to camp next to the tribe of Issachar.


Numbers 2:9 "All that were numbered in the camp of Judah [were] a hundred thousand and fourscore thousand and six thousand and four hundred, throughout their armies. These shall first set forth."


186,400 men. The sum total of the three tribes, which formed that camp. This was the largest camp of them all, being near 30,000 more than Dan's (Num. 2:31). Which was the next in number unto it, and therefore placed foremost. And as the vanguard to the tabernacle.


"These shall first set forth": In a march, when about to journey. When they saw the cloud remove, the priests blew with the trumpets, and then the camp of Judah moved first, as Jarchi observes. And when they went out to fight, Judah went up first (Judges 1:1).


These three tribes were camped on the east side of the tabernacle. Their total number of men of the age to go to war, were 186,400. It appears Judah was the head of these three tribes. This will be the tribe to lead the way, when they do set forth. Each tribe had to stay in its place assigned, or there would have been total confusion.


Verses 10-16: The lead tribe on the tabernacle's "south side" was "Reuben", followed by the tribes of "Simeon" and "Gad". Reuben was Leah's firstborn (Gen. 29:32); Simeon, her second (Gen. 29:33); and Gad was Leah's son through her maid Zilpah (Gen. 30:11).


Numbers 2:10 "On the south side [shall be] the standard of the camp of Reuben according to their armies: and the captain of the children of Reuben [shall be] Elizur the son of Shedeur."


This camp consisted of the tribes of Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, which was divided into lesser bodies, regiments, or companies, called armies. And this was placed to the south of the tabernacle, or to the right hand, as Aben Ezra interprets it. This was the right wing of the whole army. Reuben's stone, according to the Jewish writers, was the "sardius", and his flag was colored red, and there were figured upon it mandrakes. Simeon's stone was the topaz, and his flag was colored green, and on it was figured "Shechem". Gad's stone was the agate, and his flag was colored neither black nor white, but mixed, and there was figured upon it a camp or host, on account of what is said (Gen. 49:19).


"And the captain of the children of Reuben shall be Elizur the son of Shedeur (see Num. 1:5).


Numbers 2:11 "And his host, and those that were numbered thereof, [were] forty and six thousand and five hundred."


That is, the host of Reuben, as distinct from his camp, of which it was only a part, and of which Elizur was captain.


"And those that were numbered thereof, were forty and six thousand and five hundred": 46,500 men (see Num. 1:21).


We see Reuben's tribe led by Elizur, set up camp on the south side of the tabernacle. The number of their young men of the age to go to war, was 46,500.


Numbers 2:12 "And those which pitch by him [shall be] the tribe of Simeon: and the captain of the children of Simeon [shall be] Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai."


Under his standard, and on one side of it. Reuben and Simeon being brothers by the mother as well as the father's side, might well be thought to agree together. And Reuben being the eldest brother, and the eldest of all Jacob's sons, Simeon would not grudge to pitch under him.


"And the captain of the children of Simeon shall be Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai; of whom (see Num. 1:6).


Numbers 2:13 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] fifty and nine thousand and three hundred."


That is, the host of Simeon.


"And those that were numbered of them, were fifty and nine thousand and three hundred. 59,300 men; the same as in (Num. 1:23).


Reuben and Simeon were brothers. Their mother was Leah. It would be a natural thing for their tribes to be camped together. The tribe of Simeon's leader was Shelumiel. The young men of Simeon's tribe were numbered 59,300.


Numbers 2:14 "Then the tribe of Gad: and the captain of the sons of Gad [shall be] Eliasaph the son of Reuel."


"Reuel" and Deuel: The letters R and D are similar in Hebrew, and were easily confused by the scribes who coped the text.


Numbers 2:15 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] forty and five thousand and six hundred and fifty."


That is, the host of Gad, as distinct from those of Reuben and Simeon, which together formed the camp.


"And those that were numbered of them, were forty and five thousand and six hundred and fifty. 45,650 men (see Num. 1:25).


Gad was from the handmaid Zilpah, and was a half-brother of Simeon and Reuben. The number of his young men numbered was 45,650. They too were camped on the south next to Simeon's tribe.


Numbers 2:16 "All that were numbered in the camp of Reuben [were] a hundred thousand and fifty and one thousand and four hundred and fifty, throughout their armies. And they shall set forth in the second rank."


Throughout their armies, 151,450 men. Putting Reuben's host, and the hosts of Simeon and Gad together (Num. 2:13). Which was much lesser than the preceding camp, being 34,500 fewer in number.


"And they shall set forth in the second rank": They in journeying moving next to the camp of Judah, and before the tabernacle. For though, while encamped, the camp of Reuben lay on the south, or right side of it. Yet, when marching, went before it.


We see from this, Reuben's tribe led all three tribes. When they marched, they were the second, after Judah's three tribes. The total number of Gad's, Simeon's, and Reuben's tribes were 151,450.


Numbers 2:17 "Then the tabernacle of the congregation shall set forward with the camp of the Levites in the midst of the camp: as they encamp, so shall they set forward, every man in his place by their standards."


Once the first two triads of tribes were in motion, the Levites disassembled and packed elements of the "tabernacle of the congregation", a gracious expression for the tent that was the "meeting place" between Yahweh and His people. The Israelites headed out with the "camp of the Levites in the midst" so that God's presence was ever central for Israel's army and its people.


We mentioned before, that the church (tabernacle), would be in the middle of the camp. The tabernacle, where God dwelt with them, was surrounded by the Levitical tribe. It was the focal point of their lives. Notice also, that six tribes would march ahead of the tabernacle, and six behind it, when they were moving from place to place. The tabernacle with the Ark was to be protected at all times.


Verses 18-24: The lead tribe on the "west side" was "Ephraim", one of the Rachel Tribes. Ephraim and "Manasseh" were grandsons of her firstborn, Joseph (Gen. 30:22-24; chapter 48). "Benjamin" was her second son (Gen. 35:16-20).


Numbers 2:18 "On the west side [shall be] the standard of the camp of Ephraim according to their armies: and the captain of the sons of Ephraim [shall be] Elishama the son of Ammihud."


It was in the rear or behind, consisting of his tribe, and of the tribes of Manasseh and Benjamin. Divided into several companies, and extended four miles, as the above Targum. The Jewish writers say, that Joseph's stone is the onyx or sardonyx, and his flag was colored very black. And on it were figured for the two princes, Ephraim and Manasseh. Egypt, because they were born in Egypt; and upon the flag of Ephraim was figured an ox, because of what is said in (Deut. 33:17). And on the flag of the tribe of Manasseh was figured a unicorn. Because of what is said in the same place. Benjamin's stone was the jasper, and his flag was colored like to twelve colors, and on it was figured a wolf, because of what is said (Gen. 49:27).


"And the captain of the sons of Ephraim shall be Elishama the son of Ammihud": Of whom (see Num. 1:10).


Numbers 2:19 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] forty thousand and five hundred."


That is, the host of Ephraim.


"And those that were numbered of them, were forty thousand and five hundred. 40,500 men. Not his camp, but his host, or the army, which consisted only of his own tribe (see Num. 1:33).


Ephraim's tribe was the leader of the three tribes on the west side of the tabernacle. They were led by Elishama. They were numbered 40,500. It is very interesting, to me, that the tribe of Ephraim is not mentioned in the tribes that were sealed in Revelation chapter 7. My own thoughts on this are that they are the great multitude in verse 9 of chapter 7 of Revelation. They are spiritually the same as Abraham's seed.


Numbers 2:20 "And by him [shall be] the tribe of Manasseh: and the captain of the children of Manasseh [shall be] Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur."


Who though the elder brother to Ephraim. Yet Ephraim was preferred to him, and had a standard given him, and his elder brother was directed to pitch by it. And this being agreeably to the prophecy of Jacob, could not well be objected to. And Benjamin, the younger brother of Joseph, being placed under the standard of a son of his, that stood in his father's room, could not be offended. And these all being the descendants of Rachel, might well be thought to agree together, and be very well pleased with their situation.


"And the captain of the children of Manasseh shall be Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur; the same as in (Num. 1:10).


Numbers 2:21 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] thirty and two thousand and two hundred."


That is, the host of Manasseh.


"And those that were numbered of them, were thirty and two thousand and two hundred. 32,200 men (see Num. 1:35).


We must remember in this, that Ephraim and Manasseh were brothers who were sons of Joseph. They made up two tribes, instead of one. They both camped on the west side of the tabernacle The young men of Manasseh were counted 32,200. Their leader was Gamaliel.


Numbers 2:22 "Then the tribe of Benjamin: and the captain of the sons of Benjamin [shall be] Abidan the son of Gideoni."


He was to pitch under the same standard of Ephraim, and the other side of it from that of Manasseh. The one being before, and the other behind, and the standard in the middle (see notes on Num. 2:7).


"And the captains of the sons of Benjamin shall be Abidan the son of Gideoni": Of whom (see Num. 1:11).


Numbers 2:23 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] thirty and five thousand and four hundred."


That is, the host of Benjamin.


"And those that were numbered of them, were thirty and five thousand and four hundred. 35,400 men. The least number of all the tribes, excepting the tribe of Manasseh (Num. 2:21; see Num. 1:37).


Benjamin was the younger brother of Joseph. His tribe camped in the west with Ephraim and Manasseh. They were led by Abidan, and were numbered 35,400.


Numbers 2:24 "All that were numbered of the camp of Ephraim [were] a hundred thousand and eight thousand and a hundred, throughout their armies. And they shall go forward in the third rank."


108,100 men. Which was the smallest of all the camps, and near eighty thousand fewer than the camp of Judah (Num. 2:9).


"And they shall go forward in the third rank. And which was the first following the tabernacle.


The tribes of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin were all camped on the west side of the tabernacle. They represented the sons of Rachel, Joseph and Benjamin. All three tribes together were numbered 108,100. They were the fewest numbered of any of the divisions. The tabernacle was in the middle of the march, after Judah's three tribes and Reuben's three tribes. Just after the tabernacle and the Levites, the tribes of Ephraim came. They were third in the sense of being after the East and the South.


Verses 25-31: The lead tribe on the "north side" of the tabernacle was "Dan", followed by "Asher" and "Naphtali". Dan and Naphtali were sons of Rachel through her maid Bilhah (Gen. 30:6-8), Asher was the son of Leah through her maid Zilpah (Gen. 30:13).


Numbers 2:25 "The standard of the camp of Dan [shall be] on the north side by their armies: and the captain of the children of Dan [shall be] Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai."


To the left of the tabernacle as encamped, and so was the left wing of the grand army. It consisted of the tribes of Dan, Asher, and Naphtali, in which were several divisions and companies, whose camp also the Targum of Jonathan says reached four miles. According to the Jewish writers, Dan's stone was the "ligure", and his flag was colored like to a sapphire. And there was figured upon it a serpent, on account of what is said (Gen. 49:17). Asher's stone was the "tarshish" or beryl, and his flag was colored like to a precious stone, with which women adorn themselves, and on it was figured an olive tree, on account of what is said (Gen. 49:20). Naphtali's stone was the amethyst, and his flag was colored like to clear wine, whose redness is not strong, and on it was figured a hind, on account of what is said of him (Gen. 49:21).


"And the captain of the children of Dan shall be Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai. Who made mention of in (Num. 1:10).


Numbers 2:26 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] threescore and two thousand and seven hundred."


That is, the host of Dan.


"And those that were numbered of them, were threescore and two thousand and seven hundred. 62,700 men. Which agrees with the account of this tribe in (Num. 1:39).


Dan's tribe was led by Ahiezer. They were numbered 62,700, and encamped on the north side. It is interesting that he would be so prominently mentioned here, and then be totally dropped from the list of the twelve tribes in Revelation. His tribe got into idolatry, even more than the others.


Numbers 2:27 "And those that encamp by him [shall be] the tribe of Asher: and the captain of the children of Asher [shall be] Pagiel the son of Ocran."


Dan had a standard given him, though the son of a handmaid, being the firstborn of the sons of the handmaids. And his tribe being a warlike tribe, and very numerous. And Asher and Naphtali are placed by him, being the sons of handmaids also, and could not but contentedly pitch by him, who was the eldest of the sons of the handmaids. Naphtali being his younger brother by mother's as well as father's side, and Asher the second son of Zilpah, Leah's maid.


"And the captain of the children of Asher shall be Pagiel the son of Ocran. The same as in (Num. 1:13).


Numbers 2:28 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] forty and one thousand and five hundred."


That is, the host of Asher.


"And those that were numbered of them, were forty and one thousand and five hundred. 41,500 men; as they were numbered (Num. 1:41).


The tribe of Asher was encamped by Dan in the north. Their leader was Pagiel. Their young men were numbered 41,500. Both Dan and Asher were sons of the handmaidens.


Numbers 2:29 "Then the tribe of Naphtali: and the captain of the children of Naphtali [shall be] Ahira the son of Enan."


That was to pitch by the same standard of Dan, on the other side of it.


"And the captain of the children of Naphtali shall be Ahira the son of Enan": Who is mentioned in (Num. 1:15).


Numbers 2:30 "And his host, and those that were numbered of them, [were] fifty and three thousand and four hundred."


That is, the host of Naphtali.


"And those that were numbered of them": Not that some part of the tribe of Naphtali was numbered, which made up the host Ahira was captain of, but the whole of it, who were all numbered that were of twenty years of age and upwards. And the same is to be observed in all the above places, where this phrase is used.


"Were fifty and three thousand and four hundred": 53,400 men. (see Num. 1:43).


The tribe of Naphtali was led by Ahira. The young men numbered were 53,400. Naphtali, along with Asher and Dan, were all sons of the handmaidens.


Numbers 2:31 "All they that were numbered in the camp of Dan [were] a hundred thousand and fifty and seven thousand and six hundred. They shall go hindmost with their standards."


157,600 men. Consisting of his own tribe, and those of Asher and Naphtali, which make the largest camp next to Judah.


"They shall go hindmost with their standards": For though, while encamped, they lay to the north, or the left side of the tabernacle. Yet, when marching, they brought up the rear, and were the rear guard to the tabernacle. So that it had in its van and rear the two largest camps, which were wisely ordered for its safety. "Standards" is put for "standard", the plural for the singular. For there was but one standard to a camp, unless this takes in their ensigns, of which they had many.


The three tribes that Dan's tribe led were numbered 157,600 altogether. They were the last in the march.


Verses 32-33: According to Moses' account, the sum of the fighting men in Israel was 603,550. Counting women, children and males who were excluded from fighting, the total population could have been as high as two and a half million people, or significantly less, depending on how one interprets the text.


Numbers 2:32 "These [are] those which were numbered of the children of Israel by the house of their fathers: all those that were numbered of the camps throughout their hosts [were] six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty."


As the number was taken by Moses and Aaron. Assisted by twelve princes of the tribe, who were now constituted captains over them, as so many hosts or armies.


"All those that were numbered of the camp throughout their hosts": Of the four camps, of Judah, Reuben, Ephraim, and Dan, throughout the respective tribes or hosts that belonged to each of them.


"Were six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty; 603,550 men. Which is exactly the sum total of them, as taken (Num. 1:46). It is a large number, considering in how short a time, and that great part of it a state of bondage, from seventy persons, they rose unto it. But the spiritual Israel of God, consisting of his people of all nations, is a number which no man can number (Rev. 7:9). Besides, the number of the sealed ones, of every tribe (Num. 2:4). Now this encampment of the people of Israel was an emblem of the form and order of the spiritual Israel or church of God, under the Gospel dispensation. Christ in human nature is the tabernacle, who is in the midst of his people by His gracious presence. As the heart and life of the congregation of his saints, in whom they all center and terminate, and where he sits enthroned as King of saints. And as the Levites encamped in four squadrons next unto the tabernacle, all around it. To these answer the living creatures in (Ezek. 1:5). Which design the ministers of the word, who are in the highest place in the church, between Christ and the congregation, and are near to him, to be supplied by him. Then encamped the whole body of the people of Israel by their standards, with their ensigns, to whom answer the wheels in (Ezek. 1:15). And the twenty four elders in (Rev. 4:4). All which show the church to be militant, and that there is an order in Gospel churches, which makes them both comely and terrible (SOS 6:4). And may teach every member to abide by his standard, and follow his ensign and ensign bearer (Isa. 11:10).


See note (on 1:46).


The total number given here of all the tribes is 603,550. You remember that including women and children the number could swell to close to 3,000,000. To have a place large enough for this many people to camp, you would need over 3 miles square.


Numbers 2:33 "But the Levites were not numbered among the children of Israel; as the LORD commanded Moses."


At this time, not among the Israelites, but by themselves, they being a camp of themselves.


"As the Lord commanded Moses (Num. 1:48).


The Levites did not go to war, and they would not have been numbered in this group, for that reason.


Numbers 2:34 "And the children of Israel did according to all that the LORD commanded Moses: so they pitched by their standards, and so they set forward, every one after their families, according to the house of their fathers."


Up to this time, "the children of Israel did according to all that the LORD commanded Moses," Contrasted to later events recorded in this book.


Most of the early Jewish writers thought the area they encamped in, to be twelve miles square. The three miles square used were estimates of Roman soldiers. The difference in the space could have been because they were not in army regiments, but individual tents. Two things to remember in all of this, is that God was at the center of their lives. We must also remember that they encamped in such a way to protect the tabernacle and the presence of God within. Many believe the tribes symbolize the Christians today, varied in details of belief enough to have different denominations, but headed for a common goal. The wilderness wanderings are much like the lives of the Christians on earth. They were not permitted to enter the Promised Land, until they had Egypt (world), out of them. With each new trial they faced, they discovered the only answers lay in God's hands.


Numbers Chapter 2 Questions


1. Where did Moses and Aaron, probably, take the results of the census?


2. Who was numbered?


3. What does the author ask that you notice about this lesson?


4. What are the spokes of the wheel, that Jesus is the hub for?


5. Every man shall pitch by his own __________.


6. What does "standard" mean in verse 2?


7. What does "ensign" mean.


8. What must they be careful not to do?


9. The east side was toward the _________ of the ______.


10. Which tribe was first on the east side?


11. Jesus came through the tribe of _________.


12. Who is the day Star?


13. Who pitched next to Judah?


14. Where did the tribe of Zebulon camp?


15. How many young men of war were camped on the east side?


16. Who camped on the south side?


17. Who was the mother of Reuben and Simeon?


18. Who was Gad's mother?


19. How many young men were counted all together in Reuben's three tribes?


20. Where will the Levites camp?


21. Where would the Levites and the tabernacle be in the march?


22. Whose tribe was the leader of the three tribes on the west?


23. Ephraim and Manasseh were sons of __________.


24. What did Benjamin and Joseph have in common?


25. What was the total number of the young men, who were counted on the west side?


26. The standard of the camp of Dan was on the ________ side.


27. What was the total number of young men camped on the north?


28. Why were the Levites not numbered?


29. How large would the area have to be, to accommodate this large a group of people?


30. What are two things we should remember in this lesson?


31. How are the wilderness wanderings like our lives on earth?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 3



Numbers Chapter 3

Verses 1-51: Chapters 3 and 4 record two censuses of the Levites. In chapter 3 all male Levites more than a month old are counted, whereas chapter 4 numbers all male Levites between 30 and 50 years of age. The tribe of Levi took the place of all the firstborn men in Israel. The result of the census showed that the number of male Levites fell short of the number of firstborn Israelites. So, the extra Israelites had to be redeemed in a different way, by paying money.


Verses 1-4 "The sons of Aaron, the priests": The family of Aaron did belong to the tribe of Levi (1 Chron. 6:1-15), but in the capacity of priests they possessed superior status to the rest of the tribe. They alone could handle the sacrificial blood, touch the altar, and enter the tent of meeting. They were the authoritative teachers in Israel (Lev. 10:11; Deut. 24:8), and the official mediators between God and Israel. Along with such a great privilege came an immense responsibility, one that "Nadab and Abihu" did not meet. Therefore, they "died before the Lord", offering strange fire. They were not meticulous in obeying God's Word, as He had not commanded them to do what they did (Lev. 10:1). This reference explains why only Eleazar and Ithamar are mentioned as being in charge of the Levites (in 3:32; 4:16, 28, 33). Also, it sets forth the mortal danger men face in dealing with God, and thereby sets the tone for chapters 3 and 4 (verses 10, 13, 38, 4:15; 18-20; compare Acts 5:1-11; 12:22-23; 1 Cor. 10:6-11; 11:29-30).


Numbers 3:1 "These also [are] the generations of Aaron and Moses in the day [that] the LORD spake with Moses in mount Sinai."


"Aaron and Moses". Because Aaron and his sons are emphasized in this chapter, Aaron is named first.


"Mount Sinai": The Lord had first communicated to Moses His choice of Aaron and his sons as priests in (Exodus 28:1 - 29:46), while he was in the midst of the cloud on Mt. Sinai (Exodus 24:18).


Moses and Aaron were the beginning of separation from the twelve tribes. This would be setting the Levitical tribe aside to substitute for the firstborn of each family. Moses and Aaron were the beginning of the chosen tribe. This tribe was set aside to serve the Lord and His tabernacle. Moses was the first, and the nearest, to God. His was not a service in the temple, but was to oversee the spiritual beginning. He was in direct contact with God. In fact, Moses gave instructions to Aaron about his service as high priest. Aaron was the first of the high priests to serve in the tabernacle. Verse 1 has to do with their families and service. Moses communed with God on Mount Sinai.


Verses 2-4: The disobedience of Aaron's oldest sons, "Nadab" and "Abihu", is recalled here (Lev. 10:1-2). Their younger brothers "Eleazar" and "Ithamar" took their place and ministered alongside of their father. All future priests would be descendants of these two men.


Numbers 3:2 "And these [are] the names of the sons of Aaron; Nadab the firstborn, and Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar."


The Targum of Jonathan adds, disciples of Moses, the master of the Israelites. None of the posterity of Moses being expressly named. Jarchi observes, that the sons of Aaron are called the generations of Moses, because he taught them the law. For whoever, he says, teaches his neighbor's son, the law, the Scripture accounts of him as if he procreated him (see 1 Cor. 4:15).


"Nadab the firstborn, and Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar": As in (Exodus 6:23).


The high priest's sons were priests in the temple. They were trained to take over as high priest at their father's death. These 4 sons were in line for the priesthood.


Numbers 3:3 "These [are] the names of the sons of Aaron, the priests which were anointed, whom he consecrated to minister in the priest's office."


"The priests which were anointed": Of all the tribe of Levi, only the sons of Aaron were priests. Only priests could offer the sacrifices; the rest of the Levites aided them in the work of the tabernacle (compare 3:7-9).


"Consecrated": The setting apart of Aaron and his sons to the priesthood is recorded in (Lev. 8:1 - 9:24).


Not only was Aaron anointed as high priest, but his sons were anointed and set aside for God's work as well. The word "consecrated" means hand upon. This just means that they had been dedicated to the service of God by the laying on of hands. This was a very honored position, to serve the Lord in the priest's office.


Numbers 3:4 "And Nadab and Abihu died before the LORD, when they offered strange fire before the LORD, in the wilderness of Sinai, and they had no children: and Eleazar and Ithamar ministered in the priest's office in the sight of Aaron their father."


"Eleazar and Ithamar": All of the future priests of Israel under the Mosaic Covenant were descendants of these two sons of Aaron. Eleazar and his descendants would later be singled out for great blessing (compare Num. 25:10-13).


Many believe the strange fire was speaking of them coming into the tabernacle drinking alcohol. Nadab and Abihu were the oldest, and had been set aside by God to work in the tabernacle. Fire came from the altar and killed them. They left no children.


Leviticus 10:1-2 "And Nadab and Abihu, the sons of Aaron, took either of them his censer, and put fire therein, and put incense thereon, and offered strange fire before the LORD, which he commanded them not." " And there went out fire from the LORD, and devoured them, and they died before the LORD."


1 Chronicles 24:2 "But Nadab and Abihu died before their father, and had no children: therefore Eleazar and Ithamar executed the priest's office."


We see that the two younger brothers took their places, when they were killed.


Verses 5-13: The descendants of Levi were set apart to serve God because He declared, "The Levites shall be Mine" (Deut. 10:8). This whole tribe was selected rather than the "firstborn" of every family (3:40-51; 8:14).


Numbers 3:5 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After he had given him the order for the numbering the children of Israel, and for the manner of their encampment and journeying.


"Saying": As follows.


This is said so many times, to show us the line of command. God spoke to Moses, and Moses to Aaron.


Numbers 3:6 "Bring the tribe of Levi near, and present them before Aaron the priest, that they may minister unto him."


"The tribe of Levi": The specific task of the Levites was to serve Aaron, his sons, and all of Israel by doing the work of the tabernacle, further defined in (3:25-26, 31, 36-37; 4:4-33).


The entire tribe of Levi was set aside to serve God. This would be the time for them to find out exactly what the Lord had for them to do. They would not be in the dark. God would specifically tell them what to do.


Numbers 3:7 "And they shall keep his charge, and the charge of the whole congregation before the tabernacle of the congregation, to do the service of the tabernacle."


The charge of Aaron and of all the people of Israel, which was to secure the sanctuary from being polluted or plundered. This the Levites were to be employed about, and thereby ease the high priest and the other priests, and the people, of what otherwise would have been incumbent on them.


"Before the tabernacle of the congregation": Not within it, neither in the holy place, nor in the most holy place, where they might not enter, to do any service peculiar thereunto. But at the door of the tabernacle, and in the court of it, and in the rooms and chambers in it. And do the service of the tabernacle. Not to offer sacrifices on the altar of the burnt offering, which stood in the court, and much less to burn incense on the altar of incense, and to him the lamps, and set on the showbread in the holy place. And still less to enter into the most holy place, and do there what was to be done on the day of atonement. But to do all that is before observed, and to bring the people's offerings to the priest, and to assist in slaying them. And to keep all profane and polluted persons out of it, the tabernacle, as we find in later times. They were porters at it, and some of them were singers in it, and had the care of various things belonging to it (see 1 Chron. 9:14).


This "charge" is like their service assignment. Each person would be told specifically what his duties would be.


Numbers 3:8 "And they shall keep all the instruments of the tabernacle of the congregation, and the charge of the children of Israel, to do the service of the tabernacle."


Take care of them that none be lost or come to any damage, especially while it was moving, and carried from place to place. Then the several parts of it, as well as the vessels in it, were committed to their care and charge, the particulars of which (see in Num. 3:25).


"And the charge of the children of Israel, to do the service of the tabernacle (see notes on Num. 3:7).


The Levites were to care for even the tiniest things in the tabernacle. They were responsible for all the utensils and the furniture. This is not a request, but a command.


Numbers 3:9 "And thou shalt give the Levites unto Aaron and to his sons: they [are] wholly given unto him out of the children of Israel."


To be their ministers and servants.


"They are wholly given unto him out of the children of Israel": Even all of them entirely, none excepted. The whole tribe which were not in the priestly office. Those were separated from the rest of the tribes of Israel, and appointed for the service of the priests. Or they were "give, given"; which is repeated not only to show that they were wholly given, as we render it, but to denote the certainty of it, that they were really given. And specially to declare the freeness of the gift. The priests had them as free gifts, nor did they pay them any thing for, their service. They were maintained another way, namely, by the tithes of the people. And indeed, the priests received a tithe out of the tithe of the Levites. So far were they from contributing any thing to their support, or in consideration of the service they did them.


This is saying emphatically that no Levite is to be left out of this charge. Just as the firstborn of all the families had belonged to God, now the Levites, who took the firstborn's place, belong totally to God.


Numbers 3:10 "And thou shalt appoint Aaron and his sons, and they shall wait on their priest's office: and the stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death."


"The stranger": Laymen or strangers (compare 1:51), would die if they participated in priestly activities (compare 3:38; 16:40).


The Levites were to help with the physical part of the ministry, but Aaron and his sons were to perform the services. They alone had been called to the priesthood. This honor would go from generation to generation of Aaron's family.


Numbers 3:11 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Continued to speak unto him, and give him the reason of his appointing the Levites to minister to the priests and serve the tabernacle.


"Saying": As follows.


This again is reminding us that the message came from the LORD to Moses, and then down the chain of command.


Numbers 3:12 "And I, behold, I have taken the Levites from among the children of Israel instead of all the firstborn that openeth the matrix among the children of Israel: therefore the Levites shall be mine;"


"Firstborn": At the Exodus, the Lord claimed for Himself the firstborn of Israel's males (Exodus 13:1-2). The firstborn was to act as the family priest. But when the full ministry of the Mosaic economy came in, God transferred the priestly duties to the Levites, perhaps partly because of their holy zeal in the golden calf incident (compare Exodus 32:29). The Levites substituted for the firstborn.


In Egypt, the last plague was the death of the firstborn of all the Egyptians. God spared the firstborn of the Hebrews, who had the blood over the doorpost of their houses. The firstborn of all Hebrews belonged to God. Rather than having one son of each family serve in the temple, God allowed them to buy their firstborn back with a silver shekel. "Silver" means redemption. God called the Levites to serve, instead of the firstborn son.


Numbers 3:13 "Because all the firstborn [are] mine; [for] on the day that I smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt I hallowed unto me all the firstborn in Israel, both man and beast: mine shall they be: I [am] the LORD."


Not merely in a general way, as all creatures are his, but in a special manner as his own, and that for the following reason.


"For on the day that I smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, I hallowed unto me all the firstborn in Israel, both man and beast": That is, sanctified or set them apart as his own special property, or ordered the people of Israel so to do (Exodus 13:2). For as when he destroyed the firstborn of the Egyptians, he saved the firstborn of Israel. He had a special claim upon them as his. And though it was in the night when he destroyed the firstborn of Egypt, yet it was the night which preceded that day. And was a part of that day, even the fifteenth of Nisan, when the instructions were given to sanctify all the firstborn. Though, as Aben Ezra observes, "day" signifies "time". So that it was at or about the same time that the one and the other were done.


"Mine they shall be": This was declared when they were ordered to be sanctified to him, but now they were to be exchanged for the Levites.


"I am the Lord": Who have sovereign power to do as he would in claiming the firstborn. And then in exchanging them for the Levites, and appointing the Levites to minister to the priests, and serve in the tabernacle.


It was the firstborn of the people and the cattle that God took on that night in Egypt.


Exodus 12:29 "And it came to pass, that at midnight the LORD smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, from the firstborn of Pharaoh that sat on his throne unto the firstborn of the captive that [was] in the dungeon; and all the firstborn of cattle."


Verses 14-39: The Levites were also numbered, divided into three clans according to their relationship to Levi's three sons: "Gershon, Kohath", and Merari" (Exodus 6:16-22). The major duties of the clans are spelled out, as are their respective positions of encampment around the tabernacle. The Gershonites were "westward", the Kohathites on the "southward", and the Merarites on the "northward". On the east side were the encampments of Moses, Aaron, and his sons. "All the males" who were over one month numbered 22,000 (3:39).


Numbers 3:14 "And the LORD spake unto Moses in the wilderness of Sinai, saying,"


At the same time, he gave the order, and made the declaration before mentioned. And in the place where now the children of Israel were, and from whence they shortly removed.


"Saying": As follows.


The message that came from God through Moses, to Aaron and the people, was absolute.


Numbers 3:15 "Number the children of Levi after the house of their fathers, by their families: every male from a month old and upward shalt thou number them."


"Number": Moses took a census of every Levite male who was at least one month old. This included Moses and Aaron and their sons, because they descended from Amram (3:19; compare Exodus 6:20).


The children of Levi were numbered from one month of age, instead of twenty years old. These were to be set aside for God, when they were babies.


2 Timothy 3:15 "And that from a child thou hast known the holy scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus."


They were to be raised from infancy to serve the LORD.


Numbers 3:16 "And Moses numbered them according to the word of the LORD, as he was commanded."


Took the account of all of a month old in the several houses and families of the tribe of Levi. Though Moses is only here mentioned, yet it seems from (Num. 3:39); that Aaron was concerned with him in it. Yea, in an after numbering of the Levites who were fit for business from thirty to fifty years of age, the chief of the children of Israel were assisting to him and Aaron (Num. 4:46).


"As he commanded": He was obedient to the divine will in all things, and so in this. Though it was his own tribe and his own posterity, which in all successive ages were to be no other than ministering servants to the priests. And to have no inheritance in the land of Israel.


Moses did exactly as God had instructed him to do.


Numbers 3:17 "And these were the sons of Levi by their names; Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari."


The immediate offspring and descendants of that patriarch.


"Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari": These went down with him into Egypt (Gen. 46:11).


It is interesting that the number of sons he had were three. We will see their families become peoples, such as the Kohathites. Moses was actually from the tribe of Kohath.


Numbers 3:18 "And these [are] the names of the sons of Gershon by their families; Libni, and Shimei."


Or to Gershon belonged two families, called after the names of his sons, who were now numbered, namely.


"Libni and Shimei": And who are elsewhere mentioned as his sons (Exodus 6:17). And from hence were the families of the Libnites and Shimites (as in Num. 3:21).


The name "Libni" means white. "Shimei" means a renowned one.


Numbers 3:19 "And the sons of Kohath by their families; Amram, and Izehar, Hebron, and Uzziel."


Who was the second son of Levi.


"Amram, and Izehar, Hebron, and Uzziel": So in (Exodus 6:18); and from whom were named the family of the Amramites, to which Moses and Aaron belonged. And the families of the Izeharites, Hebronites, and Uzzielites, as they are called (Num. 3:27).


We know from previous lessons, that Amram and Jochebed were the parents of Aaron, Moses, and Miriam. "Izehar" means anointing. "Hebron" means community, and just such a city is to be found in the mountains of Judah. "Uzziel" means God is strength. We can see that even their names reveal their calling to serve God.


Numbers 3:20 "And the sons of Merari by their families; Mahli, and Mushi. These [are] the families of the Levites according to the house of their fathers."


The third son of Levi.


"Mahli and Mushi": The same as in (Exodus 6:19); from whom were denominated the families of the Mahlites and Mushites. Who, as the preceding families, were numbered at this time. These are the families of the Levites, according to the house of their fathers; in all eight families.


"Merari" means bitter, or sad. "Mahli" means weak and sickly. These were one group of those of Levi.


Verses 21-26: "Gershon": The Gershonites numbered 7500 males and were responsible for the coverings of the tabernacle. They were to camp west of the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:21 Of Gershon [was] the family of the Libnites, and the family of the Shimites: these [are] the families of the Gershonites.


The first son of Levi.


"These are the family of the Gershonites; that were now, numbered.


They grew into tribes of people.


Numbers 3:22 "Those that were numbered of them, according to the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, [even] those that were numbered of them [were] seven thousand and five hundred."


Of the two families that sprung from Gershon.


"According to the number of all the males, from a month old and upwards": In the said families.


"Even those that were numbered of them, were seven thousand and five hundred": 7,500 men, which was neither the least nor the largest number of the sons of Levi.


Compared to the other tribes, we can see how small in number they were. From 1 month old upwards, there were 7,500 males of the tribe of Gershon.


Numbers 3:23 "The families of the Gershonites shall pitch behind the tabernacle westward."


The two before mentioned, the Libnites and Shimites.


"Shall pitch behind the tabernacle westward": This was their situation when encamped. They were placed in the rear of the camp of the Levites. Between the tabernacle and the camp of Ephraim, which was westward also (Num. 1:18).


They pitched westward, but it was between the tabernacle and the tribes of Ephraim. The front of the tabernacle looked eastward, so they were just behind the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:24 "And the chief of the house of the father of the Gershonites [shall be] Eliasaph the son of Lael."


Who had the chief authority over them, and the chief direction of them in what they were to do.


"Shall be Eliasaph the son of Lael": But who he was, or of which family of the Gershonites, whether of the Libnites or Shimites, is not said here or elsewhere. Nor do the Jewish writers, who affect to know everything, pretend to tell us.


"Lael" means belonging to God. This is not the same Eliasaph, who was head of the tribe of Gad.


Numbers 3:25 "And the charge of the sons of Gershon in the tabernacle of the congregation [shall be] the tabernacle, and the tent, the covering thereof, and the hanging for the door of the tabernacle of the congregation,"


The Libnites and Shimites.


"In the tabernacle of the congregation": Or with respect to the things of it, when it was taken down and committed to them. For otherwise they had no place in it, nor might they enter into it, or do any service therein.


"Shall be the tabernacle and the tent": The former intends not the boards of it, which were the charge of the Merarites (Num. 3:36). But the curtains, as Aben Ezra, or the under curtains, as Jarchi calls them, which were made of fine twined linen (Exodus 26:1). And the latter is to be understood of the eleven curtains, as Aben Ezra. The curtains of goat's hair, which were made for the roof of the tabernacle, as Jarchi observes (see Exodus 26:7).


"The covering thereof": Made of rams' skins, and badgers' skins, which were thrown over the tent (Exodus 26:14).


"And the hanging for the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": The vail, as Jarchi calls it. Not what divided the holy and most Holy Places, for that fell to the charge of the Kohathites (Num. 3:31). But the vail or hanging which was at the door of the tent, or which led into the Holy Place (Exodus 26:36).


Numbers 3:26 "And the hangings of the court, and the curtain for the door of the court, which [is] by the tabernacle, and by the altar round about, and the cords of it for all the service thereof."


Which formed the great open court that encompassed the tabernacle, and was a hundred cubits long and fifty broad (Exodus 27:9).


"And the curtain for the door of the court": Which was a hanging of twenty cubits, of blue, purple, scarlet, and fine twined linen (Exodus 27:16).


"Which is by the tabernacle, and by the altar round about": This refers to the court, the hangings, and curtains of the door of it, which are spoken of. And this court surrounded the tabernacle, and the altar which was without the tabernacle, as Aben Ezra observes. And which was the altar of burnt offering that stood within this court. For the particle sometimes signifies "about", and the word "around", being joined with it, requires this sense.


"And the cords of it": Which seem to be the cords of the court, which fastened the hangings and curtains to brass pins, or stakes fixed in the ground to keep them tight, that the wind might not move them to and fro. But Jarchi says, these were the cords of the tabernacle and tent, and not of the court. And indeed, the tabernacle had its cords as well as the court (Exodus 38:18). The cords of the court were in the charge of the Merarites (Num. 3:37).


"For all the service thereof": For that part of the tabernacle and court which the Gershonites had in their care and custody.


This family was to be in charge of the tabernacle itself. The tent was cared for by them. This would include all of the tapestry and the hides. This was the outward tabernacle. Inside it included the caring of the curtains at the door and the curtain at the altar. The physical tabernacle was their charge.


Verses 27-32: "Kohath": Some LXX manuscripts give the number of Kohathites as 8300, which is the preferred reading. (The addition of one Hebrew letter changes the "six" to a "three". This letter was dropped very early in the copying of the text). The Kohathites were responsible for the holy objects of the tabernacle (including transporting the ark), and were to camp south of the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:27 "And of Kohath [was] the family of the Amramites, and the family of the Izeharites, and the family of the Hebronites, and the family of the Uzzielites: these [are] the families of the Kohathites."


So called from Amram, the first son of Kohath, and father of Aaron and Moses. So that Moses and Aaron, and their children, are included in this family.


"And the family of Izeharites": Of which family was Korah (Num. 16:1).


"And the family of the Hebronites, and the family of the Uzzielites": Which four families had their names from Kohath's four sons (Num. 3:19).


"These are the families of the Kohathites": Which were as many as both the other sons of Levi.


Amram was from the tribe of Kohath. The Amramites were a people founded upon him. Each of the leaders of the people used his name, and started a tribe.


Numbers 3:28 "In the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, [were] eight thousand and six hundred, keeping the charge of the sanctuary."


8,600 men, which was the largest number of any of the houses of the Levites. But considering it had double the number of families in it, the increase was not so large in proportion. At least to Gershon, whose two families wanted but 1,100 of these four.


"Keeping the charge of the sanctuary": Of the Holy and most Holy Places, and the vessels and instruments belonging thereunto. Not that the males of a month old were keeping them, but when they were grown up and were capable of it. They had the charge thereof, in which they were instructed and trained up from their youth.


This comes to 8,600 males from 1 month old upward, who were of the tribes of Kohath. They were in charge of the things of the sanctuary. From this tribe, came the high priest and the priests.


Numbers 3:29 "The families of the sons of Kohath shall pitch on the side of the tabernacle southward."


Or to the right, which was the more honorable place. Excepting the east or front, which was reserved for Moses and Aaron, and his sons, and who were one of these families. And is the reason why this honor was conferred upon them. As well as they had the more honorable charge, having the holy places and holy things committed to their care. And one from among them was appointed over all the Levites, and the chief of them. As they had also, when they came into the land of Canaan. Almost as many cities of refuge as both their other brethren had. Their situation about the tabernacle was between that and the camp of Reuben. And this accounts for it, how Korah who was of one of the families of the Kohathites, became so intimately acquainted with, and joined in a conspiracy with Dathan and Abiram. Who were of the tribe of Reuben (Num. 16:1).


The tabernacle faces east. These of the tribe of Kohath needed ready access to the tabernacle. They were close to the tabernacle on the south side. They were between the tabernacle and the tribes of Reuben.


Numbers 3:30 "And the chief of the house of the father of the families of the Kohathites [shall be] Elizaphan the son of Uzziel."


The same man, who, with his brother Mishael, carried Nadab and Abihu out of the camp, and buried them (Lev. 10:4). He descended from the last and youngest of the families of the Kohathites. And some think this was one reason at least of Korah's dissatisfaction. And of his entering into a conspiracy against Moses and Aaron, because one of a younger family of his house was preferred to this dignity before him.


This leader, Elizaphan, was chosen of the younger branch.


Numbers 3:31 "And their charge [shall be] the ark, and the table, and the candlestick, and the altars, and the vessels of the sanctuary wherewith they minister, and the hanging, and all the service thereof."


That is, when the tabernacle was taken down, and carried from place to place. This, and the following things, were committed to their care and custody. The ark with the mercy seat, and all appertaining thereunto, which were in the holy of holies.


"And the table, and the candlestick, and the altars": The table of showbread, and the candlestick of pure gold, with its lamps, and the altar of incense. All which stood in the holy place, and the altar of burnt offering. Which was in the court, for both altars were their charge.


"And the vessels of the sanctuary wherewith they minister": All the vessels which belonged to the above things. For the table, candlestick, and altars, all had vessels appertaining to them.


"And the hanging": That is, the vail, as Jarchi interprets it. Which divided between the, Holy and the most Holy Place. All the other hangings for the court, and the door of it, and for the door of the tabernacle, were the charge of the Gershonites (Num. 3:25).


"And all the service thereof": What belonged to the things in this part of the tabernacle.


They took care of the things in the Holy Place and the most Holy Place. The Ark, Candlestick, Table, and even the Altars symbolized Jesus in some way. This was a very favored task, to care for these holy things.


Numbers 3:32 "And Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest [shall be] chief over the chief of the Levites, [and have] the oversight of them that keep the charge of the sanctuary."


Who was of the first of these families, the Amramites.


"Shall be chief over the chief of the Levites": Over the three chiefs of the three houses of the Levites. Who were Eliasaph the son of Lael, the chief of the Gershonites. And Elizaphan the son of Uzziel, the chief of the Kohathites. And Zuriel the son of Abihail, the chief of the Merarites.


"And have the oversight of them that keep the charge of the sanctuary": The Kohathites, who had the care of the things belonging to the Holy and most Holy Places. And these were particularly under the inspection of Eleazar, because they were things the priests had a special concern in (see Num. 4:32).


The order in the sanctuary leadership was Aaron (high priest), Eleazar (his son), the priest, and then those who were in charge of the holy things. Everything the Levites did must meet with the approval of Eleazar.


Numbers Chapter 3 Questions


1. Moses and Aaron were the beginning of separation from the _______ _________.


2. What was the Levitical tribe a substitute for?


3. The Levitical tribe was set aside for what purpose?


4. What position did Moses have?


5. Who was the first of the high priests?


6. Moses communed with God on _________ ________.


7. Who were the sons of Aaron?


8. What were the sons of Aaron consecrated to do?


9. Which two sons of Aaron did God kill?


10. Why did He kill them?


11. Who took their places as priests?


12. What do many believe the strange fire to be speaking of?


13. What part of the tribe of Levi was dedicated to God's work?


14. What is the "charge" in verse 7 saying?


15. What was their charge?


16. What will happen to the stranger, who comes into the Holy Place?


17. Where would the next generation of priests come from?


18. What was the last plague in Egypt?


19. Why were the Hebrews spared?


20. How could the Hebrews purchase back their firstborn?


21. What was the age of the youngest male to be counted of the tribe of Levi?


22. Who were the sons of Levi?


23. Moses was actually from what tribe?


24. What does "Libni" mean?


25. Who were the parents of Aaron, Moses, and Miriam?


26. How many were numbered of the tribe of Gershon?


27. Which side of the tabernacle did the tribes of Gershon camp on?


28. What did the tribe of Gershon take care of?


29. What tribe was Amram from?


30. How many were numbered of the tribe of Kohath?


31. Where did the tribes of Kohath camp?


32. What were they in charge of?


33. What was the order of the leadership in the sanctuary?




Numbers Chapter 3 Continued

Verses 33-37: "Merari": The Merarites numbered 6200 males and were responsible for the wooden framework of the tabernacle. They were to camp north of the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:33 "Of Merari [was] the family of the Mahlites, and the family of the Mushites: these [are] the families of Merari."


So called from his two sons Mahli and Mushi (Num. 3:20).


"These are the families of Merari": The youngest son of Levi (Num. 3:17).


In the last lesson, we had begun the genealogy of the Levites. This is a continuation of that.


Numbers 3:34 "And those that were numbered of them, according to the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, [were] six thousand and two hundred."


Of the above two families.


"According to the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, were six thousand and two hundred. 6,200 men; the least number of them all.


Numbers 3:35 "And the chief of the house of the father of the families of Merari [was] Zuriel the son of Abihail: [these] shall pitch on the side of the tabernacle northward."


I think it should rather be rendered, "and the chief of the house", that is, of the Merarites, "the father to the families of Merari". The common father to them all, having the chief authority and power over them, and so in (Num. 3:24).


"Was Zuriel the son of Abihail": Of whom we read nowhere else, nor is it certain of which family he was, whether of the Mahlites or Mushites.


"These shall pitch on the side of the tabernacle northward": To the left of it, between that and the camp of Dan.


This again is speaking just north of the tabernacle, and between the tabernacle and the tribe of Dan. Only the Levites were allowed to camp near the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:36 "And [under] the custody and charge of the sons of Merari [shall be] the boards of the tabernacle, and the bars thereof, and the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof, and all the vessels thereof, and all that serveth thereto,"


Both of the Holy and the most Holy Place, which were the walls of the tabernacle, and which were covered with curtains. These when taken down for journeying were committed to the care of the Merarites. And because these, with what follow, were a heavy carriage, they were allowed wagons to carry them. And who on this account had more wagons given them than to the Gershonites, for the Kohathites had none (Num. 7:6).


"And the bars thereof": Which kept the boards tight and close (see Exodus 26:26).


"And the pillars thereof": The pillars on which the vail was hung, that divided between the Holy and most Holy Place. And, on which the hanging was put for the door of the vail (Exodus 26:32).


"And the sockets thereof": In which both the boards and pillars were put (Exodus 26:19).


These were the boards that were used with the curtains. This tribe of Merari had nothing to do with the curtains. It was their duty to carry the boards. They also were in charge of the sockets, which held the curtains together. They not only carried the boards, but were responsible for them being erected, when they stopped and set up the tabernacle.


Numbers 3:37 "And the pillars of the court round about, and their sockets, and their pins, and their cords."


Of the great court which went round the tabernacle, on which pillars the hangings were hung.


"And their sockets": Into which the pillars were put. Of both (see Exodus 27:9).


"And their pins, and their cords": The pins were fixed in the ground, and the cords fastened the hangings of the court to them. Whereby they were kept tight and unmoved by the winds (see Exodus 27:19).


This is speaking of the smaller items; they were responsible for. The tabernacle could not be put together without these items that connected them.


Numbers 3:38 "But those that encamp before the tabernacle toward the east, [even] before the tabernacle of the congregation eastward, [shall be] Moses, and Aaron and his sons, keeping the charge of the sanctuary for the charge of the children of Israel; and the stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death."


"Moses ... Aaron": Moses and Aaron and his sons were given the place of honor on the east of the tabernacle and gave overall supervision to the Levites. Eleazar oversaw the Kohathites (3:32), and Ithamar oversaw the Gershonites and Merarites (4:28, 33).


The eastern gate was a place of prominence. This is where the entrance to the tabernacle was located. Moses, Aaron, and their families were responsible for the tabernacle and the people. Since Moses, Aaron, and Aaron's sons would be in the tabernacle often, it was necessary for them to be on this side. The tabernacle is like our church today. Moses, Aaron, and Aaron's sons are like the ministerial staff. This would even include the board of directors. Notice however, you could not have a church without those who took care of the physical preparation of the church for services.


Numbers 3:39 "All that were numbered of the Levites, which Moses and Aaron numbered at the commandment of the LORD, throughout their families, all the males from a month old and upward, [were] twenty and two thousand."


Whence it appears, that Moses was not alone, but Aaron with him, in numbering the Levites, and that by the appointment of the Lord. The word "Aaron", in the Hebrew text, has a dot on every letter, for what reason it is not certain. The word itself is left out in the Samaritan and Syriac versions.


"All the males, from a month old and upward, were twenty and two thousand": 22,000 men. But by putting the sums together they amount to three hundred more. For of the Gershonites there were 7,500, and of the Kohathites 8,600, and of the Merarites 6,200; in all 22,300. Which difficulty some endeavor to remove by saying, as Aben Ezra observes, that the Scripture takes a short way, mentioning the thousands, and leaving out the hundreds.


We can easily see from the 22,000 males from 1 month old and upward, that the Levites were by far the smallest of the tribes. If we added the three groups together of the Levites who were counted, we would have 22,300. This is not a serious discrepancy. This is just an error in addition by someone. It is a possibility that the 300 were firstborn of the ministering staff, and were not counted.


Numbers 3:40 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Number all the firstborn of the males of the children of Israel from a month old and upward, and take the number of their names."


After he had taken the number of the Levites.


"Number all the firstborn of the children of Israel, from a month old and upward, and take the number of their names". That they might be compared with the number of the Levites, and the difference between them observed.


We remember the firstborn belong to God. They must be purchased back from God. This counting was to determine the tax of the silver shekel as redemption money.


Numbers 3:41 "And thou shalt take the Levites for me (I [am] the LORD) instead of all the firstborn among the children of Israel; and the cattle of the Levites instead of all the firstlings among the cattle of the children of Israel."


For his service, to minister to his priests, and serve in his tabernacle.


"I am the Lord": Who has a right to all, and can claim who he pleases for himself in a special manner, and therefore could and did take the Levites to himself.


"Instead of the firstborn among the children of Israel": These he had taken to him before, and ordered to be sanctified unto him. And for whom a redemption price was paid to his priests for the support of them, and the tabernacle service. And now it was his will to make an exchange of these for the Levites.


"And the cattle of the Levites, instead of all the firstling among the cattle of the children of Israel": Every firstling of clean cattle was the Lord's, and given to his priests. And the firstlings of unclean cattle were redeemed with a lamb, and which were given to the same. And now instead of these he requires the cattle of the Levites. Not that they should be deprived of their use of them, or that they should be taken and sacrificed, but that they should be with them devoted to him, and they should possess them in his right.


The Levites were not just in the service to the Lord, but belonged to Him in the fullest sense. Even their cattle were taken for the tabernacle instead of being their own private property. This paid for the firstborn cattle of the twelve tribes.


Numbers 3:42 "And Moses numbered, as the LORD commanded him, all the firstborn among the children of Israel."


No doubt assisted by others, though not mentioned.


"All the firstborn among the children of Israel": Which some think was only those that were born since they came out of Egypt, as Bonfrerius, Bishop Patrick, and others.


Since this was a matter of the tabernacle, Moses took care of the counting.


Numbers 3:43 "And all the firstborn males by the number of names, from a month old and upward, of those that were numbered of them, were twenty and two thousand two hundred and threescore and thirteen."


"Twenty and two thousand two hundred and threescore and thirteen": This was the total number of Gershonite, Kohathite, and Merarite males born in the 12-1/2 months since the Exodus. The Levites took the place of the first 22,000 firstborns, and the rest (273), were redeemed with 1,365 silver shekels.


This is the firstborn of all of the tribes, and not just of the Levites. Those numbered were 22,273. This is a terribly short number for the firstborn of so large a group of people. Either this was for the babies who were firstborn, or there should be a larger number. If this were all the firstborn of all the Israelites, they would have to have an average of 70 people in one family. Possibly, this is speaking of the young males who are not fathers themselves. This is one of those mysteries of the Bible, that we will not know absolutely.


Numbers 3:44 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the number was taken, and gave him directions what to do upon it.


"Saying": As follows.


We see again, that The LORD is still speaking to Aaron and the people through Moses at this point.


Numbers 3:45 "Take the Levites instead of all the firstborn among the children of Israel, and the cattle of the Levites instead of their cattle; and the Levites shall be mine: I [am] the LORD."


The Lord had declared before that he had taken them, and now he bids Moses take them. Who had numbered them, and give them to Aaron, instead of the firstborn. Whose numbers were also taken for this purpose.


"And the cattle of the Levites instead of their cattle": But not to be given to Aaron and his sons, or to the priests for their use, but to remain with the Levites for their use. Who were now separated from the other tribes, and taken into the service of God. And as they were dedicated to God, so their cattle likewise for their support as his ministers.


"And the Levites shall be mine": In a special manner his, being devoted to his service.


"I am the Lord": Who had a right to do this, and expected to be obeyed in it.


This is the law of substitution. Jesus became our substitute on the cross. We deserved the penalty of the cross, and Jesus paid the penalty in full for us. The Levites here, are the substitute for the firstborn males of Israel.


Numbers 3:46 "And for those that are to be redeemed of the two hundred and threescore and thirteen of the firstborn of the children of Israel, which are more than the Levites;"


With money, there being not Levites enough to answer to them, and exchange for them.


"Of the two hundred and threescore and thirteen of the firstborn of the children of Israel, which are more than the Levites": For the sum total of the Levites, as given, was but 22,000 (Num. 3:39). Whereas the sum total of the firstborn of Israel were 22,273 (Num. 3:43). So that there were, two hundred seventy-three more of the latter than of the former. And what was to be done with these next follows.


We see from this, that there was not an error in counting the firstborn. We just did not understand what age group were counted. The Levites were almost the same number as the firstborn of all Israel. This is saying there were 273 more than the Levites.


Numbers 3:47 "Thou shalt even take five shekels apiece by the poll, after the shekel of the sanctuary shalt thou take [them]: (the shekel [is] twenty gerahs:)"


Or head; every firstborn, or his parent for him, was bound to pay five shekels. And which was afterwards settled as the price of such a redemption (Num. 18:16).


"After the shekel of the sanctuary shall thou take them": Being full weight according to the standard there kept.


"The shekel is twenty gerahs" (see notes on Lev. 27:25).


A shekel is 10 dwt (a pennyweight, abbreviated dwt). In this case, this is silver. Five shekels would be 50 dwt. of silver. The price of redemption of one male would be 50 dwt of silver. "Silver" means redemption. The number 50 is the number of jubilee, or set the captives free. You can see the spiritual significance of this. Each person redeemed had to pay 5 shekels of silver.


Numbers 3:48 "And thou shalt give the money, wherewith the odd number of them is to be redeemed, unto Aaron and to his sons."


Or the superfluous number, the number of them that exceeded the Levites, namely, two hundred seventy three. The price of their redemption is ordered to be given.


"Unto Aaron, and to his sons": Since the Levites were taken in lieu of the firstborn, whose redemption money belonged to the priests. And seeing the Levites were given to Aaron and his sons on that consideration, and there being a deficiency of them to answer to the firstborn, it was but right and just that the redemption price of the superfluous number should be paid to them.


This appears that the 50 dwt. of silver for each firstborn over the number of the Levites (273), should be given to Moses and Aaron personally.


Numbers 3:49 "And Moses took the redemption money of them that were over and above them that were redeemed by the Levites:"


Of five shekels per head.


"Of them that were over and above redeemed by the Levites": Or were more than those redeemed by them. A Levite redeemed a firstborn, or freed him from the redemption price, being taken in lieu of him. 22,000 Levites were answerable to 22,000 firstborn of Israel. But as there were no more Levites than the above number, there remained two hundred seventy three firstborn to be redeemed by money, and it was the redemption money of these Moses took.


This amounted to 13,650 dwt. of silver that was given to Moses and Aaron personally.


Numbers 3:50 "Of the firstborn of the children of Israel took he the money; a thousand three hundred and threescore and five [shekels], after the shekel of the sanctuary:"


This was paid in silver coins called shekels. They received 1,365 shekels for the redemption money.


Numbers 3:51 "And Moses gave the money of them that were redeemed unto Aaron and to his sons, according to the word of the LORD, as the LORD commanded Moses."


That were redeemed this way, and not by Levites, as in (Num. 3:49), but by money, paying five shekels a head.


"Unto Aaron and his sons": To whom the Levites were given. And this money, as a recompence for the deficiency of the number of them, to answer to the firstborn exchanged for them.


"According to the word of the Lord (Num. 3:48).


"As the Lord commanded Moses": So did he, being a faithful servant in all things in the house of God. He did not convert it to his own use, or to any other use than to what God had appointed it.


This again, does not specifically say what they did with this money they received from Moses. We can possibly safely assume this money was used in the service in the sanctuary. Moses we know, did not keep any for his own personal use out of this specific money. We do know, there were expenses incurred in operating the tabernacle. The families of the Levites were compensated by God for their service to Him. Aaron and his family lived off the offerings made in the tabernacle.


Numbers Chapter 3 Continued Questions


1. How many were numbered of the tribe of Merari?


2. Who was chief of the tribe of Merari?


3. Where was the tribe of Merari to camp?


4. What were they in charge of?


5. Who encamped at the east of the tabernacle?


6. How is the tabernacle like our church today?


7. What was the total number of Levites numbered?


8. The firstborn of Israel was to be numbered from what age?


9. Why were they numbering the firstborn?


10. The Levites were not just in the service of the LORD, but in fact, ____________ to Him.


11. Why did Moses do the counting?


12. How many firstborn were counted?


13. What size family would the Israelites have to have, for this to be an accurate accounting of all the firstborn of Israel?


14. What law is verse 45 speaking of?


15. What is the very best example of this law in the Bible?


16. How many more of the firstborn were there, than the Levites?


17. What was the price of redemption?


18. The shekel is ________ __________.


19. A shekel is _________ dwt.


20. How many dwt. of silver was the price of redemption?


21. "Silver" means _____________.


22. Who got the silver for the extra firstborn?


23. How many dwt. of silver was given to Moses and Aaron?


24. What did Moses do with the silver?


25. What can we safely assume the silver was used for?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 4



Numbers Chapter 4

Verses 1-49: This chapter's census serves quite a different purpose from that in chapter 3. It is designed to distribute the work of dismantling, transporting, and erecting the tabernacle among the different Levitical clans. The work was dangerous, because it involved handling sacred equipment, which was heavy. Therefore, it was restricted to men who were of sober outlook and physically strong. Men between the ages of 30 and 50 were chosen. For a discussion of the tabernacle and contents (see notes on Exodus chapters 25-30).


Verses 1-20: The Kohathites were entrusted with the care of the "most holy things". These included the two altars (Exodus 29:37; 30:10), and the ark, the table, the lampstand, and all their utensils (Exodus 30:26-28). But they were not allowed to pack and unpack these items. Aaron and his sons had to do this, because if the Kohathites had looked upon these holy things or uncovered them, they would have died (verses 5-20; compare 1 Sam. 6:19-21; 2 Sam. 6:6-7). Implied in these two censuses are two principles:


(1) Every member of the people of God had his part to play (1 Cor. 12:4-6).


(2) Israel was a hierarchy and a theocracy with God at the top, followed by Moses and Aaron, who passed God's words on to the people.


The priests, Aaron's sons, obeyed their father and so on with the Levites on down. Note the New Testament exhortation (in Hebrews 13:17), to "obey them that have the rule over you and submit yourselves" (compare 1 Cor. 16:16; 1 Thess. 5:12-13; and 1 Peter 5:5). Then note the admonitions to leaders to "command" (1 Tim. 4:11), and "rebuke with all authority" (Titus 2:15), for by adhering to scriptural teaching "thou shalt save both thyself, and them that hear thee" (1 Tim. 4:16).


Verses 1-3: Hebrew priests began leading worship in the tabernacle at age 30 and ministered until age 50. These requirements meant that of the 22,000 Levites, only about 8,600 were eligible for service, although the Levites did serve in various capacities at younger ages (8:24).


Numbers 4:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


After they had taken the number of the Levites, and made an exchange of the firstborn of Israel for them. And now they are ordered to number them a second time, and take out from them such as were fit for service.


This message is to Moses and Aaron, because this message speaks to them, as well as to the tribes.


Numbers 4:2 "Take the sum of the sons of Kohath from among the sons of Levi, after their families, by the house of their fathers,"


They were to begin with them first, and number them.


"After their families, by the house of their fathers": As many as were of the age after mentioned. And the reason why they began with Kohath, and not Gershon, the eldest son, as in the former numbering, was; not as Aben Ezra suggests. Because of Moses and Aaron, who sprung from him, for that, if it had any strength in it, would have held good before. But rather, as Chaskuni and others, because the Kohathites carried the ark and other holy things. Though the true reason seems to be, because of the order observed in taking down the tabernacle, and removing the parts of it, and the things in it. And it was most proper and reasonable, when they were about to take it down, first to take out the ark, table, etc. Which was the business of the Kohathites to carry. Next to take down the curtains, coverings, and hangings for the tabernacle and court, and the doors thereof, which were the charge of the Merarites. Wherefore, in this order the sum out of each of them fit the business, for which was the reason to be numbered.


We saw earlier God separating out the Levites from among the 12 tribes of Israel. Now, we see a further separation. The tribe of Kohath is separated out for an even more specific calling from God. The priests were Kohathites. Now we see this tribe honored more than the others in service to God.


Numbers 4:3 "From thirty years old and upward even until fifty years old, all that enter into the host, to do the work in the tabernacle of the congregation."


"Thirty ... until fifty": This second census of the Levites determined those who would carry the tabernacle on the coming journey to Canaan. Only those between the ages of 30 and 50 were called by the Lord for this task (see note on 8:24).


Those who ministered were to begin when they were 30 years old, and serve the LORD in the tabernacle 20 years. It is very interesting to me, that Jesus was 30 years old when He began His formal ministry. At the age of 30, the Hebrews felt that a man became fully mature and could handle authority.


Verses 4-15: God specifically instructed the sons of Kohath (3:27-31), on how to move the "ark of Testimony" and care for its sacred implements. They should first cover the ark with "badgers' skins" (to protect it from rain), and a "blue" covering (perhaps representing heaven), and then insert "poles into its rings so the ark would rest on them as the priests carried it on their shoulders (7:9; Exodus 25:13). The command, "They shall not touch any holy thing lest they die", was later violated with disastrous results (2 Sam. 6:6-8).


The Kohathites carried the furnishings of the tabernacle only after they had been covered by Aaron and his sons. If the Kohathites touched (4:15), or saw (4:20), any of the holy things, they would die.


Numbers 4:4 "This [shall be] the service of the sons of Kohath in the tabernacle of the congregation, [about] the most holy things:"


As what follows.


"About the most holy things": Which Aben Ezra interprets only of the ark, which was indeed a most holy thing. And stood in the most Holy Place. But there were other holy things, in the care of which the service of the Kohathites lay. As the showbread table, the candlestick, and the altars of incense and burnt offering. And the vail, and the ministering: vessels, which Jarchi reckons with it, as more holy than all other things.


Only those who had been called of God for this purpose, could handle the most holy things. Moses, Aaron, and Aaron's sons were all from the tribe of Kohath.


Numbers 4:5 "And when the camp setteth forward, Aaron shall come, and his sons, and they shall take down the covering veil, and cover the ark of testimony with it:"


Upon the cloud's removing and the trumpets blowing.


"Aaron shall come, and his sons": Into the Holy Place.


"And they shall take down the covering vail": The vail that divided between the Holy and the most Holy Place, which covered all in the Holy of Holies out of sight.


"And cover the ark of testimony with it": Together with the mercy seat and cherubim on it, that they might not be seen nor touched by the Levites when they carried them. Now though the high priest himself might not go into the most Holy Place but once a year, on the Day of Atonement. Yet on this occasion, when the tabernacle was to be taken down, and the things in it to be removed, both he and his sons might enter without danger. Since, as Bishop Patrick observes, the divine Majesty was gone from thence in the cloud which gave the signal for the motion of the camp, and the taking down of the tabernacle.


It appears that even the veil, which separated the Holy of Holies from the Holy Place, could only be touched by Aaron and His sons who had been consecrated for this holy work. It appears the Ark must be covered with this veil, to keep it from view.


Numbers 4:6 "And shall put thereon the covering of badgers' skins, and shall spread over [it] a cloth wholly of blue, and shall put in the staves thereof."


Not that which covered the tabernacle, for that was committed to the Gershonites (Num. 4:25). But a covering made of these on purpose for the present use, to preserve the ark from rain and dust. And this covering was put not immediately upon the ark, but upon the other coverings that were over the ark, and so preserved the vail as well as the ark.


"And shall spread over it a cloth wholly of blue": It is a matter of question, whether this was over the covering of badgers' skins also. If over the latter, as one would think it should be, by the order of the text, how could that be a shelter from the rain and dust, which seems to be the use of it? And therefore, should be the outermost, as one of the same kind was the outermost covering of the tabernacle. Aben Ezra observes, there were some that say it was over the covering of badger's skin. But it is right in mine eyes, says he, that it was spread over the covering vail. If indeed it was for the sake of honor and dignity, the first is right. But the badger's skin was on account of rain and dust:


"And shall put in the staves thereof": Having been removed while the ark was covering, as Aben Ezra observes. Or otherwise they always remained in their rings, and were never taken out (Exodus 25:14). But on this occasion they might, and then be put in again for the carrying of the ark, which was the use of them. Though he also remarks, that there are some that say the sense is, they put the staves on the shoulders of them that carried it, which is not a despicable sense. Unless rather it is to be understood of putting the staves through holes made in the coverings of the ark, and disposing and fitting them in them, for the better carriage of it.


The badgers' skins would keep it dry and protected from damage. It appears the blue cloth was to be the outer covering. The blue covering showed its heavenly origin.


Numbers 4:7 And upon the table of showbread they shall spread a cloth of blue, and put thereon the dishes, and the spoons, and the bowls, and covers to cover withal: and the continual bread shall be thereon:


That that also might not be seen nor touched by the Levites.


"And put thereon the dishes, and the spoons, and the bowls, and the covers to cover withal": All which belonged to the showbread table. The use of which (see notes on Exodus 25:29). These seem to be put not immediately upon the table, but upon the blue cloth spread over the table.


"And the continual bread shall be thereon": The showbread is called "continual", because it was always on the table. For while the one was removing by a set of priests, which had stood a week, new loaves were placed by another set of priests. This bread seems at this time to be placed also upon the table, spread with the blue cloth. And from hence it appears, that the Israelites had the showbread in the wilderness. For the making of which they might be supplied with corn from the neighboring countries, though they themselves needed not any, being daily fed with manna.


The things in the Holy Place and the most Holy Place were not to be open to public view, even as they travelled. Again, the blue cloth let the world know these things were of a heavenly nature.


Numbers 4:8 "And they shall spread upon them a cloth of scarlet, and cover the same with a covering of badgers' skins, and shall put in the staves thereof."


Upon the dishes and other vessels belonging to the showbread table, and on the showbread itself.


"And cover the same with a covering of badgers' skins": This was clearly the outward covering, and seems to confirm the observation made in (Num. 4:6). That the same sort of covering was the outermost covering of the ark.


"And shall put in the staves thereof": Which belonged to the table, and were made to carry it with on occasion, from place to place (see Exodus 25:27). And the same phrase being used as here of the staves of the ark in (Num. 4:6). Seems to confirm the sense of them there, that they were taken out and put in upon this occasion, though otherwise fixed.


"Scarlet" had to do with red, and showed the Bread provided life. The badger skins were to protect from the elements. The staves were put through rings, so the bearers would not touch the holy things. They just carried them by the staves.


Numbers 4:9 "And they shall take a cloth of blue, and cover the candlestick of the light, and his lamps, and his tongs, and his snuffdishes, and all the oil vessels thereof, wherewith they minister unto it:"


Which had lamps in it, and were continually lighted, and gave light in the Holy Place.


"And his tongs, and his snuff dishes, and all the oil vessels thereof, wherewith they minister unto it": By supplying the lamps with oil, and snuffing and trimming them.


These were all holy things. The "candlestick" and the "Light" therein symbolized the Light of Jesus. The blue was to keep the world away from the holy things.


Numbers 4:10 "And they shall put it and all the vessels thereof within a covering of badgers' skins, and shall put [it] upon a bar."


Which here also was the outermost covering. The ark and the showbread table had three coverings, but the candlestick only two. They being more sacred than that, especially the ark.


"And shall put it upon a bar": The word "mot" perhaps signifies a kind of mat or mattress, on which the candlestick and its vessels, bundled together in the covering of the badgers' skins, were laid and carried between men on staves. The Hebrew word signifies an instrument made of two staves or bars. And so, the Septuagint render the word "staves"; as does the Targum of Onkelos.


This is the same as the verses above. The badgers' skins were slick, and could turn water. They were placed on the bar for handling, so the bearer would not be in direct contact with the holy things.


Numbers 4:11 "And upon the golden altar they shall spread a cloth of blue, and cover it with a covering of badgers' skins, and shall put to the staves thereof:"


The altar of incense, which was overlaid with gold, and therefore called a golden one. To which the allusion is in (Rev. 8:3).


"And cover it with a covering of badgers' skins": After the cloth of blue was spread upon it.


"And shall put to the staves thereof": Into the rings, both made to bear and carry it, upon occasion, from place to place.


Numbers 4:12 "And they shall take all the instruments of ministry, wherewith they minister in the sanctuary, and put [them] in a cloth of blue, and cover them with a covering of badgers' skins, and shall put [them] on a bar:"


The garments in which the priests, ministered in the sanctuary. Which were laid up in proper places, and which they only wore when in service.


"And put them in a cloth of blue, and cover them with a covering of badgers' skins": All wrapped up in one bundle.


"And shall put them on a bar": The same sort of carriage on which the candlestick and its vessels were borne (see notes on Num. 4:10).


Again, the instruments of ministry and the golden altar must be treated with holy care. They again are covered in blue, and then covered with the slick skin to keep them dry.


Numbers 4:13 "And they shall take away the ashes from the altar, and spread a purple cloth thereon:"


Having cleared the Holy of Holies, and the Holy Place, they were to come forth from thence into the court of the tabernacle. Where stood the altar of burnt offering, which is here meant, and on which sacrifices being daily burnt. There were always ashes to be removed. And which at this time was highly necessary to be done, when the tabernacle was taken down, and all belonging to it to be carried away. And though no mention is made of the fire, which was always burning on it, it was doubtless preserved. And care was taken for the carrying it along with the altar, or in a separate vessel from it. Bishop Patrick supposes it might be carried upon the grate.


This purple cloth speaks of royalty. This possibly, is speaking of separating the ashes from the live coals. The altar fire was never to be put out completely.


Leviticus 6:13 "The fire shall ever be burning upon the altar; it shall never go out."


The altar covered with this purple cloth symbolizes the great sacrificial offering of Jesus for all of us.


John 19:2 "And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and put [it] on his head, and they put on him a purple robe,"


Numbers 4:14 "And they shall put upon it all the vessels thereof, wherewith they minister about it, [even] the censers, the fleshhooks, and the shovels, and the basins, all the vessels of the altar; and they shall spread upon it a covering of badgers' skins, and put to the staves of it."


Upon the altar covered with a blue cloth. On that were to be put everything belonging to the altar.


"Wherewith they minister about it": The priests, when they offered sacrifice on it.


"Even the censers, the fleshhooks, and the shovels, and the basins, all the vessels of the altar": Of which see (Exodus 27:3).


"And they shall spread upon it a covering of badgers' skins": To prevent the rains falling upon them, which being all of brass, would be apt to tarnish.


"And put to the staves of it": Which were made to bear and carry it on such an occasion as this (Exodus 27:6). No mention is made of the laver, though there is both in the Septuagint and Samaritan versions, which add, "and they shall take a purple cloth and cover the layer, and its base. And shall put it into a covering of skin of a blue color, and put it upon bearers. But perhaps the reason why this is not mentioned is, because it was carried uncovered. The mystery of which, Ainsworth conjectures, was this. That it might be a lively representation of the grace of God in Christ. Continuing and opened as an ever springing fountain, where always God's elect, having faith in him, may wash and purge themselves in the blood of Christ unto forgiveness of sin sanctification of the Spirit, and salvation (see Zech. 13:1).


These are the instruments used in conjunction with the altar. Not only is the altar holy, but everything that touches it as well.


Numbers 4:15 "And when Aaron and his sons have made an end of covering the sanctuary, and all the vessels of the sanctuary, as the camp is to set forward; after that, the sons of Kohath shall come to bear [it]: but they shall not touch [any] holy thing, lest they die. These [things are] the burden of the sons of Kohath in the tabernacle of the congregation."


Not the Holy Place, nor the most Holy Place, for these were not covered by them. But "the holy things" in them, as the Septuagint version. The ark, showbread table, etc., and all "the vessels of the sanctuary". All appertaining to those holy things, which are before mentioned. Jarchi interprets the "sanctuary", or the "holiness", of the ark and altar.


"And all the vessels of the sanctuary": Of the candlestick and the instruments of ministry.


"As the camp is to set forward": Which made the covering of them necessary, in order to their being carried as that moved.


"After that the sons of Kohath shall come to bear it": Or rather them, all the holy things, and their vessels, and that upon their shoulders.


"But they shall not touch any holy thing": Even in bearing them. Neither the ark nor any other, only the staves and bar, on which they were carried.


"Lest they die": By the immediate hand of God.


"These things are the burden of the sons of Kohath, in the tabernacle of the congregation": The above things, the ark, etc., which they were to bear on their shoulders. And not make use of wagons to carry them.


We see from this, that only Aaron and his sons can touch these holy things, even to wrap them for travel. The actual carrying is done by other members of the tribe of Kohath. They just pick up the staves and carry it with the staves. If they touch any of the things other than the staves to carry it with, they will surely die.


Verses 16-20: Special instructions were given regarding Eleazar's duties and also the preservation of the "Kohathites".


Numbers 4:16 "And to the office of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest [pertaineth] the oil for the light, and the sweet incense, and the daily meat offering, and the anointing oil, [and] the oversight of all the tabernacle, and of all that therein [is], in the sanctuary, and in the vessels thereof."


The following things, to bear them, according to some Jewish writers. But rather it was to give the oil for the light, that is, the vessels. And so, the vessels of the oil to the sons of the Kohathites. Agreeably to which are the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, who paraphrase the words, "and that which was delivered to Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, the oil for the light, etc." And indeed the words, as they are in the Hebrew text, may be rendered, "and the oversight of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, shall be, or "let it be", the oil for the light, etc." He had the inspection of these, and on him lay to see to it, that these were carried by the Kohathites. The oil for the light of the lamps in the candlestick; see (Exodus 27:20).


"And the sweet incense": To burn on the altar of incense (Exodus 30:34).


"And the daily meat offering": Offered with the lambs morning and evening (Exodus 29:40).


"And the anointing oil": With which Aaron and his sons were anointed, the tabernacle and all its vessels (Exodus 30:23).


"And the oversight of all the tabernacle, and of all that therein is, in the sanctuary, and in the vessels thereof": The former, the oil for the light, etc., were his immediate oversight and care. But the oversight of these by his brother Ithamar, according to the Jewish writers.


Eleazar had a very important calling, next to his father Aaron's calling. He was to fuel the light, to see that it never went out. Again, this light symbolizes the "Light" of the world (Jesus Christ). His power is never diminished. The "sweet incense" symbolizes the prayers of the saints that rise to heaven. The "anointing oil" symbolizes the Holy Spirit of God. Then we can safely say, that Eleazar cared for the spiritual things of the temple. Next to Aaron, he was the overseer.


Numbers 4:17 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


And gave them a very solemn and awful charge about this affair of the Kohathites, it being a very hazardous one they were employed in.


Numbers 4:18 "Cut ye not off the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Levites:"


Or give no occasion, as the Targum of Jonathan. Or be not the cause of their cutting off, as Jarchi. Through negligence or inadvertency of theirs, in packing up the above things, and delivering them to them.


Even though they were set aside for special service, the Kohathites were to still be part of the Levitical tribe. The tribe of Levi was small compared to the other tribes of Israel. The Kohathites were an even smaller group of the Levites.


Numbers 4:19 "But thus do unto them, that they may live, and not die, when they approach unto the most holy things: Aaron and his sons shall go in, and appoint them every one to his service and to his burden:"


As after directed.


"That they may live and not die": Live long, and not die a sudden and violent death.


"When they approach unto the most holy things": The ark, the showbread table, etc. To take them up and carry them.


"Aaron and his sons shall go in": Into the Holy and most Holy Places.


"And appoint them in everyone to his service, and to his burden": What everyone shall do, and how they shall take them up, and bear them.


All of the Levitical tribe was chosen of God for work in the ministry. The only difference was that the High priest, Aaron, and his sons, the priests, were the only ones of the tribe to handle the holy and the most holy things. Even they could not touch them unless it was for the purpose of carrying out God's wishes pertaining to them. For a Levite, who was not a priest or the high priest to touch these holy things, would mean certain death. This must be seen from the spiritual standpoint as well. The high priest is like the great High Priest Jesus Christ. It also sometimes is speaking of the leader of the church. The "priests" symbolize all believers in Christ. The world, or worldly people, do not have that close association with the Lord that the Christians and their leaders do.


Numbers 4:20 "But they shall not go in to see when the holy things are covered, lest they die."


They were not to be present while they were packing up, lest they should see any of them with their eyes. They were not to go in until they were quite covered out of sight. Which may signify the hiding of the mysteries of grace in those things under the former dispensation. When even the Levites themselves were not admitted to a sight of them (see Eph. 3:4).


"Lest they die": By the immediate hand of God.


The holy vessels and the Ark were hidden from public view at all times. Curiosity seekers could die looking at the most holy things. In the following Scriptures, you can see the seriousness of this type of breaking in to see God, or the Ark.


Exodus 19:21 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the LORD to gaze, and many of them perish."


1 Samuel 6:19 "And he smote the men of Beth-shemesh, because they had looked into the ark of the LORD, even he smote of the people fifty thousand and threescore and ten men: and the people lamented, because the LORD had smitten [many] of the people with a great slaughter."


Numbers Chapter 4 Questions


1. God had separated the Levites from the other tribes of Israel, in this lesson He is separating the ____________ out of the Levites.


2. What were the ages of those separated out to work for God?


3. The author found that it was very interesting that Jesus was _______ years old, when He began His formal ministry.


4. Why was this age chosen for the time to begin to minister?


5. What tribe was Moses and Aaron from?


6. Who were the only ones who could touch the holy things?


7. Who took the veil down for traveling?


8. What was the Ark covered with for travel?


9. What kept the Ark dry?


10. Why did they use a blue cloth to cover it?


11. What did they put over the table of showbread?


12. The things from the Holy Place and the most Holy Place were not open to __________ ________.


13. What did the "scarlet" covering symbolize?


14. How were the bearers to carry these holy things?


15. What did the "candlestick" and the "light" symbolize?


16. The purple cloth speaks of ___________.


17. What will happen if some of the sons of Kohath, other than Aaron and his sons, touch the instruments directly?


18. What is under supervision of Eleazar?


19. What does this perpetual "Light" in verse 16 symbolize?


20. What does the "sweet incense" symbolize?


21. What does the "anointing oil" symbolize?


22. What did God tell Moses and Aaron not to do, in verses 17 and 18?


23. Who were the only ones allowed to touch the holy things?


24. Who do the "priests" symbolize?




Numbers Chapter 4 Continued

Verses 21-33: The "sons of Gershon" were responsible to carry the tabernacle's "curtains", coverings, and screens. The "sons of Merari" (3:33-37), carried the frame of the tabernacle "the boards ... and the pillars" (and their related attachments).


Verses 21-28: "Gershon": See (note on 3:21-26).


Numbers 4:21 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Though Aaron is not mentioned here, he was concerned in taking the sum of the Gershonites, as well as of the Kohathites, as appears from (Num. 4:41).


In the last lesson and in this lesson, the message is for the Levitical tribe. We see again, the chain of Command of these messages from God. They go first to Moses.


Numbers 4:22 "Take also the sum of the sons of Gershon, throughout the houses of their fathers, by their families;"


As well as of the sons of Kohath. For though Gershon was Levi's eldest son, yet his posterity was not excused from the service of the tabernacle, and bearing things of it in journeying.


"Throughout the houses of their fathers, by their families": All in their several houses, and in the several families in those houses, that were of the age next mentioned, were to be numbered.


Gershon is a descendent of Levi. This is not speaking to the Kohathites now. God commanded Moses to count the tribe of Gershon.


Numbers 4:23 "From thirty years old and upward until fifty years old shalt thou number them; all that enter in to perform the service, to do the work in the tabernacle of the congregation."


Take an account how many there are of that age, which were received into the company of those who ministered in the tabernacle of the congregation. And so fit for service (see notes on Num. 4:3).


"To do the work in the tabernacle of the congregation": As the rest of the Levites.


These again, are for service in the ministry, and their best years are from the time they are thirty to the age of fifty. A man's physical stamina is the greatest during these years.


Numbers 4:24 "This [is] the service of the families of the Gershonites, to serve, and for burdens:"


The former of these phrases Aben Ezra interprets of setting up the tabernacle, making the bread (the showbread), and slaying (the sacrifices). And keeping, that is watching and guarding the tabernacle. And the latter of what they did when journeying, bearing and carrying the things assigned to them, afterwards mentioned.


It appears they are to work as burden-bearers of the things of the sanctuary. The ministry consists of more than just the high priest. It takes a number of people working together, in the job God has called them to, to make the tabernacle or the church to work. Each call is different, and each call is important. Each person must seek to find God's will for his own life. Do not look at someone else's call, and wish it were yours. God knows what you can do the best. He has called you to service in a place where you can excel.


Numbers 4:25 "And they shall bear the curtains of the tabernacle, and the tabernacle of the congregation, his covering, and the covering of the badgers' skins that [is] above upon it, and the hanging for the door of the tabernacle of the congregation,"


The ten curtains of fine linen (Exodus 26:1).


"And the tabernacle of the congregation": The curtains of goats' hair made for a tent over it, as Jarchi (see Exodus 26:7).


"His covering": The covering of rams skins dyed red (Exodus 26:14).


"And the covering of the badgers' skins that is above upon it": Over all the rest.


"And the hanging for the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": The eastern veil, as Jarchi calls it. Which was for the door of the tent that led into the tabernacle, the Holy Place (Exodus 26:36).


This tribe does not carry the boards. They carry the curtains and various coverings. They are responsible to carry them, and even to hang them, when the tabernacle stops.


Numbers 4:26 "And the hangings of the court, and the hanging for the door of the gate of the court, which [is] by the tabernacle and by the altar round about, and their cords, and all the instruments of their service, and all that is made for them: so shall they serve."


Which made the great court that surrounded the tabernacle (Exodus 27:9).


"And the hanging for the door of the gate of the court": The eastern gate that led into the court, a hanging of twenty cubits (Exodus 27:16).


"Which is by the tabernacle, and by the altar round about": That is, which hangings that formed the court, and were round about the tabernacle and the altar of burnt offering (see notes on Exodus 26:36).


"And their cords": Which fastened the hangings to pins or stakes fixed in the ground to keep them tight, that they might not be moved to and fro with the wind.


"And all the instruments of their service": In the court, as the tables on which the sacrifices were laid. And the hooks, and cords, and pins, on which they were hung and fastened, as Aben Ezra (see Ezekiel 40:39).


"And all that is made for them": For the vessels of service, or for the tabernacle, or the altar, as the same writer intimates.


"So shall they serve": By bearing them and carrying them.


Again, we see things that are used with the curtains and the badger's skins. They keep all of this together, so it will be less difficult to set it up when the tabernacle stops.


Numbers 4:27 "At the appointment of Aaron and his sons shall be all the service of the sons of the Gershonites, in all their burdens, and in all their service: and ye shall appoint unto them in charge all their burdens."


As they shall order and direct.


"Shall be all the service of the sons of the Gershonites": Every one of them was to take their share, as Aaron and his sons should appoint them.


"In all their burdens, and in all their service": What each of them should carry, and in what they should perform duty.


"And ye shall appoint to them in charge all their burdens": Charge them carefully to keep all that were committed to them to bear, that none be lost, not a pin nor a cord.


Aaron and his sons will appoint a job for each of them to do in service for the Lord.


Numbers 4:28 "This [is] the service of the families of the sons of Gershon in the tabernacle of the congregation: and their charge [shall be] under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest."


Which they should execute when the camp and tabernacle were in motion.


"In the tabernacle of the congregation": "In the court", where they should take up their burdens, or which lie in things respecting the tabernacle. This was the part they were to be employed in, namely, in taking care of the hangings of the tabernacle, etc.


"And their charge shall be under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest": The things committed to their care were delivered by him to them, and they were under his inspection and direction.


Ithamar, the son of Aaron, was in charge of this particular group and the particular jobs they were to care for. Ithamar was a priest. Ithamar had been involved in the construction of the tabernacle.


Exodus 38:21 "This is the sum of the tabernacle, [even] of the tabernacle of testimony, as it was counted, according to the commandment of Moses, [for] the service of the Levites, by the hand of Ithamar, son to Aaron the priest."


Verses 29-33: "Merari": See note on 3:33-37.


Numbers 4:29 "As for the sons of Merari, thou shalt number them after their families, by the house of their fathers;"


The third and youngest son of Levi.


"Thou shalt number them after their families, by the house of their fathers": Which is the form of expression used of them all (see notes on Num. 4:2).


Merari was the third of the Levitical tribes. They were chosen to serve the Lord, the same as the others. We have mentioned before, that God has a specific job for each of us to do.


I Corinthians 12:4 "Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit."


Just because we have a different job than someone else, does not mean we are not called of God.


1 Corinthians 12:5 "And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord."


Numbers 4:30 "From thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old shalt thou number them, every one that entereth into the service, to do the work of the tabernacle of the congregation."


The Septuagint version here, and in (Num. 4:3), renders it, from twenty-five years old and upward. Agreeable to (Num. 8:24). At the which age the Levites went into the tabernacle, to wait and to learn their business, but they did not enter upon it till thirty.


"Even unto fifty years old shalt thou number them": At which age they were discharged from business.


"Everyone that entereth into the service, to do the work of the tabernacle of the congregation" (see notes on Num. 4:3).


The age is the same as for those who were priests and high priest. The caring for the church is just as sober a call, as being a minister.


Numbers 4:31 "And this [is] the charge of their burden, according to all their service in the tabernacle of the congregation; the boards of the tabernacle, and the bars thereof, and the pillars thereof, and sockets thereof,"


What should be committed to their care and charge, and they should bear and carry.


"According to all their service in the tabernacle of the congregation": Which was assigned to them as their part. And which was very heavy and cumbersome, and therefore they had wagons allowed them (Num. 7:8).


"The boards of the tabernacle, and the bars thereof, and the pillars thereof, and sockets thereof": All these belonged to the Holy and to the most Holy Place (see Exodus 26:15).


Numbers 4:32 "And the pillars of the court round about, and their sockets, and their pins, and their cords, with all their instruments, and with all their service: and by name ye shall reckon the instruments of the charge of their burden."


These belonged to the court of the tabernacle. The pillars were what the hangings were hung upon, and the sockets, into which the pillars were set. And the cords, with which the hangings were fastened (see Exodus 27:9).


"With all their instruments, and with all their service": Whatever else were used in, and served for the support of this part of the tabernacle.


"And by name ye shall reckon the instruments of the charge of their burden": Everything, even the least that were committed to their charge. And they were to bear and carry, either they themselves, or in wagons, were to be mentioned by name. And not only every board, pillar, and socket, were to be told out to them, and particularly named. How many they were, to what they belonged, from whence they were taken, and where to be replaced. But every pin, and cord, and the use of them. That so when they came to set up the tabernacle again, there might be nothing wanting in its place to secure it. And make it as firm as at first. Such particular notice and care does God take of all his people, and Christ of all committed to him. And so should ministers of the word of all that are their charge, who must one day give an account to God (Heb. 13:17).


This is stating again; the items they were responsible for. The boards were heavier, than the curtains the tribe of Gershon was responsible for. Everyone had to do their particular job, for the tabernacle to be set up, and function properly.


Numbers 4:33 "This [is] the service of the families of the sons of Merari, according to all their service, in the tabernacle of the congregation, under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest."


The Mahlites and Mushites, namely, the service before observed, the particulars of which are given.


"According to all their service in the tabernacle of the congregation": Agreeably to what was allotted to them in that part of the tabernacle they were concerned in.


"Under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest": Who had the oversight of these as well as of the Gershonites, as Eleazar had of the Kohathites. Though as Eleazar was the chief of the tribe of Levi, it is thought that Ithamar acted under him (Num. 3:32).


Each of the items had a specific place in the tabernacle, so they had different people to care for the same thing each time, so as to not get them mixed up.


Verses 34-49: "Numbered": The Kohathites totaled 2,750 (4:36), the Gershonites 2,630 (4:40), the Merarites 3,200 (4:44). All the Levites from 30-50 years old in service added up to 8,580 (4: 48).


Numbers 4:34 "And Moses and Aaron and the chief of the congregation numbered the sons of the Kohathites after their families, and after the house of their fathers,"


Perhaps these chiefs were the same with those who were concerned with Moses and Aaron in numbering all the tribes whose names were given (Num. 1:5). The Kohathites are begun with, according to the divine direction, and then the Gershonites and Merarites in their order. And in (Num. 4:34), is only an account of the numbering of each of them, as ordered by the Lord. And this account is expressed in the same terms in them all. There remains nothing to be observed but the particular sums of each of them.


"After their families, and after the house of their fathers" (see notes on Num. 4:2).


We see this numbering was done by Moses and Aaron, because of its importance in the tabernacle.


Numbers 4:35 "From thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that entereth into the service, for the work in the tabernacle of the congregation:"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Again, they re-emphasize they must not be extremely young, or extremely old. They needed them to be old enough to be responsible, and young enough to be physically able to keep up the work.


Numbers 4:36 "And those that were numbered of them by their families were two thousand seven hundred and fifty."


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:37 "These [were] they that were numbered of the families of the Kohathites, all that might do service in the tabernacle of the congregation, which Moses and Aaron did number according to the commandment of the LORD by the hand of Moses."


God appointing Moses to be the minister and executor of it. See notes on (Num. 4:34).


The tribe of Kohath numbered 2,750. We remember these were like Moses, Aaron, Aaron's sons, and those in training to minister in the tabernacle. They handled the holy things.


Numbers 4:38 "And those that were numbered of the sons of Gershon, throughout their families, and by the house of their fathers,"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:39 "From thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that entereth into the service, for the work in the tabernacle of the congregation,"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:40 "Even those that were numbered of them, throughout their families, by the house of their fathers, were two thousand and six hundred and thirty."


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


The tribe of Gershon numbered 2,630. They handled the curtains, and the ties, and the veil.


Numbers 4:41 "These [are] they that were numbered of the families of the sons of Gershon, of all that might do service in the tabernacle of the congregation, whom Moses and Aaron did number according to the commandment of the LORD."


Which were of eligible age to serve in it, that is between 30 and 50. See notes on (Num. 4:34).


We must also notice; that God chose them to do the work they were doing. He sent His wishes through Moses to their leaders. They did just as they knew was the will of God.


Numbers 4:42 "And those that were numbered of the families of the sons of Merari, throughout their families, by the house of their fathers,"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:43 "From thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that entereth into the service, for the work in the tabernacle of the congregation,"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:44 "Even those that were numbered of them after their families, were three thousand and two hundred."


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


We see that the tribe of Merari numbered 3,200. This tribe was in charge of the boards and the heavy framing for the tabernacle.


Numbers 4:45 "These [be] those that were numbered of the families of the sons of Merari, whom Moses and Aaron numbered according to the word of the LORD by the hand of Moses."


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Even though the message came from God to each of these tribes, the message came through Moses and Aaron. The tribe accepted their call, as did the tribe of Gershon.


Numbers 4:46 "All those that were numbered of the Levites, whom Moses and Aaron and the chief of Israel numbered, after their families, and after the house of their fathers,"


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:47 "From thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that came to do the service of the ministry, and the service of the burden in the tabernacle of the congregation,"


Whoever of the Levites that had any charge in the tabernacle. See notes on (Num. 4:34).


Numbers 4:48 "Even those that were numbered of them, were eight thousand and five hundred and fourscore."


See notes on (Num. 4:34).


These are the same statements that have been made of these tribes individually. The difference, here, is they are spoken of as a unit. The total number of young men that were the age to serve was 8,580.


Numbers 4:49 "According to the commandment of the LORD they were numbered by the hand of Moses, every one according to his service, and according to his burden: thus were they numbered of him, as the LORD commanded Moses."


Aaron and the chief of the congregation of Israel assisting it.


"Everyone according to his service": Called in (Num. 4:47), "the service of the ministry", or "service of service". Which Jarchi interprets of that part of the service of the Levites, which lay in singing the song with cymbals and harps. Which, he says, was a service to another service. Though it seems to be better explained, by Chaskuni, of their taking down and setting up of the tabernacle, which was a service incumbent on all the Levites.


"And according to his burden": Called "the service of the burden" (Num. 4:47). Which the last mentioned writer restrains to the ark, table, candlestick, and altars, which the Kohathites carried on their shoulders. But may be extended to what each of them bore and carried when journeying.


"Thus were they numbered of him, as the Lord commanded Moses": From thirty years old to fifty, as Jarchi observes. For that was the order given to Moses by the Lord, which he punctually attended to. As a faithful servant in the house of God. So that Moses neither added, nor diminished from that which the Lord commanded him.


This again, explains that the numbering was by command of God. The message came through Moses. One of the reasons this is stressed over and over, is the fact that God gets angry when the numbering of the people without His permission. David found this out, when he numbered the people, and God greatly punished him for it.


2 Samuel 24:10 "And David's heart smote him after that he had numbered the people. And David said unto the LORD, I have sinned greatly in that I have done: and now, I beseech thee, O LORD, take away the iniquity of thy servant; for I have done very foolishly."


1 Chronicles 21:10-12 "Go and tell David, saying, Thus saith the LORD, I offer thee three [things]: choose thee one of them, that I may do [it] unto thee." "So Gad came to David, and said unto him, Thus saith the LORD, Choose thee" "Either three years' famine; or three months to be destroyed before thy foes, while that the sword of thine enemies overtaketh [thee]; or else three days the sword of the LORD, even the pestilence, in the land, and the angel of the LORD destroying throughout all the coasts of Israel. Now therefore advise thyself what word I shall bring again to him that sent me."


1 Chronicles 21:14 "So the LORD sent pestilence upon Israel: and there fell of Israel seventy thousand men."


Numbers Chapter 4 Continued Questions


1. This lesson is to the ___________ tribe.


2. What age males were to be counted of the Gershon's?


3. The tribe of Gershon are to work as __________ ____________.


4. Who really makes a church, or a tabernacle, work?


5. Each person must seek to find ________ _______ for his life.


6. What is the tribe of Gershon to do?


7. Who tells them what their specific job is?


8. What specific person is their overseer?


9. There are diversities of ________, but the same Spirit.


10. What was the tribe of Merari responsible for?


11. Who numbered them?


12. How many were numbered of the tribe of Kohath?


13. How many were numbered of the tribe of Gershon?


14. How many were numbered of the tribe of Merari?


15. The numbering was by command of _____.


16. What had David done, that was so bad in God's sight?


17. What three choices of punishment did he have?


18. What punishment came?


19. How many were killed during the punishment?


20. Do you think we should number our people without God's permission?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 5



Numbers Chapter 5

Verses 1-31: Chapters 5 and 6 describe the setting-apart of the people of God in certain areas:


(1) By separation from defiling things (chapter 5);


(2) In the taking of a Nazarite vow (chapter 6);


(3) By the offerings of the princes (chapter 7);


(4) By the setting apart of the Levites (chapter 8);


(5) By observing the first annual Passover (9:1-14); and


(6) By being led by God Himself (9:15 - 10:10).


Verses 1-4: Lepers, those with discharges, and those who had come in contact with the dead were to be "put out of the camp". These items were addressed (in Leviticus chapters 13, 15, and 21:2-3). The reason was that God dwelt there, in the midst of the camp (see 1 Cor. chapter 5; 2 Cor. 6:14 - 7:13; 2 Thess. 3:14; Titus 3:10-11; 2 John chapters 10 and 11; and Rev. 21:3-4, 27).


These verses deal with outward, visible defects.


Numbers 5:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


"Saying": As follows.


This is the beginning of another section.


Numbers 5:2 "Command the children of Israel, that they put out of the camp every leper, and every one that hath an issue, and whosoever is defiled by the dead:"


"Leper": One having an infectious skin disease (compare Lev. 13:1 - 14:57).


"An issue": A bodily emission indicative of disease, primarily from the sex organs (compare Lev. 15:1-33).


"The dead": Physical contact with a dead body (compare Lev. 21:11). All of these prohibitions had sensible health benefits as well as serving to illustrate the need for moral cleanliness when approaching God.


In our book on Leviticus, we dealt with this fully. Chapter 13 and 14 of Leviticus gives the law of the leper. Chapter 15 deals with those who have an issue. Being defiled by the dead is spoken of (in Leviticus chapter 11 verse 24 and chapter 21 verse 1). We should realize from the start, that this policy was carried out to keep down the spread of disease.


Leviticus 13:46 "All the days wherein the plague [shall be] in him he shall be defiled; he [is] unclean: he shall dwell alone; without the camp [shall] his habitation [be]."


In our land, today, there is a plague called A.I.D.S. If we do not somehow isolate this disease, it could wipe out our population. We noticed in those lessons in Leviticus, that "leprosy's" symbolic meaning was sin. We must consider A.I.D.S. in this spiritual sense as well, and repent of the sins associated with it. Then perhaps, God will stay this plague.


Numbers 5:3 "Both male and female shall ye put out, without the camp shall ye put them; that they defile not their camps, in the midst whereof I dwell."


"Without the camp ... in the midst whereof I dwell": God's holy presence in the cloud in the tabernacle demanded cleanness. Therefore, all the unclean were barred from the encampment of Israel.


There is no difference here, because a female can be just as contagious as a male. The removal of anything that might pollute their camp had to be because, in those days, they did not have disinfectants as we do today. The main reason they were to be physically and spiritually clean in every way, was because the presence of God was in the camp with them. You must study the book on Leviticus to realize the wholesomeness that God requires of each of us.


Numbers 5:4 "And the children of Israel did so, and put them out without the camp: as the LORD spake unto Moses, so did the children of Israel."


Aben Ezra observes, that this was done immediately before they journeyed. And that those that were defiled journeyed between the standard of Ephraim and the standard of Dan. But this, he says, was by way of conjecture, since it is not expressed.


"As the Lord spake unto Moses, so did the children of Israel": They were obedient in this particular.


This shows their obedience to the will of God. We do know that their condition must be examined by the priest, before they could re-enter the camp. This then, had a spiritual significance, as well as a physical.


Verses 5-10: There are three matters Israel must make right before they enter the Promised Land, so as not to squabble among themselves and neglect God's plan for them as a nation. The first two items are an invitation to all who had stolen things or otherwise defrauded their neighbors. These things must be made right (Lev. 6:1-5). Then, details are given in the event of that person's death. If he has died, restitution must be made to his near relatives; if they are all dead, restitution must be made to the priest. Sin must be paid for.


These verses deal with personal sins, which are not as outwardly visible as the uncleanness of 5:1-4.


Numbers 5:5 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Or continued to speak to him at the same time.


Now we see a sudden break in the message from the LORD to Moses.


Numbers 5:6 "Speak unto the children of Israel, When a man or woman shall commit any sin that men commit, to do a trespass against the LORD, and that person be guilty;"


"Against the Lord": A sin committed against God's people was considered a sin committed against God Himself. There was a need for confession and restitution in addition to the trespass offering (compare Lev. 5:14 - 6:7).


In the 5th and 6th chapter of Leviticus, we see this very thing talked about. Jesus said it so well, when he spoke of putting God first and neighbor second, even before self. If we love God, we will keep His commandments. If we love our neighbor, we will not commit sin against him either. Actually, when we sin against our neighbor, we are sinning against God's law. Someone may accuse us of sin, but the sin is when we are not just accused, but guilty.


Numbers 5:7 "Then they shall confess their sin which they have done: and he shall recompense his trespass with the principal thereof, and add unto it the fifth [part] thereof, and give [it] unto [him] against whom he hath trespassed."


The form of which confession, according to Fagius, was. O Lord, I am guilty of death, I have deserved to be stoned for this sin. Or to be strangled for this trespass, or to be burnt for this crime, etc.


"And he shall recompense his trespass with the principal thereof, and add unto it the fifth part thereof": Paying the whole of whatsoever he had in any manner defrauded his neighbor of. To which he was to add a fifth part of that. That is, as Aben Ezra interprets it, it he confesses of himself. But if there are witnesses of it he must add two fifths, and some say a fifth of a fifth.


"And give it unto him against whom he hath trespassed": As a satisfaction for the injury done him.


This principal is paying the last cent you owe them from trespassing against them, and giving them 20% interest for the trouble you caused. Being truly sorry for the sin you have committed is more believable, when you compensate the person you sinned against. True repentance is a turn away from sin.


Numbers 5:8 "But if the man have no kinsman to recompense the trespass unto, let the trespass be recompensed unto the LORD, [even] to the priest; beside the ram of the atonement, whereby an atonement shall be made for him."


"No kinsman": A supplement to (Lev. 6:1-7). If the injured party had died and there was no family member to receive the restitution called for (in verse 7), it was to go to the priest as the Lord's representative.


This is speaking of a time when the person has died that you sinned against, and you have no one left to pay. True repentance is shown when you take the same value you took, and add 20% to it, and take it to the church. You have removed the worth of the sin from yourself, and cleared your conscience. In this Scripture, we see a man who wants to do God's will at all cost to himself.


Luke 19:8 "And Zacchaeus stood, and said unto the Lord; Behold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the poor; and if I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation, I restore [him] fourfold."


We see in the Scripture above, that the man who repents and restores what he has taken, will have an atonement provided for him. The ram was the sacrifice of atonement. Jesus is our atonement.


Numbers 5:9 "And every offering of all the holy things of the children of Israel, which they bring unto the priest, shall be his."


Of the holy sacrifices brought by them to be offered up. That part of them which is elevated, heaved, or waved, as the heave shoulder and wave breast.


"Which they bring unto the priest, shall be his": What they bring to him to offer for them shall be his who performs the service. Even that part of them which is his due.


The high priest was to live off the gifts brought to the tabernacle. This shows that these payments belong to the priest.


Exodus 29:28 "And it shall be Aaron's and his sons' by a statute for ever from the children of Israel: for it [is] a heave offering: and it shall be a heave offering from the children of Israel of the sacrifice of their peace offerings, [even] their heave offering unto the LORD."


Numbers 5:10 "And every man's hallowed things shall be his: whatsoever any man giveth the priest, it shall be his."


Which he, by a vow or freewill offering, separates to holy uses. These are at his own dispose, to give to what priest he will, or they are the priest's. For what a man devotes to the Lord is to be given to them, or such things as God has hallowed, sanctified, and set apart for sacred uses. As the firstfruits and tithes, they were the priests'. The Jewish writers restrain it to tithes.


"Whatsoever any man giveth the priest, it shall be his": His personally, who officiates. Or to whom the gift is given, and is not to be divided among the other priests in the course.


This is pretty much a statement like unto the earlier statement.


1 Corinthians 9:13 "Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live [of the things] of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?"


Verses 11-31: These verses deal with the most intimate of human relationships and the most secret of sins. Adultery was to be determined and dealt with to maintain the purity of the camp. To accomplish that purity, God called for a very elaborate and public trial. If adultery was proven, it was punished with death, and this ceremony made guilt or innocence very apparent. It was not a trail with normal judicial process, since such sins are secret and lack witnesses, but it was effective. The ceremony was designed to be so terrifying and convicting that the very tendencies of human nature would make it clear if the person was guilty.


Verses 11-14: Adulterous wives are picked out for special attention because this act pollutes those involved, making them unclean (verses 13, 19, 28; Lev. 18:20, 25, 27).


Numbers 5:11 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


This is a break in the last message, and is going to a new subject. We are reminded that these are not Moses' thoughts. They are the LORD's instruction.


At the same time, and delivered to him a new law.


Numbers 5:12 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, If any man's wife go aside, and commit a trespass against him,"


It being an affair which concerned them.


"If any man's wife go aside, and commit a trespass against him": The sin of adultery, which is a going aside out of the way of virtue and chastity, and a trespass against a husband. A breach of the marriage covenant with him, a defiling of his bed, or doing an injury and dishonor to him. Bringing confusion into his family, and a spurious offspring to possess his substance. Though this is to be understood, not of certain adultery, of which there is plain and full proof. For then there would be no occasion of such a trial, as is afterwards directed to. Besides, her husband, in such a case, might put her away. And even, according to the law, she was to be put to death (Lev. 20:10). But of her having committed it in the opinion of her husband, he having some ground of suspicion, though he could not be certain of it. And therefore, by this law, was allowed to make trial, that he might find it out. It at present only a suspected case, and a doubtful one. And the Jews say, "they never gave the waters drink but in a doubtful case." And so this may interpreted of her declining and departing from her husband's house. Not keeping at home to mind the affairs of her family, but gadding abroad, and keeping company with another man, or other men. And that after she had been warned and charged by her husband to the contrary, and so had disobeyed him, and acted contrary to his will. And in that sense, had committed a trespass, and so had given him suspicion of her chastity, for which he might have some reason. If, as it is said in the Misnah, he gave her an admonition before two witnesses, saying, have no talk with such a man, and yet she talks with him. Or, as the commentators add, be not secretly or in private with such a one, and yet goes into a private place with him. And stays so long with him that she may be defiled. This with them rendered her suspected.


This "trespass" is speaking of her ruining the good name of her husband. The key word in this is "if". It would be embarrassing to the man for his wife to be thought of as a woman of sin.


Numbers 5:13 "And a man lie with her carnally, and it be hid from the eyes of her husband, and be kept close, and she be defiled, and [there be] no witness against her, neither she be taken [with the manner];"


That is, is suspected that he has so done. Not that it is a clear case, for it follows:


"And it be hid from the eyes of her husband, and be kept close": So that it is not known by her husband, nor by any other. "She hath hid herself", so Ainsworth. Being in a private place with another man, though warned to the contrary by her husband.


"And she be defiled, and there be no witness against her. Of her being defiled, though there may be of her being in private with such a man.


"Neither she be taken with the manner": Or in the act of uncleanness.


"To lie carnally with her" is speaking of adultery. In this particular verse, they were not caught in the act, nor was there a witness to the sin.


Numbers 5:14 "And the spirit of jealousy come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be defiled: or if the spirit of jealousy come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be not defiled:"


"The spirit of jealousy": A mood of suspicion came over the husband that his wife had defiled herself with another man. The accuracy of the suspicion was determined to be right or wrong.


This jealousy is caused, because the husband is suspicious that she has lain with another man. It is not proven, but he has become jealous, because he believes she has committed adultery.


Verses 15-18: She is to be brought "unto the priest", who in turn will "set her before the Lord". God will be the judge in this case, as the man has only suspicions, a "spirit of jealousy", by no witnesses (that is, earthly witnesses), are available. But an omniscient God saw it all. The last part of verse 15 could be rendered "a reminder offering to draw attention to guilt", indicating this offering will draw the Lord's attention (1 Kings 17:18; Ezek. 21:23-24; 29:16).


"Holy Water" appears only here in the Old Testament. Water symbolizes life and fertility (Psalm 1:3; Jer. 17:13), and occasionally is a figure of speech for male semen (Prov. 5:16; compare 9:17).


"Dust" refers to Abraham's seed, the food the serpent ate, and what man was created from.


"Bitter water" likely refers to the effect rather than the taste.


Numbers 5:15 "Then shall the man bring his wife unto the priest, and he shall bring her offering for her, the tenth [part] of an ephah of barley meal; he shall pour no oil upon it, nor put frankincense thereon; for it [is] an offering of jealousy, an offering of memorial, bringing iniquity to remembrance."


"Bringing iniquity to remembrance": The purpose of the husband's offering was to bring the secret iniquity (if it was present), to light. How this was done is explained in 5:18, 25-26.


The man should not work on suspicion. He should not take it upon himself to decide whether she is guilty or not. They bring her to the priest, and he determines whether she is guilty or not. The priest is compensated for the time he spends on this, by the tenth part of an ephah of barley he brings to the priest. This offering is not accompanied with frankincense. This is a jealousy offering. God had given them this formula of determining whether she had sinned or not.


Numbers 5:16 "And the priest shall bring her near, and set her before the LORD:"


Or "offer it", as the Vulgate Latin version. That is, the offering of jealousy.


"And set her before the Lord": Or "it", the offering. For the setting of the woman before the Lord is spoken of in (Num. 5:18).


This is probably speaking of her being at the brazen altar. It certainly does not mean that she was in the very presence of God in the most Holy Place. This just means that the LORD will judge her.


Numbers 5:17 "And the priest shall take holy water in an earthen vessel; and of the dust that is in the floor of the tabernacle the priest shall take, and put [it] into the water:"


Which also is called the water of purification of sprinkling (read Num. 19:9). Out of the laver, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, and so Jarchi and Aben Ezra.


"In an earthen vessel": Which held half a log, and that was but a quarter of a pint, or three egg shells. For no more was assigned, to a suspected woman, according to the Misnah. Some say only a fourth part: an earthen vessel was made use of, as everything vile and mean was in this affair.


"And of the dust that is in the floor of the tabernacle the priest shall take, and put it into the water": First the water was put in, and then the dust, as Ben Gersom observes. There was a place a cubit square, where was a marble table, and a ring fixed in it. And when he lifted it up he took dust from under it, and put it so as it might be upon the top of the water; which was used. Either, as the Targum of Jonathan suggests, because the end of all flesh is to come to dust, and so to put her in mind of her original and her end. And in like manner the earthen vessel might signify, that she would be broke to pieces as that vessel. As also it might direct her thoughts to the tempter, by the influence of whose temptation she had been drawn into this sin. Dust being the serpent's food. And this being taken off the floor of the tabernacle, might add to the veneration of it. And make it more solemn and awful to drink of it.


Holy water is not mentioned elsewhere in the Bible. I assume this is speaking of water that had been dedicated for use in the tabernacle. It could be water that was in the laver nearby. The fact that it was in an earthen vessel shows the association of the possible sin with worldliness. Again, the floor of the tabernacle is not mentioned elsewhere. This is not like any other offering in the tabernacle. This is to determine innocence or guilt.


Numbers 5:18 "And the priest shall set the woman before the LORD, and uncover the woman's head, and put the offering of memorial in her hands, which [is] the jealousy offering: and the priest shall have in his hand the bitter water that causeth the curse:"


"Before the LORD": The woman was brought to a priest at the tabernacle. There she was in the presence of the Lord, who knew her guilt or innocence.


"Uncover the woman's head": Literally "unbind the head". (In Lev. 10:6; 13:45; 21:10), this phrase signifies mourning. This seems to signify the expectation of judgment and consequent mourning if the woman was proven to be guilty.


"Bitter water that causeth the curse": This water included dust from the tabernacle floor (5:17), and the ink used to write the curses (5:23). The woman was to drink the water (5:26). If the woman was guilty, the water would make her life bitter by carrying out the curse of making her thigh rot and her belly swell (5:21, 27). The public, frightening nature of this test could not fail to make guilt or innocence appear when the conscience was so assaulted.


Other Scriptures speak of the woman's hair as being her covering. This I do not believe means shaving of her head as an adulteress, but possibly means removing a veil, or hair covering. This shows, she has embarrassed her husband. She holds the water and dust in her hands in the earthen vessel. This bitter water is bitter in judgement.


Verses 19-28: This relates the decision. "Thy thigh to rot and thy belly to swell": In adultery, the woman sinned with her thigh and conceived in her belly. What it means medically is uncertain. But the contrast with the innocent wife indicates that she would be childless, and be "a curse among her people". (Genesis 20:17), mentions that Abimelech's wives became sterile as a result of his intention to commit adultery with Sarah, and (Lev. 20:20-21), predict the same will befall couples guilty of incestuous relationships. God would thus come to the aid of a "jealous" husband if he had no other proof. The importance of purity in marriage is also underscored, for marriage was a picture of the relationship between God and His people (compare Jer. 2:1 - 3:5).


Numbers 5:19 "And the priest shall charge her by an oath, and say unto the woman, If no man have lain with thee, and if thou hast not gone aside to uncleanness [with another] instead of thy husband, be thou free from this bitter water that causeth the curse:"


Or give her by an oath.


"And say unto the woman, if no man hath lain with thee": Besides her husband.


"And thou hast not gone aside to uncleanness with another instead of thy husband": Which is but another phrase expressive of the same thing, the sin of adultery.


"Be thou free from this bitter water that causeth the curse": If this is the case, it shall produce no bitter effects, or bring any curse upon thee.


This oath speaks of her innocence, until proven guilty. Again "if" is the key word.


Numbers 5:20 "But if thou hast gone aside [to another] instead of thy husband, and if thou be defiled, and some man have lain with thee beside thine husband:"


Gone aside from the paths of modesty and chastity, and betook herself to another man's bed instead of her husband's.


"And if thou be defiled": By committing adultery.


"And some man hath lain with thee beside thy husband": These phrases are all synonymous, and a heap of words are made use of to express the sin. And that there might be no evasion of it, and that it might be clear what was intended, this being said on oath.


This is a terrible sin in God's sight. This involves the body which is the temple of the Holy Spirit, if you are a Christian. This would be doubly sinful for someone proclaiming Christianity, because you would be trying to include the Holy Spirit in your sin.


Numbers 5:21 "Then the priest shall charge the woman with an oath of cursing, and the priest shall say unto the woman, The LORD make thee a curse and an oath among thy people, when the LORD doth make thy thigh to rot, and thy belly to swell;"


An oath which has a curse annexed to it, if taken falsely. Which was to be pronounced upon the woman if guilty.


"And the priest shall say unto the woman": Pronouncing the imprecation or curse upon her. She having taken the oath, should she be guilty of the crime suspected of, and she had sworn concerning:


"The Lord make thee a curse, and an oath among the people": Accursed according to the oath taken. Or let this be the form of an oath and imprecation used by the people, saying, if I have done so and so, let me be accursed as such a woman. Or let not that happen to me, as did to such a woman, so Jarchi.


"When the Lord doth make thy thigh to rot, and thy belly to swell": Upon drinking the bitter waters. But though these things followed upon that, yet not as the natural cause of them. For they are ascribed to the Lord, and to a supernatural and miraculous power of his, which went along with the drinking of them.


The curse that comes with this type of, sin, is a curse upon her body. This seems as though the curse is just on the woman who committed adultery, but it is not. The priest is dealing with the jealous husband in this. The man involved in the adultery is not even present here. In God's sight, adultery is a terrible sin for the man and woman involved in the sin.


Numbers 5:22 "And this water that causeth the curse shall go into thy bowels, to make [thy] belly to swell, and [thy] thigh to rot: And the woman shall say, Amen, amen."


Upon the drinking of which the curse follows, if guilty.


"Shall go into thy bowels": And there operate and produce the above effects, which are repeated again to inject terror.


"To make thy belly to swell, and thy thigh to rot": Here ends the form of the oath, which begins (Num. 5:19).


"And the woman shall say": May it be as you wished (as in Psalm 41:13; Deut. 27:15).


"Amen, amen": so be it. Let it be as pronounced, if I am guilty. Which, as Aben Ezra observes, is repeated for the sake of confirmation. Though the Jewish writers commonly understand it as respecting various things. The oath and the curse, the thing charged with, and the persons suspected of.


The woman has agreed when she said amen. "Amen" means so be it. The priest speaks the curse on the woman, if she has sinned. The woman has not been proven guilty, so the curse is not in effect, until she is proven guilty.


Numbers 5:23 "And the priest shall write these curses in a book, and he shall blot [them] out with the bitter water:"


The above curses imprecated on herself by an oath. The words and the letters of them were written at length, in a scroll of parchment. And, as some say, also her name, but not her double amen to them.


"And he shall blot them out with the bitter water": Wash them out with it, and into it, or scrape them off of the parchment into it.


The washing shows that this curse for this sin goes off into the water. The writing of the sin being washed into the water, along with the curses, would frighten a person who was guilty. The ink is now in the water, with the dirt and water. This water is getting more bitter all the time.


Numbers 5:24 "And he shall cause the woman to drink the bitter water that causeth the curse: and the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her, [and become] bitter."


Having the curse imprecated upon herself, if guilty, scraped into it. And this she was obliged to drink, whether she would or not. So it is said, if the roll is blotted out, and she says I am defiled, the water is poured out, and her offering is scattered in the place of ashes. If the roll is blotted out, and she says I will not drink, then force her. And make her drink whether she will or not.


"And the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her, and become bitter": Produce the sad and bitter effects mentioned.


This is speaking of the curse going down into her innermost being.


Numbers 5:25 "Then the priest shall take the jealousy offering out of the woman's hand, and shall wave the offering before the LORD, and offer it upon the altar:"


Which she was obliged to hold in her hand while the above rites and ceremonies were performed. Which was very heavy, being an omer of barley flour. A measure about three quarts, which was put into an Egyptian basket made of small palm tree twigs. And this was put into her hands to weary her, as before observed. That, having her mind distressed, she might the sooner confess her crime.


"And shall wave the offering before the Lord": Backwards and forwards, upwards and downwards, as Jarchi. Who also observes, that the woman waved with him, for her hand was above the hand of the priest. So the tradition is, "he (her husband) took her offering out of the Egyptian basket, and put it into a ministering vessel. And gave it into her hand, and the priest put his hand under hers, and waved it".


"And offer it upon the altar": This was the bringing of it to the southwest corner of the altar, as Jarchi says, before he took a handful out of it, as in other meat offerings.


This just means that a very small portion was offered on the altar to burn. The rest of it, in the earthen vessel, is beside the altar.


Numbers 5:26 "And the priest shall take a handful of the offering, [even] the memorial thereof, and burn [it] upon the altar, and afterward shall cause the woman to drink the water."


For good or evil, according as her works were, as Aben Ezra observes. A memorial for good, if innocent, and a memorial for evil, if guilty.


"And burn it upon the altar": As the handful of other meat offerings used to be (Lev. 1:2).


"And afterwards shall cause the woman to drink the water": Oblige her to it. Having proceeded thus far, and no confession made, namely, an oath taken. The curses of it written in a scroll and scraped into the waters, and the jealousy offering waved and offered.


The water the woman drinks will not hurt her, unless she is guilty of the sin she has been charged with.


Numbers 5:27 "And when he hath made her to drink the water, then it shall come to pass, [that], if she be defiled, and have done trespass against her husband, that the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her, [and become] bitter, and her belly shall swell, and her thigh shall rot: and the woman shall be a curse among her people."


For, as before observed, and here by Jarchi again. If she says I will not drink it, after the roll is blotted out, they oblige her, and make her drink it whether she will or not. Unless she says I am defiled.


"Then it shall come to pass, that if she be defiled, and have done trespass against her husband": Or has committed adultery.


"That the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her, and become bitter": The water drank by her, and having the curses scraped into it, shall enter into her, and operate and produce bitter and dreadful effects.


"And her belly shall swell, and her thigh shall rot": Not through any natural virtue in the water, or what is put into it. Either the dust of the floor of the tabernacle, or the scrapings of the parchment roll, these could have no physical influence to produce such effects. But they must be ascribed to a supernatural cause, the power and curse of God attending this draught.


"And the woman shall be a curse among her people": The time she lives. But then all this while she was looked upon as an accursed person, and despised and shunned by all.


The curse has no effect on her at all, if she is not guilty of this sin. If she has sinned, she is cursed and terrible punishment comes upon her body. This is a sin of the flesh, and it is the flesh that pays the penalty for this sin. It is interesting, to me, that many diseases that harm the body greatly are sexually transmitted diseases. Sin then, is sin now. Adultery and sodomy are sin.


Numbers 5:28 "And if the woman be not defiled, but be clean; then she shall be free, and shall conceive seed."


"Shall conceive seed": The penalty for the guilty wife was obvious, since the death penalty was called for. In contrast, the innocent wife was assured she would live to bring forth children.


This is a terrible thing to go through, if you are innocent. God blesses her with a child, if she has not committed this sin. This shows the world her innocence.


Numbers 5:29 "This [is] the law of jealousies, when a wife goeth aside [to another] instead of her husband, and is defiled;"


Which was appointed by God to deter wives from adultery, and preserve the people of Israel. The worshippers of him, from having a spurious brood among them. And to keep husbands from being cruel to their wives they might be jealous of. And to protect virtue and innocence, and to detect lewdness committed in the most secret manner. Whereby God gave proof of his omniscience, that he had knowledge of the most private acts of uncleanness, and was the avenger of all such. The reasons why such a law was not made equally in favor of women, as of men, are supposed to be these. Because of the greater authority of the man over the woman. Which would seem to be lessened, if such a power was granted her. Because marriage was not so much hurt, or so much damage came to families by the adultery of men, as of women. Because women are more apt to be suspicious than men. And in those times more prone to adultery. Through their eager desire of children, that they might not lie under reproach.


"When a wife goeth aside to another instead of her husband, and is defiled": Is suspected of going aside to another man, and is supposed to be defiled by him.


The guilt or innocence, is verified by God in this ceremony. Women must set a high standard of conduct. The husband and wife are symbols of God and His church.


2 Corinthians 11:2 "For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present [you as] a chaste virgin to Christ."


Jesus is the Bridegroom, and all believers in Christ are His bride. The one thing He will not allow from us, is unfaithfulness. This practice ceased during the time of Jesus.


Numbers 5:30 "Or when the spirit of jealousy cometh upon him, and he be jealous over his wife, and shall set the woman before the LORD, and the priest shall execute upon her all this law."


See notes on (Num. 5:14).


"And shall set the woman before the Lord": Has carried the matter so far as to bring his wife to the priest or civil magistrate, and declare his suspicion, and the ground of it.


"And the priest shall execute upon her all this law": He shall proceed according to the law, and perform every rite and ceremony required. Nor could any stop be put to it, unless the woman owned she was defiled.


This is just stating that jealousy should not go on by the husband, but should be settled in the tabernacle before the priest. The LORD determines innocence or guilt.


Numbers 5:31 "Then shall the man be guiltless from iniquity, and this woman shall bear her iniquity."


Which otherwise he would not, by conniving at her loose way of living. The man might accuse his wife on suspicion and not be reproved. And not reproving her for it, and bringing her either to repentance or punishment. And retaining and encouraging jealousy in his mind, without declaring it, and his reasons for it. The sense of the passage seems to be, that when a man had any ground for his suspicion and jealousy, and he proceeded according as this law directs. Whether his wife was guilty or not guilty, no sin was chargeable on him, or blame to be laid to him, or punishment inflicted on him.


"And the woman shall bear her iniquity": The punishment of it, through the effects of the bitter waters upon her, if guilty. Nor was her husband chargeable with her death, she justly brought it on herself. Or if not guilty, yet as she had by some unbecoming behavior raised such a suspicion in him, nor would she be reclaimed. Though warned to the contrary, she for it justly bore the infamy of such a process. Which was such, as Maimonides says, that innocent women would give all that they had to escape it. And reckoned death itself more agreeable than that, as to be served as such a woman was (see note on Num. 5:18).


Jealousy without a cause, is sin. The jealousy must be done away with. The best thing to do is let God settle it. The woman should be willing to pay for her own indiscretion. One way or the other, the matter is settled.


Numbers Chapter 5 Questions


1. Who were to be put out of the camp?


2. Where, in the Bible, do we find the law of the leper?


3. What is the plague in our land today?


4. "Leprosy" symbolically means _______.


5. Is there any difference in the law between male and female?


6. What was their main reason for being physically and spiritually clean in the camp?


7. What does verse 4 show?


8. What sin is verse 6 speaking of?


9. How did Jesus explain this very thing?


10. If we love our neighbor, we will not do what?


11. If we truly love God, we will keep His _________________.


12. What was required above the repaying of the amount you took?


13. When is it more believable, that you are truly sorry for sinning against someone?


14. What do you do with the money, if the people you owe are dead?


15. Who will the money belong to that you bring to the temple?


16. What is the "trespass" in verse 12?


17. "To lie with her carnally" is speaking of ____________.


18. What spirit came on the husband?


19. Who shall judge whether she is guilty, or not?


20. Where did they bring the woman?


21. What is the holy water, probably?


22. What is meant by putting it in an earthen vessel?


23. What does the uncovering of her head show?


24. What is the temple of the Holy Spirit?


25. What curse is spoken upon the woman, if she is guilty of adultery?


26. What happens, if she is not guilty?


27. Why is the guilty man not punished here?


28. "Amen" means what?


29. The washing of the book that was written on with the water shows what?


30. What does the priest burn in offering?


31. This is sin of the ________.


32. The author finds it very interesting, that many diseases that harm the body greatly are ____________ transmitted.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 6



Numbers Chapter 6

Verses 1-21: Whereas (5:1-31), dealt with the cleansing of the camp by dealing with the unclean and sinful (6:1-21), showed how consecration to the Lord was possible for every Israelite. Although only the family of Aaron could be priests, any man or woman could be "priestly" (i.e., dedicated to God's service), for a time (from a month to a lifetime), by means of the vow of a Nazirite. Such a vow was made by people unusually devout toward God and dedicated to His service.


Verses 1-12: The "Nazirite" vow was somewhat similar to fasting today, as it involved pulling away from ordinary pleasures and being more fully devoted to God and His work (Amos 2:11-12).


Numbers 6:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


At the same time, or immediately after the law concerning the woman suspected of adultery was given. With which the following law concerning Nazarites may be thought to have a close connection, as some Jewish writers observe. Women being concerned in it as well as men. And as wine leads to adultery, as Jarchi observes. Abstinence from it, which the Nazarite's vow obliged to, and forbearance of trimming and dressing the hair, and a being more strictly and closely devoted to the service of God, were very likely means of preserving from unchastity, and any suspicion of it.


This is a new message. We are reminded again, that this message is from the LORD spoken to Moses.


Numbers 6:2 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When either man or woman shall separate [themselves] to vow a vow of a Nazarite, to separate [themselves] unto the LORD:"


"A vow of a Nazarite": The word "vow" here is related to the word "wonder", which signifies something out of the ordinary. "Nazirite" transliterates a Hebrew Term meaning "dedication by separation". The Nazirite separated himself to the Lord by separating himself from:


(1) Grape products (6:3-4);


(2) The cutting on one's hair (6:5; and


(3) Contact with a dead body (6:6-7).


The High-Priest was also forbidden:


(1) To drink wine while serving in the tabernacle (Lev. 10:9);


(2) To touch dead bodies (Lev. 21:11).


Further, both the High-Priest's crown (Exodus 29:6; 39:30; Lev. 8:9), and the Nazirite's head (6:9, 18), are referred to by the same Hebrew word. The Nazirite's hair was like the High-Priest's crown. Like the High-Priest, the Nazirite was holy to the Lord (6:8; compare Exodus 28:36), all the days (6:4-5, 6, 8 of his vow).


There is a great deal of difference in being a Nazarene and being a Nazarite. The Nazarene means he or she, is a native of Nazareth. The Nazarite, or better still, Nazir (meaning "consecrated" or "separated"), is a commitment to God for a particular time, for a particular purpose. When a person had taken a Nazarite vow, he was to totally separate himself from the world for that period of time. It is a remarkable thing that the woman, as well as the man, could take a Nazarite vow. This was such a spiritual vow to God, that it was out of the everyday realm of the law. In a sense, that is what Samson's mother did before his birth.


Judges 13:3-5 "And the angel of the LORD appeared unto the woman, and said unto her, Behold now, thou [art] barren, and bearest not: but thou shalt conceive, and bear a son." "Now therefore beware, I pray thee, and drink not wine nor strong drink, and eat not any unclean [thing]:" "For, lo, thou shalt conceive, and bear a son; and no razor shall come on his head: for the child shall be a Nazarite unto God from the womb: and he shall begin to deliver Israel out of the hand of the Philistines."


Numbers 6:3 "He shall separate [himself] from wine and strong drink, and shall drink no vinegar of wine, or vinegar of strong drink, neither shall he drink any liquor of grapes, nor eat moist grapes, or dried."


Old or new, as Ben Gersom. From drinking it, any of it. Not only from an immoderate and excessive drinking of it, which every man should abstain from, but from drinking of it at all, that he might be more free and fit for the service of God. For prayer, meditation, reading the Scriptures, and attendance on the worship of God in all its branches, and be less liable to temptations to sin. For, as Aben Ezra observes, many transgressions are occasioned by wine, which, if drank immoderately, intoxicates the mind, and unfits for religious duties, excites lust, and leads on to many vices.


"And strong drink": Any other intoxicating and inebriating liquor besides wine, or any other sort of wines besides such that is made of the fruit of the vine. As wines of pomegranates, dates, etc. Or such as are made of barley, as our ale, or of apples and pears, called cider and perry, respectively.


"And shall drink no vinegar of wine, or vinegar of strong drink": All the three Targums paraphrase it, vinegar of new wine, and vinegar of old wine. These operating in like manner as wine and strong drink themselves.


"Neither shall he drink any liquor of grapes": Any liquor in which grapes are macerated, as the Targum of Jonathan. Or water into which they are squeezed, or which is made of the lees of wine. Or is a second sort of wine made of the grapes after they have been pressed, which we call "tiff".


"Nor eat moist grapes or dried": Which have somewhat of the nature and taste of wine, and produce some of the like effects. And may lead to a desire after drinking it. Wherefore this, as other things mentioned, are, as Aben Ezra says, a kind of a hedge, to keep at a distance from drinking wine.


The strong drink was any intoxicating drink. The vinegar spoken of here, was alcoholic in nature. The liquor of grapes was made by soaking grape-hulls. All of these things were forbidden. Perhaps this was because a person loses control of his own will under the influence of alcohol. I am not sure what the eating of moist grapes or dried pertains to, unless it is the sugar in them. Fresh grapes can ferment in your stomach and cause light-headedness.


Numbers 6:4 "All the days of his separation shall he eat nothing that is made of the vine tree, from the kernels even to the husk."


Of its leaves, branches, and fruit, especially the latter. Out into any sort of food, or infused into any liquor, or mixed with any sauce for food. The days or time of separation were according as the vow was made, for a shorter or longer time. Though the Jews say, where the vow is, absolutely expressed, it is always to be understood of thirty days. During which time the Nazarite was not to eat or drink of any composition that had anything of the vine in it.


"From the kernels even to the husk": The Jews are divided about the two words here used, which of them signifies the outermost part of the grape, and which the innermost. Ben Gersom agrees with us, but it matters not much who are in the right, since both are forbidden. By this part of the law, the people of God, who are spiritual Nazarites, are taught to live temperately and soberly, and to abstain from all appearance of sin. It is pretty remarkable what the Jews say, that when the son of David comes, it will be free for a Nazarite to drink wine on Sabbath days and festivals. Though not on week days. From whence it appears, they seem to be conscious of a change of the ceremonial law in his days.


The "vine" is symbolic of an attachment to worldly things. The person who is moved by the Spirit to make this special vow to God, must separate himself for the length of the time of the vow, from all things connected to worldliness. This could be specifically speaking of grape vines, but it could also be speaking of all things that grow on the vine.


Numbers 6:5 "All the days of the vow of his separation there shall no razor come upon his head: until the days be fulfilled, in the which he separateth [himself] unto the LORD, he shall be holy, [and] shall let the locks of the hair of his head grow."


Be the time he has vowed to be a Nazarite a week, a, month, or more. Even a thousand days, but not less than thirty, as Ben Gersom observes.


"There shall no razor come upon his head": He might not shave his beard, nor cut off his locks, and shave his head. Nor cut short his locks with a pair of scissors, nor any with anything by which the hair may be removed, as Ben Gersom. Nor pluck off his hair with his hands, as Maimonides says; but let it grow as long as it would during the time of his separation, which is expressed in the latter part of the verse.


"Until the days be fulfilled, in the which he separateth himself unto the Lord": To his service, to which he wholly addicted himself as long as his vow continued.


"He shall be holy": Separate from other men, and their practices and customs, and spend his time in holy exercises, in a religious way. And abstain from what might be a temptation to sin, or in the least hinder him in his acts of devotion.


This is not saying, that a man should wear long hair. It is saying, if a man or a woman, has taken a Nazarite vow, they must not cut their hair during the period of the vow. This is the very reason that some people wear long hair now, but that is not correct. The long hair is to be worn with extreme holiness of character. Notice, the statement "he shall be holy." Jesus has been depicted as wearing long hair, because many people confuse the words Nazarite and Nazarene. Jesus was a Nazarene, not a Nazarite.


Numbers 6:6 "All the days that he separateth [himself] unto the LORD he shall come at no dead body."


This phrase is repeated at every new article and branch of the law of the Nazarites, of which what follows is the third. Showing that each part of it, during that time, was strictly to be observed.


"He shall come at no dead body": Not near to any. Not even to be in the same place where a dead body lay. Not to touch one, or to attend the funeral of any, nor be concerned at all about burying the dead. Now, as such so defiled were unclean seven days, and during that time might not go into the tabernacle. The Nazarites were strictly cautioned against such pollution, that they might not be detained from the service of God they had devoted themselves unto (see Num. 19:11).


The consecration of the Lord is upon him, during the Nazarite vow, and he should not come near a dead body in his consecration.


Luke 9:59-60 And he said unto another, Follow me. "But he said, Lord, suffer me first to go and bury my father." "Jesus said unto him, Let the dead bury their dead: but go thou and preach the kingdom of God."


Numbers 6:7 "He shall not make himself unclean for his father, or for his mother, for his brother, or for his sister, when they die: because the consecration of his God [is] upon his head."


Aben Ezra adds also, for his wife, and for his daughter, and for others. What even the priests of the Lord, the common priests might do, a Nazarite might not. Not come near any of his relations when dead, as to touch them, to close their eyes, or wash their bodies, and provide for their funeral. And attend that, or to be where they were. In this respect, they were upon a level with the high priest, who was forbid the same. Which shows how sacred these persons were (see Lev. 21:1). This may instruct spiritual Nazarites to abstain from the company and conversation of sinners. Dead in trespasses and sins, and from all dead works and sinful actions. Which, as they are deserving of death, are defiling.


"Because the consecration of his God is upon his head": Or that which shows him to be consecrated to God, and separated to his service, is upon his head. Namely, his long hair. The Targum of Jonathan renders it, "the crown of his God"; so Aben Ezra observes. That some say that the word "Nazarite" is derived from "Nezer", a crown, in proof of which this passage is produced. And in this respect the Nazarites were not only types of Christ our King and high priest, who is a priest on his throne, and has on his head many crowns. But of the saints who are freed from the power and dominion of sin, and are made kings and priests unto God.


This very same warning was given to the priest, when the anointing oil of God was upon them. During this time of consecration, he must not touch anything unclean, or become unclean by touching a dead body, even if it is one of his parents. For a person to be totally devoted to God, He or she must be totally separated from worldly things. His or her, feelings must glorify God and not man.


Numbers 6:8 "All the days of his separation he [is] holy unto the LORD."


Set apart for his service, separate from all others, especially the dead. And under obligation to abstain from the above things. From drinking wine, from shaving his hair, and from defiling himself for the dead. And to be employed in holy and religious exercises during the time his vow is upon him.


This time of separation is a time of perfect fellowship with God. He lives holy in the sight of God during this time. His mind, soul, and spirit are stayed upon God during this time.


Numbers 6:9 "And if any man die very suddenly by him, and he hath defiled the head of his consecration; then he shall shave his head in the day of his cleansing, on the seventh day shall he shave it."


"Die ... suddenly": If the Nazirite inadvertently came in contact with a dead body, he was to shave his head, on the eighth day bring the prescribed offerings, and begin the days of his vow again. This is a good illustration of the fact that sin can become mingled with the best intentions, and is not always premediated. When sin is mixed with the holiest actions, it calls for a renewed cleansing.


This is an accidental close contact with a dead body. If this happens, then he must shave his head, and start all over again with the vow. "Seven" has to do with spiritually complete. The seventh day is possibly, when the consecration would have been over.


Numbers 6:10 "And on the eighth day he shall bring two turtles, or two young pigeons, to the priest, to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation:"


Not a turtledove and a young pigeon, as Ben Gersom observes, but two of one of the sorts. Which was the offering of the poorer sort of childbearing women at their purification. And this case of the Nazarite's being unclean, could not be purged away but by sacrifice. Which was typical of the sacrifice of Christ, by which that unclean thing sin is put away for ever. Even the sins of holy things can be moved in no other way. These were to be brought to the priest to be offered by him.


"To the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": For being defiled, the Nazarite might not go into the tabernacle, and therefore was to bring his offering to the door of it, where the priest received it of him.


This offering was used for uncleanness of various kinds.


Numbers 6:11 "And the priest shall offer the one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering, and make an atonement for him, for that he sinned by the dead, and shall hallow his head that same day."


That is, one of the turtles or young pigeons for the one kind of sacrifice, and one for the other sort; both being necessary. The one to expiate sin, and the other as a gift to God by way of thankfulness for acceptance of the former.


"And make an atonement for him, for that he sinned by the dead": By being where the dead body was, which, though not sinful, in a moral sense, was, in a ceremonial one. And therefore, required a sacrifice to atone for it. And which atonement was made by the sin offering typical of Christ, who was made an offering for sin.


"And shall hallow his head the same day": Consecrate himself to God afresh, particularly the hair of his head. Let that grow again and begin his Nazariteship anew; so Jarchi interprets it, to return and begin the account of his Nazariteship.


This is to cleanse him, so he can begin the Nazarite vow again. It makes no difference that it was accidental, it is still sin. His becoming unclean must be treated as if it were on purpose, and not an accident. The offerings make an atonement for him.


Numbers 6:12 "And he shall consecrate unto the LORD the days of his separation, and shall bring a lamb of the first year for a trespass offering: but the days that were before shall be lost, because his separation was defiled."


He was to begin his account again, from the time of his shaving his head, and devote as many days to the service of the Lord as what he had vowed before.


"And shall bring a lamb of the first year for a trespass offering": We see how much trouble and expense were brought by a single act of pollution, and that involuntary too. How much more need is there of an atoning sacrifice for the sins of men, even for all of them, and for which only the sacrifice of Christ is sufficient?


"But the days that were before shall be lost": Which were before the pollution. How near whatsoever the time of Nazariteship being at an end was. Whether his vow was for thirty days, or a hundred, or a whole year; be it what it will. And the pollution happened on the last of those days, all were lost. He was obliged to begin again, and go through the whole time he at first vowed. And this was the case if he drank the least quantity of wine. Or shaved ever so little of the hair of his head, or was any ways polluted by the dead. And this severity, as it may seem, was used to make him cautious that he broke not his vow by any means.


"Because his separation was defiled": In the case instanced in, by the dead, but it was the same if he broke the law of Nazariteship in any of the other articles of it.


A trespass offering is like paying for a guilt. Since he broke the vow, he is guilty of sin. The lamb is to reinstate him. The days he had already performed the Nazarite vow, cannot be used as credit for the keeping of the vow. He must begin all over again at the beginning. We mentioned before, that this is a time of total separation from the world.


Verses 13-17: When the time of consecration was over, the Nazirite was to present "a burnt offering", symbolizing complete surrender to Yahweh (Lev. 1:10-13), "a sin offering", to atone for any sins committed unwittingly during the time of the vow (Lev. Chapter 4), and "peace offerings", demonstrating that the person and the Lord were in harmony (Lev. 3:6-11; 7:11-14).


Numbers 6:13 "And this [is] the law of the Nazarite, when the days of his separation are fulfilled: he shall be brought unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation:"


"Fulfilled": At the end of the determined time, the Nazirite was released from his vow though offerings and the shaving of his head. His hair was to be brought to the sanctuary at the time of those offerings (compare Acts 18:18).


This vow had been taken for a certain period of time. When that time is fulfilled, the person taking the vow comes to the temple or tabernacle, and comes before the priest.


Numbers 6:14 "And he shall offer his offering unto the LORD, one he lamb of the first year without blemish for a burnt offering, and one ewe lamb of the first year without blemish for a sin offering, and one ram without blemish for peace offerings,"


The Nazarite was to present his offering at the door of the tabernacle, to the priest, in order to be offered for him to the Lord.


"One he lamb of the first year without blemish for a burnt offering": According to the law, manner, and custom of a burnt offering, as Aben Ezra observes. Which, whether of the herd or of the flock, was to be a male and unblemished, and not more than a year old (Lev. 1:3).


"And one ewe lamb of the first year without blemish for a sin offering": As was the manner and custom of a sin offering, to be a female, as is remarked by the same writer (see Lev. 4:32).


"For peace-offerings": For thankfulness to God, who had given him grace to make and in some measure to keep such a vow. So he offered all the three sorts of offerings, that he might so far fulfil all righteousness, and profess his obligation to observe the will of God in all things.


This offering covers four types of offerings. The sin offering, the burnt offering, the peace offering and the meat offering. All of them in some way or other, symbolize the one great sacrifice that Jesus made for all of us.


Numbers 6:15 "And a basket of unleavened bread, cakes of fine flour mingled with oil, and wafers of unleavened bread anointed with oil, and their meat offering, and their drink offerings."


As at the consecration of Aaron and his sons (Exodus 29:2). Though for peace offerings for thanksgiving leavened bread was offered (Lev. 7:13).


"Cakes of fine flour mingled with oil, and wafers of unleavened bread anointed with oil": Ten of each sort, as Jarchi says, ten cakes and ten wafers (see Exodus 29:9).


"And their meat offering, and their drink offerings": Which always used to attend every sacrifice.


The "meat offering" was the makings for bread. (Jesus is the Bread of Life). The Christian should give thanks for the great sacrifice Jesus made for all of us, when He fulfilled every one of these sacrifices. He fulfilled the law for you and me. He is our law.


Numbers 6:16 "And the priest shall bring [them] before the LORD, and shall offer his sin offering, and his burnt offering:"


All the above offerings to the altar of burnt offering. And there present them to the Lord in the name of the Nazarite.


"And shall offer his sin offering, and his burnt offering": Here they stand in the proper order in which they were offered.


Any offering omitted during this time of separation, is covered in all of these offerings here.


Numbers 6:17 "And he shall offer the ram [for] a sacrifice of peace offerings unto the LORD, with the basket of unleavened bread: the priest shall offer also his meat offering, and his drink offering."


After he had offered the other two.


"With the basket of unleavened bread": Which went along with that.


"The priest shall also offer his meat offering, and his drink offering": Of which he had his part, and were the usual appendages of other sacrifices (see Num. 28:1).


Jesus is the unleavened (without sin), Bread. He is our peace. His flesh is our meat indeed, and His blood our drink.


John 6:53 "Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you."


Numbers 6:18 "And the Nazarite shall shave the head of his separation [at] the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and shall take the hair of the head of his separation, and put [it] in the fire which [is] under the sacrifice of the peace offerings."


As the Nazarite had during his vow worn his hair unshorn in honor of God. So when the time was complete it was natural that the hair, the symbol of his vow, should be cut off, in token that his vow is ended, and offered to God at the sanctuary. The burning of the hair "in the fire under the sacrifice of the peace offering "represented the Eucharistic communion with God obtained by those who realized the ideal which the Nazarite set forth. For the hair which was consecrated to the Lord, might not be cast into any profane place.


The hair of the Nazarite was holy unto the Lord, as long as the vow was in effect. The hair that had been dedicated to God, would be burned in dedication to God. This would be the last of the commitment.


Numbers 6:19 "And the priest shall take the sodden shoulder of the ram, and one unleavened cake out of the basket, and one unleavened wafer, and shall put [them] upon the hands of the Nazarite, after [the hair of] his separation is shaven:"


The left shoulder, for the right shoulder, which is the heave shoulder of every peace offering, belonged to the priest by another law. And by this law of the Nazarite, he had also the other shoulder, and so had both, which was peculiar to this case. The vow of the Nazarite being a very sacred thing and he being enabled to perform it, a greater expression of gratitude for it was expected and required of him. This shoulder was taken out of the pot in which it was boiled.


"And one unleavened cake out of the basket, and one unleavened wafer": One of the ten cakes, and one of the ten wafers, both are mentioned. And which appear by this to be together in the basket of unleavened bread. From whence they were now to be taken, the rest having been offered with the other sacrifices.


"And shall put them upon the hands of the Nazarite; the boiled shoulder, and the cake and wafer upon it.


"After the hair of his separation is shaven": And cast into the fire. For the waving of these seems to be the last and finishing part of this whole affair.


This is showing that God has accepted his Nazarite vow. The shoulder of the ram and the unleavened cake were generally eaten of the priest. We see the dedication of the hands of the Nazarite here. This speaks of the Lord accepting his work as holy. The hands speak of work.


Numbers 6:20 "And the priest shall wave them [for] a wave offering before the LORD: this [is] holy for the priest, with the wave breast and heave shoulder: and after that the Nazarite may drink wine."


Putting his hands under the Nazarite's, as in other cases where this ceremony was used. And so moving them to and fro, backwards and forwards, upwards and downwards. Testifying hereby the goodness of God unto him, his sovereign dominion over him, that all he had depended on him, and was received from him. And that all he did, particularly in keeping his vow of Nazariteship, was through his assistance. And for which he made this grateful acknowledgment by delivering the above, together with what follows, to his priest.


"This is holy for the priest, with the wave breast and heave shoulder": Besides these which were given him by another law, the wave shoulder of the Nazarite's ram was given him to eat. It was holy, and set apart for his use, and his only. And it belonged not in common to the course of the priests then on duty, but to him only that officiated in this peculiar service. And so it is observed by the Jewish writers, that the Nazarite's ram and some other things were not given to every priest, but to him that offered the sacrifice. As it is said, "he shall wave this is holy to the priest"; upon which it is observed, that it follows from hence, that the priest that waves is he that eats the sacrifice.


"And after that the Nazarite may drink wine": And cut his hair, and shave his head, and be defiled for the dead as other persons. The vow of his Nazariteship being fulfilled.


They are waved before the Lord, offering them first to God. They may eat and drink wine now. The Nazarite vow is completed. Some people, like John the Baptist, were Nazarites all of their lives. John was, from his mother's womb. The person in the lesson today, was just for a short period of time.


Numbers 6:21 "This [is] the law of the Nazarite who hath vowed, [and of] his offering unto the LORD for his separation, beside [that] that his hand shall get: according to the vow which he vowed, so he must do after the law of his separation."


The vow of a Nazarite; what he is obliged to do when his Nazariteship is up.


"And of his offering unto the Lord for his separation": Of the several offerings required of him, to offer to the Lord, for and upon his going through his Nazariteship. His burnt offering, sin offering, sacrifice of peace offerings, his meat offering and drink offering. Together with the basket of unleavened bread, cakes and wafers.


"Besides [that] that his hands shall get": The above offerings were what he was obliged unto by the law of God, even though a poor man. But, besides these, it was expected of a man of substance, that he would voluntarily of himself offer more. According to his ability and the length of the time of his Nazariteship.


"According to the vow which he hath vowed, so he must do after the law of his separation": There were some things he was obliged to do by his vow, and as he had vowed, there was a necessity upon him to fulfil it. As to abstain from the things he vowed so to do. And that as long a time as he fixed by his vow. And when finished to offer the sacrifices required of him.


This is explaining, that all we have read has to do with the taking of the Nazarite vow, and the seriousness of keeping it. We too must understand that promises and vows we make to God are serious. We must not take them too casually. God expects us to do what we promise to do, without exception.


Verses 22-27: Yahweh's gracious provision to Aaron and his sons for the blessing of the people of God is called "the Aaronic benediction". "Make His face shine upon thee" asks for God to delight in His people and show them favor. The favor results in "peace". More than the absence of war, this refers to someone's overall well-being, where everything is as it ought to be (Deut. 28:3-6).


Obedient Israel, organized before and consecrated to the Lord, was the recipient of God's blessing (i.e., His favor), pronounced by the priests.


Numbers 6:22 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


At the same time perhaps, that the above law was given concerning the Nazarites. Though why this should follow upon that, and what connection there is between the one and the other, it is not easy to say. The Nazarites were holy persons, and so were the priests. And therefore, according to Aben Ezra and others, the law of the one is joined to the law of the other.


Again, we see a separation from the previous verses.


Numbers 6:23 "Speak unto Aaron and unto his sons, saying, On this wise ye shall bless the children of Israel, saying unto them,"


Aaron and his sons that succeeded him in all after generations. Being the persons that were in a public manner to bless the people of Israel, they are particularly addressed (see Deut. 10:8).


"Saying, on this wise ye shall bless the children of Israel": In such manner and with such words as after expressed. Standing upon an eminence, lifting up their hands on high, spreading out their fingers, and raising their voices. And pronouncing the blessing in the Hebrew language, in the name of Jehovah, with their face towards the people. All which, according to the Jewish writers, were to be strictly observed.


Aaron and his sons represented God to the people. It is interesting to notice, that Aaron and his sons were given the authority from God to speak a blessing upon the people. It is important to note here, that Aaron symbolizes the great High Priest, Jesus Christ, who has all power and authority to bless. He also in a way, is speaking of the minister in the church who is subordinate to Jesus. The minister is given the authority to bless the people, in the name of Jesus. The priests, Aaron's sons, are symbolic of all believers in Christ. Then this is saying, that all believers can speak a blessing from God on the people of the world, if they do it in the name of Jesus. We are His hands on this earth. We are the mouthpiece that He speaks through on the earth.


Numbers 6:24 "The LORD bless thee, and keep thee:"


"Bless": The Lord's blessing was described as His face (i.e., His presence), shining on His people (verse 25), and looking at them (verses 26). God shone forth in benevolence on Israel and looked on them for good.


"Keep": The results of the Lord's blessing were His preservation of Israel ("keep"), His kindness toward her ("be gracious", verse 25), and her total well-being ("peace", verse 26).


The priests or high priest, speak the blessing, but the blessing is from the LORD. This magnifies the great love that God has for each of us.


Numbers 6:25 "The LORD make his face shine upon thee, and be gracious unto thee:"


Cause himself, the sun of righteousness, to rise and shine upon them, and give both spiritual light and heat unto them. Grant his gracious presence, the manifestations of himself. Communion with him, and clearer discoveries of his love, of interest in him. And an increase of spiritual light and knowledge of his Gospel, and the truths of it, and of his mind and will.


"And be gracious unto thee": By granting larger measures of grace out of his fullness. By leading more abundantly into it, and making fresh and frequent applications of it. Grace is often wished for from Christ as well as from the Father.


By grace are you saved, and not of yourself. God's graciousness toward us is the saving factor. He looks upon us with love and compassion, and saves even the unlovely.


John 1:17 "For the law was given by Moses, [but] grace and truth came by Jesus Christ."


Numbers 6:26 "The LORD lift up his countenance upon thee, and give thee peace."


Show his face and favor, look cheerfully on his people. Declare himself well pleased with them in Christ, and appear as smiling upon them through him. Indulging them with visits of love, restoring to them the joys of his salvation, and upholding them with his free Spirit. And so causing them to walk pleasantly and comfortably in the ways of God. Expecting eternal life and happiness, as God's free gift through Christ.


"And give thee peace": All outward needful prosperity, internal peace of mind, through the blood and righteousness of Christ, the peacemaker, and peace giver. And eternal peace in the world to come.


Jesus is our peace. He is King of Peace.


Romans 5:1 "Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:"


Philippians 4:7 "And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus."


Numbers 6:27 "And they shall put my name upon the children of Israel; and I will bless them."


"Put my name": The name of the Lord represented His person and character. The priests were to call for God to dwell among His people and meet all their needs.


To put the covenant name of God upon the people, was like a seal of approval. God claimed them for His own. The Christian bears the name of Christ.


Hebrews 8:10 "For this [is] the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people:"


Numbers Chapter 6 Questions


1. Who could take a Nazarite vow?


2. Tell the difference between a Nazarite and a Nazarene.


3. What is a better word for Nazarite?


4. Why could the woman, as well as the man, take this vow?


5. He shall separate himself from wine and _________ _________.


6. What, that was non-alcoholic was he to separate himself from?


7. A person loses control of his own ________ under the influence of alcohol.


8. What was forbidden for him to eat, during his entire time of separation?


9. What is the "vine" symbolic of?


10. All the days of his separation there shall no ________ come upon his head.


11. Is this saying a man should wear long hair? Explain.


12. Why has Jesus been depicted as wearing long hair?


13. Why should a Nazarite not come near a dead body?


14. Is it different, if the body is his father, or mother?


15. All the days of his separation he is _______ unto the LORD.


16. What happens, if someone dies suddenly by him?


17. What does "seven" mean?


18. What shall he bring to the priest on the 8th day?


19. The offerings in verse 11, make an ______________ for him.


20. Where does his next vow start?


21. When he has fulfilled his vow, what does he do?


22. In verse 14, how many sacrifices are covered?


23. The "meat offerings" were the makings for _________.


24. Why was this so?


25. Jesus is our unleavened Bread. He is also, our ________.


26. What does he do with his hair?


27. What does the unleavened bread in his hand show?


28. What lesson can the Christian get out of this message of the vow?


29. What is the blessing Aaron is to speak on the people?


30. By _________ ye are saved.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 7



Numbers Chapter 7

Verses 7:1 - 10:36: These 4 chapters show how the Lord spoke to Moses (7:89), and led Israel (9:22; 10:11-12), from the tabernacle. As Israel was properly oriented toward the Lord and obeyed His word, God gave them victory over their enemies (10:35).


Verses 1-89: Numbers (chapters 7-9), records events whose beginning and end are marked by the inclusion of "on the day that Moses had fully set up the tabernacle" (7:1; 9:15). Chapter 7 records the "princes of Israel" and their gifts for the altar. It serves a theological purpose in that it follows the Aaronic blessing (in 6:22-27), and associates the priesthood and the altar, since they belong together. The princes ("leaders"), are depicted as responding to the grace of God shown in the establishment of the tabernacle and priesthood. Their generous response in giving, leads to a greater blessing. God's continued presence among them as God spoke to Moses "from off the mercy seat that was upon the ark of testimony, from between the two cherubim" (verse 89). The tabernacle was no empty shrine but was the palace of the living God. This chapter emphasizes that sacrifice and ministry are essential to the life of God's people.


As the people of Israel had been generous in giving to the construction of the tabernacle (see Exodus 35:4-29), they showed the same generosity in its dedication.


Verses 1-9: This chapter points back a month to when "the tabernacle" was completed and dedicated, the first day of the second year of the Exodus (Exodus 40:2). Moses distributed "oxen" and "wagons" to the Levitical families of the Gershonites and Merarites, but none to the Kohathites (3:16-39; 4:1-33), because they were to carry the sacred objects "upon their shoulders" (4:15).


Verses 7:1 - 9:15: The events recorded here precede the ones of chapters 1-6.


Numbers 7:1 "And it came to pass on the day that Moses had fully set up the tabernacle, and had anointed it, and sanctified it, and all the instruments thereof, both the altar and all the vessels thereof, and had anointed them, and sanctified them;"


"Had fully set up the tabernacle": According to (Exodus 40:17), the tabernacles was raised up on the first day of the first month of the second year. Thus, the tabernacle was set up 11-1/2 months after the Exodus from Egypt.


Every item in the tabernacle was anointed and dedicated to the service of God. Even the anointing oil that was used was holy.


Exodus 30:25-28 "And thou shalt make it an oil of holy ointment, an ointment compound after the art of the apothecary: it shall be a holy anointing oil." "And thou shalt anoint the tabernacle of the congregation therewith, and the ark of the testimony," "And the table and all his vessels, and the candlestick and his vessels, and the altar of incense," "And the altar of burnt offering with all his vessels, and the laver and his foot."


The following is a little further expansion on this.


Exodus 40:9 "And thou shalt take the anointing oil, and anoint the tabernacle, and all that [is] therein, and shalt hallow it, and all the vessels thereof: and it shall be holy."


Numbers 7:2 "That the princes of Israel, heads of the house of their fathers, who [were] the princes of the tribes, and were over them that were numbered, offered:"


"The princes of Israel": The leaders of the 12 tribes were those named (in 1:5-15), who oversaw the numbering of the people. The order of the presentation by tribe of their offerings to the tabernacle was the same as the order of march given (in 2:3-32).


This is speaking of those who had been chosen to be the princes over each of the tribes. They were head of the tribes, at the time of the numbering. Each tribe had given what they should to God for use in the tabernacle. The following is just one example of what they brought.


Exodus 35:27 "And the rulers brought onyx stones, and stones to be set, for the ephod, and for the breastplate;"


Numbers 7:3 "And they brought their offering before the LORD, six covered wagons, and twelve oxen; a wagon for two of the princes, and for each one an ox: and they brought them before the tabernacle."


Before the tabernacle, as it is afterwards explained, where he had now taken up his habitation.


"Six covered wagons, and twelve oxen": According to the number of the twelve tribes, of which they were princes. Two oxen for each wagon, which were to carry the tabernacle, and its vessels, from place to place. And which wagons were covered, not only to hide the things to be put into them from the sight of the people. Not only because they were sacred, but to preserve them from the rain, dust, and the like. And no doubt, but as they were made of the best materials, so they were covered with rich coverings for the honor of the vessels put into them. Being the presents of princes, and in which they joined, and could not be ordinary carriages. The word is rendered "litters" (in Isa. 66:20). And by some, "coaches"; the Targum of Jonathan is, "six wagons yoked," or drawn with a yoke of oxen. And Aben Ezra says, it signifies a kind of oxen which drew wagons. But the Targum of Jonathan, Jarchi, and Ben Gersom interpret it "covered", as we do.


"A wagon for two of the princes, and for each one an ox": Two princes joined in the present of one wagon, which shows it could not be a common wagon, but rich carriage. And ornamented, as the Targum of Jonathan adds. And each prince presented an ox, so that there was a yoke of them for each wagon.


"And they brought them before the tabernacle": The Targum of Jonathan says, Moses would not receive them, and therefore they brought them before the tabernacle. And so, says Jarchi, Moses received them not at their hands, until it was declared to him by the mouth of the Lord what he should do, as follows.


These covered wagons were needed for transporting the things of the tabernacle. This is a good example of God sending exactly what was needed to do a certain job. The most important thing in giving, is to make sure we give from a free heart.


Exodus 25:2 "Speak unto the children of Israel, that they bring me an offering: of every man that giveth it willingly with his heart ye shall take my offering."


Numbers 7:4 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Out of the tabernacle, before which the wagons and oxen were brought.


In this case, Moses was not sure whether to accept this gift for the tabernacle, and he needed an answer from God. The LORD answers Moses.


Numbers 7:5 "Take [it] of them, that they may be to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation; and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, to every man according to his service."


The present of the wagons and oxen, by which it appears that this freewill offering of the princes was according to his mind and will. And what they were influenced and guided to by his Spirit, and was well pleasing in his sight, and acceptable to him.


"That they may be to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation": Be made use of, and employed in carrying the tabernacle. And the things of it, from place to place, when the Israelites journeyed.


"And thou shalt give them to the Levites": To ease them, whose business it was to bear and carry the several parts of the tabernacle, and the vessels of it.


"To every man according to his service": Whether lighter or heavier, for such difference there was in the three divisions of the Levites. And according as their work was, they had more or fewer wagons and oxen given them, as it follows (Num. 7:7).


The boards and the heavy parts of the tabernacle, that had to be carried from place to place would require covered wagons and oxen to pull the heavy load. The LORD instructs Moses to receive the offering, and give them to those who are called to carry the heavy burden of the tabernacle. The person in charge of the burdens, will receive the wagons and the oxen.


Numbers 7:6 "And Moses took the wagons and the oxen, and gave them unto the Levites."


"The wagons and the oxen": These were to be used in the transportation of the tabernacle. According to (verse 9), the sons of Kohath did not receive a cart because they were to carry the holy things of the tabernacle on their shoulders.


The Levites are a large tribe. We will see that Moses gives them to specific people of the Levites in the ministry of carrying the tabernacle and setting it up.


Numbers 7:7 "Two wagons and four oxen he gave unto the sons of Gershon, according to their service:"


The eldest son of Levi.


"According to their service": Which was to bear and take care of the curtains, coverings, hangings and rails of the tabernacle. And which, when carrying from place to place, it was proper they should be covered from being exposed to rain and dust. And being so many as they were, must be heavy, burdensome, and cumbersome. And therefore, two wagons with two yoke of oxen were given them, to ease them.


Two wagons would be plenty to carry the curtains and the furniture of the tabernacle. The tribe of Gershon was in charge of them.


Numbers 7:8 "And four wagons and eight oxen he gave unto the sons of Merari, according unto their service, under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest."


All the remaining wagons and oxen, which were double the number given to the Gershonites.


"According unto their service": Being much heavier than theirs, having all the boards, pillars, sockets, pins; cords, etc. to bear and carry. Thus, Moses was directed of God wisely to dispose of those carriages, in proportion to the services each was employed in. And in a spiritual way, as the day, duty, and service of the people of God be, he proportions grace and strength to them to answer thereunto.


"Under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest": Under whose care, inspection, and direction, were both the Gershonites and Merarites (Num. 4:28). And by whom were delivered, according to the instruction of Moses, the several wagons and oxen, to them.


It was necessary for the tribe of Merari to have four wagons, because the boards to the tabernacle were large, heavy, and bulky. This is not showing favoritism to this tribe. This is necessary for the carrying of the material of the tabernacle. Ithamar, the son of Aaron we remember, was in charge of this. He supervised their service.


Numbers 7:9 "But unto the sons of Kohath he gave none: because the service of the sanctuary belonging unto them [was that] they should bear upon their shoulders."


Being all disposed of to the sons of Gershon and Merari: the reason of which follows.


"Because the service of the sanctuary belonging unto them was that they should bear upon their shoulders": As the ark with the mercy seat, and cherubim, the showbread table, the candlestick, and the two altars. Though in later times we find the ark was sometimes not only carried by the priests, but upon a cart (Joshua 3:17).


We remember the sons of Kohath were in charge of the holy things. It would not be right for them to be handled with animals, or on a cart. They are hand-carried by the members of the tribe chosen to carry them. There would be no need for wagons, or oxen. They used poles run through sockets to carry the heavier items.


Verses 10-88: The gifts of the dedication offering from each tribe were presented in sequence on the first 12 days of the month. Each leader brought identical gifts to Yahweh, including a "silver charger" and a "silver bowl", both fill with flour and oil as a "meat offering"; a gold spoon filled with "incense"; three animals as a "burnt offering"; a young goat as a "sin offering; and an impressive number of animals as "peace offerings". The fact that each of the identical offerings is listed separately suggest:


(1) A congregational pattern of worship;


(2) The significance of the gifts from each tribe;


(3) The delight of each tribe as its gifts were honored.


Numbers 7:10 "And the princes offered for dedicating of the altar in the day that it was anointed, even the princes offered their offering before the altar."


The altar was dedicated by pouring anointing oil over it. The blood of the sacrifice was sprinkled on it as well. The offerings from the princes were brought to be offered. Whether they were actually offered on this particular day, or on another day, we have no way of knowing.


Numbers 7:11 "And the LORD said unto Moses, They shall offer their offering, each prince on his day, for the dedicating of the altar."


For before this was said to him, even what follows, Moses knew not, as the same writer observes. How they should offer, in what order, whether according to their birth. Or whether according to the journeying of their camps, or whether they should offer together. Or one after another, one day after another; this affair is set in a clear light.


"They shall offer their offering each prince on his day": One on one day, and the other on the next, and so on successively for twelve days running. And this was ordered for the greater solemnity of the service, and that it might be taken notice of. And each have the honor and credit of it. And this was done, not according to the order of their birth, but as their standards were fixed. First Judah, and those under him, and so the rest in course.


"For the dedicating of the altar (see Num. 7:10).


This would cause you to believe the offerings of the princes occurred on several days. They brought it to be offered earlier, but rather than rush the whole thing through, they took a special time for each to make his offering.


Numbers 7:12 "And he that offered his offering the first day was Nahshon the son of Amminadab, of the tribe of Judah:"


"The first day": I.e., the first day of the first month. The gifts of the leaders to the tabernacle were given over 12 successive days.


Now, we see the prince who represented the tribe of Judah, Nahshon, offered his offering on the first day.


Numbers 7:13 "And his offering [was] one silver charger, the weight thereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them [were] full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


Or dish, like one of those used in the showbread table to hold the bread in. Only they were of gold, this was of silver, and belonged to the altar of burnt offering. The use of which might be to hold the meat offering in. As it may seem from the latter part of the verse, or the wave breast or heave shoulder, which belonged to the priest.


"The weight thereof was a hundred and thirty shekels": Which were sixty one ounces, four drachms, one scruple, and seventeen grains.


"One silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary": The standard that was kept in the sanctuary. This was a lesser vessel, and was either for holding the drink offering, or receiving the blood of the sacrifices. Its weight was thirty three ounces, five drachms, and three grains.


"Both of them were full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering": Which always attended other sacrifices after mentioned. Part of which was burnt on the altar of burnt offering, and the rest were the perquisites of the priests.


This offering is of great value. You remember, that 5 shekels of silver was the redemption price of the firstborn. The silver charger weighed 5 pounds' troy weight. The silver bowl weighed just under 3 pounds. We have touched before on the fact, that the meat offering is made up of the makings of bread. Jesus is the Bread of life. He is also the Meat offering. All of the offerings symbolize Jesus in some way. "Silver" has to do with redemption.


Numbers 7:14 "One spoon of ten [shekels] of gold, full of incense:"


Its weight was according to the shekels, its matter of gold. It weighed four ounces, one drachm, and nine grains.


"Full of incense": This looks as if this spoon was designed for the golden altar of incense, which might be at this time also dedicated. But Jarchi understands it as for the altar of burnt offering, and observes, we never find incense belonging to a private person. Nor to the outward altar (the altar of burnt offering), but this only, and which was temporary.


"Gold" symbolizes the purity of God. The spoon would weigh 50 dwt. of gold. The incense is to be burned, and rise to heaven. This symbolizes the prayers of the saints that rise to heaven.


Exodus 30:7-8 "And Aaron shall burn thereon sweet incense every morning: when he dresseth the lamps, he shall burn incense upon it." "And when Aaron lighteth the lamps at even, he shall burn incense upon it, a perpetual incense before the LORD throughout your generations."


Numbers 7:15 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


Of three years old, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem.


"One ram": Of two years old, as the same Targums.


"One lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering (of which see Lev. 1:3).


These burnt offerings were a shadow of better things to come. Jesus was a male with no blemish. The difference being, that the blood of animals cannot do away with sin, it can just cover the sin. The blood of Jesus, the perfect Lamb sacrifice, abolished sin for all who would believe. Jesus was God the Son.


Numbers 7:16 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


Though these offerings of the princes were by way of thanksgiving. And to express their joy and gladness at the erection of the tabernacle, its altars, and the service thereof. Yet as this might not be without sin, which attends the best and purest performances of men, a sin offering was required. Teaching us to look to Christ, who was made an offering for sin, for the taking away the sins of our holy things.


The burnt offering and the peace offering consisted of more than one animal to be sacrificed. The sin offering consisted of just one animal.


Numbers 7:17 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Nahshon the son of Amminadab."


So that here were all sorts of offerings on this occasion. Meat and drink offerings, burnt offerings, sin offerings, and peace offerings. And for the latter were brought:


"Two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year": The reason why so many were brought and used for this sort of sacrifice was, because with these a feast was made, of which not only the priests partook, but the princes. And as many of their friends and acquaintance as they thought fit to invite.


"He that offered his offering the first day was Nahshon": Of the tribe of Judah. Judah having had the precedence assigned to it. The prince or head of that tribe was the first admitted to offer as its representative. And his offering, as well as that of the others, is thought, from its costliness, to have been furnished not from his own private means, but from the general contributions of each tribe. Some parts of the offering, as the animals for sacrifice, were for the ritual service of the day. The peace offerings being by much the most numerous, as the princes and some of the people joined with the priests afterwards in celebrating the occasion with festive rejoicing.


The number two speaks of agreement. The number five speaks of the grace of God. Nahshon offered for his whole tribe.


Numbers 7:18 "On the second day Nethaneel the son of Zuar, prince of Issachar, did offer:"


See (Num. 1:8).


Nethaneel represented the tribe of Issachar.


Numbers 7:19 "He offered [for] his offering one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:13).


This is the same offering Nahshon made for the tribe of Judah.


Numbers 7:20 "One spoon of gold of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See (note on Num. 7:14).


This is the same offering also.


Numbers 7:21 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:22 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:23 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Nethaneel the son of Zuar."


See (note on Num. 7:17).


These offerings were on the second day. They were all made for the entire tribe. Nethaneel represented the tribe of Issachar.


Numbers 7:24 "On the third day Eliab the son of Helon, prince of the children of Zebulun, [did offer]:"


See (Num. 1:9).


Each of the tribes had their special day. Eliab represented the tribe of Zebulon.


Numbers 7:25 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:26 " One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See (note on Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:27 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:28 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See (note on Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:29 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Eliab the son of Helon."


See (note on Num. 7:17).


Again, this is the very same offering that the other two had made. Each prince offers for his tribe he represented.


Numbers Chapter 7 Questions


1. What did Moses anoint?


2. What happened to everything that was anointed?


3. Who offered in the tabernacle?


4. How many covered wagons did they bring?


5. How many oxen did they bring?


6. Was this an acceptable offering?


7. What would the covered wagons be used for?


8. Who would use the wagons?


9. Two wagons and four oxen go to whom?


10. What were they responsible for transporting of the tabernacle?


11. Why did Merari get twice as many of each?


12. What was the reason Kohath did not get any?


13. How was the altar dedicated?


14. Who offered first?


15. What tribe did he represent?


16. How much did the silver charger weigh?


17. How much did the silver bowl weigh?


18. What was brought for a meat offering?


19. What does the meat offering symbolize?


20. How much gold was brought?


21. What did they do with the incense?


22. What was brought for a burnt offering?


23. What is the difference in the blood of these animals sacrificed, and the blood of Jesus shed?


24. What was brought for a sin offering?


25. What was brought for a peace offering?


26. Who was Nahshon's father?


27. Who offered on the second day?


28. What did he offer?


29. Who offered the third day?




Numbers Chapter 7 Continued

Numbers 7:30 "On the fourth day Elizur the son of Shedeur, prince of the children of Reuben, [did offer]:"


See (Num. 1:5).


We remember, that Reuben was the oldest of the twelve sons of Jacob, and his mother was Leah. His tribe is led by Elizur. They brought their offering to the tabernacle.


Numbers 7:31 "His offering [was] one silver charger of the weight of a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13)


Numbers 7:32 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:33 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:34 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:35 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Elizur the son of Shedeur."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


Since all of the offerings are the same from each tribe, we will not go into their meanings again here. I will remind you, that each of the sacrifices and offerings shadow the great sacrifice of Jesus. Each offering and each sacrifice symbolize the Lord in some special way.


Numbers 7:36 "On the fifth day Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai, prince of the children of Simeon, [did offer]:"


See (Num. 1:6).


We see again, that each of the tribes have chosen a prince to represent them. To represent the tribe of Simeon, is Shelumiel, the son of Zurishaddai. The name "Zurishaddai" means rock of the Almighty.


Numbers 7:37 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:38 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:39 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:40 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:41 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


"Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai": See (Num. 1:6).


Numbers 7:42 "On the sixth day Eliasaph the son of Deuel, prince of the children of Gad, [offered]:"


See (Num. 1:14).


This is the tribe of Gad led by Eliasaph, the prince. He brings the same offering as each of the rest of them. Take note, that it did not seem to matter the size of the tribe, they all gave the same.


Numbers 7:43 "His offering [was] one silver charger of the weight of a hundred and thirty [shekels], a silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:44 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:45 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:46 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:47 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Eliasaph the son of Deuel."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


The name "Deuel" means known of God. "Eliasaph" means God is gatherer. We must remember as we go through this lesson, that all of these families began with the family of Jacob. They are all descendants from the 12 tribes of Israel. God loved them, and made them His people.


Numbers 7:48 "On the seventh day Elishama the son of Ammihud, prince of the children of Ephraim, [offered]:"


See (Num. 1:10).


We must notice that this is 7 days of offerings. One of these days, whether this one or another, fell on the Sabbath. It appears, they offered on the Sabbath, as well as on the other days. We also must notice, that this tribe of Ephraim is actually descended from Joseph. Ephraim and his brother both, got separate tribes when Levi was removed from the 12 for service to the Lord. Elishama was the leader of the tribe of Ephraim.


Numbers 7:49 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:50 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:51 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:52 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:53 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Elishama the son of Ammihud."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


This again, is the same offering as the other tribes. "Ammihud" means people of splendor.


Numbers 7:54 "On the eighth day [offered] Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur, prince of the children of Manasseh:"


See (Num. 1:10).


Ephraim and Manasseh were brothers. Their father was Joseph. We explained above, how they got two tribes, instead of one. "Gamaliel" means reward of God. "Pedahzur" means a rock has ransomed.


Numbers 7:55 "His offering [was] one silver charger of the weight of a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:56 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:57 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:58 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:59 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


"Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur (see Num. 1:10).


Perhaps these offerings are mentioned over and over, so we will remember the different offerings.


Numbers 7:60 "On the ninth day Abidan the son of Gideoni, prince of the children of Benjamin, [offered]:"


See (Num. 1:11).


Benjamin was the youngest of the twelve, and was the brother of Joseph. Their mother was Rachel, the beloved of Jacob. The tribe of Benjamin is led by prince Abidan.


Numbers 7:61 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:62 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:63 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:64 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:65 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Abidan the son of Gideoni."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


Abidan the son of Gideoni (see Num. 1:11).


The name "Gideoni" means warlike. "Abidan" means father of judgement.


Numbers 7:66 "On the tenth day Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai, prince of the children of Dan, [offered]:"


See (Num. 1:12).


Dan's tribe was still very prominent here. He is not mentioned in Revelation, as part of the twelve tribes. His great sins had removed him from the list. Ahiezer was the leader of their tribe here.


Numbers 7:67 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:68 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:69 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:70 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:71 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


"Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai": See (Num. 1:12).


The only thing that is changing on all of these offerings are the people who offer. "Ammishaddai" means people of the Almighty.


Numbers 7:72-73 "On the eleventh day Pagiel the son of Ocran, prince of the children of Asher, [offered]:" "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:74 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:75 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:76 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:77 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Pagiel the son of Ocran."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


"Pagiel the son of Ocran": See (Num. 1:13).


"Pagiel" means accident of God. "Ocran" means muddler.


Numbers 7:78 "On the twelfth day Ahira the son of Enan, prince of the children of Naphtali, [offered]:"


See (Num. 1:15).


Ahira was the prince of the tribe of Naphtali.


Numbers 7:79 "His offering [was] one silver charger, the weight whereof [was] a hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meat offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


Numbers 7:80 "One golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense:"


See notes on (Num. 7:14).


Numbers 7:81 "One young bullock, one ram, one lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:15).


Numbers 7:82 "One kid of the goats for a sin offering:"


See notes on (Num. 7:16).


Numbers 7:83 "And for a sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he goats, five lambs of the first year: this [was] the offering of Ahira the son of Enan."


See notes on (Num. 7:17).


Ahira the son of Enan (see Num. 1:15).


"Enan" means having eyes. "Ahira" means brother of wrong.


Verses 84-88: This summary of all the gifts during the 12 days marks the significance and solemnity of this signature week in the life of Israel.


Numbers 7:84 "This [was] the dedication of the altar, in the day when it was anointed, by the princes of Israel: twelve chargers of silver, twelve silver bowls, twelve spoons of gold:"


These the presents they made, and the offerings they offered when the altar first began to be made use of. After it had been anointed and sanctified for sacred service.


"In the day when it was anointed": This shows that it was not the precise and exact day of the setting up of the tabernacle, and the anointing of the altar, that the above presents and offerings were brought. Since they were twelve successive days in bringing. But that the sense is, that about that time, or quickly after it was anointed, the princes dedicated it in the manner before described.


"Twelve chargers of silver, twelve silver bowls, twelve spoons of gold": According to the number of the princes, and the tribes they were princes of. A noble instance both of devotion and piety, and of liberality and generosity. And is a standing example on record to all princes and great personages in all successive ages, to promote religion and godliness, by their own personal conduct and behavior. And to encourage and support it by their generous benefactions and donations. The sum total of what they contributed is in this and the following verses given.


There were twelve tribes, and each of them brought a charger of silver. Each brought a bowl of silver. Each brought a spoon of gold. The gifts of the prince were for their whole tribe.


Numbers 7:85 "Each charger of silver [weighing] a hundred and thirty [shekels], each bowl seventy: all the silver vessels [weighed] two thousand and four hundred [shekels], after the shekel of the sanctuary:"


See notes on (Num. 7:13).


"All the silver vessels weighed two thousand and four hundred shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary (which amounted to 1,139 ounces and four drachms).


The 130 shekels of silver for each charger, and the 70 shekels of silver for each bowl means each tribe brought 200 shekels of silver.


Numbers 7:86 "The golden spoons [were] twelve, full of incense, [weighing] ten [shekels] apiece, after the shekel of the sanctuary: all the gold of the spoons [was] a hundred and twenty [shekels]."


Which points at the use those spoons or cups were of, namely, to carry incense in them, such as were used on the day of atonement.


"Weighing ten shekels apiece, after the shekel of the sanctuary (see notes on Num. 7:14).


"All the gold of the spoons was twenty shekels; which amounted to forty nine ounces, five drachms, scruples, and eight gains.


This is the same as the verse above. Each tribe gave exactly the same amount. To get the total, you just multiply by twelve. Then there were 120 shekels of gold, that was given by all twelve tribes.


Numbers 7:87 "All the oxen for the burnt offering [were] twelve bullocks, the rams twelve, the lambs of the first year twelve, with their meat offering: and the kids of the goats for sin offering twelve."


According to the number of the princes and their tribes, and so:


"The rams twelve, the lambs of the first year twelve": Which were also for the burnt offering.


"With their meat offering": Which always went along with the burnt offering.


"And the kids of the goats, for a sin offering, twelve": Thus, the twelve princes, and by them the twelve tribes, expressed their faith in Christ. The antitype of those sacrifices, and their hope of his coming into the world to be a sacrifice for sin, and of their atonement, reconciliation, peace, pardon, and salvation by him (see Acts 26:6).


This speaks of the total number given by all 12 tribes.


Numbers 7:88 "And all the oxen for the sacrifice of the peace offerings [were] twenty and four bullocks, the rams sixty, the he goats sixty, the lambs of the first year sixty. This [was] the dedication of the altar, after that it was anointed."


Each prince bringing two:


"The rams sixty, the he goats sixty, the lambs of the first year sixty": Five of each being brought by every prince. So that the whole number of beasts for peace offerings only, which were to feast with, were two hundred and four.


"This was the dedication of the altar after that it was anointed": This clearly shows, that it was not the precise day the altar was anointed the dedication was made. But some little time after, even, that the first prince brought his presents and offerings for the dedication of it.


Again, this is the total given by all 12 tribes. All of this together, was nothing like the amount Solomon used in the temple in Jerusalem. The difference is that these people had come out of captivity in a foreign land. Solomon and David his father, were extremely wealthy. They had much more to give.


Numbers 7:89 "And when Moses was gone into the tabernacle of the congregation to speak with him, then he heard the voice of one speaking unto him from off the mercy seat that [was] upon the ark of testimony, from between the two cherubims: and he spake unto him."


"He spake unto him": With the completion of the tabernacle, the Lord communicated His Word to Moses from the mercy seat in the Holy of Holies (see Lev.1:1; Num. 1:1).


"From off the mercy seat that was upon the ark of the testimony, from between the two cherubim": Upon the ark in which the law was, called the testimony, was the mercy seat. Over that were placed two cherubim shadowing it, and between these was the seat of the divine Majesty, which he had now taken. And from hence the voice of him speaking, was heard; which, as it follows upon the presents and offerings of the princes, may be interpreted. Of the divine approbation and acceptance of them, since it was promised by the Lord to Moses. That upon their building a tabernacle for him he would dwell in it. And upon the making a mercy seat with the cherubim over the ark, he would there meet with Moses, and commune with him. All which being done to his mind he fulfils his promise. Though it seems that at this time Moses did not go into the most holy place, only into the tabernacle of the congregation, the outward sanctuary, the court of the tabernacle. And there he heard the voice, as Jarchi observes, coming out of the most Holy Place, and from the mercy seat there. Which was so loud, clear, and distinct, as to be well heard and understood by him. He supposes the voice went out from heaven to between the two cherubim, and from thence to the tabernacle of the congregation.


"And he spake unto him": What he spoke is not said, unless it is what follows in the next chapter.


The presence of God in the tabernacle, was in the Holy of Holies. He stayed above the mercy seat, between the two cherubims. God had promised the people of Israel, if they would obey him, He would be their God. His presence in the tabernacle shows His approval of their offerings. Moses does not see the face of God. He sees smoke, or a cloud. The voice comes out of that cloud.


Numbers Chapter 7 Continued Questions


1. Who was the oldest of Jacob's sons?


2. Who was his mother?


3. What does the author remind us about the offerings?


4. The name "Zurishaddai" means what?


5. Who led the tribe of Gad?


6. What does the name "Deuel" mean?


7. Where did all of these tribes begin?


8. Did the offerings stop for Sabbath?


9. Ephraim, actually, is from what tribe?


10. When did Ephraim and Manasseh get two tribes?


11. Who was the leader of the tribe of Ephraim?


12. What does "Ammihud" mean?


13. Ephraim and Manasseh were _____________.


14. Who was their father?


15. What does "Gamaliel" mean?


16. What does "Pedahzur" mean?


17. Why are these offerings mentioned over and over?


18. Benjamin was the ____________ of the twelve, and was the ___________ of Joseph.


19. What does the name "Gideoni" mean?


20. Where is the tribe of Dan obviously omitted?


21. What does "Ammishaddai" mean?


22. "Pagiel" means _____________ of God.


23. What was the total weight of the silver, that all 12 tribes brought?


24. Where was the presence of God, in the tabernacle?


25. What did God's presence, in the tabernacle, tell the people?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 8



Numbers Chapter 8

Verses 1-4: The "candlestick" was a seven-branched flowering lampstand, which symbolized the life-giving power of God. In shape, it is closely related to Late Bronze Age designs (sixteenth to thirteenth centuries B.C.). Aaron was to position the seven oil lamps placed at the end of each branch of the lampstand so that they "give light over" [they are to light the area in front of the lampstand] "against the candlestick". When one understands the design of the Holy Place, this becomes significant. The light would shine over the table of showbread, where the 12 loaves of bread, symbolizing the 12 tribes of Israel, were located (Lev. 24:5-9). Light and fire represent the continuous life-giving presence and blessing on God's people.


Moses had given the artisans of Israel detailed instructions on how to build the "candlestick" (Hebrew, menorah; Exodus 25:31-40), and they had fully complied (Exodus 37:17-24). This section contains instructions concerning the placement of the "seven lamps" of the candlestick. To situate each oil lamp so that its light was "over against of the candlestick", that would maximize visibility in the otherwise dark room, allowing the press to see both the incense altar and the table of showbread (Exodus 25:37; Lev. 24:2-4).


Exodus (25:32-40), recorded the instructions for the making of the golden lampstand and (Exodus 37:17-24), reported its completion. Here, as a part of the dedication of the tabernacle, the 7 lamps of the lampstand were lit.


Numbers 8:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Whether immediately after the offerings of the princes, or at another time, is not certain. Aben Ezra thinks it was in the night God spake unto him, because then the lamps were lighted and burning.


We remember from the last lesson, that the LORD spoke to Moses from above the mercy seat.


Numbers 8:2 "Speak unto Aaron, and say unto him, When thou lightest the lamps, the seven lamps shall give light over against the candlestick."


It being his work to light the lamps, though, as Ben Gersom observes. It was not incumbent on a high priest alone to do this, for it also belonged to the sons of Aaron, who were common priests (Exodus 27:21). Though it is probable that as this was the first time of lighting them, it might be done by Aaron himself, his sons attending and assisting him. In which he was an eminent type of Christ, the great High Priest. Who lights the lamps in all his golden candlesticks, the churches (Rev. 1:20). And from whom they have all their light and all the supplies of it.


When thou lightest the lamps": Which was done at evening (Exodus 30:8). Pointing at the great light set up by Christ, the light of the world, in the evening of it, in the last days.


"The seven lamps shall give light over against the candlestick": The Targum of Jonathan is, "at the same time of thy lighting the lamps over against the candlestick. There shall be seven lamps giving light. Three on the west side and three on the east side, and the seventh in the middle. The true meaning of the phrase is, that the seven lamps gave light, as they were to do, to that part of the holy place that was opposite to the candlestick. The north part of it, where stood the showbread table, the candlestick being in the south (Exodus 40:22). That the table of the Lord might have light, as it was proper it should. And the priests might see to set on and take off the bread, which otherwise they could not, there being no window in the place (see notes on Exodus 25:37).


The lighting of the lamps and keeping them lit, was the function of the high priest and the priests. "Seven" means spiritually complete. Jesus is the Light of the world. The light in the tabernacle symbolized His Light. The candlestick, many times, symbolizes the church. This would mean that the Light of Jesus should shine out to the entire church. It reminds me of the candlestick being in each of the seven churches in Revelation. The "candlestick" also, symbolizes Jesus. The Light of the gospel of Jesus Christ is what causes us to walk with Him. When Jesus comes and dwells within us, His light opens our understanding. We were spiritually blind, but now we see. The light in the tabernacle shone on the bread. The Bread also, symbolizes Jesus. He is the Bread, or Word of God. This Light then, is not only giving physical light in the tabernacle, but is giving forth that spiritual Light which gives life.


Numbers 8:3 "And Aaron did so; he lighted the lamps thereof over against the candlestick, as the LORD commanded Moses."


As God had taken up his residence in the most holy place, as appears by the voice speaking from off the mercy seat (Numbers 7:89). And sacrifices were begun to be offered in the outward court on the altar of burnt offering. As was the placing of the showbread on the showbread table, and burning incense on the golden altar of incense. Which could not well be done until the lamps were lighted, and therefore orders were given for the lighting them, which was accordingly done by Aaron.


"As the Lord commanded Moses" (Exodus 25:37).


Aaron, acting as high priest, lights the lamps. Jesus is the High Priest, who is the Light. The light gets very dim in our churches today. Sometimes it appears it will go completely out. Jesus will Light up the church again, if we will let Him come in.


Numbers 8:4 "And this work of the candlestick [was of] beaten gold, unto the shaft thereof, unto the flowers thereof, [was] beaten work: according unto the pattern which the LORD had showed Moses, so he made the candlestick."


As it is also said to be (see notes on Exodus 25:31; and 25:36).


"Unto the shaft thereof, unto the flowers thereof, was beaten work". Of which (see Exodus 25:31).


"According unto the pattern which the Lord had showed Moses": When on Mount Sinai with him.


"So he made the candlestick": That is, ordered it to be made, and took care that it was made exactly to the pattern he had of it. Otherwise Bezaleel was the artificer; and so the Targum of Jonathan here expresses him by name.


The "gold" symbolized God. Jesus (the Light), is God the Son, or God the Word.


Exodus 25:31-32 "And thou shalt make a candlestick [of] pure gold: [of] beaten work shall the candlestick be made: his shaft, and his branches, his bowls, his knops, and his flowers, shall be of the same." "And six branches shall come out of the sides of it; three branches of the candlestick out of the one side, and three branches of the candlestick out of the other side:"


We could go on with this description, but you can read it in the rest of (Exodus chapter 25). The idea is that there was a candlestick with 6 extra flutes, three on each side. All together there were 7 places of burning.


Verses 5-26: This ceremony set apart the Levites to the service of the Lord. Their dedication was a feature of the overall description of the dedication of the tabernacle.


Verses 5-22: Here the "Levites" were dedicated "as a gift to Aaron and to his sons". They would assist the priests in "their service in the tabernacle". The dedication process included having water sprinkled on them, shaving their entire bodies, and washing their clothes, all symbols of cleansing. They were presented in a manner similar to an "offering".


The dedication of the Levites was to take the place of the firstborn (verses 16-17; Exodus 13:2). The sin offering and the burnt offering "make an atonement for the Levites", whereas they in turn "make an atonement for the children of Israel". The Levites were "to do the service of the tabernacle and the congregation" (verse 15), and are said to be wholly given unto me from among the children of Israel" (verses 16, 18), that is, to the Lord. Israel would be protected from the "plague" through the ministry of the Levites. Mass death often was the result when men provoked God's anger (Exodus 12:13; 30:12; Num. 16:46, 48; Joshua 22:17; compare Num. 25:9). Because men who are defiled by sin dare not approach the holy God lest judgment break forth (Exodus 19:10-24).


Numbers 8:5 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


This is a break from the message of the candlestick.


Numbers 8:6 "Take the Levites from among the children of Israel, and cleanse them."


"Cleanse": In contrast to the priests who were consecrated (Exodus 29:1, 9), the Levites were cleansed. According to (verse 7), this cleansing was accomplished by first, the sprinkling of water; second, the shaving of the body; and third, the washing of the clothes. This cleansing of the Levites made them pure so they might come into contact with the holy objects of the tabernacle. Similar requirements were given for the cleansing of the leper in (Lev. 14:8-9).


The entire Levitical tribe was not to be the ministers in the sanctuary, and they were not dedicated in the same manner as Aaron and Aaron's sons. In a sense, these Levites are like the congregation. They are cleansed, like water baptism. They may not be called to minister in the church, but they serve God. God is constantly showing in types and shadows, the Christians and their relationship to God. The Levites shadow the congregation. They are separated out from the world. They are baptized in water and cleansed. They are set aside for God's purpose. Only one of the three tribes of Levi actually become priests in the tabernacle.


Numbers 8:7 "And thus shalt thou do unto them, to cleanse them: Sprinkle water of purifying upon them, and let them shave all their flesh, and let them wash their clothes, and [so] make themselves clean."


Literally, "sin water:" i.e., water to cleanse from sin. No doubt taken from the laver of the sanctuary, which was used by the priests for purification before they went into the tabernacle to minister (compare Num. 5:17; Exodus 30:18).


"Sprinkle water of purifying upon them": The "sprinkling" of so large a body of men could have been only general, but tokens of individual purification are specified (compare also Lev. 14:8).


"And Let them shave all their flesh": Literally, cause the razor to pass over all their flesh. A different word is used in (Lev. 14:8-9), to denote the more complete removal of the hair which was enjoined at the cleansing of the leper.


And let them wash their clothes, and so make themselves clean": The bodies of the priests were washed at their consecration (Lev. 14:8-9). And those of the lepers at their cleansing (Lev. 8:6). But the Levites, who were not brought into such immediate contact with the holy things as the priests, were only required to wash their clothes. Which was an ordinary preparation for Divine worship (Exodus 19:10; compare Gen. 35:2).


This sprinkling is very much like many protestant churches do. They sprinkle the water on their heads to purify them. The shaving and washing of their clothes are an outward cleansing. The key to this is "make themselves clean". This outward cleansing could be symbolic of doing away with the filth of the world.


Hebrews 9:10 "[Which stood] only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed [on them] until the time of reformation."


Hebrews 10:22 "Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water."


Numbers 8:8 "Then let them take a young bullock with his meat offering, [even] fine flour mingled with oil, and another young bullock shalt thou take for a sin offering."


Of two years old, as the Jewish writers gather from the other in the next clause, being called the second. Though the wise men say one of three years old is fit for such a sacrifice. Nay, others say, if four or five years old. But the decision is according to the wise men.


"With his meat offering, even fine flour mingled with oil": Which always went along with a burnt offering, and consisted of three tenth deals of fine flour, and half an hin of oil (Num. 28:12).


"And another young bullock shalt thou take for a sin offering": Which was the offering for the sin of the whole congregation of Israel, through ignorance. And this being for all the Levites, and they being instead of the firstborn of Israel, such an offering was required. And though there was no particular sin charged upon them, but it became necessary for their perfect cleansing and expiation.


We know the animal above, was to be the substitute for their sins. They put their hands on the head of the sacrificial animal, and transferred their sins to it. Jesus is our Substitute.


Romans 8:3 "For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh:"


2 Corinthians 5:21 "For he hath made him [to be] sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him."


Numbers 8:9 "And thou shalt bring the Levites before the tabernacle of the congregation: and thou shalt gather the whole assembly of the children of Israel together:"


"The whole assembly of the children": Since the Levites took the place of the firstborn, who had acted as family priests among the people of Israel (see verses 16-18), all of the congregation of Israel showed their identification with the Levites by the laying on of their hands.


This is to be a public declaration of their faith. The entire 12 tribes of Israel will witness the separation of the Levites for God's service.


Numbers 8:10 "And thou shalt bring the Levites before the LORD: and the children of Israel shall put their hands upon the Levites:"


From the door of the tabernacle, to the altar of burnt offering, where the Lord was in some sense present to accept the sacrifices offered to him.


"And the children of Israel shall put their hands upon the Levites": As were used to be put upon sacrifices, for the Levites were themselves offered for an offering of the children of Israel, as is expressed in (Num. 8:11). By which rite they signified that they voluntarily parted with them, and gave them up to the Lord, and transferred their service to them, in which they were to serve in their stead. These, according to some Jewish writers, were the firstborn of Israel that laid their hands on the Levites. A type of the general assembly and church of the firstborn. Or rather the princes and heads of the tribes, who represented the whole body. Some think by this rite is signified the consent of the people in the designation and appointment of the ministers of the word to their work and office. But what in the New Testament seems to answer to this is, the laying of the hands of the presbytery on ministers of the word (1 Tim. 4:14).


In this laying on of their hands, they have lain their responsibility to serve God on the Levites. The firstborn belonged to God to serve Him. The families bought them back with 5 shekels of silver. Now this is showing their responsibility to serve is transferred to the Levites.


Numbers 8:11 "And Aaron shall offer the Levites before the LORD [for] an offering of the children of Israel, that they may execute the service of the LORD."


Or "wave" them, as a wave offering, which was moved to and fro, backwards and forwards. Not that they were actually so waved and moved to and fro by Aaron (which could not be done by him). Though it is possible he might make such a motion himself, and they might do the like after him, thereby signifying that they belonged unto the Lord of the whole earth. And some think this testified their readiness to serve the Lord. To which may be added their constant employment in his service, being always in motion. Doing one piece of service or another continually. As the people of God, and especially the ministers of the word, should be always abounding in the work of the Lord. Ainsworth supposes that the troubles and afflictions of the ministers of God are figured hereby.


"For an offering of the children of Israel": To the Lord, hereby devoting them to his service.


"That they may execute the service of the Lord": For them, in their room and stead, do what otherwise they must have done (see Num. 3:7). With this compare (Isa. 66:20).


They are the substitutes for the firstborn. The Levites belong to God, in place of the firstborn belonging to Him. They are dedicated to do service to God.


Numbers 8:12 "And the Levites shall lay their hands upon the heads of the bullocks: and thou shalt offer the one [for] a sin offering, and the other [for] a burnt offering, unto the LORD, to make an atonement for the Levites."


Or "on the head"; on the head of every one of them, as Aben Ezra. Thereby, as it were, transferring their sins to them. For these were to make atonement for them, as the latter part of the verse shows. And this was a figure of the imputation of sin to Christ, and taught that doctrine, and led the faith of the offeror to the sin bearing and sin atoning Savior.


"And thou shall offer the one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering, unto the Lord": That is, shall order to be offered. For not Moses, but Aaron, offered these offerings, as Aben Ezra observes. Of which this is a proof, that Aaron is said to make the atonement for them (Num. 8:21). For which purpose these sacrifices were offered, particularly the first. And the latter by way of thanksgiving for atonement made by the former: so it follows.


"To make an atonement for the Levites": Who could not be admitted to service until their sins were expiated. As no man is worthy to be employed in the work of God, but such for whom reconciliation for their sins is made by the blood and sacrifice of Christ. By which they are purged from dead works to serve the living God.


The Levites transferred their sins on to the head of the animals. Their sins will be burned up with the bullocks.


Numbers 8:13 "And thou shalt set the Levites before Aaron, and before his sons, and offer them [for] an offering unto the LORD."


After atonement was made for them, as Aben Ezra observes. Then they were presented to Aaron and his sons, to whom they were given to their ministers, and assistants to them.


"And offer them for an offering unto the Lord": Or, and "waved them", etc., as before. That is, order them to be waved. Not by Moses, but Aaron did this, and indeed was done already. And therefore should rather be rendered, as by Bishop Patrick, after thou hast offered, or waved them.


The Levites are God's. They are His in every way. They will now serve in whatever capacity God sees fit.


Numbers 8:14 "Thus shalt thou separate the Levites from among the children of Israel: and the Levites shall be mine."


By sprinkling the water of purification upon them. By offering sacrifices for them. By presenting them before the Lord, with the hands of the people of Israel put upon them. By offering and waving them before the Lord, and by setting them before Aaron and his sons, as their ministers.


"And the Levites shall be mine": In a special and peculiar manner devoted to his service, and by him given to his priests for that purpose. So the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan,"and the Levites shall minister before me."


This is in a different sense than the Israelites in entirety. The other Israelites, except for the Levites, have a private life. The Levites do not. They are the property of God.


Numbers 3:45 "Take the Levites instead of all the firstborn among the children of Israel, and the cattle of the Levites instead of their cattle; and the Levites shall be mine: I [am] the LORD."


Numbers 8:15 "And after that shall the Levites go in to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation: and thou shalt cleanse them, and offer them [for] an offering."


Not into the sanctuary, where only the priests entered, much less into the most holy place, where only the high priest went, and that but once a year. In neither of which places the Levites had anything to do, but into the court of the tabernacle.


"To do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation": To watch there, and to assist the priests at the altar of burnt offering. To take down the tabernacle and bear the vessels of it, and set it up, as occasion required.


"And thou shalt cleanse them, and offer them for an offering": Cleanse them by sprinkling the water of purifying on them, and offer them by waving them as before. And indeed this is no new thing which is here observed, but what was already done. And therefore should be rendered, "when thou shalt have cleansed them", or "after thou hast cleansed them" etc.


Some of the Levites carry the curtains of the temple, when they move. Others carry the boards, when they move. Some such as Aaron and his sons, work in the ministry of the tabernacle, and handle the holy things. They are an offering unto God.


Numbers 8:16 "For they [are] wholly given unto me from among the children of Israel; instead of such as open every womb, [even instead of] the firstborn of all the children of Israel, have I taken them unto me."


All of them, entirely, and most certainly. Or because of their being twice given, first to the Lord by the children of Israel, and then by the Lord to Aaron and his sons, as Chaskuni. Though Jarchi interprets it of the different parts of their service they were devoted to. Given for bearing and carrying the vessels of the sanctuary, and given for the song, or to be singers in the temple.


"Instead of such as open, every womb, even instead of the firstborn of all the children of Israel have I taken them unto me" (see notes on Num. 3:12 and 3:13).


This is a repeat of an earlier statement. I believe anyone contemplating going into the ministry should take careful note of this. This is saying, that once you are dedicated to the service of God, you no longer have a private life. You belong to God 24 hours a day and 365 days a year. You no longer make decisions about your life. You are under the total control of the Lord. You follow His instructions in all avenues of your life. He is your Lord.


Numbers 8:17 "For all the firstborn of the children of Israel [are] mine, [both] man and beast: on the day that I smote every firstborn in the land of Egypt I sanctified them for myself."


Not only in common with other of his creatures, but in a special respect on account of his signal deliverance of them. They were his, as Jarchi expresses it, by the line of judgment, or rule of justice and equity. Because he protected them among the firstborn of the Egyptians, saved them when he slew theirs, as follows.


"In the day that I smote every firstborn in the land of Egypt": Both of men and beasts.


"I sanctified them for myself": Claimed them as his own, and set them apart for his own use. Or ordered them to be set apart (see Exodus 13:2).


The last of the ten plagues that came on Egypt, was the death of the firstborn. The Hebrew firstborn were spared, because there was blood applied over the doors of their homes. They were in effect, bought with that blood. Their lives were spared by the blood of the lamb over the door. Those spared belonged to God from that moment on. "Sanctified" means set aside for God's purpose. All Christians are bought with the blood of the Lamb (Jesus Christ). We are not our own, we belong to God.


Numbers 8:18 "And I have taken the Levites for all the firstborn of the children of Israel."


Gave up his right in the firstborn, and instead of them took the Levites for his use and service (see Num. 3:12).


Now we see again, the substitution of the Levites for the firstborn.


Numbers 8:19 "And I have given the Levites [as] a gift to Aaron and to his sons from among the children of Israel, to do the service of the children of Israel in the tabernacle of the congregation, and to make an atonement for the children of Israel: that there be no plague among the children of Israel, when the children of Israel come nigh unto the sanctuary."


"A gift to Aaron": The Levites were given by God to assist the priests.


"No plague" (see note on 1:53).


The servile work that the Levites did is, in a way, atonement for what all of Israel should have been doing. They would not keep the law of God in the way He expected. This is the Levitical tribe doing it for them. All of the Israelites were bound to be holy, but the Levites became holy for them.


Numbers 8:20 "And Moses, and Aaron, and all the congregation of the children of Israel, did to the Levites according unto all that the LORD commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so did the children of Israel unto them."


The several parties concerned in the consecration of the Levites. These;


"Did to the Levites according unto all that the Lord commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so did the children of Israel unto them": Which, as Jarchi notes, is said to the praise of them that did it, and of what was done by them. Everything was done that was ordered, and in the manner in which it was prescribed. Moses sprinkled, or ordered to be sprinkled, the water of purification on them, and set them before the tabernacle, and before the Lord. The children of Israel laid their hands on them, and Aaron waved them, offered the sacrifices for them.


This just means that Moses carried God's wishes out in detail pertaining to the Levites.


Numbers 8:21 And the Levites were purified, and they washed their clothes; and Aaron offered them [as] an offering before the LORD; and Aaron made an atonement for them to cleanse them.


From sin, by the sprinkling of the sin water, or water of purification on them (Num. 8:7).


"And they washed their clothes": That they might have no defilement about them, neither in their bodies, nor in their garments.


"And Aaron offered them as an offering before the Lord": A wave offering, as in (Num. 8:11).


"And Aaron made an atonement for them to cleanse them": By offering the sacrifices for them (Num. 8:12).


They purified themselves, and were purified by the ceremonial washings as well. When they were prepared, God presented them before the Lord.


Numbers 8:22 "And after that went the Levites in to do their service in the tabernacle of the congregation before Aaron, and before his sons: as the LORD had commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so did they unto them."


Into the court of the tabernacle, being at the door of it when the above rites and ceremonies of their consecration were performed.


"To do their service in the tabernacle of the congregation, before Aaron and his sons": In their presence, and by their order, as they should direct them.


"As the Lord had commanded Moses, so did they unto them": Aaron and his sons did to the then present Levites according to the command of God by Moses. They exactly observed every detail of it, and complied with it. And this the sons of Aaron did continually to the sons of the Levites, as Aben Ezra remarks. In all succeeding ages; when the Levites were consecrated to their service. The same things were done unto them that are here ordered.


The Levites had different jobs to do. This just means they reported to Aaron, to perform the tasks God had set out for them to do.


Verses 23-26: The Levites began serving in the tabernacle at age 25, but not until age 30 were they allowed to carry the tabernacle (4:3). The five years of service probably prepared them for the task, similar to a mentoring period. The age was lowered to 20 during the time of David (1 Chron. 23:25).


Numbers 8:23 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


We are being reminded that these are not Moses' wishes, but are orders spoken to Moses by the LORD. At the same time, he gave the instructions about the consecration of the Levites. The time of their entrance on their service, and of leaving it, was fixed.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 8:24 "This [is it] that [belongeth] unto the Levites: from twenty and five years old and upward they shall go in to wait upon the service of the tabernacle of the congregation:"


"Twenty and five years old": The Levites were to begin their service in helping the priests at age 25. However, in 4:3 the age of commencement is 30. A rabbinic suggestion was that the Levites were to serve a 5-year apprenticeship. A better solution can be discovered by noting the differing tasks in the two chapters. Numbers chapter 4 dealt with the carrying of the tabernacle, while here they helped in the service in the tabernacle. A Levite began serving in the tabernacle at 25 and carrying the tabernacle at 30. In both cases, his service ended at age 50. David later lowered the age to 20 (see 1 Chron. 23:24, 27; compare Ezra 3:8).


We read earlier, that their actual serving began when they were thirty years old, and lasted until they were fifty years old. I believe the difference here is possibly, that they were in training from the time they were 25 until they were thirty. Then at the age of thirty, they started the actual performance of their ministry. The word "wait" is a giveaway to that.


Numbers 8:25 "And from the age of fifty years they shall cease waiting upon the service [thereof], and shall serve no more:"


The heavy service of it.


"And shall serve no more": By bearing and carrying the vessels of the sanctuary upon their shoulders, as Jarchi interprets it. This, according to the Jewish writers, was only in force while the tabernacle was in the wilderness, and was moved from place to place. But when it had a fixed habitation, and that laborious service of bearing and carrying the vessels of it ceased. Years made no difference in the Levites, or disqualified them for service. For it is said, that the Levites were not bound by this law, but in the time of the tabernacle; but when it was at Shiloh. And at Jerusalem, where there was no bearing and carrying upon the shoulder. The Levites were not rejected on account of years, only for their voice, when they had lost that, and could not sing.


Some of this service required a great deal of stamina. The carrying of the heavy boards would be one example. A person tires more easily after the age of fifty. Perhaps that is why the time for their service to cease is given as 50 years.


Numbers 8:26 "But shall minister with their brethren in the tabernacle of the congregation, to keep the charge, and shall do no service. Thus shalt thou do unto the Levites touching their charge."


Into the court of the tabernacle, being at the door of it when the above rites and ceremonies of their consecration were performed.


"To do their service in the tabernacle of the congregation, before Aaron and his sons": In their presence, and by their order, as they should direct them.


"As the Lord had commanded Moses, so did they unto them": Aaron and his sons did to those present Levites according to the command of God by Moses. They exactly observed every detail of it, and complied with it. And this the sons of Aaron did continually to the sons of the Levites, as Aben Ezra remarks. In all succeeding ages; when the Levites were consecrated to their service. The same things were done unto them that are here ordered.


This is speaking of them not having other jobs. They work for the LORD. Some of them are like caretakers of the tabernacle.


Numbers Chapter 8 Questions


1. Where was the LORD, when He spoke to Moses?


2. The _______ lamps shall give light over against the candlestick.


3. Who was responsible for the lights?


4. _________ is the Light of the world.


5. Who does the "candlestick" symbolize?


6. What happens, when Jesus comes and dwells within us?


7. The "Bread" in the tabernacle symbolizes what?


8. What, besides physical light, does the Light bring?


9. Who lighted the lamps?


10. The work of the candlestick was of __________ _______.


11. The _________ symbolizes God.


12. Describe the candlestick.


13. Who, of the Levites, was Moses to cleanse?


14. What is this cleansing like?


15. What is God constantly showing in the types and shadows?


16. They sprinkled the water on their heads to _________ them.


17. Why did they put their hands on the head of the sacrificial animal?


18. What is verse 9 speaking of?


19. What had they done to the Levites, when they laid their hands on them?


20. They are substitutes for the _____________.


21. What happened to the sins of the Levites?


22. What is the difference in the Israelites all belonging to God, and the Levites belonging to God?


23. Why should a person going into the ministry think seriously, before doing it?


24. What was the last of the ten plagues in Egypt?


25. How was the firstborn of the Hebrews saved?


26. Why is the age of service here 25, instead of 30 years?


27. Some of the work required a great deal of ____________.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 9



Numbers Chapter 9

Verses 1-14: The call from the Lord to keep the Passover led to an inquiry from those whose uncleanness kept them from obeying. This request led to an amplification of the requirement by the Lord. This was the second Passover.


This epistle concluded the section (7:1 - 9:14), relating events that took place before the census of (1:1). The issue at stake was what to do with "certain men, who were defiled by the dead body of a man". Could they celebrate "Passover" The answer is "yes," but one month later. But it is added that if "the man ... is clean, and is not in a journey, and forbeareth to keep the Passover", he "shall be cut off". It is a threat of sudden death at the hands of God (Lev. 17:4, 9; 20:6, 18; 23:29; Num. 15:30-31; 19:13). Note in the New Testament the need for observing Christ's Passover as the true paschal lamb (see in the book of John).


John 6:53 "Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you."


This is the very thing we are doing when we take communion. We eat the unleavened bread in memory of Jesus sacrificing His body on the cross for us; taking our sins upon His body, nailing the sins of the world to the cross.


Verses 1-5: This second "Passover" would still follow the ordinances established by the Lord when the Israelites were in Egypt (Exodus 12:1-16; Deut. 16:1-2).


Numbers 9:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses in the wilderness of Sinai, in the first month of the second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying,"


"The first month": The events recorded in these verses precede the beginning of the census in chapter 1, but follow the dedication of the tabernacle in chapter 7.


This gives a specific time, which precedes much that we have already been reading.


Numbers 9:2 "Let the children of Israel also keep the passover at his appointed season."


Though this ordinance was enjoined the people of Israel, and observed by them at the time of their coming out of Egypt, and had been since repeated (Lev. 23:5). Yet without a fresh precept, or an explanation of the former, they seemed not to be obliged. Or might not be sensible that they were obliged to keep it, until they came into the land of Canaan (Exodus 12:25). And therefore a new order is given them to observe it.


"At his appointed season": And what that season is, is next declared.


Passover is to celebrate the night the Hebrews were spared from the loss of their firstborn in Egypt. Death passed over the houses that had the blood of a lamb over the door. At the very same time every year, they were to remember that night, and be thankful to God. The Passover had been made an ordinance forever, but we do not read where they kept it during their wilderness wanderings. All of this was a type and shadow of our Passover Lamb (Jesus Christ).


1 Corinthians 5:7-8 "Purge out therefore the old leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our Passover is sacrificed for us:" "Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened [bread] of sincerity and truth."


Numbers 9:3 "In the fourteenth day of this month, at even, ye shall keep it in his appointed season: according to all the rites of it, and according to all the ceremonies thereof, shall ye keep it."


"At even": The time between the end of one day and the beginning of the next. See (Exodus 12:6).


The law did not leave any room for excuses for not keeping the Passover. Notice (at even). This Passover was a shadow of the great Passover, when the Lamb of God shed His blood for all mankind. The Jewish day began at approximately 6 in the evening and continued to 6 the next evening. This is how Jesus ate Passover with His disciples just after 6. He was captured and tried during the night. At 9 A.M. in the morning, He was Crucified. At 3 that afternoon, He commanded His Spirit to leave His body. He was the Passover Lamb before 6 on the very same day He had eaten with the disciples. All of these things happened between 6 P.M. and 6 P.M. He was even in the tomb before 6 P.M. This day is a day God had set aside for this purpose. To vary the day, is to disbelieve. This 14th day in their first month is very similar to our April. Our date varies, because the Jews month changes with the full moon.


Numbers 9:4 "And Moses spake unto the children of Israel, that they should keep the passover."


The time now drawing nigh for the observation of it. It being now almost a year since their coming out of Egypt.


That very first Passover should be fresh in their minds. They should remember well the Passover which brought them new life. Moses tells the people to keep Passover.


Numbers 9:5 "And they kept the passover on the fourteenth day of the first month at even in the wilderness of Sinai: according to all that the LORD commanded Moses, so did the children of Israel."


No mention is made of keeping the feast of unleavened bread seven days, only of the Passover. Which indeed was only enjoined at this time, though the feast of unleavened bread used to follow it, and did in later times. But perhaps it would not have been an easy matter to have got the flour to make it of, sufficient for so large a body of people. For seven days together in the wilderness; though they might be able to furnish themselves with what was enough for one meal from the neighboring countries. And especially from Midian, where Jethro, Moses's father, lived. And which was not very far from Sinai, where the Israelites now were.


"According to all that the Lord commanded Moses, so did the children of Israel": Which is observed to their honor. Though Jarchi gives this as a reason why this book does not begin with this account, as the order of things seems to require. Because it was to the reproach of the Israelites, that all the forty years they were in the wilderness they kept but this Passover only. The reason of which was, because of the omission of circumcision during that time. Through the inconveniences of travelling, and the danger of circumcision in it, without which their children could not eat of the Passover (Exodus 12:48).


This was the first remembrance of that Passover. They did as Moses commanded.


Verses 6-13: The ritual uncleanness of these men presented a problem for them on the day of Passover. Here is an example of Yahweh making a new provision for the good of people in particular situations (something seen again in chapters 27 and 36 regarding the daughters of Zelophehad). This was especially important here, because a person who ignored his opportunity to keep the Passover would be "cut off" from the community (Exodus 12:15). However, the Lord's gracious exceptions were never to be taken as reasons to disregard His commands.


Numbers 9:6 "And there were certain men, who were defiled by the dead body of a man, that they could not keep the passover on that day: and they came before Moses and before Aaron on that day:"


"Defiled": Ceremonially unclean because of contact with a dead body. See (note on 5:2).


Many believe the two men to be Mishael and Elizaphan, who had just recently buried Nadab and Abihu. Those who touched a dead body were considered unclean for seven days.


Numbers 9:7 "And those men said unto him, We [are] defiled by the dead body of a man: wherefore are we kept back, that we may not offer an offering of the LORD in his appointed season among the children of Israel?"


To Moses, who was the chief magistrate, though Aaron was the high priest. Jarchi says, they were both sitting together when the men came, and put the question to them. But it was not proper to speak to one after another. For if Moses knew not, how should Aaron know? Says he; the more difficult matters were brought to Moses, and he gave answers to them.


"We are defiled by the dead body of a man": They had touched it, or had been where it was, or at the funeral of it, and so were defiled. This they knew was their case by a law before mentioned, and which they speak of. Not as a sin purposely committed by them, but as what had unhappily befallen them. And they could not avoid; and express their concern, that upon this account they should be deprived of the ordinance of the Passover and as this confession shows an ingenuous disposition, so what follows. A pious, religious, and devotional frame of mind.


"Wherefore are we kept back, that we may not offer an offering of the Lord in his appointed season among the children of Israel?" They speak very honorably of the ordinance of the Passover; they call it "an offering of the Lord". The Passover lamb being a slain sacrifice; and this offered to the Lord, by way of thanksgiving. For, and in commemoration of, their wonderful deliverance out of Egypt. And done in faith of Christ the Passover, to be sacrificed for them. And it gave them much uneasiness that they were debarred by this occasional and unavoidable uncleanness, that was upon them, from keeping it. And what added to it was, that they could not observe it on the day which the Lord had appointed. And when the whole body of the children of Israel were employed in it. For it is no small pleasure to a good man to observe every ordinance of God in the manner and at the time he directs to. And his people in general are attending to the same. And the rather they were urgent in their expostulations, because it is said, this was the seventh and last day of their pollution, when they should be clean at evening. And the Passover was not to be eaten until the evening, and therefore so earnestly expostulate why they should be kept back from it.


They had been out of the camp, because of their uncleanness. They did the right thing, coming to inquire what they should do.


Numbers 9:8 "And Moses said unto them, Stand still, and I will hear what the LORD will command concerning you."


Where they were. Aben Ezra says, at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.


"And I will hear what the Lord will command concerning you": As it was a singular case, of which there had been no instance before. Moses would not determine anything about it himself, but would inquire of the Lord his mind and will concerning it. And for that purpose, very probably, went into the most Holy Place, where the Lord had promised to meet him and commune with him. From off the mercy seat, about any matter of difficulty he should inquire about (Exodus 25:22).


It appears, there had been no ordinance pertaining to this specific thing at this time. Moses inquired of God, what should be done.


Numbers 9:9 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


From between the cherubim, after he had laid the case before him, and he gave him an answer.


When Moses inquired of the LORD, He answered him immediately.


Numbers 9:10 "Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, If any man of you or of your posterity shall be unclean by reason of a dead body, or [be] in a journey afar off, yet he shall keep the Passover unto the LORD."


"Any man ... of your posterity": This word from the Lord was not only for the current situation, but it was a continuing ordinance for Israel. If a man was unable to eat the Passover because of uncleanness or because he was away from the land, he could partake of the Passover on the fourteenth day of the second month.


Even these things of separation do not exempt a person from keeping Passover. The handling of this situation set a pattern for generations to come. They were setting a precedent.


Numbers 9:11 "The fourteenth day of the second month at even they shall keep it, [and] eat it with unleavened bread and bitter [herbs]."


The mouth Iyar, as the Targum of Jonathan, which answers to part of our April and part of May. So that there was a month allowed for those that were defiled to cleanse themselves. And for those on a journey to return home and prepare for the Passover, which was not to be totally omitted, nor deferred any longer. And it was to be kept on the same day of the month, and at the same time of the day the first Passover was observed. Still the more to keep in mind the saving of their firstborn; and their deliverance out of Egypt at that time. An instance of keeping such a Passover we have in (2 Chron. 30:1).


"And eat it with unleavened bread and bitter herbs": In the same manner as the first Passover was eaten (Exodus 12:8). Only no mention is made of keeping the feast of unleavened bread seven days, which some think those were not obliged unto at this time. Only to keep the feast of the Passover.


The only adjustment God made for them, was a one month delay of observing. The very same requirements, of unleavened bread and bitter herbs, are to be eaten.


Numbers 9:12 "They shall leave none of it unto the morning, nor break any bone of it: according to all the ordinances of the passover they shall keep it."


None of the flesh of the Passover lamb, what was left was to be burnt with fire (Exodus 12:10).


"Nor break any bone of it": The same was enjoined (see note on Exodus 12:46).


"According to all the ordinances of the passover they shall keep it": As when observed in its time, excepting the feast of unleavened bread, which followed the first Passover. And those rites which were peculiar to the Passover, as kept at their first coming out of Egypt; as the sprinkling the blood of the lamb on the doorposts, eating it in haste, etc.


This text is alluded to in (John 19:36).


This symbolizes the body of the Lord Jesus. Jesus had no broken bones, so the bones were not to be broken in this sacrifice.


Exodus 12:46 "In one house shall it be eaten; thou shalt not carry forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house; neither shall ye break a bone thereof."


John 19:36 "For these things were done, that the scripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall not be broken."


Every aspect of the Passover was to be kept, but one month later.


Numbers 9:13 "But the man that [is] clean, and is not in a journey, and forbeareth to keep the passover, even the same soul shall be cut off from among his people: because he brought not the offering of the LORD in his appointed season, that man shall bear his sin."


"Cut off": If any Israelite did not keep the Passover at the appointed time and was not unclean or away from the land, he was to be "cut off", which implies that he was to be killed.


The person that would do such a thing as this is, in effect, denying God. This is the basis of their lives. Those who do not observe this in remembrance of what God did for them, are truly not His. The blessings are not for him. This is like denying Christ, and the great sacrifice He made for us. The way to life is through the blood of Jesus.


Hebrews 10:28-29 "He that despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or three witnesses:" "Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace?"


Numbers 9:14 "And if a stranger shall sojourn among you, and will keep the passover unto the LORD; according to the ordinance of the passover, and according to the manner thereof, so shall he do: ye shall have one ordinance, both for the stranger, and for him that was born in the land."


Foreigners living with the Israelites were allowed to celebrate the Passover but had to follow the prescribed rites (including circumcision; Exodus 12:48).


"One ordinance" means that strangers were not to improvise, nor were they to incorporate Israel's rites with their own. They were to do all the things required of the Hebrew people.


A non-Israelite who wished to participate in the Passover would be required to be circumcised.


Exodus 12:48-49 "And when a stranger shall sojourn with thee, and will keep the Passover to the LORD, let all his males be circumcised, and then let him come near and keep it; and he shall be as one that is born in the land: for no uncircumcised person shall eat thereof." "One law shall be to him that is home born, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among you."


This is the same thing as the church. If a person desires to take communion with you, he must believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. "Communion" is a remembrance of His shedding His blood and giving His body, that we might be saved.


Verses 15-23: See (Exodus 40:34-38). The cloud, the visible symbol of the Lord's presence, was continually sitting above the tabernacle. The movement of the cloud was the signal to Israel that they were to travel on their journey.


This event goes back to the first day of the second year (Exodus 40:2). This passage elaborates and develops Exodus 40:34-38), in a poetic fashion. God would perfectly guide and lead them into the Promised Land, "at the commandment of the Lord they pitched ... and according to the commandment of the Lord they journeyed" (verses 18, 20). Up to this point they "kept the charge of the Lord, at the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses (verse 23).


Numbers 9:15 "And on the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the tabernacle, [namely], the tent of the testimony: and at even there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire, until the morning."


"Tabernacle was reared up": The presence of the Lord arrived when the tabernacle was completed and raised up on the first day of the first month of the second year after they had come out of Egypt.


The fire and the smoke were an outward sign to let the people know that God was with them. The presence of the LORD was in the smoke.


Deuteronomy 5:24 "And ye said, Behold, the LORD our God hath showed us his glory and his greatness, and we have heard his voice out of the midst of the fire: we have seen this day that God doth talk with man, and he liveth."


Hebrews 12:29 "For our God [is] a consuming fire."


This is the very same fire that was in the middle of the wheel in Ezekiel.


Numbers 9:16 "So it was always: the cloud covered it [by day], and the appearance of fire by night."


"Cloud ... fire": The presence of the Lord which was seen in the cloud by day became a fire that was seen at night (compare Lev. 16:2).


God's presence was with them day and night.


Exodus 13:21 "And the LORD went before them by day in a pillar of a cloud, to lead them the way; and by night in a pillar of fire, to give them light; to go by day and night:"


As long as God's children were in the wilderness, His presence remained with them day and night.


Numbers 9:17 "And when the cloud was taken up from the tabernacle, then after that the children of Israel journeyed: and in the place where the cloud abode, there the children of Israel pitched their tents."


Or went up from it, higher than it was before, yet not out of sight, but hung as it were hovering in the air over the tabernacle, but at some distance from it. This was done by the Lord himself.


"Then after that the children of Israel journeyed": As soon as they saw the cloud moving upwards, the Levites took down the tabernacle, and each took their post assigned them in the carriage of it. And the priests blew their trumpets mentioned in (Num. 10:2). And the whole camp moved and marched on in their journey.


"And in the place where the cloud abode, there the children of Israel pitched their tents": When it stopped and remained without any motion, it was a signal to the children of Israel to stop also. And to set up the tabernacle, and pitch their tents about it by their standards. And according to the order of encampment which had been given them.


They were led of God. It would be so much better for Christians today, if we would realize that the Spirit of God will lead us now, if we will follow. God never changes. We are the ones that change.


Numbers 9:18 "At the commandment of the LORD the children of Israel journeyed, and at the commandment of the LORD they pitched: as long as the cloud abode upon the tabernacle they rested in their tents."


Or "mouth of the Lord". Not that there was any command in form given, or any audible voice heard, directing when to march. But the removal of the cloud was interpretatively the order and command of God for them to move also.


"And at the commandment of the Lord they pitched": Their tents. When the cloud stopped, they understood that as a signal to them, as a token of the will of God that they should stop likewise. It was to them as an authoritative command, which they obeyed.


"As long as the cloud abode upon the tabernacle, they rested in their tents": Whether a longer or a shorter time, as is after expressed.


The cloud would rise, so that the entire group could see and follow. When it was time for them to stop and set the tabernacle up, the cloud would descend upon the spot. It left no doubt, what the wishes of God were.


Numbers 9:19 "And when the cloud tarried long upon the tabernacle many days, then the children of Israel kept the charge of the LORD, and journeyed not."


Or years, for days are sometimes put for years. And in some places the cloud tarried several years; or however. If it stayed but a month or a year in any place, as in (Num. 9:22);


"Then the children of Israel kept the charge of the Lord, and journeyed not. They not only kept watching when it would move, or set sentinels for that purpose to observe it, but they kept the charge, order, or commandment, which the tarrying of the cloud was a token of. And did not attempt to proceed in their journey until they had an intimation so to do by its motion. And all this while, likewise, the tabernacle being up, they observed all the precepts and ordinances of the Lord in the service of it.


It appears that no one questioned the leading of the cloud and fire. It was apparent enough to all of them that this was God leading them. They had actually heard the voice of God from the mountain, when He first spoke the 10 commandments. It had frightened them so badly, they asked Moses to speak to God for them. This cloud and fire (visible to all), reassured them of God's presence. When the cloud stopped, it was time for them to stop.


Numbers 9:20 "And [so] it was, when the cloud was a few days upon the tabernacle; according to the commandment of the LORD they abode in their tents, and according to the commandment of the LORD they journeyed."


Or "days of number", which were so few that they might be easily numbered. The Targum of Jonathan interprets them of the seven days of the week. As if the sense was, when the cloud rested a week on the tabernacle.


"According to the commandment of the Lord they abode in their tents": During these few days, be they a week, or more, or less.


"And according to the commandment of the Lord they journeyed": When it removed from the tabernacle.


The ordering of the march was not from Moses, but God. This causes me to believe God would rest them from this desert journey a time, and then carry them again.


Numbers 9:21 "And [so] it was, when the cloud abode from even unto the morning, and [that] the cloud was taken up in the morning, then they journeyed: whether [it was] by day or by night that the cloud was taken up, they journeyed."


The whole night, during which time they rested in their beds.


"And that the cloud was taken up in the morning, then they journeyed": Whether it was by day or night that the cloud was taken up, they journeyed. Whether at morning or midnight. For sometimes, as Aben Ezra observes, they travelled in the night. Whenever their sentinels gave notice that the cloud was taken up, even though at midnight, they arose and prepared for their journey. And by this it is evident, that the appearance by day and night was the same body called the cloud, though beheld in a different view. In the daytime as a cloud, in the nighttime as fire.


You would think it would be too dark for them to travel by night, but the fire was so bright, it gave light to this near 3 million people. This is not just an ordinary fire or Light. God is the source of all Light. He could cause as much light as was needed to shine. It would, probably, have been cooler to travel at night. Whatever the reason, they moved when God commanded, night or day.


Numbers 9:22 "Or [whether it were] two days, or a month, or a year, that the cloud tarried upon the tabernacle, remaining thereon, the children of Israel abode in their tents, and journeyed not: but when it was taken up, they journeyed."


Sometimes it tarried but half a day, sometimes a whole day, sometimes two days, at other times a whole month, and even a year. A full year, as the Targum of Jonathan and Aben Ezra. Or a longer time, as the Vulgate Latin version, for in one place it tarried eighteen years, as Maimonides says; some say nineteen years, as in Kadesh-barnea.


"Remaining thereon, the children of Israel abode in their tents, and journeyed not": So that, as the same writer observes, it was not because the children of Israel lost their way in the wilderness and wandered about, not knowing where they were. Or which way they should go. Hence the Arabians call the wilderness, the wilderness of wandering. Nor that they were so long wandering in it as forty years, but because it was the will of God that should stay so long at one place, and so long at another. Whereby their stay in it was protracted to such a length of time, according to his sovereign will.


"But when it was taken up they journeyed": Though they had continued ever so long, and their situation ever so agreeable.


It appears, there was no certain number of days they moved, or stayed in one place. If God had a purpose for them staying in one place for over a year, they stayed. One of the most vivid examples of this in the New Testament, was the moving of Paul from place to place. Paul went where God sent him, and stayed as long as God wanted him to. Most ministers today follow the guidance of God. They will not go to minister in a place, unless they feel God sent them. They will not stay in a place, if they feel God wants them to leave. The true Christian should make Jesus his Lord, as well as his Savior. When He is Lord, He controls his moves.


Numbers 9:23 "At the commandment of the LORD they rested in the tents, and at the commandment of the LORD they journeyed: they kept the charge of the LORD, at the commandment of the LORD by the hand of Moses."


"Commandment ... commandment": The text emphasizes that Israel obeyed the Lord at this point in her experience. Throughout the wilderness wanderings, the Israelites could only journey as the cloud led them. When it did not move, they stayed encamped where they were.


The only times they went where the cloud did not lead them, they met with terrible defeat. I say once more, we should find out what the will of God is for our lives, and then walk in that will. Any other life we lead, will be a failure. They followed the commandments of God spoken through Moses. We must follow the commandments of God.


Numbers Chapter 9 Questions


1. What does Passover celebrate?


2. Why was the Hebrew firstborn not killed?


3. How long were they to celebrate Passover?


4. Who is the Christian's Passover Lamb?


5. When was it to be celebrated?


6. How could Jesus eat Passover with the disciples, and yet, be the Passover Lamb that same day??


7. To vary the day, is to ___________.


8. Their first month is similar to our _________.


9. Why should the first Passover be fresh in their minds.


10. Why were there some men who could not take Passover?


11. Many believe the men to be ____________ and _____________.


12. Who had they recently buried?


13. Was this excuse sufficient to exempt them from Passover?


14. What did Moses do, when they told him of the matter?


15. When would they take Passover?


16. Why was it important that they not break any bone of the Passover lamb?


17. Those who refuse to keep Passover are, in effect, doing what?


18. He that despiseth Moses' law died without mercy under _______ or _________ witnesses.


19. When a stranger practiced Passover, what must he do first.


20. "Communion" is a remembrance of what?


21. How did the people know God was in the tabernacle?


22. The cloud covered it by ________, and the fire by ________.


23. What will lead the Christians now, if we will follow?


24. Who ordered the march?


25. How often did they move?


26. They went where the cloud _________ them.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 10



Numbers Chapter 10

Verses 1-10: Israel was also to be guided by the blowing of the two silver trumpets made by Moses. Both a call to gather and a call to march were communicated with the trumpets.


"Two trumpets of silver" were used to coordinate the movements of the tribes on their march through the wilderness. The cloud would guide them, but the trumpets would give more precise means of control. They actually complete and complement the means of divine guidance given (in 9:15-23). Trumpets like these were used in ancient Egypt from the sixteenth to the eleventh centuries B.C. in warfare and to summon people to worship. With the tabernacle in the middle of the camp, and the tribes situated in battle formation, the silver trumpets declared that God's people were in the army of the great King, preparing for a holy war of conquest. The trumpets are pictured on the arch of Titus in Rome.


Numbers 10:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


When the following directions concerning the trumpets were given is not certain. It may be at the time when the order of the camps of Israel was fixed, and is here recorded before the journeying of them, which was one use they were to be put unto (Num. 10:2).


"Saying": As follows.


This is a break in the past message.


Numbers 10:2 "Make thee two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece shalt thou make them: that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps."


"Trumpets": According to a Jewish tradition, these instruments were between 12 and 20 inches long and had a narrow tube that was flared at the end.


"Of a whole piece": The same description is given concerning the cherubim above the mercy seat. See (Exodus 25:18; 37:7).


These trumpets of silver are the same type of trumpet that will be blown, when the Lord blows the trumpet in the sky, to call us to heaven. "Silver" means redemption. That trumpet will call us to our redemption from this earth. These trumpets, in verse 2 above, are for the redeeming of the people as well. He assembles them for worship. He also blows those trumpets to cause them to follow Him. Notice, these trumpets were of one piece. They are not put together. There is only one redemption, and that is found in Jesus. By two, a thing shall be established.


Verses 3-4: "Blow with them ... one": The first function of the trumpets was to gather the people to the tabernacle. When both trumpets were blown, all adult males of the congregation were to gather. If only one trumpet was blown, the leaders were to come.


Numbers 10:3 "And when they shall blow with them, all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation."


With both the trumpets, in an even and continued sound, that is, the sons of Aaron.


"All the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": To hear what was to be said unto them. Blowing both the trumpets together was a token that the whole congregation was called to meet together at the tabernacle. The door of which was the usual place of assembling. Especially on religious counts, for there also the Lord met them (Exodus 29:42).


The location that it is blown, shows us the spiritual value of the blowing of the trumpet. They assembled at the door of the tabernacle to hear from God. When they blow with both trumpets, all the people are to gather.


Numbers 10:4 "And if they blow [but] with one [trumpet], then the princes, [which are] heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee."


With only one of them, or but once, with one sounding. And that an even one as before.


"Then the princes, which are the heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee": And they only or alone, as Aben Ezra. By this token, or by this difference of blowing both trumpets, or only one. It was, easily known when the whole congregation or when the princes only were to meet Moses at the same place, the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. And all are to attend divine service, and the ministry of the word. Even the whole church of God, and all the members of it, high and low, rich and poor, princes and people.


This blowing of one trumpet is just for the leaders to come. It is interesting, to me, that all believers in Christ are "princes". We rule with the King (Jesus), as His subordinates.


Matthew 25:21 "His lord said unto him, Well done, [thou] good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord."


Revelation 20:6 "Blessed and holy [is] he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years."


Numbers 10:5 "When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east parts shall go forward."


"Shall go forward": The second purpose of the trumpets was to give a signal indicating that the tribes were to begin their march. The exact difference between the blowing for the gathering at the tabernacle and for the march is not known. Jewish tradition said the convocation sound was a long steady blast, while the advance signal was a succession of 3 shorter notes.


The blowing of the trumpet to move the camp and the blowing of the trumpet to assemble, were undoubtedly different sounds from the same trumpet. The camps on the east were the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun. It appears, they have the first place in the march, as we studied earlier.


Numbers 10:6 "When ye blow an alarm the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarm for their journeys."


Another "tara-tan-tara".


"Then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey": The camps of Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, which were encamped on the south side of the tabernacle (Num. 2:10). And, as Josephus says, at the third sounding of the alarm, that part of the camp which lay to the west moved, which were the camps of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin (Num. 2:18). And at the fourth sounding, as he says, those which were at the north, the camps of Dan, Asher, and Naphtali (Num. 2:25). Which, though not expressed in the Hebrew text, are added in the Septuagint version, as they are to be understood.


"They shall blow an alarm for their journeys": For the journeys of the said camps, as a signal or token when they should begin to march.


The second blowing of the trumpet for moving the people was sounded, and those on the south moved. These were made up of the tribes of Reuben, Simeon, and Gad. If all of the people moved at the first blow of the trumpet, there would be utter confusion. This is orderly.


Numbers 10:7 "But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm."


At the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and not to move in separate camps or bodies one after another.


"You shall blow, but you shall not sound an alarm": Blow with an even and uninterrupted sound, and not with a broken and quavering one. By which the congregation and camps were distinguished from one another. The same certain sound being given to each constantly, whereby they knew which were called to motion (see 1 Cor. 14:8). According to Ben Gersom blowing was a voice drawn out, and joined or continued. An alarm, a voice not joined, but broken.


As we said earlier there was a different sound from the trumpet for the gathering of the people, and for the alarm. The alarm was a shrill continuous sound, and the call to assemble was a different tone and shorter blasts from the trumpet.


Numbers 10:8 "And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be to you for an ordinance for ever throughout your generations."


"For an ordinance": The blowing of the horns was to be a perpetual ordinance in Israel, calling the people to worship or to war.


Aaron and his sons (the priests), were the ones with authority to blow the trumpets. These silver trumpets were used for religious purposes. Even in the case of an alarm, it would have come from them. In the beginning, they had great authority over all aspects of the lives of the Israelites.


Numbers 10:9 "And if ye go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets; and ye shall be remembered before the LORD your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies."


That enters in to invade it, to besiege cities, and distress the inhabitants of it.


"Then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets": A "tara-tan-tara" with both of them, to call the several tribes together to join against the enemy. Or to call them to fasting and humiliation, to repentance and prayer. And to seek the Lord in the exercise of these, and cry for help and assistance, for victory and salvation. For, as Ben Gersom observes, by this alarm their hearts would be broken and become contrite, and they would return to the Lord. And he would have mercy on them when they pray unto him. For such a sound makes a man's heart shake and tremble, according to (Amos 3:6; see Jer. 4:19). This is a third use of the trumpets. And in a mystical sense it may be observed, that saints are in a militant state. And have many enemies that come in to them to oppress them, sin, Satan, and the world. And the Gospel calls and encourages them to fight, furnishes them with armor, and assures them of victory. And directs them where to fight and with whom, and bids them endure hardness as good soldiers of Christ.


"And ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God": For a book of remembrance is written for them that fear God, humble themselves before him, and pray unto him.


"And ye shall be saved from your enemies": As Israel from their temporal, so the people of God from their spiritual enemies, being made more than conquerors through him that loved them.


When the trumpet was blown for the purpose of war, the priests blowing it showed God's approval of the battle, and they would not lose. When God was with them in war, they did not lose.


Numbers 10:10 "Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God: I [am] the LORD your God."


When they should return from the enemy's country conquerors, or have vanquished the enemy that came against them into their own land. And so would fix a day of rejoicing, like the days of Purim, and the seven days when Hezekiah rejoiced, as Aben Ezra observes. And so any time of rejoicing on account of any extraordinary deliverance and salvation.


"And in your solemn days": Or festivals, as the Passover, Pentecost, and Tabernacles, which were proclaimed by sound of trumpet (Lev. 23:2).


"And in the beginnings of your months": Their new moons, especially on the first day of the seventh month, which was a feast of blowing of trumpets (Lev. 23:24).


"Ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over your peace offerings": Expressing joy for the acceptance of them, and especially when they had, by faith, a view of the great sacrifice of Christ typified by them. This is a fourth use of the trumpets, and may denote the spiritual joy had by believers, through the ministration of the Gospel. And ordinances of it on the Lord's day, and other seasons. And particularly at the feast of the Lord's supper, in the view of peace and reconciliation, and atonement made by the sacrifice of Christ.


"That they may be to you for a memorial before your God": As it were, to put him in mind of the promises he has made. And the blessings he has laid up as a covenant God for his people.


"I am the Lord your God": Who had a right to appoint such things to be observed by them, and by whom, as their covenant God, they were laid under obligation to regard them.


These very same trumpets, blown differently, were blown in remembrance of the holy days. Some people believe that Aaron and his sons blowing the trumpets for these services symbolized the broadcasting (preaching), of the gospel by the preachers. It certainly was part of their services to blow the trumpet, as we see above. The solemn days, beginnings of months, and burnt offerings were all times when they focused completely upon God. These were memorable times.


Verses 11-36: Finally, in an orderly and obedient fashion, Israel departed from Sinai as the Lord commanded through Moses.


This portion begins the stage of the journey from Sinai to Kadesh-barnea (10:11- 12:16). They left after spending 11 months in "the wilderness of Sinai. Paran" covered much of the northern Sinai Peninsula, some of the southern Sinai Peninsula (Negeb), and Arabah (Gen. 21:21; Num. 13:26; 1 Kings 11:18). They journeyed "according to the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses (verse 13; 9:23). Moses asked "Hobab, the son of Raguel" (Moses' father-in-law, Reuel or Jethro), who had earlier given him valuable advice about organizing the people (Exodus chapter 18), to function as "eyes" for the Israelites. (Judges 1:16), indicates he did as Moses requested. The Midianites were a group of tribes living in the desert area surrounding Canaan. Elsewhere Hobab's descendants are called Kenites, evidently a subgroup of the Midianites (Judges 1:16; 4:11). Devine guidance does not exclude human help. Moses' faith stands in direct contrast to the people's murmuring (in 11:1). Note his words, "Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered" (compare Psalm 68:1), as he started out in the morning, and then in the evening his words "Return, O LORD, unto the many thousands of Israel".


Verses 11-28: The people finally began to "set forward" for the Promised Land, 13 months after the Exodus and 11 months after they first came to Mount "Sinai". The additional time was necessary to transform a huge band of refugees into a functioning people group that would work together in the arduous task of their collective journey. Moses must have done an enormous amount of organizing and training - and he followed the good advice of Jethro, using many aids (Exodus 18:17-26).


Numbers 10:11 "And it came to pass on the twentieth [day] of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony."


"Second year ... twentieth day of the second month": Only 13 months after the Exodus from Egypt and 11 months after the arrival at Sinai, Israel began to march toward Canaan.


This is the beginning of a march. The signal that it was time to move, was when the cloud moved. The verse prior to this spoke of the time of close communion with God. Now we see they are to move, being led by the Spirit of God. This was their first time to move after the tabernacle had been set up. We must remember, that they had already been instructed in their order of march.


Numbers 10:12 "And the children of Israel took their journeys out of the wilderness of Sinai; and the cloud rested in the wilderness of Paran."


"The wilderness of Sinai": According to 13:26, Kadesh was in the Wilderness of Paran, probably at its northern border. This verse gives a summary of God's leading from Sinai to Kadesh.


It appears, that the wilderness of Paran was about a three day journey from the wilderness of Sinai. We also must continue to remember the size of the group moved. There were just under 3 million people in this march. Notice the cloud rested. This just means that it went this far and stopped. Wherever the cloud stopped, was to be their place to rest.


Numbers 10:13 "And they first took their journey according to the commandment of the LORD by the hand of Moses."


Which was virtually contained in and signified by the taking up of the cloud (see Num. 9:18).


"By the hand of Moses": By his means and ministry, who had informed them, that it was the will of God. That when they saw the cloud taken up to set forward in their journey, and they were obedient thereunto.


This was a short journey. Perhaps this was a test to see how they would handle the march. "According to the commandment" is speaking of according to the plan He had given Moses for their march.


Verses 14-28: The order of march followed by Israel in these verses is in exact conformity to the details given (in 2:1-34).


Numbers 10:14 "In the first [place] went the standard of the camp of the children of Judah according to their armies: and over his host [was] Nahshon the son of Amminadab."


"Standard": See notes on 2:2.


"Nahshon": For the fourth, and final time in the book of Numbers, the 12 leaders of the first generation of Israel were noted (see chapters 1-2 and 7). In accordance with (Gen. 49:8-12), the tribe of Judah was given preeminence as the ruling tribe. It led the march into the Promised Land.


Numbers 10:15 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Issachar [was] Nethaneel the son of Zuar."


See notes on (Num. 10:14).


Numbers 10:16 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Zebulun [was] Eliab the son of Helon."


See notes on (Num. 10:14).


This is just saying, that the tribe of Judah led the way. They raised their banner, and their people gathered and marched. The three tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun had all been camped on the east side. Each tribe had their own prince, but collectively the tribe of Judah was their leader. We had mentioned before, that there would have been total confusion had each tribe not known exactly where to march.


Numbers 10:17 "And the tabernacle was taken down; and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set forward, bearing the tabernacle."


By the Levites, as Aben Ezra, and which appears to be their work (Num. 1:51). This began to be done by them as soon as the cloud was perceived to move upwards. And the camp of Judah was preparing to march. And after Aaron and his sons had taken the holy vessels out of the Holy and most Holy Place, and had packed up and covered them as directed (Num. 4:5). This was an emblem of the taking down of the Jewish church state. The abolition of the service of the sanctuary, as well as of the changeable condition of the Gospel church in the wilderness. Which is not always in one and the same place, but is moved from place to place. And that by the ministers of the word, signified by the Levites, who are sent and carry the Gospel here and there.


"And the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set forward, bearing the tabernacle": The former, the hangings and vail, and the latter the boards, pillars, sockets, etc. Each of them having wagons for their assistance. These followed immediately after the camp of Judah.


We remember, that the tribe of Gershon was to take the curtains and that sort of thing. The tribe of Merari was to take care of the boards and the heavy items. The tribe of Kohath carried the holy things. We remember, 6 wagons had been given to the sons of Gershon and Merari to carry their loads. The tabernacle would be in the very middle of the march, so it would be protected from strangers. The tribe of Kohath, hand-carried the holy things. Actually, Kohath, Gershon, and Merari were all part of the Levitical tribe.


Numbers 10:18 "And the standard of the camp of Reuben set forward according to their armies: and over his host [was] Elizur the son of Shedeur."


Next proceeded the standard of Reuben, having under it the tribes of Simeon and Gad (Num. 10:19). As "Reuben" signifies, "behold the son". And he had the tabernacle borne before him and the holy things behind him, which way howsoever this camp looked, it had in view what was a type of Christ the Son of God, the object of faith, the ark.


"And over his host was Elizur the son of Shedeur": Over which respective armies were the same captains as in (Num. 2:10).


Numbers 10:19 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Simeon [was] Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai."


See notes on (Num. 10:18).


Numbers 10:20 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Gad [was] Eliasaph the son of Deuel."


See notes on (Num. 10:18).


All of these three tribes: Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, are camped on the south side. They line up directly behind those from the east side.


Numbers 10:21 "And the Kohathites set forward, bearing the sanctuary: and [the other] did set up the tabernacle against they came."


After the standard of the camps of Reuben, and between that and the standard of the camp of Ephraim. To which there is an allusion to in (Psalm 80:2).


"Bearing the sanctuary": Or the holy things, as Jarchi. The ark, as Aben Ezra. Though not that only, which indeed might be eminently called so, it standing in the most Holy Place. Over which were the mercy seat and cherubim, the residence of the divine Majesty. But all the holy things in the Holy Place, the candlestick, showbread table, and the two altars, the altar of incense in the Holy Place, and the altar of burnt offerings in the court these they bore on their shoulders. And had no wagons allowed for their assistance.


"And the other did set up the tabernacle against they came": That is, the sons of Gershon and Merari, who went before between the standard of Judah and the standard of Reuben, carrying the heavier and more cumbersome parts of the tabernacle. Which, when Judah pitched their tents, at the signal of the cloud, they immediately put together, and erected. And got it ready, by such time as the Kohathites came up to them, that so the ark and other holy things might be at once put into it, and set in their proper places.


The Kohathites were carrying the holy things. They had no wagons. They carried everything by hand. On the heavier pieces, they ran rods down through loops and carried the rods. The tabernacle was carried in the middle of the march.


Numbers 10:22 "And the standard of the camp of the children of Ephraim set forward according to their armies: and over his host [was] Elishama the son of Ammihud."


Next followed the standard of the camp of Ephraim, under which were Manasseh and Benjamin (Num. 10:23).


"And over his host was Elishama the son of Ammihud": Over whom were the same captains, as in (Num. 2:18).


Numbers 10:23 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Manasseh [was] Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur."


See notes on (Num. 10:22).


Numbers 10:24 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Benjamin [was] Abidan the son of Gideoni."


See notes on (Num. 10:22).


The tribes of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin were camped in the west. They were the third group of tribes, but were to march just after the tabernacle. We got into all of the names of the people earlier, so we will not dwell on that here.


Numbers 10:25 "And the standard of the camp of the children of Dan set forward, [which was] the rearward of all the camps throughout their hosts: and over his host [was] Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai."


Next after that of Ephraim, the last of all. Which was the rearward of all the camps throughout their host. Which brought up the rear, and was fittest for that purpose, being the most numerous, next to that of Judah. Which led the van; or, the gatherer up of all the camps, under which were collected and brought on all that belonged to the other tribes. As all under twenty years of age, which were not taken into the camps. And the women and children, and weak and sickly persons, the mixed multitude, and all stragglers. These were all under the care and charge of this camp, and under the standard of which were Asher and Naphtali (Num. 10:26). Over whom were the same captains as in (Num. 2:25).


Numbers 10:26 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Asher [was] Pagiel the son of Ocran."


See notes on (Num. 10:25).


Numbers 10:27 "And over the host of the tribe of the children of Naphtali [was] Ahira the son of Enan."


See notes on (Num. 10:25).


These three tribes: Dan, Asher, and Naphtali, had all been camped in the north. They were the last of the groups of tribes in the march. There were six tribes marching in front of the tabernacle, and 6 tribes marching behind the tabernacle.


Numbers 10:28 "Thus [were] the journeyings of the children of Israel according to their armies, when they set forward."


Or this was the order of them, as Jarchi. In this form and manner, they marched, and a most wise, beautiful, and regular order it was. First the standard of Judah, a camp consisting of 186,400 able men fit for war, then followed the Gershonites and Merarites with six wagons carrying the heavier parts of the tabernacle. Next to them the standard of the camp of Reuben, having in it 151,450 warlike men. Next to them were the Kohathites, bearing the holy things of the sanctuary on their shoulders. Who were followed by the standard of the camp of Ephraim, which was formed of 108,100 men fit for military service. And last of all the standard of the camp of Dan, which consisted of 157,600 men, able to bear arms, and which had under their care all that were not able which belonged to the other tribes. An emblem of the church of God in its militant state, walking according to the order of the Gospel. And in all the ordinances of it, which is a lovely sight to behold (SOS 6:4). Thus they marched;


"According to their armies": Ranged under their several standards.


"When they set forward": In their journey through the wilderness; as now. So, at all other times, this order was carefully observed by them.


This is the way they were to march each time the cloud moved. They were not to vary the march. God had established each person in his place. It would be difficult to understand how the small children and the elderly could keep up with the march, but God had taken all of that into consideration. The younger people had great respect for the elderly, and they helped them. It appears from these instructions, that the boards and curtains were carried between the tribes of the east and the tribes of the south. The tabernacle was carried in the middle of the march. This perhaps, was so that the outside of the tabernacle could be set up and ready for the holy things, when they arrived.


Verses 29-32: Moses urged his brother-in-law "Hobab" to go with the Israelites, knowing that his knowledge of "wilderness" survival could help the people on their journey. This younger brother of Zipporah would be the family leader after his father, "Reuel" (also known as Jethro; Exodus 2:16-22). For him to leave his responsibilities would have been as difficult as it was for Abram (Gen. 12:1). Moreover, for "Hobab" to join Israel would mean his conversion to the true worship of Yahweh - an example of evangelization in the days of the Law. Hobab must have agreed, because (Judges 1:16), reports these Midianites dwelling among the Hebrew people in the land of Israel.


Numbers 10:29 "And Moses said unto Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses' father in law, We are journeying unto the place of which the LORD said, I will give it you: come thou with us, and we will do thee good: for the LORD hath spoken good concerning Israel."


"Hobab": As the son of Reuel, Hobab was Moses' brother-in-law.


Reuel": Reuel was the father-in-law of Moses (see Exodus 2:18).


"Come thou with us": Moses sought Hobab's help in leading Israel through the wilderness. He promised Hobab a portion of the inheritance of Israel within the Land if he would come. The text of Numbers does not explicitly state whether Hobab responded to Moses or not. But Judges 1:16 implies that Hobab agreed to Moses' request. Later, he joined with Judah in the conquest of the Land and did received the blessing of dwelling in the land.


Hobab is the brother-in-law of Moses. Raguel and Jethro are the same person. He is spoken of as Reuel (in Exodus chapter 2 verse 18). The name Jethro is, probably, a title, and the name Reuel was his name. Moses is encouraging his brother-in-law to join them on their trip to the Promised Land.


Numbers 10:30 "And he said unto him, I will not go; but I will depart to mine own land, and to my kindred."


Which was a very peremptory answer. He seemed determined, and at a point about it for the present. Though it is, probable he afterwards changed his mind. Like the young man in the parable (Matt. 21:29).


"But I will depart to mine own land, and to my kindred": Which were prevailing motives with him, his native country, his relations, and father's house. To this resolution he came, both because of his substance, and because of his family, as Jarchi.


This was a terrible decision on the part of Hobab.


Numbers 10:31 "And he said, Leave us not, I pray thee; forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou mayest be to us instead of eyes."


That is, Moses. He replied to Hobab, unwilling to take him at his word and go without him.


"Leave us not, I pray thee": Or "not now"; as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan. At this present time, under our present difficulties, while we are in the wilderness. Though Jarchi says the particle signifies beseeching or supplication.


"Forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness": That this will be our case. That we shall be obliged, before we get to the Promised Land. To pitch our tents in the wilderness, in our passage through it. And thou knowest which are the best and most convenient places for that purpose. And therefore must entreat thee to go with us.


"And thou mayest be to us instead of eyes": Not to show the way, as Aben Ezra notes. Or guide and direct them in the road through the wilderness. For the cloud by day and the fire by night were of that use to them. As well as when it rested, it directed them when and where to pitch their tents. Rather to assist with his advice in difficult matters, when they should be in pressing circumstances. The Targum of Jonathan is, "thou hast been dear unto us, as the apple of our eyes, and therefore we cannot part with thee."


Moses tries to persuade him to stay. He has, possibly, been with them for a while. Moses was saying, that even though God gave them direct directions of how they were to camp and how they were to march, they still needed human hands to carry out the wishes of God. "Eyes" symbolize wisdom. In this particular instance, it is speaking of someone to watch and see God's wishes are carried out.


Numbers 10:32 "And it shall be, if thou go with us, yea, it shall be, that what goodness the LORD shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee."


This repetition is for the confirmation of it, more strongly assuring him of what follows.


"That what goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee": Signifying that whatsoever they enjoyed in the land of Canaan he should have his share with them. The Targum of Jonathan adds, "in the division of the land." Jarchi says, when the land was divided, the fatness of Jericho was given to the sons of Jethro, to Jonadab, the son of Rechab (see Judges 1:16). From whence, however, as well as from other places (Judges 4:11). It appears that the posterity of this man had a settlement in the land of Canaan. And from his silence it may be thought that he was prevailed upon to go along with Moses. Or if he departed into his own country, as he said he would, he returned again. At least some of his children did.


This is the same thing as all nations being blessed through faithful Abraham. The fact that this brother-in-law would be with the Israelites, would bring him the same blessings as the Israelites.


Verses 33-36: Now that the journey to Canaan had commenced, Moses the songwriter crafted poetic texts that celebrated both the leading of the Lord for their departure and the direction of the Lord upon their settlement: "Rise up, LORD ... Return, O LORD". In both words and symbols - including "the ark" and "the cloud" - Yahweh assured the people that they were under His protective care and guidance.


Numbers 10:33 "And they departed from the mount of the LORD three days' journey: and the ark of the covenant of the LORD went before them in the three days' journey, to search out a resting place for them."


"Journey ... three days": The Israelites traveled for 3 days from Sinai before they encamped for more than one night.


The ark of the covenant was the dwelling place of God with the people. God decided where they would camp.


Numbers 10:34 "And the cloud of the LORD [was] upon them by day, when they went out of the camp."


Not only upon the tabernacle, and upon the ark particularly, but it spread itself in journeying over the whole body of the people. And therefore said to be a covering to them from the heat of the sun (Psalm 105:39). As well as it was a guide unto them, and a token of the divine Presence with them (see Isa. 4:5).


"When they went out of the camp": Or out of the place of their encampment, when they removed from Sinai. And appears from, hence that it was in the daytime.


The presence of God was in the cloud by day, and the fire by night.


Verses 35-36: As Israel and encamped, Moses prayed that the Lord would give victory and that His presence would be among her.


Numbers 10:35 "And it came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, LORD, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee."


Each forward movement and each rest of the ark was made to bear a sacramental character. The one betokened the going forth of God against His enemies. The other, His gathering of His own people to Himself. The one was the pledge of victory, the other the earnest of repose.


"Numbers 10:36 may be translated: "Restore" (i.e. to the land which their fathers sojourned in). "O Lord, the ten thousands of the thousands of Israel." (Compare Psalm 85:4, where the verb in the Hebrew is the same).


"Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered": The sixty-eighth Psalm, which we have learnt to associate with the wonders of Pentecost and the triumphs of the Church on earth, seems to be an expansion of Moses' morning prayer.


"And let them that hate thee flee before thee": The same petition expressed in different words, but to the same sense. Enemies, and those that hate the Lord, are the same, as their defeat, conclusion, and destruction, are signified by their flight and dispersion. And it may be observed, that those who were the enemies and haters of Israel were reckoned the enemies and haters of God himself. As the enemies of Christ's people, and those that hate them, are accounted Christ's enemies, and such that hate him.


Every battle that God sent them into, the ark went with them, and they won the battle with no loss of men. God is all-powerful. There is no enemy of God that has not been already defeated by the presence of God.


Numbers 10:36 "And when it rested, he said, Return, O LORD, unto the many thousands of Israel."


The ark, and the cloud over it.


"He said": Moses stood and prayed, as before, according to the above Targums, in the following manner.


"Return, O Lord, unto the many thousands of Israel": Who were six hundred thousand footmen, besides women and children (Num. 11:21). The import of this petition is, that upon the resting of the ark God would take up his abode with them, grant them his presence, and manifest his love, grace, mercy, and goodness unto them. Or, as it may be rendered, that he would "return the many thousands of Israel"; that is, to the land which he had sworn to their fathers, as Ben Gersom interprets it. And who observes that the word "return" is used, because of the holy fathers who dwelt in the land of Israel. Or else, as the same writer further observes, the sense of the petition is, that it might be the will of God to turn the thousands of Israel into myriads, or increase and multiply them ten times more than they were. And so the Targum of Jerusalem is, "bless the myriads, and multiply the thousands of the children of Israel. "Perhaps Moses, under a spirit of prophecy, might have a further view. Even to the conversion of the Jews in the latter day, when they shall return and seek the true Messiah, and be turned to him, and when all Israel shall be saved.


The presence of God in the cloud by day and the fire by night, went ahead of the marchers leading the way. When the tabernacle was set up in the midst of the people for a time of rest, God entered the Holy of Holies and dwelt in the midst of the people.


Numbers Chapter 10 Questions


1. How many silver trumpets were to be made?


2. "Silver" means _______________.


3. What were these trumpets used for?


4. These trumpets are of _______ piece.


5. By _____, a thing shall be established.


6. Where are the trumpets blown?


7. What does the location of their blowing show us?


8. What is the signal for all the people to assemble?


9. Who are the "princes"?


10. All believers in Christ are __________.


11. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the _________ resurrection.


12. When the trumpet blows, which tribes go first?


13. When the trumpet is blown the second time, which tribes take their journey?


14. Who were the tribes on this side?


15. What is different about the blowing of the trumpet for gathering, and the blowing of the trumpet for war?


16. Who actually blow the trumpets?


17. What did the blowing of the trumpet for war, by the priest, show?


18. For what special occasions of worship would the trumpet be blown?


19. What do some people believe the spiritual meaning of Aaron and his sons blowing the trumpet has?


20. When was the cloud taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony?


21. What was the signal to move?


22. They are being led by the ________ of ______.


23. Where did they leave, and where did they go?


24. What does "according to the commandment" mean?


25. What tribe led the way?


26. Who carried the tapestry of the tabernacle?


27. Who carried the boards of the tabernacle?


28. How many wagons did they use to carry the tabernacle?


29. Who carried the holy things?


30. Who were camped in the west?


31. Where was the tabernacle located in the march?


32. Who was Hobab?


33. Raguel and ________ are the same person.


34. Jethro is, probably, a _________.


35. Why does Moses try to persuade Hobab to stay?


36. Who decided where they would camp?


37. Where was the presence of God?


38. Rise up LORD, and let thine ____________ be scattered.


39. When the ark was with them, they _______ the battle.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 11



Numbers Chapter 11

Verses 11:1 - 25:18: In contrast to (Num. 1-10), a major change takes place at (11:1). Obedient Israel started complaining (11:1; 14:2, 27, 29, 36; 16:1-3, 41; 17:5), and rebellious (14:9; 17:10), Israel. Ultimately, Moses and Aaron rebelled against the Lord as well (20:10, 24). In response to Israel's disobedience, the Lord's anger was aroused (11:1; 10, 33; 12:9; 14:18; 25:3-4), and He plagued His people (14:37; 16:46, 47, 48, 49, 50; 25:8-9, 18), as He had Pharaoh and the Egyptians (Exodus 9:14; 12:13; 30:12). Nevertheless, even though God judged that generation of Israel, He will still fulfill His promises to Abraham in the future (23:5 - 24:24).


Verses 11:1 - 12:16: The complaining of the people and leaders began on the journey from Sinai to Kadesh.


Verses 1-3: These verses contain the first of three complaints in this section. "Taberah:" The "fire of the Lord" left an impression upon the people, so much so that Moses named the site "Place of Burning". They start to grumble and complain (Exodus 15:24; 16:2; 17:3; Num. 11:4; 14:2; 16:3; 20:3; 21:5). Verse 1 literally says, "The people are as those who complain about evil".


It is difficult to imagine words more startling than "And when the people complained", given the extent of the Lord's protection, guidance and care as celebrated in their departure from Mount Sinai (10:33-36). Until now, the people had been obedient to all the Lord's commands, but in a turning-point moment, they resumed their former ingratitude and lack of faith (Exodus 15:22 - 17:7). God's grace is revealed in the His "fire" only "consumed them that were in the uttermost parts of the camp" rather than all the people (Psalm 78:21).


Numbers 11:1 "And [when] the people complained, it displeased the LORD: and the LORD heard [it]; and his anger was kindled; and the fire of the LORD burnt among them, and consumed [them that were] in the uttermost parts of the camp."


"The LORD heard it": Their complaining was outward and loud.


"The uttermost parts of the camp": God in His grace consumed only those who were on the very edges of the encampment of Israel.


This is the beginning of a long journey. The journey was long, because of their lack of faith. They started complaining the very first thing. Instead of putting their faith in God, they started murmuring against God. The fire of the Lord had come from the altar and killed two of Aaron's sons. This fire came from the outer areas. It could have been lightning, or it could have been a brush fire. Whatever it was, God sent it in punishment for their complaining.


Numbers 11:2 "And the people cried unto Moses; and when Moses prayed unto the LORD, the fire was quenched."


And entreated him to pray for them, being frightened at the fire which consumed many of them. Lest it should spread and become general among them.


"And when Moses prayed unto the Lord": As he did, in which he was a type of Christ, the mediator between God and man. The advocate of his people, an intercessor for transgressors.


"The fire was quenched": It stopped and proceeded no further. As through Christ's mediation God is pacified with his people for all that they have done. And his wrath, and all the effects of it, are turned away from them, and entirely cease with respect to them. Or it "sunk down" into its place, as the Targum of Jonathan. As if it rose out of the earth. This may serve to confirm the notion of its being a burning wind, to which the idea of sinking down and subsiding well agrees.


Suddenly, they realize they have sinned, and come to Moses to speak to God on their behalf. Moses does pray for them, and the fire is stopped.


Numbers 11:3 "And he called the name of the place Taberah: because the fire of the LORD burnt among them."


That is, "burning". Moses called it so; or it may be rendered impersonally. It was called so in later times by the people.


"Because the fire of the Lord burnt among them": To perpetuate the memory of this kind of punishment for their sins, that it might be a terror and warning to others. And this history is indeed recorded for our caution in these last days. That we murmur not as these Israelites did, and were destroyed of the destroyer (1 Cor. 10:10).


"Taberah" means burning. God's wrath had come, because of their complaining. God is quick to forgive, when Moses prays. He names the place burning, as a memory of what happened here. The unfaithfulness of these people had gotten them in terrible trouble. We must take a lesson from this. God will not permit us to be unfaithful. Without faith, it is impossible to please God.


Verses 4-6: The "mixed multitude" (Exodus 12:38), were people of various ethnicities, perhaps including some Egyptians. Some were, or would become, people of faith because of their contacts with believing Hebrews. (One woman from Kush became the second wife of Moses; (12:1). Their "fell a lusting" for the abundance and varieties of foods in Egypt caused the Israelites to forget God's goodness and faithfulness to them, including His wonderful provision of manna (Psalm 78:18).


Numbers 11:4 "And the mixed multitude that [was] among them fell a lusting: and the children of Israel also wept again, and said, Who shall give us flesh to eat?"


"Mixed multitude" is translated "rabble" by some commentators. It must refer to the non-Israelites who joined the Exodus (Exodus 12:38; Lev. 24:10). They are the ones who began to complain and stir up Israel. They longed for the fresh vegetables, fish and meat they had eaten in Egypt. Actually, they were expressing their opposition to God's purpose that they should settle in Canaan (verses 18, 20, 14:2; 20:5; Exodus 14:11; 16:3; 17:3). And they were certainly displeased with God's provision of "manna" for food.


"Flesh": After over a year of eating manna in the wilderness, the mixed multitude wanted the spicy food of Egypt once again.


The mixed multitude are not of the twelve tribes. These are people who came along for the blessings, but wanted no part of the hardships of the journey to the Promised Land. Some of them were, possibly, half Egyptian and half Hebrew. They immediately start complaining about the food. The manna was falling from heaven to feed all of them, but they were not satisfied with the manna. They wanted meat to eat. They complained, until the children of Israel joined in with them in complaining about the food. They had just gotten over their last problem, and immediately started complaining again. This time they are wishing for the food of Egypt. "Egypt" symbolizes the world. They are really lusting for things to satisfy their flesh, instead of seeking more of a spiritual walk.


Numbers 11:5 "We remember the fish, which we did eat in Egypt freely; the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlic:"


The natural dainties of Egypt are set forth in this passage with the fullness and relish which bespeak personal experience.


They have forgotten the hardships of Egypt, and are just thinking of the food they left behind. Sometimes, the good old days are better looking back on them, then when they were actually happening.


Numbers 11:6 "But now our soul [is] dried away: [there is] nothing at all, beside this manna, [before] our eyes."


Meaning their bodies, which, for want of flesh food, they pretended had no moisture in them. Or they were half starved, and in wasting and consuming circumstances.


"There is nothing at all besides this manna before our eyes": Which in itself was a truth and matter of fact. They had nothing to look to, and live upon but the manna. And that was enough, and with which, no doubt, many of them were contented, and satisfied and thankful for, though the greater part were not. And therefore this, though a truth, was foolishly and wickedly spoken, being said in disdain and contempt of the manna. So Christ, the heavenly manna, the antitype of this, of which (see notes on Exodus 16:14; 16:15; 16:16; 16:17; 16:18). Is indeed the only food that is set before us in the Gospel to feed and live upon. Nor is there anything at all besides him, nor do true believers in him desire any other. But pray that evermore this bread may be given them. But carnal men and carnal professors slight the Gospel feast, of which Christ is the sum and substance. And at least would have something besides him, something along with him, something of their own in justification for him. Or to give them a right unto him, or to trust in along with him. they cannot bear to have nothing at all but Christ. Or that he, and he alone, should be exalted, and be all in all, as he is justification and salvation. And in the Gospel provision, in which nothing is set before us but him.


Souls is used very loosely here. The soul has to do with the will of man. It appears from this, their will to go on has been dampened greatly, because they do not have meat, melons, garlic, and other things of Egypt to eat. They have become tired of Manna.


Numbers 11:7 "And the manna [was] as coriander seed, and the color thereof as the color of bdellium."


"Manna" (see Exodus 16:14).


"Bdellium": This refers more to appearance than color, i.e., it had the appearance of a pale resin.


It appears, the manna did not have much color, or much flavor. "Manna" means whatness, or what is it. It was like bread made with honey.


The way it fell and sustained the nearly 3,000,000 people was a miracle.


Exodus 16:14-15 "And when the dew that lay was gone up, behold, upon the face of the wilderness [there lay] a small round thing, [as] small as the hoar frost on the ground." "And when the children of Israel saw [it], they said one to another, It [is] manna: for they wist not what it [was]. And Moses said unto them, This [is] the bread which the LORD hath given you to eat."


The following Scriptures tells what it was in the spiritual sense.


John 6:50-51 "This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die." "I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world."


Numbers 11:8 "[And] the people went about, and gathered [it], and ground [it] in mills, or beat [it] in a mortar, and baked [it] in pans, and made cakes of it: and the taste of it was as the taste of fresh oil."


Went about the camp on all sides, where it fell in plenty. This they did every morning, and this was all the trouble they were at. They had it for gathering, without any expense to them.


"And ground it in mills": In hand mills, as Aben Ezra. For though it melted through the heat of the sun, and became a liquid, yet, when gathered in the morning, it was hard like grains of corn. Or other seeds, and required to be ground in mills.


"Or beat it in a mortar": With a pestle, as spices are beaten and bruised.


"And baked it in pans": Or rather boiled it in a pot, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem, since it follows.


"And made cakes of it": Which were baked on the hearth. All which may denote the sufferings of Christ, who was beaten, and bruised, and broken. That he might become fit food for faith (Isa. 53:4).


"And the taste of it was as the taste of fresh oil": Which is very grateful and pleasant, as well as very fattening and nourishing. So that the Israelites had no reason to complain of their being dried away by continual eating of it (see notes on Exodus 16:31).


In other Scriptures, it speaks of it tasting like a wafer with honey. In this, it says it tasted like oil. All of these things could be true. It appeared there were several ways to fix it for eating.


Numbers 11:9 "And when the dew fell upon the camp in the night, the manna fell upon it."


As it usually, and even constantly did.


"The manna fell upon it": As constantly, and had thereby a clean place to fall on. And then another dew fell upon that, which kept it the cleaner still. And from any vermin creeping upon it (see Exodus 16:14). So careful was the Lord of this their provision, and so constantly every morning were they supplied with it. And which fell in the night when they were asleep, and at rest, and without any labor of theirs. And was ready to their hands when they arose, and had nothing to do but gather it. And yet were so ungrateful as to make light of it, and despise it.


There was just enough on the ground to feed everyone. They were not to hoard it up, but to gather each day, except the day before Sabbath, and then they were to gather enough for two days. It was miracle bread from heaven to take care of the needs of the people, not their greed.


Verses 10-20: Moses reacted to the people that "weep" with displeasure at the people and pity for himself. God responded to the people's complaint and Moses' cry for help in two ways: He told Moses to appoint 70 men who would also share or would "layest the burden", and God gave the people what they wanted, only He gave them so much "flesh" that it became "loathsome" to them (Psalms 78:29; 106:15).


Numbers 11:10 "Then Moses heard the people weep throughout their families, every man in the door of his tent: and the anger of the LORD was kindled greatly; Moses also was displeased."


So general was their lusting after flesh, and their discontent for want of it. And so great their distress and uneasiness about it, that they wept and cried for it. And so loud and clamorous, that Moses heard the noise and outcry they made.


"Every man in the door of his tent": Openly and publicly. They were not ashamed of their evil and unbecoming behavior. And in order to excite and encourage the like temper and disposition in others. Though it may have respect, as some have observed, to the door of the tent of Moses, about which they gathered and mutinied. And which better accounts for his hearing the general cry they made. And so in an ancient writing of the Jews it is said, they were waiting for Moses until he came out at the door of the school. And they were sitting and murmuring.


"And the anger of the Lord was kindled greatly": Because of their ingratitude to him, their contempt of the manna he had provided for them, and their hankering after their poor fare in Egypt. And for which they had endured so much hardship and ill usage, and for the noise and clamor they now made.


"Moses also was displeased": With the people on the same account, and with the Lord also for laying and continuing so great a burden upon him. As the care of this people, which appears by what follows.


The evil of the complaining has spread to all of the people. They are feeling sorry for themselves, because they cannot have exactly what they want to eat. They are not thankful for the manna miraculously falling from heaven to feed them. Their weeping was showing their displeasure with the way God was handling things. Even Moses was upset with the people. They soon forgot the hardships, they had been freed from. God does not like murmuring.


Numbers 11:11 "And Moses said unto the LORD, Wherefore hast thou afflicted thy servant? and wherefore have I not found favor in thy sight, that thou layest the burden of all this people upon me?"


The complaint and remonstrance of Moses may be compared with that in (1 Kings 19:4; Jonah 4:1-3), and contrasted with the language of Abraham (Gen. 18:23). The meekness of Moses (compare Num. 12:3), sank under vexation into despair. His language shows us how imperfect and prone to degeneracy are the best saints on earth.


Moses is tired of these ungrateful people. He asks God why He thought so little of him to put him in charge of so ungrateful a people? Of course, he was not responsible for feeding them, or actually, for any of their care. God had done all of that. He was just the mediator between them and God. All Moses needed to do, was exactly what God told him to. That is what he was responsible for. He was just disappointed in the people. That is why he made such a remark. His responsibility was to God, not to these people. He felt responsible for them, because God had him leading them. Ministers could learn a lesson from this. It is not the minister's responsibility to get people saved. It is their responsibility to bring the gospel message. What they do with that message, is between them and God.


Numbers 11:12 "Have I conceived all this people? have I begotten them, that thou shouldest say unto me, Carry them in thy bosom, as a nursing father beareth the sucking child, unto the land which thou swarest unto their fathers?"


Have I begotten them? Are they my children, that I should be obliged to provide food and all things for their necessity and desire?


"Carry them in thy bosom, as a nursing father beareth the sucking child": Which expression shows the tender care and affection that governors by the command of God ought to have towards their people.


Moses is so ashamed of their actions, that he tells God, they are not his children. He did not birth any of them. God is the Father of all of us. Moses is insinuating that since God is their Father, it is His responsibility to nurse them through. God uses individuals to carry out His purposes on the earth.


Verses 13-14: Moses confessed to God that he was not able to provide meat for the people as they demanded. Their complaining was discouraging him so that because of this great burden, Moses desired death from the hand of the Lord.


Numbers 11:13 "Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people? for they weep unto me, saying, Give us flesh, that we may eat."


This seems to countenance the Israelites in their lusting after flesh, as if it was no evil in them. And as if it was but right they should have what they desired. Though it was out of his power to give it them.


"For they weep unto me, saying, give us flesh, that we may eat": He seems to pity them, whereas he ought to have reproved them for their murmurings and ingratitude. And put them in mind of the manna which was provided for them every day. And with which they ought to have been content.


They knew that Moses did not have flesh. They came to Moses, because they knew he was in better standing with God than they were.


Numbers 11:14 "I am not able to bear all this people alone, because [it is] too heavy for me."


The burden of government of them. To take care of them and provide sustenance for them. But he was not alone, for, not to take notice of the rulers and officers in the several divisions of the people that assisted and eased him in lighter matters, advised to by Jethro (Exodus 18:21). The Lord himself was with him in all matters of moment and difficulty. To whom he could apply at any time for advice. And who had promised to supply and did supply the people with suitable and proper provisions every day.


"Because it is too heavy for me": To answer the requests, redress the grievances, and supply the necessities of this people.


The pressure of leading such a rebellious people is almost too much for Moses. Close to 3,000,000 people were coming directly to Moses to complain. It is a tremendous heavy load to bare alone.


Numbers 11:15 "And if thou deal thus with me, kill me, I pray thee, out of hand, if I have found favor in thy sight; and let me not see my wretchedness."


Let the whole weight of government lie upon me, and leave me alone to bear it.


"Kill me, I pray thee, out of hand": Take me out of the world at once, or "kill me now. In killing"; dispatch me immediately, and make a thorough end of me directly.


"If I have found favor in thy sight": If thou hast any love for me, or art willing to show me a kindness. To remove me by death, I shall take as one.


"And let me not see my wretchedness": Or live to be the unhappy man I shall be. Pressed with such a weight of government. Affected and afflicted with the wants of a people I cannot relieve. Or seeing them bore down with judgments and punishments inflicted on them for their sins and transgressions I am not able to prevail upon them to abstain from. So the Targum of Jerusalem, "that I may not see their evil, who are thy people."


Moses feels like a failure. He wishes for death, so someone else can take on this tremendous task of leading this ungrateful group of people.


Verses 16-30: In response to Moses' despair in leading the people, the Lord gave him 70 men to help.


Numbers 11:16 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Gather unto me seventy men of the elders of Israel, whom thou knowest to be the elders of the people, and officers over them; and bring them unto the tabernacle of the congregation, that they may stand there with thee."


"Seventy men": These aides to Moses might be the same 70 referred to (in Exodus 18:21-26).


The LORD has heard Moses' cry for help. These 70 men will take care of the minor problems, and refer the major problems to Moses. This will take the pressure of the day to day complaining away from Moses, and give him some rest. Seventy is an interesting number. "Seven" means spiritually complete, and "ten" has to do with world government. Then, this could be God spiritually completing the dealings with the people. This number was chosen as a number to deal with the worldly problems of the people. God completed it with the seventy. These seventy men would deal with day to day problems. The weightier spiritual problems would still be settled by Moses. This group of seventy is subordinate to Moses.


Numbers 11:17 "And I will come down and talk with thee there: and I will take of the spirit which [is] upon thee, and will put [it] upon them; and they shall bear the burden of the people with thee, that thou bear [it] not thyself alone."


"The Spirit": This refers to the Spirit of God. It was by means of the Holy Spirit that Moses was able to lead Israel. In (verse 25), the Lord gave the Spirit to the 70 men in fulfillment of the Word He gave to Moses.


God Himself, will empower them with the knowledge and understanding for the job. These will take some of the pressure off of Moses.


Numbers 11:18 "And say thou unto the people, Sanctify yourselves against tomorrow, and ye shall eat flesh: for ye have wept in the ears of the LORD, saying, Who shall give us flesh to eat? for [it was] well with us in Egypt: therefore the LORD will give you flesh, and ye shall eat."


For what follows respects them, as what goes before spoke of himself.


"Sanctify yourselves against tomorrow": Or prepare yourselves, as the Targums of Onkelos, and Jonathan. Either to receive mercies, or to meet the Lord in the way of his judgments. So Jarchi interprets it, "prepare for punishments," for what is said should be, and what they had, was not as a blessing, but in a way of punishment.


"And ye shall eat flesh": Which they lusted after, wept for, and could not be easy without.


"For ye have wept in the ears of the Lord": Complaining of him, and which he has taken notice of.


"Saying, who shall give us flesh to eat?" For though they so earnestly desired it, they despaired of it, and even called in question the power of God to give it.


"For it was well with us in Egypt": Where they had their fleshpots, as well as their cucumbers, melons, leeks, onions, and garlic (Exodus 16:3). But they forgot how ill it went with them by reason of their hard bondage, when their lives were made bitter by it. Notwithstanding their fleshpots, and of which there is not much reason to believe any great share came to them. Like to them were their posterity in later times (Jer. 44:17).


"Therefore the Lord will give you flesh": To show his power. And ye shall eat to your shame and confusion, not for pleasure or profit.


They were to cleanse themselves in preparation for eating the meat the LORD would send. They were to prepare themselves, not only for the food, but for a revelation of the power and holiness of God. It would be no problem for God to rain down meat.


Numbers 11:19 "Ye shall not eat one day, nor two days, nor five days, neither ten days, nor twenty days;"


Only, as in (Exodus 16:12).


"Nor two days, nor five days, neither ten days, nor twenty days. But even thirty days, a whole month (as in Num. 11:20).


Numbers 11:20 "[But] even a whole month, until it come out at your nostrils, and it be loathsome unto you: because that ye have despised the LORD which [is] among you, and have wept before him, saying, Why came we forth out of Egypt?"


So long as the Israelites continued at Taberah or Kibroth-hattaavah, as the Jews conclude from this clause.


"Until it come out at your nostrils": Being vomited up, through a nausea of it, the stomach being overfilled and glutted with it. In which case, it will make its way through the nostrils, as well as out of the mouth.


"And it be loathsome unto you": Being surfeited with it; or it shall be for "dispersion", scattered about from the mouth and nostrils.


"Because that ye have despised the Lord which is among you": Who dwelt in the tabernacle that was in the midst of them. Whom they despised by treating the manna with contempt he so plentifully spread about their camp. And by distrusting his power to give them flesh, and by murmuring and complaining against him on the account of their having none. The Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan are, "because ye have loathed the Word of the Lord, whose Shekinah (or the glory of whose Shekinah, as Jonathan), dwelleth among you." The essential Word, and who was figured by the manna they tasted and despised.


"And have wept before him": Complaining of him, and murmuring against him.


"Saying, why came we forth out of Egypt?" Suggesting it would have been better for them if they had stayed there. Thus reflecting on the wisdom, power, and goodness of God, displayed in the deliverance of them, and for which they had the utmost reason to be thankful.


They would eat so much meat in that month, that they would be sick of meat. They were extremely ungrateful. God will teach them a lesson in this. They will be so stuffed of meat, that it will come out their nostrils. This speaks of sickness. Their constant comparison of holy God with Egypt is showing they despise the LORD. "Egypt" symbolizes the world. They are not willing to give up the world for God. It was easy for God to get them out of Egypt, but it is near impossible it seems, to get Egypt out of them. Worldliness and God's ways will not mix. We must be careful in our churches to keep the worldliness out of them.


Verses 21-23: Every answer to prayer should be cherished, remembered, and "banked" in one's memory so that it may be drawn on in future times of trial. "Is the Lord's hand waxed short?" Is a figure of speech, with God's arm referring to His power. Because God had miraculously provided manna for the people, Moses should never have doubted that He could supply meat for more than 600,000 for a "whole month".


Numbers 11:21 "And Moses said, The people, among whom I [am, are] six hundred thousand footmen; and thou hast said, I will give them flesh, that they may eat a whole month."


"Six hundred thousand": Moses rounded off the 603,550 of (1:46; 2:32).


Now Moses has started to question. Moses could not have doubted the power of God after all the miracles. He just knew this would take a giant miracle.


Numbers 11:22 "Shall the flocks and the herds be slain for them, to suffice them? or shall all the fish of the sea be gathered together for them, to suffice them?"


Suggesting that if all their cattle, their sheep, and oxen were killed. Which they and the mixed multitude brought out of Egypt, they would not be sufficient for them to live upon a whole month. And intimating also, that it would be an unwise thing, and very improper, to slay them all, were they sufficient. Since then they would have none for sacrifice, or to breed when they came into the land of Canaan. The Targum of Jonathan is, "shall the sheep that are in Arabia and the oxen that are in the land of the Nabateans be slain for them, and be sufficient for them?"


"Or shall all the fish of the sea be gathered together for them to suffice them?" Of the great sea, as Jonathan; which, to gather together, is, humanly speaking, impossible. Indeed, if it could be done, they would not suffice such a number of people a month together. Moses takes notice only of the flesh of beasts and of fishes, and seems not to have thought of the flesh of fowls with which, and not the other, the Lord afterwards fed them a whole month.


To feed 3,000,000 people a month would take a tremendous amount of meat. It would take all the animals they possessed. Moses got a little carried away, when he spoke of all the fish of the sea. Moses is asking God, "Where will all this meat come from"?


Numbers 11:23 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Is the LORD'S hand waxed short? thou shalt see now whether my word shall come to pass unto thee or not."


"Is the LORD's hand waxed short?" The Lord indicated He was able to do as He had said and provide meat for the 600,000 men of Israel and their families for one month.


The Hand that opened the Red Sea, the Hand that sent the manna, was it so short it could not send the meat? God will prove Himself one more time to this people.


Verses 24-25: The Lord signaled both His pleasure and His purpose when He "came down in a cloud" and divinely empowered the 70 elders by His "Spirit". This is an extraordinary example of Spirit endowment in the Old Testament.


Numbers 11:24 "And Moses went out, and told the people the words of the LORD, and gathered the seventy men of the elders of the people, and set them round about the tabernacle."


Either out of his own tent, about which the people assembled, complaining and weeping (Num. 11:10). Or rather, as Aben Ezra, out of the tabernacle of the congregation, and the sanctuary where he had been conversing with God, about the affairs complained of both by the people and by himself. So the Targum of Jonathan says, he went out of the tabernacle, the house of the Shekinah or divine Majesty.


"And told the people of the words of the Lord": What he had ordered him to do for his ease in the government of them, and how he had promised to give them flesh on the morrow.


"And gathered the seventy men of the elders of Israel": Sent for them by name, and ordered them to assemble at such a time and place. And though two of them came not, after mentioned (Num. 11:26). Yet the full number of seventy is given.


"And set them round about the tabernacle": They seem to be set not promiscuously in a body together, but distinctly, one by another, in a circular form. That they might be seen, observed, and taken notice of by the people that came about the tabernacle. Who they were, what were done to them, and what befell them.


Moses is still the messenger to bring God's message to the people. He tells them God's answer. He also gathers the seventy men in the tabernacle, for God to put His Spirit upon them.


Numbers 11:25 "And the LORD came down in a cloud, and spake unto him, and took of the spirit that [was] upon him, and gave [it] unto the seventy elders: and it came to pass, [that], when the spirit rested upon them, they prophesied, and did not cease."


"Prophesied": Here the prophesying refers to the giving of praise and similar expressions of worship to the Lord without prior training. The text is clear that this was a one-time event as far as these men were concerned.


God took of the fullness of the Holy Spirit, which He had placed on Moses, and gave the power of the Spirit to the seventy to minister. In the Old Testament and in the New Testament, God empowers His people to do the tasks He has called them to do. It is the filling with the Spirit that empowers a person to minister. One of the gifts of the Spirit is prophecy.


Luke 1:67 "And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, and prophesied, saying,"


Luke 1:41-2 "And it came to pass, that, when Elisabeth heard the salutation of Mary, the babe leaped in her womb; and Elisabeth was filled with the Holy Ghost:" "And she spake out with a loud voice, and said, Blessed [art] thou among women, and blessed [is] the fruit of thy womb."


We see from all of this, that when the Spirit comes upon a person he begins to prophecy.


Verses 26-29: "Joshua" deferred to Moses' leadership, making Moses wish that everyone in the nation was spirit-empowered like his leaders were. What a privilege that since Jesus' return to heaven, all God's people have the Holy Spirit!


Numbers 11:26 "But there remained two [of the] men in the camp, the name of the one [was] Eldad, and the name of the other Medad: and the spirit rested upon them; and they [were] of them that were written, but went not out unto the tabernacle: and they prophesied in the camp."


Of the seventy who were summoned, that came not out of the camp of Israel to the tabernacle when the rest did.


"The name of the one was Eldad, and the name of the other Medad. Who, according to the Targum of Jonathan, were brethren of Moses by his mother's side. For it says, they were the sons of Elizaphan the son of Parnac, whom Jochebed the daughter of Levi brought forth at the time that Amram her husband dismissed her. And she was married to him before she brought forth Moses. But it is elsewhere said, that Elizaphan married her after the death of Amram; and Eldad and Medad were born unto them.


"And the Spirit rested upon them": As it did upon the rest of the seventy that came to the tabernacle. These two had the same gifts of the Spirit bestowed upon them as they had.


"And they were of them that were written": Among the seventy whose names were put down in the summons Moses gave them to attend the tabernacle. For as for the notion of the Jews about schedules and pieces of paper put into an urn to draw lots with, there is no foundation in the text.


"But went not out unto the tabernacle": Out of the camp to it, when they were summoned to come together; which they declined.


There were two that did not come to the tabernacle for the anointing. This did not stop the Holy Spirit of God from anointing them. They were filled with the Spirit of God, and began to speak under that anointing. They were written down as part of the seventy, but something kept them from meeting with Moses in the tabernacle.


This is a type and shadow of the fact that the Gentiles would be baptized with the Holy Spirit, even though they were not Jews. The tabernacle is not what makes a person Spirit filled. This is an anointing of God on whomever He desires to have it.


Numbers 11:27 "And there ran a young man, and told Moses, and said, Eldad and Medad do prophesy in the camp."


From the camp to the tabernacle, who had heard Eldad and Medad prophesy. Which he thought was not right, being done without the knowledge and approbation of Moses. And in a private tent in the tabernacle, not among the elders, but the common people. Who this young man was is not material to know. Some of the Rabbins, as Jarchi says, affirm he was Gershon the son of Moses. Whoever he was, no doubt, it was with a good design, consulting the glory of God and the honor of Moses, and therefore in great haste ran to him with the information.


"And told Moses, and said, Eldad and Medad do prophesy in the camp": Who seem by this, to be persons well known, and of some note and figure. Since not only the young man could call them by their names, but there needed no other description of them to Moses and those with him.


This person reported this to Moses, questioning whether they had the authority to prophesy.


Numbers 11:28 "And Joshua the son of Nun, the servant of Moses, [one] of his young men, answered and said, My lord Moses, forbid them."


That waited upon him, and ministered to him, and executed his orders, especially in civil things, and was to be his successor.


"One of his young men": Not that Joshua was a young man in age, for he must be now between fifty and sixty years of age (see notes on Exodus 33:11). Nor does the word necessarily suppose that those men were young among whom Joshua was. But choice excellent persons, the principal servants of Moses, at the head of whom Joshua was being his prime minister. The Targum of Onkelos and the Syriac version render it, "from his youth". Joining it with the word servant, as if he was the servant of Moses from his youth, or ever since he was a young man. But Moses had not been out of Midian but about two years, where he had kept his father's sheep. However, he;


"Answered and said, my lord Moses, forbid them": Prophesying, restrain them from it, suffer them not to go on in it. He would have him exert his authority as the chief magistrate, which he thought was affected by their prophesying without his knowledge and consent. And because a word from the root here used signifies a prison, some here interpret it, "put them in prison," which is a sense Jarchi mentions. But it can hardly be thought that Joshua meant that such rigorous measures should be taken, only that they should be rebuked for what they had done, and be charged for the future to be silent.


The Jews were a very class conscious people. Joshua wanted Moses to forbid them to prophesy, because they were not anointed in the tabernacle.


Numbers 11:29 "And Moses said unto him, Enviest thou for my sake? would God that all the LORD'S people were prophets, [and] that the LORD would put his spirit upon them!"


"That the LORD would put his spirit upon them": Moses desired and anticipated the day when all of God's people would have His Spirit within them. By this, he looked forward to the New Covenant. See Ezek. 36:22-27; Jer. 31:31; Joel 2:28.


Moses was not jealous. In fact, he was one of the humblest men that ever lived. It would simplify the work of Moses, if all the people were guided by the Spirit of God, rather than being guided by the lust of their flesh. Moses actually wished that God would pour out of His Spirit upon all flesh.


Numbers 11:30 "And Moses gat him into the camp, he and the elders of Israel."


From the door of the tabernacle, where he had been settling the elders in their office, and now betook himself to the camp of Israel. Perhaps to look more particularly into the affair of Eldad and Medad, and settle that. And put them among the elders; for they were of them that were written. Whose names were put down for elders in the paper Moses had written for that purpose, and in the summons that were given. Or more generally to do public business, to exercise rule and government, with this new assistance granted him, as follows.


"He and the elders of Israel": He went in company with them, to impart to them the honor and glory they were to share with him in the government, as Aben Ezra observes. Or they went together, to observe what would be done for the people, according to the promise of the Lord, to give them flesh. Who had made good his word to Moses, by taking of his Spirit and putting it on seventy men for his assistance. The other remained to be done, and was done as follows.


This is saying, they were part of the ministering body in the camp.


Verses 31-35: As promised, the Lord provided meat in the form of "quails". In nearly plague liked amounts (Psalms 78:26-28; 105:40). The narrative is so vivid: "while the flesh was yet between their teeth" when the Lord brought a "plague" of another sort (Psalm 78:29-31). Place names like "Kibroth-hattaavah" were markers of disobedience and ingratitude; the name means "Graves of Craving".


Numbers 11:31 "And there went forth a wind from the LORD, and brought quails from the sea, and let [them] fall by the camp, as it were a day's journey on this side, and as it were a day's journey on the other side, round about the camp, and as it were two cubits [high] upon the face of the earth."


"A day's journey": The Lord, using a wind, brought a great quantity of quail that surrounded the encampment within one day's journey.


"Two cubits high upon the face of the earth:": The birds flew at a height of about 3 feet where they were able to be easily captured or clubbed to the ground by the people.


The quails may not have covered the ground to a depth of two cubits (three feet), but, as the Vulgate, the Targums and Rashi agree, they may have kept flying around the camp at a height of about three feet so the people could knock them down easily. The psalmist remarks concerning this episode: "And he gave them their request; but sent leanness into their soul" (Psalm 106:15).


They had to eat them to get rid of them. There was no place to get away from the quails. This should be ample meat to satisfy these rebellious people. This was not an ordinary wind. It was a miraculous wind from God that brought the quails. The wind God sent, threw the quails down on the camp.


Numbers 11:32 "And the people stood up all that day, and all [that] night, and all the next day, and they gathered the quails: he that gathered least gathered ten homers: and they spread [them] all abroad for themselves round about the camp."


"Ten homers": About 60 to 70 bushels.


They were so greedy, they stayed up all night and gathered these quails. The least that anyone gathered was 320 pecks. This was a tremendous amount of meat. They dried the meat in the sun to keep it from ruining.


Numbers 11:33 "And while the flesh [was] yet between their teeth, ere it was chewed, the wrath of the LORD was kindled against the people, and the LORD smote the people with a very great plague."


When they had just got it into their mouths, and were about to bite it.


"Ere it was chewed": Or "cut off". Or cut into pieces by the "incisors", or fore teeth, and then ground by the "molars", or grinders, and so became fit to be swallowed. Both quails and locusts were eaten as food. The former is a fat and delicious fowl, and the latter, some sorts of them at least, were allowed clean food for the Jews, and were fed on by many people.


"The wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people": For their lusting after flesh, and despising the manna.


"And the Lord smote the people with a very great plague": The pestilence, as Aben Ezra. Or with fire, as Bochart, who gives the following reasons why the people were so severely punished now, and not before, when they murmured on a like account. Because their sins were greater, and more aggravated, they falling again into the same sin which had been forgiven them. And besides, they were before pressed with famine, now they had a plenty of manna every day. And also were better instructed, having received the law, which was not yet given when they were just come out of Egypt. Sulpitius the historian says, 23,000 perished at this time.


God poured the abundance of the meat upon them in anger. They were more concerned with pleasing their flesh, than they were in pleasing God. While they were consuming the meat God had miraculously provided, God sent a plague to them in punishment.


Numbers 11:34 "And he called the name of that place Kibroth-hattaavah: because there they buried the people that lusted."


Verses 34-35: "Kibroth-hattaavah" means "Graves of Craving". Much of the discontent among the Israelites centered around the supply of food and water and their discontent with God's provision (Exodus 16:2; Num. Chapter 20).


They ate to satisfy the lust of their flesh, and it killed them. They were buried in the very place of their lust. This should have been a tremendous lesson for these people.


Numbers 11:35 "[And] the people journeyed from Kibroth-hattaavah unto Hazeroth; and abode at Hazeroth."


After having stayed there a month or more, as is gathered from (Num. 11:20).


"And abode at Hazeroth": At least seven days, as appears from (Num. 12:15). Which, according to Bunting, was eight miles from Kibroth-hattaavah, or Taberah, which were the same place.


The people that moved were those not killed in the plague. We must learn in this lesson, that it is very dangerous to pray for things that satisfy our flesh. We might get the answer to our prayer. The flesh is an enemy of the spirit.


Numbers Chapter 11 Questions


1. What did God do, when the people complained?


2. Why would the journey through the wilderness be so long?


3. What are some of the possibilities of where the fire came from?


4. When was the fire quenched?


5. What was the name of the place called?


6. What does the name "Taberah" mean?


7. What lesson can we learn from this?


8. Who are the mixed multitude?


9. What do they complain about?


10. "Egypt" symbolizes the _______.


11. What are they really lusting for?


12. What foods from Egypt did they remember?


13. What does the soul have to do with?


14. "Manna" means ____________, or ________ ____ ____.


15. What answer did Jesus give about what the manna was?


16. Where did they find the manna to eat?


17. What did the manna taste like?


18. What displeased Moses, and angered God?


19. What does their weeping show?


20. Moses is ________ of these ungrateful people.


21. What really was Moses' obligation?


22. What is a minister's responsibility?


23. Moses is so ashamed of them in verse 12, he tells God what?


24. What question does Moses ask God in verse 13?


25. Moses feels like a __________.


26. How many helpers does God give Moses?


27. What makes them capable of ministry?


28. How does God bring flesh to eat to the people?


29. How long are they to eat it?


30. What happens to those who are filled with God's Spirit?


31. Why did someone complain about the two prophesying in the camp?


32. Why did Moses wish everyone to be filled with the Spirit of God?


33. How deep were the quails?


34. How many pecks did each person gather?


35. What happened to them, as they ate the flesh?


36. What does "Kibroth-hattaavah" mean?


37. Where did they go to next?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 12



Numbers Chapter 12

Verses 1-16: Here is the third complaint in this section. This has elements similar to the previous two complaints in that it has:


(1) The phrase "spake against" (verses 1,4-6);


(2) "The Lord heard" (11:1);


(3) "Anger of the Lord" (11:1, 10, 33);


(4) "Judgment" (11:1, 33);


(5) An appeal for mercy (11:2);


(6) Moses' intercession (11:2); and


(7) The journeying (11:35).


This complaint constitutes an important challenge to the authority of Moses, because the priest and a prophetess have instigated a challenge against his high position of being the sole mediator between God and Israel.


"Ethiopian woman": Cush normally refers to Ethiopia (Gen. 10:6), and thus Moses was probably married a second time. The verb "spake" is feminine singular in Hebrew, possibly indicating she took the lead. Thus, Aaron is once again giving evidence of weak character (Exodus 32:2-4, 22-25, Num. 16:11). Zipporah was a non-Israelite woman. These types of marriages were not uncommon in Israel (1 Chron. 2:34-35). So this was just an excuse for the real reason: "Hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses?" The title "my servant Moses" is a very special distinction that he shares only with Abraham (Gen. 26:24), with Caleb (14:24), with Israel as a whole (Isa. 43:10; 44:21), and with the coming Son of David (Isa. 42:1; 53:11). The reason given is that he is "faithful in all mine house". Moses saw the Lord's form in a "similitude", which Israel did not see at Sinai (Deut. 4:12, 15). The Lord would speak with Moses "mouth to mouth" (Jer. 32:4), as in a normal conversation between two people. This is synonymous with "face to face" in Exodus 33:11 and Deut. 34:10; (compare 7:89).


"Leprous": What Miriam did was to become a permanent part of Israel's memory (Deut. 24:9).


"If her father had but spit in her face" is a reference to the rebuke a father might administer to his daughter, which would result in a period of shame to follow (Deut. 25:9; Isa. 50:6), how much more Miriam should be shamed seven days for flouting God's authority. The public nature of her sin called for public punishment (1 Tim. 5:20).


After having stayed there a month or more, as is gathered from (Num. 11:20).


"And abode at Hazeroth": At least seven days, as appears from (Num. 12:15). Which, according to Bunting, was eight miles from Kibroth-hattaavah, or Taberah, which were the same place.


Numbers 12:1 "And Miriam and Aaron spake against Moses because of the Ethiopian woman whom he had married: for he had married an Ethiopian woman."


Ethiopia (also known as Cush), south of Egypt, was inhabited by the descendants of Cush, the firstborn son of Ham (Gen. 10:6-7). Although the term "Cushite" could have been used concerning Zipporah, Moses' first wife, it seems more likely that Moses had remarried after the death of Zipporah. The marriage to the Ethiopian woman had been recent and furnished the pretext for the attack of Miriam and Aaron. Since Miriam is mentioned first, she probably was the instigator of the attack against Moses.


As the new wife of Moses, she would have had to be a woman of true faith in Yahweh. It is possible that his first wife, Zipporah, had died; it is even more likely that the marriage had ended (Exodus 2:21; 18:1-5).


This opposition was, perhaps, instigated by Miriam, since she is mentioned first in the verse above. Perhaps, Aaron was guilty by association, since we see no punishment upon him for this sin. It appears, they both spoke evil of Moses, but it was Miriam's idea. An Ethiopian was a descendant from Ham, and was a person of dark skin. She would also have been thought of as worse than the Egyptians, as far as religious belief was concerned. It seems, Moses was not interested in sharing his private life, so we do not know if Zipporah was dead at this time or not. Miriam was a prophetess, so it would have been alright for her to speak out for religious purposes, if it had not been God's chosen. It is a dangerous thing to tear down the character of those anointed of God.


Numbers 12:2 "And they said, Hath the LORD indeed spoken only by Moses? hath he not spoken also by us? And the LORD heard [it]."


"Spoken only by Moses": Miriam and Aaron asserted that God had spoken to them in the same way that He had spoken to Moses.


Miriam and Aaron decided that they were just as high up in the ministry as Moses was, and they stated it where God heard them. Pride can get a person into serious trouble. They are justifying their accusation against Moses here. They had no respect for Moses, or his decision. God hears this in a way of judging their actions.


Numbers 12:3 "(Now the man Moses [was] very meek, above all the men which [were] upon the face of the earth.)"


"Very meek": This statement is often cited as evidence that Moses could not have written the book of Numbers, for he would not have boasted in his own humility. However, the Holy Spirit certainly could inspire Moses to make an accurate statement about himself, probably against his own natural inclination. In this context, Moses was asserting there was nothing that he had done to provoke this attack by Miriam and Aaron.


Moses was not full of pride, like Miriam and Aaron were. Moses was so meek, that he did not feel he could do the things God called him to do. Truly he couldn't in his own power, but the power of God within him could do it.


Numbers 12:4 "And the LORD spake suddenly unto Moses, and unto Aaron, and unto Miriam, Come out ye three unto the tabernacle of the congregation. And they three came out."


As one greatly provoked, and highly displeased, and which was shown at once. And in order to prevent the complaint getting among the people, and spreading, which might have been of bad consequence, as they were pretty much disposed to murmur and mutiny. As also to show that it was not through any solicitation of Moses that the Lord took this matter in hand. Time not being allowed to him to make any application to him. For, as soon as ever Miriam and Aaron had uttered their speech against him, the Lord spake to them.


"Come out ye three unto the tabernacle of the congregation": Everyone out of his tent, as Aben Ezra. Though it is not improbable that they were all together in the tent of Moses. Whither Aaron and Miriam were come to contend with him; the words seem to be spoken quick, and in haste, as being angry.


"And they three came out": Of the place where they were, to the tabernacle of the congregation. That so the people might not hear what was said unto them, and what was the occasion of it.


The fact that "God spoke suddenly" to them, indicates this matter could not wait. God spoke to the three people who He had empowered to do the job He had for them. They also were the three involved in this controversy. From the Scripture above, it appears God spoke to each of them individually. He called them to the tabernacle, and they came.


Numbers 12:5 "And the LORD came down in the pillar of the cloud, and stood [in] the door of the tabernacle, and called Aaron and Miriam: and they both came forth."


The LORD came down": As in (Gen. 11:5), this clause states that the Lord knows and deals with situations on earth. Here the Lord came down and (in verse 10), departed. This was God's answer to the attack against Moses.


The door of the tabernacle was not the usual place for the presence of the LORD. They were called to Him for judgement.


Verses 6-8: This poem is astonishing in its content. Yahweh had revealed Himself to numerous people in a variety of way, but to Moses He spoke "mouth to mouth ... not in dark speeches" (metaphors, riddles, and symbols). Only of Moses could it be said, "the similitude of the LORD shall he behold". None of the prophets in Hebrew Scripture had the privileges of divine encounter to match that of Moses.


Numbers 12:6 "And he said, Hear now my words: If there be a prophet among you, [I] the LORD will make myself known unto him in a vision, [and] will speak unto him in a dream."


This is a reminder from God that prophets are prophets, because God made them prophets. They are not prophets or prophetesses because of any special ability of their own. God chooses whom He will for whatever position He desires them to have. They are able to prophesy, because God reveals things to them in visions and dreams.


Numbers 12:7 "My servant Moses [is] not so, who [is] faithful in all mine house."


"My servant Moses": This phrase is also repeated (in verse 8). A servant of the Lord in the Old Testament is one who responded in faith by obedience to the Word of the Lord.


"Faithful in all mine house": A reference to Moses' loyal performance of his role as covenant mediator between the Lord and Israel.


God is saying in this, that Moses is more than a prophet. The greatest of the prophets received their messages in dreams and visions. God met with Moses. Moses was on the mountain 40 days and nights in the near presence of God. Moses was able to get closer to God than any other man.


Numbers 12:8 "With him will I speak mouth to mouth, even apparently, and not in dark speeches; and the similitude of the LORD shall he behold: wherefore then were ye not afraid to speak against my servant Moses?"


"Mouth to mouth": God spoke to Moses without mediation. Also, the Lord did not speak to Moses through visions and dreams, but plainly. It was not that Moses saw the full glory of God (compare John 1:18), but rather that he had the most explicit, intimate encounters (compare Deut. 34:10).


"The similitude of the LORD": This is the likeness or representation of the Lord which Moses was privileged to see (see Exodus 33:23).


God spoke to Moses with an audible voice. Moses was in God's presence so closely, that the Scripture uses the expression face to face. He spoke plainly to Moses, not in parables. Moses never actually saw the face of God, but was close enough to see it. At one time, God did allow Moses to see His back side. If God thought this highly of Moses, why did Miriam and Aaron not have more respect than to speak against Moses? They should have been afraid to speak against this special servant of God. Possibly, one reason was because he was their physical brother. It is difficult for members of one's family to recognize his greatness.


Verses 9-12: In "anger", the "Lord" struck "Miriam" with leprosy (Deut. 24:9). Miriam's "flesh" was so "consumed" that she looked to Aaron liked a partly formed fetus that had been born early. For the high priest, "Aaron", to need priestly intercession from Moses must have seemed ironic, but it was an admittance of his sin.


Numbers 12:9 "And the anger of the LORD was kindled against them; and he departed."


Which might be visible by some outward token, as by lightning from the cloud, or, however. What follows was sufficient to show it.


"And he departed": From the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, where he had stood in the pillar of cloud for some time. But as soon as he had given his testimony of Moses, and expressed his displeasure at Aaron and Miriam, he went away directly from them. Not staying to hear what they had to say for themselves, which was a plain indication of his anger against them.


God's anger was apparent to them. They have been judged, and found guilty. They are awaiting sentence.


Numbers 12:10 "And the cloud departed from off the tabernacle; and, behold, Miriam [became] leprous, [white] as snow: and Aaron looked upon Miriam, and, behold, [she was] leprous."


"Leprous": In judgment of Miriam's opposition to Moses, the Lord struck her with leprosy. For the treatment of a leper, see (Lev. Chapters 13 and 14). A public sin required a public response from the Lord.


"Leprosy" in the spiritual, is associated with sin. Why Aaron is not punished is hard to understand. Perhaps, it was because he was a weak man, and just followed Miriam in the sin. He was actually the one who made the golden calf, and was not punished for that either. It appears in both cases, he was a follower and not a leader. In a sense, he was punished when he saw Miriam with the leprosy.


Numbers 12:11 "And Aaron said unto Moses, Alas, my lord, I beseech thee, lay not the sin upon us, wherein we have done foolishly, and wherein we have sinned."


The word for "alas" is generally interpreted by the Jewish writers as a note of beseeching and entreating. As it is here by the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, "I beseech thee, my lord," or "upon me, my lord", be all the blame. Such was his tenderness to his sister, and the compassion he had on her. And such reverence and respect did he show to Moses his brother. Though younger than he, because of his superior dignity as a prophet, and chief magistrate, and prime minister, and servant of the Lord, calling him "my lord".


"I beseech thee, lay not the sin upon us": The punishment of it, bear not hard upon us, or suffer us to be punished in a rigorous manner, without interceding to the Lord for us, for the abatement of removal of it. Such a powerful and prevailing interest he knew he had with God, that by his prayers their punishment would be mitigated. Or not laid, or, if laid, removed.


"Wherein we have done foolishly, and wherein we have sinned": He owns they had sinned, but suggests, and so he would have it understood, that it was not through malice, and purposely and presumptuously. But through and ignorance, inadvertency and weakness, and hoped it would be forgiven.


Aaron repents for them both. Since Aaron speaks his regret for the sin to Moses, it shows that he realizes he is not equal in authority to Moses. He actually asks Moses to get rid of this burden of sin for Miriam and himself.


Numbers 12:12 "Let her not be as one dead, of whom the flesh is half consumed when he cometh out of his mother's womb."


As she was in a ceremonial sense. Having to be shut up and excluded from the society of people, and as defiling by touching as a dead carcase. And, in a natural sense, her flesh, by the disease upon her, was become as dead flesh. Putrid and rotten, and unless miraculously cured it would issue in her death.


"Of whom the flesh is half consumed, when he cometh out of his mother's womb": Like an abortive, or one stillborn, that has been dead some time in its mother's womb. And therefore, when brought forth its flesh is almost wasted away, or at least half consumed. And in such a plight and condition was Miriam already, or quickly would be, through the force of her disease.


Aaron and Miriam were probably pretty close, since they had been reared together. Leprosy is much like death of the skin tissue. Aaron pleads with Moses for Miriam's healing.


Verses 13-16: Although God removed Miriam's leprosy, she had to remain "out from the camp seven days" (Lev. 13:1-6; 14:1-8; 15:8), because she was defiled. This meant shame for her and delay for the people because they had to wait for her restoration before moving on. A rebellious sinner is always capable of holding back the progress of God's people.


Numbers 12:13 "And Moses cried unto the LORD, saying, Heal her now, O God, I beseech thee."


With a loud voice, and with great earnestness and importunity. Being heartily affected with the miserable condition Miriam was in.


"Saying, heal her now, O God, I beseech thee": In the original text it is, "O God now, heal her now". For the same particle is used at the close as at the beginning of the petition. And the repetition of it shows his earnestness and importunity that she might be healed directly, immediately, without any delay. And Moses uses the word "El", which signifies the strong and mighty God, as expressive of his faith in the power of God. That he was able to heal her; and at the same time suggests that none but he could do it. And so Aben Ezra interprets it, "thou that hast power in thine hand, now heal her." This prayer is a proof of his being of a meek, humble, and forgiving spirit.


Moses prays to God for Miriam. Moses' power to heal Miriam lies in the power of God. He sympathizes with his sister's condition, and asks God to heal her.


Numbers 12:14 "And the LORD said unto Moses, If her father had but spit in her face, should she not be ashamed seven days? let her be shut out from the camp seven days, and after that let her be received in [again]."


By a voice out of the cloud, though at a distance. Unless it was by a secret impulse upon his spirit, darting such words into his mind as if he heard an audible voice.


"If her father had but spit in her face": Or, "in spitting spitted"; spit much, and continued spitting till he had covered her face with spittle. Which, as it would have been a token of anger and displeasure in him, an earthly father, who is meant. And of shame and disgrace to her. So there is some likeness in spittle to leprosy, both being white. And in such a case to the abundance of it, her thee being covered with leprosy. And which came as it were from the mouth of the Lord, by his order and appointment, immediately, as spittle from a man. And like that, in a way of detestation and contempt, and to make abhorred and despised.


"Should she not be ashamed seven days?" Hide herself, and never appear in the family, and especially in her father's presence, because of the shame she was put unto, for the space of seven days. How much more ashamed then should she be, now her heavenly Father did spit in her face, and covered it with a white leprosy and for as long a time at least, or indeed longer? Fourteen days, say the Targum of Jonathan, and Jarchi, but no more than seven are required. When more might have justly been, for her separation and shutting up from company and conversation.


"Let her be shut out from the camp seven days": For so long the leper was to be shut up at the trial of his leprosy. And so long he was to be out of his tent at the cleansing of him (Lev. 13:5).


"And after that let her be received again": Into the camp and into society with her relations and friends.


The least He would punish her for was 7 days, because a leper cannot be declared clean, until after 7 days. 7 shows spiritual completeness as well. The "spitting in the face" and the 7 day separation are both signs of the father being ashamed of the child. At the end of the 7 days, she is totally restored.


Numbers 12:15 "And Miriam was shut out from the camp seven days: and the people journeyed not till Miriam was brought in [again]."


And so, in later times lepers dwelt alone, and in a separate house as long as the leprosy was upon them (see 2 Chron. 26:21). Miriam no doubt was healed at once, but, as a punishment for her sin, she was obliged to keep out of the camp of Israel for such a space of time.


"And the people journeyed not till Miriam was brought in again": Partly out of respect unto her, she being a prophetess, and one that went before them, and led them with Moses and Aaron (Micah 6:4). And partly for want of the cloud to direct them, which had departed at a distance from them.


God did not move the camp, until Miriam's 7 days were fulfilled.


Numbers 12:16 "And afterward the people removed from Hazeroth, and pitched in the wilderness of Paran."


After seven days, where they had been so long at least. The cloud being returned to the tabernacle, and having been taken up, which was the signal for motion. The camps of Israel, in their order, removed and marched forward.


"And pitched in the wilderness of Paran": At a place in it called Rith-mah (Num. 33:18). Which, according to Bunting, was eight miles from Hazeroth, near to which was another place called Kadesh. Or else this was another name of Rith-mah (see Num. 13:3). And now the Israelites were very near the Land of Promise. And from hence they sent spies to make their observations on it, and bring a report of it. And had it not been for their ill conduct in that affair, in all probability would have been quickly in it. But on that account, were kept out thirty-eight years longer. It was on the twenty eighth or twenty ninth of the month Sivan the Israelites came to this place, according to the Jewish writers, which month answers part of our May and part of June. "Wilderness of Paran" (see note on 10:12).


The wilderness of Paran is near the Promised Land.


Numbers Chapter 12 Questions


1. Who spoke against Moses?


2. What was their complaint?


3. What is the difference in the sin of Miriam in this, and the sin of Aaron?


4. Who was the Ethiopian descended from?


5. What would have been her religious status?


6. It is a dangerous thing to tear down the character of God's ___________.


7. In verse 2, what have Miriam and Aaron decided?


8. How meek was Moses?


9. What does the fact that "God spoke suddenly" to Moses, Aaron, and Miriam mean?


10. Where did they go to meet with God?


11. How did God meet with the three of them?


12. Who did He call to Him for judgement?


13. What sets aside a person as a prophet?


14. Moses is ________ than a prophet.


15. What special thing did God do for Moses, that He did not do for prophets?


16. What should have kept Miriam and Aaron from accusing Moses?


17. Verse 9 says, God was _________ with them.


18. What happened to Miriam in punishment?


19. Why was Aaron not punished?


20. "Leprosy", in the spiritual, is associated with ______.


21. What was another sin Aaron was not punished for?


22. Who does Aaron repent for?


23. Who prays to God for them?


24. What is the answer from God?


25. What does the "father spitting in her face" show?


26. Where is the wilderness of Paran located?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 13



Numbers Chapter 13

Verses 1-33: This begins another major section (13:1 - 19:22), depicting the 40 years near Kadesh. The first portion (13:1-14), refers to the rebellion of the spies.


Verses 1-20: Here we have the instruction of the Lord to send out the leaders to spy out the land (Deut. 1:22-23).


Numbers 13:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


"The LORD spake unto Moses": According to (Deut. 1:22-23), the people had first requested the spies be sent out after Moses challenged them to take the land. Here, the Lord affirmed the peoples' desire and commanded Moses to send them.


In the last lesson, we ended with the camp moving to the wilderness of Paran, near the Promised Land. After they arrived, God speaks to Moses for the people.


Numbers 13:2 "Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them."


(Deut. 1:22), indicates the request was initially brought by the people to spy out the land, only to determine "by what way we must go, and into what cities we shall come".


The spies were specifically called to explore the Land that God had promised to Israel. This exploration gave valuable information to Moses for the conquest of the Land.


Moses was to search out the leader of each of the tribes of Israel. They would represent their family, as they search out the land of Canaan. Remember, they are near the Promised Land. They could go in right now, if they would remain in their faith.


Verses 3-16: The 12 men honored to represent each tribe are named here, but because of the way their story ends, ten of the names are remembered today with sorrow and shame (Deut. 9:23). "Caleb", the leader of the tribe of Judah, and "Joshua" brought back the (truthful), minority report, that God would help them conquer the land as He had promised (14:6). Consequently, they were the only ones who were allowed to enter the Promised Land.


Numbers 13:3 "And Moses by the commandment of the LORD sent them from the wilderness of Paran: all those men [were] heads of the children of Israel."


"Heads of the children of Israel": These leaders were different than those mentioned in (Num. 1-2, 7, 10). Presumably the tribal leaders in the 4 earlier lists were older men. The task for the spies called for some leaders who were younger, probably about 40 years of age, based on the ages of Caleb and Joshua.


These men were to go and search out the land. The heads of these sons of Israel were usually speaking of their princes. Since some of the princes were elderly, these are probably just men of importance in their tribe who were chosen for this hard job. (In Deut. 1 beginning with the 20th verse), there is another explanation of searching out the Promised Land.


Numbers 13:4 "And these [were] their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur."


There is nothing but the names of the said persons, whose sons they were, and of what tribe. And the several tribes are mentioned, not according to the order of the birth of the patriarchs. Nor according to the dignity of their mothers that bore them. But, very likely, according to the order in which they were sent. Two by two, to search the land. For had they gone all twelve in a body, they would have been liable to suspicion. The signification of their names is of no importance to know, and will give us no light into their characters or the reason of their choice. Nor are their parents elsewhere taken notice of, nor any of them but Joshua and Caleb, of whom we shall hear more hereafter.


We remember, Reuben was the first son of Leah and Jacob. The names of the leaders from each tribe that were sent are not known elsewhere, except for Caleb and Joshua. There is no representative of the tribe of Levi, because they will not receive land.


Numbers 13:5 "Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Simeon was the second son of Jacob and Leah.


Numbers 13:6 "Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh."


The tribe of Judah is the tribe the Lord Jesus will come through. Caleb was 40 years old, when he was chosen to spy out the Promised Land. We will find that Caleb will be one of two who brings back a good report. In Chronicles, Caleb is spoken of as a Kenizzite.


Numbers 13:7 "Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Issachar was the ninth son of Jacob and the fifth of Leah.


Numbers 13:8 "Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


The tribe of Ephraim was actually of the tribe of Joseph. Oshea is the same as Joshua. He was the other of the two who came back with a good report.


Numbers 13:9 "Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Benjamin was the youngest son of Jacob. His mother was Rachel. His full brother was Joseph.


Numbers 13:10 "Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Zebulun was the tenth son of Jacob and the sixth of Leah.


Numbers 13:11 "Of the tribe of Joseph, [namely], of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Manasseh was the oldest son of Joseph, but Ephraim got the right hand blessing. Joseph had two sons, that were part of the twelve tribes. Ephraim and Manasseh were the two sons.


Numbers 13:12 "Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Dan was the fifth son of Jacob and the first of Bilhah, Rachel's maid.


Numbers 13:13 "Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Asher was the eighth son of Jacob and the second of Zilpah, Leah's maid.


Numbers 13:14 "Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Naphtali was the sixth son of Jacob and the second son of Bilhah.


Numbers 13:15 "Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi."


See notes on (Num. 13:4).


Gad was Jacob's seventh son and the firstborn of Zilpah.


Numbers 13:16 "These [are] the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua."


"Oshea" (compare verse 8 and Deut. 32:44), probably means "God Is Salvation", or "God Saves". His name was later changed to "Jehoshua: (Joshua, "The Lord Is Salvation", or "The Lord Saves"). Interestingly, none of the previous names (from verses 4-15), has the name of Yahweh in it. "Oshea" expresses the conviction that Israel's salvation depends only on the Lord.


For reasons not made clear, Moses changed the name of Oshea, meaning "desire for salvation", to Joshua, meaning "the Lord is salvation".


The main thing in this verse is the change of the name of Oshea to Jehoshua, or Joshua. The two names we must remember, in the twelve that were sent to spy, are Caleb and Joshua, who were the only two to bring back a good report.


Verses 17-20: The spies were to determine the nature of the Land itself, as well as the strengths and weaknesses of the people.


Numbers 13:17 "And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this [way] southward, and go up into the mountain:"


"Canaan" Was the ancient name of the land of Israel. Canaan was the grandson of Noah and the son of Ham (Gen. 10:6). In the Amarna Letters, the Phoenician coast is described as the "land of Canaan". In the Old Testament Canaan is the designation for all of Palestine west of the Jordan River (34:3-5), from Mount Hermon to Beer-sheba. Evidence of the Canaanite language was found at Ras Shamra (ancient Ugarit), written in alphabetic cuneiform script. At the time of the Israelite conquest under Joshua, Canaanite culture had reached great heights. Excavations at several sites reveal a semi agrarian culture dominated by immoral, religious fertility cults honoring Baal, Asherah, and Ishtar. High places, sacred trees, and idolatry were common forms of worship. The overt paganism and gross immorality of the Canaanite religion were in direct contrast to the divinely revealed religion of Israel.


This closely resembles the account in Deuteronomy, except it was the peoples request to search out the land. God knew what the land was already. He wanted His people to have enough faith to take the land. It seems, Moses sent the spies on pressure from the people to see whether the land would be easy to take or not.


Numbers 13:18 "And see the land, what it [is]; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they [be] strong or weak, few or many;"


The situation and condition of the country, and the nature, temper, disposition, and constitution of the inhabitants. By which it might be judged whether it was a desirable thing to possess it. And whether it was practicable to subdue and take it.


"Whether they be strong or weak, few or many": Whether able-bodied men fit for war, and of spirit, strength, and courage. Or feeble and pusillanimous, weak and timorous. And whether their number was small or great, by which they would be capable of judging whether they were in a state and condition to defend themselves or not. And whether a conquest of them was easy or not. The last of the two things in the preceding clause is first particularly explained and enlarged upon, as is usual in the Hebrew language.


This seems to be questioning God's ability to help them take the land. These people would be no match for God, even if they were giants. It would not matter how many they were, or how strong they were, if God decides to overthrow them.


Numbers 13:19 "And what the land [is] that they dwell in, whether it [be] good or bad; and what cities [they be] that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds;"


Whether the air is good, and the climate temperate. And the earth well watered, and has good convenience of springs, fountains, and rivers, and so wholesome or healthful. Or otherwise, which is the first thing they were directed to observe, though here put in the second place.


"And what cities they be they dwell in, whether in tents or strong holds": Whether in tents, as the Israelites now lived, and as the Kedarenes, as Aben Ezra notes. And other Arabians, who encamped in tents, or who dwelt in villages, and non-walled towns, unfortified cities, according to the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan. Or whether in fortified cities, towns, and garrisons. By which it would appear whether it would be easy to come at them, and fall upon them, or difficult to subdue and conquer them. For if their cities were fortified, it would not be so easy to take them, and would require time. Jarchi thinks, that by this it might be known whether they were men of strength and courage, or whether weak and fearful persons. Seeing if they dwelt in villages they were strong men, and depended on their own strength, but if they dwelt in fortified cities, they were weak.


Again, all of this is unnecessary. God chose this land for them. They should not be questioning God's judgement. We find that Moses told them to go, and take the land as God had commanded them. It was the people who wanted to search the land.


Deuteronomy 1:20-22 "And I said unto you, Ye are come unto the mountain of the Amorites, which the LORD our God doth give unto us." "Behold, the LORD thy God hath set the land before thee: go up [and] possess [it], as the LORD God of thy fathers hath said unto thee; fear not, neither be discouraged." "And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said, We will send men before us, and they shall search us out the land, and bring us word again by what way we must go up, and into what cities we shall come."


It really had been the people questioning God, not Moses.


Numbers 13:20 "And what the land [is], whether it [be] fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time [was] the time of the firstripe grapes."


That is, what the soil of it is, whether it be rich and fertile. Or whether it be poor and barren, which would be seen by the fruits it produced. This being now the fruitful season of the year. And so the Targum of Jonathan: "And what is the praise of the land, whether its fruits are fat or lean;" plump and full, rich and juicy, or otherwise. As their grapes, olives, etc. Whether it was a land flowing with milk and honey (Exodus 33:3). Abounding with all good things, and those of the best sort, or not.


"Whether there be wood thereon or not": Timber for building, and other manual operations. Or wood for fuel, which are great conveniences in a country. Though the Targum of Jonathan interprets it of fruit-bearing trees, which bear fruits fit for eating, or not. As apples, pears, figs, pomegranates, etc.


"And be ye of good courage": And not be afraid of being taken up for spies. Suggesting, that the power and providence of God would protect and preserve them, in which they should put their trust, and be of good heart.


"And bring of the fruit of the land": As a sample and specimen of what it brought forth, which would serve to encourage and animate the people in general, to go up and possess it.


"Now the time was the time of the first ripe grapes": When they and the other summer fruits were coming to their perfection. And which was a proper season to see them in, and bring a sample of them. Though Chaskuni suggests, that it was a more dangerous time to bring off fruit, because the keepers of the vineyards were then there. And hence they needed strengthening, and are bid to be of good courage. The Targum of Jonathan is, "the day on which they went was the twenty ninth of the month Sivan, the time of the first ripe grapes." And as this month answers to part of our May and part of June, and it being at the latter end of that month, it must be about the middle of June. By which we may observe the forwardness of grapes in the land of Canaan, the time of vintage now drawing nigh.


The time was probably toward the end of July, because that is when the grapes were ripe. God had promised them the land was a land of milk and honey. They should have asked no more.


Verses 21-29: After traveling the extent of the land for "forty days", the spies should have emphasized the benefits of the land; a good land, "floweth with milk and honey" (Exodus 3:8, 17). When they returned to the people, however, the majority report focused primarily on obstacles, powerful cities and powerful defenders, exaggerating the latter.


Numbers 13:21 "So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath."


"From the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob": These were the southernmost and northernmost borders of the land.


The wilderness of Zin was in the extreme southern area. Rehob was on the road to Hamath, quite a distance from the wilderness of Zin.


Numbers 13:22 "And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, [were]. (Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)"


"Hebron": The first major city the spies came to in Canaan. Abram had earlier built an altar to the Lord here (compare Gen. 13:18). Abraham and Isaac were buried here (Gen. 49:31). The city had been fortified at about 1730 B.C., 7 years before the building of Zoan in Egypt, and later became the inheritance of Caleb (Joshua 14:13-15). And then David's capital when he reigned over Judah (2 Sam. 2:1-4).


"Children of Anak": It is possible that the gigantic structures that have been found in Palestine were made in part by the "sons of Anak", who are called a "strong, numerous, and tall people" in (Deut. 2:21). Some say "Anakim" means "Tall Ones", and thus it would be a common rather than a proper noun. In verse 33 the descendants of Anak are said to belong to the Nephilim, who are mentioned in (Gen. 6:4 and in Ezek. 32:27).


(Compare 13:28). Anak was probably the ancestor of Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, who were living at Hebron. They were noted for their height (Deut. 2:21; 9:2).


These three tribes of Anak were run out of Hebron 50 years later by Caleb. Hebron was a very old city, known in the time of Abraham. It is still possible to find Hebron today.


Numbers 13:23 "And they came unto the brook of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and [they brought] of the pomegranates, and of the figs."


"Brook of Eshcol" was later called the Valley of Eshcol ("Valley of the Cluster"; 32:9; Deut. 1:24). It is still noted for its grapes. Eshcol mans "cluster".


This is speaking of the valley of Eshcol. There is a brook that runs through it. It is located between Jerusalem and Hebron. The fruit in this area grow very large. The cluster of grapes, the spies found here, was so large it had to be carried upon poles with two men lifting it. They actually carried a branch with the cluster of grapes.


Numbers 13:24 "The place was called the brook Eshcol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence."


The name Eshcol dates back to the time of Abraham for this valley, but it took on the new name of Brook Eshcol, because of the large cluster of grapes.


Numbers 13:25 "And they returned from searching of the land after forty days."


The Targum of Jonathan adds, on the eighth day of the month Ab, which answers to part of July and part of August. So that this must be towards the latter end of July. Some Jewish writers say it was the ninth of Ab; hence the tradition, that it was decreed on the ninth of Ab concerning their fathers, that they should not enter into the land.


It is very significant that the time they searched out the land was for forty days. The number forty means time of testing.


Numbers 13:26 "And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and showed them the fruit of the land."


"Kadesh-barnea" is an oasis in the Negev about 50 miles southwest of Beer-sheba. The site contained a spring of water and served as a stopping place for Abraham on his journeys to and from Egypt (Gen. 20:1). In this general vicinity, God appeared to Hagar (Gen. 16:7-14). Kadesh-barnea was normally an 11 day journey from Mount Sinai, and bordered the territory of Edom in the days of Moses (20:16). From this site the 12 spies entered the land of Canaan (Deut. 1:20). Also from Kadesh-barnea the Israelites turned back in unbelief to wander in the wilderness for nearly 40 years. Joshua later listed it as a part of the Promised Land (Joshua 10:41), but thereafter it disappears from the biblical record. Archaeological excavations by M. Dothan in 1965 revealed a ninth-century B.C. Judean fortress. No remains were found from the time of Moses, which agrees with the biblical description of Kadesh-barnea as an unpopulated desert oasis.


The Israelites had remained in Kadesh; the forty days the spies were searching out the land. It seemed, the congregation gathered to hear the news of their spy journey.


Verses 27-29: The report of the spies was factual: the land was fruitful, the people were strong, the cities were walled and very great, and the giants dwelt in the land. But they had left God out. Only Joshua and Caleb had faith (Heb. 3:19).


Numbers 13:27 "And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this [is] the fruit of it."


"It floweth with milk and honey" depicts the fertility of the soil (Exodus 3:8, 17; 13:5; 33:3; Lev. 20:24; Num. 14:8; 16:14; Deut. 6:3; 11:9; 26:9, 15; 27:3; 31:20). It is usually understood to refer to the cattle-raising and agriculture in the land of Canaan. It could be understood in another sense: To the Oriental, milk and honey are the drink and food of the gods; they speak of the garden of the gods, where both are found in abundance. The expression then compares Canaan to a kind of paradise (compare 16:13, where Egypt is said to be "a land flowing with milk and honey").


Just as God had promised, it was a land of milk and honey.


Exodus 3:17 "And I have said, I will bring you up out of the affliction of Egypt unto the land of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites, unto a land flowing with milk and honey."


Numbers 13:28 "Nevertheless the people [be] strong that dwell in the land, and the cities [are] walled, [and] very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there."


"The people be strong": The spies reported that the Land was good; however, the people were too strong to be conquered.


The word "Anak" was synonymous with monstrous, marauding giants. While the spies saw a giant or two, the only formidable one was the giant inside their heads, "Fear". The spies brought back a distorted picture and infected the whole nation with it. This fear was unfounded because God would help them drive the giants out of the land (14:7-9; Joshua 11:21-22).


We read the same report in the following Scripture.


Deuteronomy 1:28 "Whither shall we go up? our brethren have discouraged our heart, saying, The people [is] greater and taller than we; the cities [are] great and walled up to heaven; and moreover we have seen the sons of the Anakims there."


God had not said there would be strong people in opposition. He had said He would be with them. They soon forgot that Pharaoh had a mighty army, and God had defeated them. They are putting their faith in the arm of flesh, rather than in God.


Numbers 13:29 "The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan."


On the southern side of the land of Canaan. Not in it, for they were not Canaanites, but neighbors to them. And lay nearest to the camp of Israel, and at the entrance into the land of Canaan. And as they were enemies of Israel, as appears from an attack upon them quickly after they came from the Red sea, in Rephidim (Exodus 17:8). And friends to the Canaanites, they would no doubt oppose their passage into their land, as they did (Num. 14:43). This is one difficulty in the way of possessing the land hinted at, others follow.


"And the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains": And guard the passes there; so that should they escape the Amalekites, or get the better of them, they would not be able to pass the mountains, being so well inhabited and defended. The Hittites seem to dwell about Mount Lebanon (Joshua 1:4). The Jebusites inhabited the mountains about Jerusalem, and that itself, which was called by them Jebus, and from which they were not dispossessed until the times of David (1 Chron. 11:4). And the Amorites were possessed of the mountain which was on the borders of the land, next to the place where Israel now were (Deut. 1:20).


"And the Canaanites dwell by the sea": These dwelt both on the east and on the west of the land (Joshua 11:3). So that the western Canaanites dwelt on the shore of the Mediterranean Sea, which is often put for the west in Scripture. And the eastern Canaanites dwelt by the Dead sea, or by the sea of Tiberias, called sometimes the lake of Gennesaret. And seems the rather to be meant here by what follows.


"And by the coast of Jordan": So that this river was not passable by them. For by all this they would suggest that all avenues and passes were stopped up, so that it was a vain thing to attempt entrance into the land, or to expect ever to possess it.


God was fully aware of all of these people, before He sent His people there. The Amalekites were descended from Esau. They were wild people, mighty warriors. The Canaanites were descended from Ham. They could have even been the Phoenicians (maritime traders). All of the people in the land had been given ample time from God to give up their evil ways and follow God, and they did not. Now, God will take this land for the people who will follow Him.


Numbers 13:30 "And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it."


"Caleb stilled the people": The verb used here usually occurs in the form of the interjection "Hush!" This implies that the spies report evoked a vocal reaction from the people. Caleb concurred with the report of the other spies, but called the people to group and take the Land, knowing that with God's help they were able to overcome the strong people.


Caleb saw Canaan, not as an obstacle but as an opportunity ("Let us go up at once ... for we are well able to overcome it": Caleb was a brave and faith-filled man among cowards. He serves as an example for believers in all times and places.


Caleb stopped them from all of this negative talk, and insisted on going in and taking the land now, as God had told them. Caleb had faith that with God, he could do all things. He had no fear, only faith in the Living God.


Verses 31-33: Fear not only distorts the truth and deters faith, it devours people's judgment. This passage reveals the fear of the spies, which provoked them to lie about the land. Their "bad report" (14:36-37), claimed that the land "eateth up the inhabitants" and that they saw "giants" (Hebrew, Nephilim), but they saw no such thing; these ceased to exist during the flood.


Numbers 13:31 "But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they [are] stronger than we."


With Caleb, all but Joshua. The other ten said:


"We be not able to go up against the people": This they had not said before, though they plainly suggested it. And, to make the people believe this, had represented the inhabitants of the land of Canaan in the light they did. But now, in direct opposition to Caleb, fully expressed it, giving this reason for it.


"For they are stronger than we": Being both of a larger size and more numerous.


Ten of the twelve that went up did not believe Caleb. They were afraid, because of the size of the enemy. Fear is the opposite of faith. They had no faith in the ability of God to help them. For that matter, the Israelites had the largest number of soldiers.


Numbers 13:32 "And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, [is] a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it [are] men of a great stature."


"An evil report": The report of the 10 spies was evil because it exaggerated the dangers of the people in the Land, sought to stir up and instill fear in the people of Israel and, most importantly, it expressed their faithless attitude toward God and His promises.


Many people had fought over the land, "a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof", because it was so fruitful.


They saw the men of the land as giants, because they were afraid to fight. They were looking for all sorts of reasons not to fight and take the land. The worst part of this, is their lack of faith in God.


Numbers 13:33 "And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, [which come] of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight."


"Giants" (called Nephilim). This term was used in (Gen. 6:4), for a group of strong men who lived on the earth before the Flood. The descendants of Anak were, in exaggeration, compared to these giants, which led the spies to view themselves as grasshoppers before them.


The key to the verse above, is in the statement (and we were in our own sight). Goliath was an extremely tall man of 9-1/2 feet. This is very unusual, but is not unheard of. These faithless people thought all of the enemy to be giants. Even if they were, they would have been no match for God. Their lack of faith caused them to exaggerate the facts.


Numbers Chapter 13 Questions


1. Where was Paran?


2. Who was to go and search the land?


3. Who were the heads of the sons in this case?


4. Where is there another account of searching out the Promised Land?


5. Reuben was the first son of _______ and ________.


6. Why is there no representative of Levi sent?


7. How old was Caleb, when he was sent out to spy?


8. What is unusual about Caleb, out of the 12?


9. In Chronicles, Caleb is spoken of as a ______________.


10. What is another name for Oshea?


11. Who was Benjamin's mother?


12. Who were the two sons of Joseph, who each had a tribe?


13. What are the two names we must remember of the twelve, who were sent to spy?


14. How does Deuteronomy differ from this account?


15. What does verse 18 seem to be questioning?


16. In verse 18, they were spying to find out what?


17. Who really wanted to search the land?


18. What time of year are the grapes ripe?


19. Where was the wilderness of Zin?


20. Who ran the three tribes of Anak out of Hebron?


21. How big was the cluster of grapes?


22. What was the place called, where they got the cluster of grapes?


23. How long did they search the land?


24. Where were the Israelites, when the spies returned?


25. Who did they report to?


26. What had God said about the land, that they found to be true?


27. What did they see that frightened them?


28. Who were dwelling in the land?


29. Who were the Amalekites descended from?


30. Who tried to quiet the doubt?


31. Who had the largest army?


32. They saw the men of the land as __________.


33. Who was a well known giant from this area?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 14



Numbers Chapter 14

Verses 1-4: The rebellion reached a climax when the people said, "Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt" (compare 11:5, 18, 20).


In the people's desire to make a captain and return to Egypt, they were rejecting both Moses as their leader and the promises of the Lord (Exodus 16:2; 17:3).


Numbers 14:1 "And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night."


"All the congregation ... wept": All of Israel bewailed the circumstances.


The ten spies, that brought back bad news about entering the Promised Land, told it in the camp. It did not take long for it to spread to all of the people. Isn't it interesting, they listened to the negative talk, and did not hear Caleb. The weeping was in disappointment.


Numbers 14:2 "And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!"


"Murmured": The term means "to murmur". Specifically, they wished they had died in Egypt or the wilderness.


The murmuring was slanted toward Moses and Aaron, as if it were their fault. They keep forgetting, they were slaves under hard bondage in Egypt. Their wish to die in Egypt would not be fulfilled, but their wish to die in the wilderness would come true. God will let them wander, until these doubters die off. Their trip through the wilderness on the way to their Promised Land, reminds me of our struggles in this life, on our way to our Promised Land (heaven). Murmuring does not help. In fact, it is showing a lack of faith in God.


Numbers 14:3 "And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt?"


Unto the borders of it. Their murmuring did not cease at Moses and Aaron, the instruments. But proceeded against God himself, who had done such wonderful things for them. Not only in bringing them out of Egypt, but since they had been in the wilderness. And yet so ungrateful to complain of him and argue with him about favors bestowed on them, as if they were injuries done to them. And particularly as if God had no other intention in bringing them out of Egypt to the place where they were. But;


"To fall by the sword": The sword of the Canaanites, as the Targum of Jonathan adds.


"That our wives and our children shall be a prey?" To the same people. They supposed they should be killed, their wives abused, and their children made slaves of.


"Were it not better for us to return into Egypt?" And so escape the hands of the inhabitants of Canaan, of whom they had terrible apprehensions from the report made of them.


Hear-say gets a lot of people in trouble. This is certainly the case here. They have not even seen the Promised Land. How do they know the conditions are bad? God had protected them at every turn. Now as they are about to enter into their land of promise, they doubt that God is with them. They do not remember how God defeated Pharaoh's army at the Red Sea, with no loss of life for them. It is as if they are saying, that God did that then but is not capable of protecting us here.


Numbers 14:4 "And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt."


"Make a captain ... return into Egypt": The faithless people were ready to reject God's leader, Moses.


This is the worst rebellion up until this time. They are not just rebelling against Moses, but against the leadership of God as well.


Numbers 14:5 "Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel."


Moses and Aaron fell on their faces", a response that must have been in exceeding remorse or fervent prayer.


Moses and Aaron are horrified at the actions of the people. They are not sure what God will do, but they know this will anger Him. They fall on their faces, not for the people, but for themselves. Moses and Aaron were ashamed of the actions of these people. They could not believe the amount of doubt these people were showing. This is really like Christians, who have walked with God, suddenly deciding the world is better. "Egypt" symbolizes the world.


Verses 6-10: "Joshua" and "Caleb" declared "the land" as "exceedingly good". They were also adamant that the Lord was truly able (Deut. 1:25). Nevertheless, the people were ready to "stone them". Only the Lord's appearance prevented them from following though.


Numbers 14:6 "And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of them that searched the land, rent their clothes:"


"Rent their clothes": This was an indication of deep distress (Gen. 37:29, 34: Lev. 10:6; 13:45).


This is a sign of extreme mourning. Joshua and Caleb were the only two of the twelve, who came back with a good report, and wanted to take the Promised Land. They had faith in God, which the others did not.


Verses 7-9: Joshua and Caleb reaffirmed their appraisal that the Land was good and their confidence that the Lord would deliver it and its people into their hands.


Numbers 14:7 "And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, [is] an exceeding good land."


To as many as could hear them, to the heads of them.


"Saying, the land which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land": They observe that they were of the number of the spies that were appointed and sent to search the land of Canaan. And they had searched it, and therefore could give an account of it from their own knowledge. And they had not only entered into it, or just looked at a part of it, but they had gone through it, and taken a general survey of it. And they could not but in truth and justice say of it, that it was a good land, delightful, healthful, and fruitful. Yea, "very, very good", exceeding, exceeding good, superlatively good, good beyond expression. They were not able with words to set forth the goodness of it. This they reported, in opposition to the ill report the other spies had given of it.


Caleb and Joshua try to speak to all the people, and reassure them that this is an exceedingly good land. The land of promise is everything that God had told them it would be. Joshua and Caleb had looked at the land through the eyes of faith. The other 10 spies were looking with eyes of doubt.


Numbers 14:8 "If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey."


Continue to delight in them as he had. And as appears by what he had done for, them in Egypt, at the Red sea, and in the wilderness (see Deut. 10:15).


"Then he will bring us into this land": And give it us, as he has promised.


"A land which floweth with milk and honey": As the Lord himself hath described it, and as the unbelieving spies themselves had owned it (Num. 13:27).


I am sure the LORD did delight in Joshua and Caleb. The truth is, He did not like the report from the other 10 spies. The delight of the LORD is in an obedient people. The wrath of God is reserved for those of doubt.


Numbers 14:9 "Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they [are] bread for us: their defense is departed from them, and the LORD [is] with us: fear them not."


The spies with the evil report had used a great deal of exaggeration to make their point (see notes on 13:28, 31-33). Here, rhetorical flourish is returned by Joshua and Caleb. It is as if they are saying of the enemy: They have no chance; We will eat them like "bread".


"Their defense is departed" Literally, "their shadow" (which is an apt picture of divine protection in the hot lands of the Middle east (Psalms 91, 121:5), is removed "from them, and the Lord is with us: fear them not" (compare Exodus 14:13).


Genesis 48:21 "And Israel said unto Joseph, Behold, I die: but God shall be with you, and bring you again unto the land of your fathers."


Even from the beginning, it was faith in God that brought miracles. Caleb and Joshua had confidence that God would give these people into their hands. The statement "they are bread for us" just means they will be theirs to devour.


Romans 8:31 "What shall we then say to these things? If God [be] for us, who [can be] against us?"


All they had to do, was stand fast in their faith, and God would deliver them.


Numbers 14:10 "But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel."


"The glory of the LORD appeared": In response to the people's violent rejection of Joshua and Caleb's challenge, God appeared.


It seems that this took place at the tabernacle. These angry people wanted to stone the two that gave them sound advice. The LORD appeared, before they could carry out their threat to stone them. The divine glory of God in the tabernacle was evident to all.


Verses 11-12: Numerous times in Scripture, a hurting believer will ask the Lord, "How long" will You wait before helping? Here, the words are expressed by God regarding the continued rejection of His people! The Lord would begin anew with Moses.


Numbers 14:11 "And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me, for all the signs which I have showed among them?"


"Provoke ... believe me": They had refused to trust or rely on God and His power to give them the land of Canaan in spite of the signs that He had done in their midst.


The purpose of the signs performed in Egypt was to encourage the people to trust in God and follow Him (Exodus 4:5).


They were a rebellious house from the beginning. God asks what signs and wonders would be necessary before they would believe? The sign of the 10 plagues in Egypt should have been enough, without anything else. The parting of the Red Sea should have certainly been enough to show God's power. The greatest miracle of all was the manna feeding them from heaven. The manna showed God's care for their day to day needs. God that does all of this, could surely be with them to take the Promised Land. They do not want to believe. They are worldly, and will rebel against God every chance they get. They have no faith in God.


Numbers 14:12 "I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation and mightier than they."


"Will make of thee a greater nation": As in (Exodus 32:9-10), God threatened to wipe out the people and start over again with Moses. This justifiable threat showed the seriousness with which God took rebellion on the part of His people.


God now promises or offers a second time to make of Moses a new nation in the place of this one (Exodus 32:10).


God is offering Moses the opportunity to be in the place of Jacob as the carrier of the blessings of Abraham to the whole world. Moses was of Abraham's descendants, so God would still keep His promise to Abraham. The wrath of God has risen against these rebellious people. Moses was such a humble man; he would not accept such an offer of fame for himself. We know that one Word from the Lord, and they would be destroyed. God is longsuffering however. He is not really willing that one should perish. He wants Israel for His people, He just wants their rebellious spirit gone. He truly wants their love and loyalty.


Verses 13-19: As in (Exodus 32:11-13), Moses interceded for Israel to protect the Lord's reputation with the Egyptians, who would charge the Lord with inability to complete His deliverance of Israel and thus deny His power. Second, the Lord's loyal love was the basis on which the Lord could forgive His people.


Numbers 14:13 "And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear [it], (for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them;)"


Moses is appealing to God to spare His people. Moses did not want the fame God had offered him. He instead, reminds God of the heathen countries looking on, who would doubt the abilities of God, if God killed His people here.


Verses 14-19: As was the case in (Exodus 32:11-14), following the apostasy of the worship of the golden calf, Moses again pleaded with God to forgive the people, even though they would have to suffer His punishment in some way. In this instance, Moses quoted the Lord's own words that describe Him as "longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression" (Exodus 32:10; 34:6-7; Neh. 9:17; Psalm 103:8). Moses' concern was for the glory and reputation of God among the nations. If He destroyed His chosen people, the pagan nations would doubt God's power and mercy.


Numbers 14:14 "And they will tell [it] to the inhabitants of this land: [for] they have heard that thou LORD [art] among this people, that thou LORD art seen face to face, and [that] thy cloud standeth over them, and [that] thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of a cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night."


The land of Canaan, between which they and Egypt there was an intercourse. Though not by the way of the wilderness, being neighbors, and their original ancestor's brethren, as Mizraim and Canaan were. Or "they will say", and that with joy, as the Targum of Jonathan adds. But what they would say does not appear so plain. Either it was that the Israelites were killed in the wilderness, a tale they would tell with pleasure. But that the Canaanites would doubtless hear before them, and not need their information, since the Israelites were upon their borders. Or that the Lord had brought them out of Egypt indeed, but could carry them no further. Could not introduce them into the land he had promised them. Or rather they would say to them what follows, for the preposition "for" is not in the text, and may be omitted. And so the sense is, they will tell them.


"They have heard that thou Lord art among this people": In the tabernacle that was in the midst of them, in the most holy place of it.


"That thou Lord art seen face to face": As he was by Moses, who was at the head of them.


"And that thy cloud standeth over them": And sheltered and protected them from the heat of the sun in the daytime, when it rested upon them in their encampment.


"And that thou goest before them": By daytime in a pillar of a cloud.


"And in a pillar of fire by night": In their journeys; they will tell of those favors thou hast shown Israel. And yet, after all, will observe that thou hast destroyed them, which will not redound to thine honor and glory.


All of the people around had heard that God was with the Israelites. They knew of the cloud by day, and the fire by night, that had led them. The Egyptians knew it very well, because it was the fire of God that held Pharaoh's army off, while the children of Israel crossed the Red Sea. The world knew that God was with these people, and that He was hovering over them, protecting them. The world seemed to be more aware of this, than did the Israelites themselves.


Numbers 14:15 "Now [if] thou shalt kill [all] this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying,"


Suddenly, and at once, as might be done by a pestilence. And as 185,000 were smitten at once, and as thought by the same disease, by the Angel of the Lord in the camp of the Assyrians, in later times (2 Kings 19:35).


"Then the nations which have heard the fame of thee": The Egyptians, Canaanites, and others, as Aben Ezra observes. Who had heard the report of the wonderful things done by him for Israel, and of the great favors he had bestowed upon them. And so of his power, and goodness, and other perfections displayed therein, which made him appear to be preferable to all the gods of the Gentiles.


"Will speak, saying": As follows.


If God kills His people, the nations around would begin to doubt God themselves.


Numbers 14:16 "Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness."


That though he brought them out of Egypt, he was not able to bring them through the wilderness into Canaan. And that though he had wrought many signs and wonders for them, he could work no more, his power failed him. He had exhausted all his might, and could not perform the promise and oath he had made.


"Therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness": Because he could not fulfil his word. And so made short work of it, destroying them all together. Which Moses suggests would greatly reflect dishonor on him. And in this he shows, that he was more concerned for the glory of God than for his own.


The heathen would not understand the God that brought the people this far, killing them for their disobedience. They would have instead said, that God was not powerful enough to guide so large a people to victory. Their awe of Israel's God would be gone.


Numbers 14:17 "And now, I beseech thee, let the power of my LORD be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying,"


That is, appear to be great. The power of God is great, not only mighty, but almighty. It knows no bounds, nothing is impossible with him, he can do whatever he pleases (Psalm 147:5). His power, and the greatness of it, had been seen in bringing the children of Israel out of Egypt. And through the Red sea, and in providing for them, protecting and defending them in the wilderness. And the request of Moses is, that it might appear greater and greater in bringing them into the land of promise. Or else he means an exceeding great display of the grace and mercy of God in the forgiveness of the sins of the people. For as the power of God is seen in his forbearance and longsuffering with the wicked (Romans 9:22). Much more in the forgiveness of the sins of men, there being more power and virtue in grace to pardon, than there is in sin to damn. And as it is an indication of strength in men, and of their power over themselves, when they can rule their own spirits. To keep under their passions, and restrain their wrath, and show a forgiving temper (Prov. 16:32). So, it is an instance of the power of God to overcome his wrath and anger stirred up by the sins of men. And, notwithstanding their provocations, freely to forgive. Pardon of sin is an act of power, as well as of grace and mercy (see Matt. 9:6). And this sense agrees with what follows.


"According as thou hast spoken, saying": As in (Exodus 34:6); and is as follows.


God's greatness is unchangeable. He is all powerful. He can do as He wishes, anytime He wishes. Moses reminds God that He should not let the disobedience of these people alter His promise to Abraham.


Numbers 14:18 "The LORD [is] longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing [the guilty], visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth [generation]."


"Of great mercy" is a citation (from Exodus 20:6 and 34:7), both given in a covenant setting. The word mercy ("chesed"), indicates God's faithfulness to Israel in light of His promises made through the covenant. Mercy then, is His faithful love. This "faithful love" ("chesed"), led Israel through the Red Sea (Exodus 15:13). In (Lam. 3:22-23), it is used with the phrase "great is thy faithfulness". (Verse 19 uses the term like 1 John 1:9), "If we confess our sins, he is faithful because He has promised to do so (Exodus 20:6; 34:7), and just to forgive us our sins".


Now Moses begins to intercede for this people. God has forgiven this people over and over on this trip to the Promised Land. They did not deserve to be forgiven. He forgave them, because He is merciful. Moses reminds Him that the transgressions even though they are forgiven, are not completely done away with. The consequences of the sins, sometimes continue on for generations. The blood of an animal could not abolish sin; it could just cover it up. The blood of Jesus Christ abolishes sin.


Numbers 14:19 "Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now."


Intimating, that though the sin of this people was great, the mercy of God to pardon was greater. And therefore, he entreats that God would deal with them, not according to the greatness of their sins, and the strictness of justice, but according to the greatness of his mercy. Who would, and does, abundantly pardon.


"And as thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt even until now": Which shows both that these people had been continually sinning against the Lord, ever since they came out of Egypt. Notwithstanding the great goodness of God unto them, and that he had as constantly pardoned. And therefore, it was hoped and entreated that he would still continue to pardon them, he being the same he ever was. And whose mercy and goodness endure for ever. He had pardoned already sins of the like kind since their coming out of Egypt. As their murmurings for bread in the wilderness of Sin (Exodus 16:1). And for water at Rephidim (Exodus 17:1). And even a greater sin than these, idolatry, or the worship of the calf (Exodus 32:1).


Moses begged forgiveness from God for these sinful people. He knows they do not deserve forgiveness, but he also knows God's great mercy. Forgive them one more time Lord, is the prayer of Moses.


Verses 20-25: This generation would not enter Canaan because they believed their doubts and doubted their beliefs (1 Cor. 10:5). The hardening of their hearts was not restricted to his one occasion either; it apparently happened on "ten" different occasions. In contrast to the fear of the people was the fearless confidence of Caleb; God declared that he "followed Me fully" (Deut. 1:36).


Numbers 14:20 "And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word:"


So as not to kill them utterly as one man. Which is an instance of his being plenteous in mercy, and ready to forgive. And of the virtue and efficacy of the effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man. And of the great regard the Lord has to the prayers of a good man for others. The Jerusalem Targum is, "and the Word of the Lord said, lo, I have remitted and forgiven according to thy word." Which must be understood of Christ, the essential Word. And shows, according to the sense of the Targums, that he has a power to forgive sin, and must be a divine Person. For none can forgive sin but God (see Mark 2:7).


The LORD answers Moses. He grants Moses' request, and pardons them one more time.


Numbers 14:21 "But [as] truly [as] I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD."


Which is the form of an oath, as the Targum. The Lord swears by his life, or by himself, because he could swear by no greater.


"All the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord": This is not the thing sworn unto or confirmed, but that by which the oath is made and confirmed. And the sense is, that as sure as the earth "had been" filled with the glory of the Lord, as it may be rendered. As it had been with the fame of what he had done in Egypt, and at the Red sea. Or as it "should be" filled with it in later times, especially in the kingdom of the Messiah in the latter day (see Isa. 6:3). So sure the men that had provoked him should not see the land of Canaan.


This is a statement of the glory of the LORD, who is Jesus Christ our Lord. His goodness and might and glory shall fill the earth.


Romans 14:11 "For it is written, [As] I live, saith the Lord, every knee shall bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God."


Numbers Chapter 14 Questions


1. What effect did the news have on all the people?


2. What does the author find interesting about their attitude?


3. Who was their murmuring slanted toward?


4. What do the people keep forgetting about Egypt?


5. Their wish to die in the wilderness _______ come true.


6. What does the struggles of these people in the wilderness remind the author of?


7. Murmuring shows a lack of __________.


8. What have they forgotten about God's protection of them?


9. They decided to appoint a captain and _____ ___ _________ ______ _________.


10. What is verse 4 speaking of really?


11. What sign of horror did Moses do?


12. How did Moses and Aaron feel about these people?


13. How are Christians sometimes like these people?


14. What did Joshua and Caleb do in mourning?


15. What statement did they make to the people?


16. Joshua and Caleb had looked at the land through eyes of _______.


17. Who did the LORD delight in?


18. What did the congregation want to do to Caleb and Joshua?


19. How did God stop them?


20. What did God say to Moses?


21. The sign of the ____ plagues in Egypt should have been proof enough.


22. What does the LORD offer Moses?


23. Why did Moses not take Him up on the offer?


24. What does Moses remind God of, to keep Him from destroying the people?


25. What had the heathen people around them heard of the presence of God being with them?


26. What will they think, if God kills them here?


27. In verse 18, Moses begins to __________ for the people.


28. Why did God forgive them?


29. In verse 19, Moses begs ________________ for these sinful people.


30. How does God answer his prayer?



Numbers Chapter 14 Continued

Numbers 14:22 "Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;"


"Ten times": The Talmud tract "Arachin" (15a, b), takes this as an arithmetical statement and cites the 10 instances (Exodus 14:11-12), at the Red Sea (15:23-24); at Marah (16:2), in the wilderness of Sin (16:20 and 16:26-28), with the manna (17:2), at Rephidim (32:1-7), at Horeb (Num. 11:1), at Taberah (11:4), the complaint of the mixed multitude; and 14 (at Kadesh-barnea). Others take it as a figure of speech, conveying the idea of "many times" as in, "If I have told you once, I have told you 50 times".


In the last lesson, the twelve spies had come back from 40 days of investigation of the Promised Land. Ten of them brought a bad report, and two brought a good report. The people murmured to the point of even wanting to appoint a captain to lead them back to Egypt. God was so angry with them, he asked Moses if he would like to begin a new race with him. Moses asked God, even pleaded with God, to forgive them one more time. Joshua and Caleb wanted to go in and take the land, but the people would not. We now resume our lesson here. These very men had seen the miracles of the 10 plagues that had come on Egypt, before Pharaoh would let them go. They saw the Red Sea part. They also had eaten the miracle food which fell from heaven, and yet they had no faith in God. Ten different times on this journey, they have rebelled with their murmuring and their other sins. They are just too worldly.


Numbers 14:23 "Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see it:"


Not possess and enjoy the land of Canaan, which the Lord by an oath had promised their fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to give it to their seed. And now he swears that these men, who had so often tempted him, and been disobedient to him, should not inherit it. So the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem take it for an oath (see Heb. 3:11).


"Neither shall any of them that provoked me see it": That provoked him by the ill report they had brought of the land, by their unbelief, by their murmurings, and mutiny.


Everyone who rebelled against God, and would not go in and take the land, so they will not see the Promised Land. Some had not sinned in this manner, and they will see it.


Numbers 14:24 "But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it."


"My servant Caleb": Since Caleb was recognized as one who feared and trusted the Lord, He later rewarded his faith (compare Joshua chapter 14).


The reason for Caleb's success is no secret. Thirty verses hold his entire life story in the Scriptures. Six times in those 30 verses we see a recurring theme: he had "another spirit" (14:24; 32:12; Deut. 1:35-36; Joshua 14:8-9; 14:14). Caleb had a passion for God and followed Him with all of his heart.


We have discussed in many of the lessons, that there seem to be two forces in man. One of the forces is the desire to follow the flesh. The other force (the spirit), desires to do the will of God. Caleb was controlled by his spirit which wanted to please God. Caleb and his descendants will go into the Promised Land, and possess it. Caleb will receive Hebron.


Joshua 14:14 "Hebron therefore became the inheritance of Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite unto this day, because that he wholly followed the LORD God of Israel."


Numbers 14:25 "(Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley.) Tomorrow turn you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea."


"Turn ... get you into the wilderness" Because of Israel's refusal to enter the Land, instead of continuing northward, God commanded they move southward toward the Gulf of Aqabah.


Canaanites are the same as the Amorites. The Israelites, for the time being, must leave the border of the Promised Land. God will not help them at this time in battle, because of their unbelief.


Verses 26-35: The Lord granted the Israelites their wish, i.e., their judgment was that they would die in the wilderness (verses 29, 35; compare verse 2). Their children, however, whom they thought would become victims (verse 3), God would bring into the land of Canaan (verses 30-32). The present generation of rebels would die in the wilderness until 40 years were completed. The 40 years were calculated as one year for each day the spies were in Canaan.


Numbers 14:26 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


Before he had been only speaking to Moses, who had interceded with him to pardon the people, which he had granted. But at the same time assured him they should not enter into and possess the land of Canaan, and the same he repeats to him and Aaron together.


"Saying": As follows.


These are new instructions from the LORD.


Numbers 14:27 "How long [shall I bear with] this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me."


Bear with their murmurings, spare them, and not cut them off? How long must sparing mercy be extended to them? The Lord speaks as one weary of forbearing, so frequent and aggravated were their murmurings. The Jews understand this not of the whole congregation of Israel, but of the ten spies. From whence they gather, that ten make a congregation. And they interpret the phrase, "which murmur against me", transitively, "which cause to murmur against me". Made the children of Israel murmur against him, so Jarchi. But rather all the people are meant, as appears from (Num. 14:28), and from the following clause.


"I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me". For their murmurings were not only against Moses and Aaron, but against the Lord himself (Num. 14:2).


God heard every time they complained to Moses. He even knew the things they said in secret in their own tents. The congregation, as a whole, were doubters. They were rebellious against God. Every idle word has to be accounted for someday.


Numbers 14:28 "Say unto them, [As truly as] I live, saith the LORD, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you:"


The form of an oath, as in (Num. 14:21).


"As ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you": What they had wished for, and expressed in the hearing of the Lord, he threatens them should be their case.


The very things they had said in their doubt and disbelief, now will truly be done unto them.


Numbers 14:29 "Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me,"


"Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness": They had said, "Would God we had died in this wilderness!" (verses 2). Now four times they are warned, "Your dead bodies shall fall in this wilderness" (verses 29, 32, 33, 35). Their children, who they said would perish in Canaan, would eventually arrive there and take possession of it (verses 3, 31, 33). God killed all those who brought the evil report (verse 37). The message of this story reverberates throughout scripture (Num. chapter 32; Deut. 1:20-40; 8:2; Psalms 95:10; 106:24-26; Amos 2:10; 5:25; 1 Cor. Chapter 10, Heb. 3:7 - 4:13).


They had said, they wished they had died in the wilderness. That is exactly what God lets happen to everyone who was 20 years old and older, who had murmured. Be careful what you ask for. You might get what you asked.


Numbers 14:30 "Doubtless ye shall not come into the land, [concerning] which I sware to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun."


The land of Canaan; or "if ye shall come". That is, I swear ye shall not, so the Targum of Jonathan.


"Concerning which I sware to make you dwell therein": Not them personally, but the people and nation of which they were, and to which they belonged. The seed and posterity of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to whom the oath was made.


"Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun": Who brought a good report of the land. Caleb is mentioned first, as Aben Ezra thinks, because he first appeased and quieted the people. But in (Num. 14:38), Joshua stands first, so that nothing is to be inferred from those. These were the only two of the spies that went into the land of Canaan (Num. 13:4), and the only two of the Israelites that were numbered, from twenty years old and upwards (Num. 14:29). Those of the tribe of Levi, not being in that account, must be remembered to be excepted also.


Joshua and Caleb were the only two with the good report. God will allow them to live long enough to go into the Promised Land. They will be older, but they will go in. All ten of those who doubted, will die in the wilderness, with all the people that murmured.


Numbers 14:31 "But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised."


To the Canaanites (Num. 14:3).


"Them will I bring in": Into the land of Canaan, and so fulfil the promise made to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For the unbelief of this congregation did not make the faith, or faithfulness of God, of none effect.


"And they shall know the land which ye have despised": Shall know what a good land it is by experience. And shall possess and enjoy it with approbation, delight, and pleasure. Which they, believing the spies, rejected with, loathing and disdain.


Their little ones, that they had used for an excuse to not go in, will inherit the Promised Land. They will not be a prey, as their parents said. They will possess the land.


Numbers 14:32 "But [as for] you, your carcases, they shall fall in this wilderness."


Which way of speaking seems to be used to distinguish them from their children.


"They shall fall in this wilderness": Which is repeated for the confirmation and certainty it. And an emphasis is laid on the words. This which are pronounced with an accent, to put them in mind of their wish (Num. 14:2).


All of the doubters and murmurers will die in the wilderness, and be buried there.


Numbers 14:33 "And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness."


Or "feed", as shepherds, who go from place to place, and seek fresh pasture for their sheep. It being the custom of a shepherd, as Aben Ezra observes, not to stand or rest in a place. And so like sheep grazing in a wilderness, where they have short commons, and wander about in search, of better. These forty years are to be reckoned from their coming out of Egypt, from whence they had now been come from for about a year and a half.


"And bear your whoredoms": The punishment of their idolatries, which are frequently signified by this phrase. And particularly of the idolatry of the calf, which God threatened to punish whenever he visited for sin (Exodus 32:34). And of other sins, as their murmurings, etc. For it was on account of them their children wandered so long in the wilderness, and were kept out of the possession of the land of Canaan.


"Until your carcasses be wasted in the wilderness": Every one of them be consumed by death, save those before excepted (Num. 14:30).


Remember, they wandered 40 days searching out the land. This 40 years of wandering in the wilderness is to compensate for 40 days of doubt. The generation of the faithless will die off, and the young generation will inherit the land. God counted their parents' lack of faith as being spiritual adultery.


Numbers 14:34 "After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, [even] forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, [even] forty years, and ye shall know my breach of promise."


For so long they were searching it (Num. 13:25).


"Each day for a year": Reckoning each day for a year, forty days for forty years (as in Ezek. 4:6).


"Shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years": Which number is given, being a round one, otherwise it was but thirty eight years and a half before they were all cut off, and their children entered the land.


"And ye shall know my breach of promise": God never makes any breach of promise. His covenant he will not break, nor alter what is gone out of his lips. Men break their promises, and transgress the covenant they have made with him, but he never breaks his (Psalm 89:34). This should rather be rendered only, "ye shall know my breach". Experience a breach made upon them by him, upon their persons and families by consuming them in the wilderness. The Targum of Jonathan is, "and ye shall know what ye have murmured against me." This same word is used in the plural in (Job 33:10), and is by the Targum rendered "murmurings" or "complaints". And so the sense is, ye shall know by sad experience the evil of complaining and murmuring against me. The Vulgate Latin version is, "ye shall know my vengeance." And so the Septuagint, "ye shall know the fury of my anger". Which give the sense, though not a literal version of the words.


This explanation is to show that God was perfectly justified in His punishment of the 40 years wandering. They had brought this punishment upon themselves, with their lack of faith. God had removed His blessings from them temporarily. It was not altogether removed, because He still fed them, and their shoes did not wear out. He just did not help them go into the Promised Land, as previously planned.


Numbers 14:35 "I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die."


Determined, resolved on doing what I have declared, and again repeat it. The decree is absolute and peremptory, and will never be revoked.


"I will surely do it to all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me": Against his ministers, Moses the chief magistrate, and Aaron the high priest. And this is interpreted gathering, conspiring, and rebelling against the Lord himself. On account of which they might be truly called an evil congregation, and therefore it was a determined point with him to destroy them.


"In this wilderness they shall be consumed": By wasting diseases.


"And there they shall die": As they wished they might (Num. 14:22). With respect to which this was so often repeated (Exodus 16:3). And which the Jews interpret not only of a corporeal death, but of an eternal one. For they say "the generation of the wilderness (of those that died there), have no part in the world to come. Nor shall stand in judgment, as it is said, "in this wilderness", etc. (Num. 14:35)."


Whatever God says He will do, He does. They do wander and die in the wilderness.


Numbers 14:36 "And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land,"


Ten of them.


"Who returned": As they all did, who were sent to search it.


"And made all the congregation to murmur against him": Against, Moses that sent them. They murmured themselves, and made others murmur.


"By bringing up a slander upon the land": That it ate up its inhabitants, and that the inhabitants of it were of such a stature, and so gigantic and strong, and dwelt in such walled cities (Num. 13:28). That there was no probability of subduing them (Num. 13:31).


Numbers 14:37 "Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD."


"Died by the plague": As an indication of the certainty of the coming judgment, the 10 spies who undermined the people's faith were struck by the plague and died.


The plague swept through the camp, even before they began the 40 years of wandering. The ten spies that caused the people to doubt, die from the plague immediately. "Plague", in this particular instance, means stroke. They died suddenly, as a stroke from the hand of God.


Numbers 14:38 "But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of the men that went to search the land, lived [still]."


Here Joshua is set first, as Caleb is in (Num. 14:30). Which shows that they were equal in dignity, and therefore are indifferently put. Sometimes the one first, and sometimes the other.


"Which were of the men that went to search the land": Were two of the spies, and were for the tribes of Judah and Ephraim (Num. 13:6).


"Lived still": Were not stricken with death, when the other spies were. Though perhaps upon the very spot, and in the same place, and among them, when they were struck dead. But these remained alive, and continued many years after. And entered the good land, and possessed it.


Joshua would live to lead the children of Israel into the Promised Land, at the death of Moses.


Verses 39-45: Actions come too late when the Lord is no longer in them. A chastened and shamed people were defeated when they took things into their own hands, attacking a group of "Amalekites" apart from the Lord's instruction.


Numbers 14:39 "And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly."


That all that had murmured, who were of twenty years old and upwards, should die in the wilderness. And never see nor enter into the land of Canaan. On the borders of which they now were.


"And the people mourned greatly": Because of their unhappy case, that they should be cut off by death in the wilderness. And be deprived of the enjoyment of the good land. Their sorrow seems to have been not a godly sorrow, or true repentance for sin committed, but a worldly sorrow that works death. It was not on account of the evil of sin, the pardon of which they did not seem to seek after. But on account of the evil that was likely to come to them by it.


We do not see that they repented, only that they were grieved over their situation.


Numbers 14:40 "And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we [be here], and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned."


The next morning after they had heard the bad news of their consumption in the wilderness. Not being able, perhaps, to sleep that night with the thoughts of it, and being now in a great haste to go up and possess the land of Canaan. As they were before to return to Egypt.


"And gat them up into the top of the mountain": Which was the way the spies went into the land of Canaan (Num. 13:17). This they did not actually ascend, as appears from (Num. 14:44). But they determined upon it, and got themselves ready for it.


"Saying, lo, we be here": This they said either to one another, animating each other to engage in the enterprise. Or to Moses and Joshua, signifying that they were ready to go up and possess the land, if they would put themselves at the head of them, and take the command and direction of them.


"And will go up unto the place which the Lord hath promised": The land of Canaan.


"For we have sinned": In not going up to possess it, when they were bid to go. And in listening to the spies that brought an ill report of it. And by murmuring against Moses and Aaron, and the Lord himself, and proposing to make them a captain and return to Egypt (Num. 14:2). But this acknowledgment and repentance were not very sincere, by what follows.


After the punishment is pronounced, they repent and want to go into the land of promise. Perhaps, the sudden death of the ten doubting spies caused them to question their own unfaithfulness.


Numbers 14:41 "And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper."


Which was to turn back into the wilderness, and go the way that leads to the Red sea (Num. 14:25). Instead of which now they were for going forward into the land of Canaan, though averse to it just before.


"But it shall not prosper": Their attempt to enter into it.


Before they left the camp, Moses warned them they are again disobeying God's wishes. He will not be with them now.


Numbers 14:42 "Go not up, for the LORD [is] not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies."


And therefore could not expect success, for victory is of the Lord. The Targum of Jonathan adds, "the ark, and the tabernacle, and the cloud of glory move not." Which were a plain indication that the Lord would not go with them, and therefore could not hope to prevail over their enemies and enter the land. But on the contrary might expect to be defeated by them, as follows.


"That ye be not smitten before your enemies": Of which they would be in great danger should they attempt to go up the hill, and the Lord not with them.


If they try to go up to the Promised Land without God leading the way, they will perish. They are still unaware that it is not their power that defeats the enemy, but God's.


Numbers 14:43 "For the Amalekites and the Canaanites [are] there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you."


Having removed from the valley (Num. 14:25). Or else had detached a party to defend the pass on the top of the mountain. And where perhaps they designed to feign a retreat if they found it proper, and draw them into a combat in the valley.


"And ye shall fall by the sword": By the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites.


"Because ye are turned away from the Lord": From the word of the Lord, from hearkening to and obeying his command.


"Therefore the Lord will not be with you": The consequence of which must be bad for them.


Fighting in their own strength, without the LORD empowering them, would be disastrous. Their flesh is no match for the flesh of these worldly armies.


Numbers 14:44 "But they presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp."


"They presumed to go up unto the hill top": With characteristic obstinacy, the people rejected Moses' counsel and the Lord's command and went to attack the Amalekites in the hill country. Since the Lord was not with them, they were defeated.


The ark of the covenant of the LORD represented the power of God that was with them. Moses stayed with the ark. They had not only distrusted the power of God earlier, but now they place trust in their own power. This is a terrible mistake. They are still disobeying God's commands.


Numbers 14:45 "Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and smote them, and discomfited them, [even] unto Hormah."


The hill, met the Israelites as they ascended. And the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill; the same with the Amorites. One of the seven nations of Canaan (Num. 13:29).


"And smote them": With the sword, having the advantage of them in coming down the hill upon them.


"And discomfited them even unto Hormah": The name of a place, so called from what happened there. As Jarchi says; either from this destruction of the Israelites at this time by these their enemies, or from the destruction of the Canaanites by Israel (Num. 21:4). And so here has its name by anticipation. Or it may be from both these events, and seems to be confirmed by a third of the like kind, having been in former times called Zephath (Judges 1:17; see Joshua 15:30). Though some take it to be an appellative here, and not the proper name of a place. And render it even unto destruction, as the Targum of Jonathan. Denoting the very great destruction and havoc that were made among them. How many were destroyed is not certain. The judgment threatened them of God soon began to take place, that their carcasses should fall in that wilderness.


The plainest way to say this is, these rebellious of Israel lost the battle.


Deuteronomy 1:44 "And the Amorites, which dwelt in that mountain, came out against you, and chased you, as bees do, and destroyed you in Seir, [even] unto Hormah."


Numbers Chapter 14 Continued Questions


1. How many times had the men tempted God?


2. How many spies were sent to check out the Promised Land?


3. How many of them brought back a bad report?


4. How badly had they sunk in their murmuring?


5. Why did God allow these murmurers to live for the time being?


6. Why was it so ridiculous for them to not have faith in God?


7. What punishment does God speak upon them?


8. Caleb had another __________ within him.


9. What are the two forces in man?


10. The _____________ and the ____________ dwelt in the valley.


11. The Canaanites are the same as the ___________.


12. What had they spoken, that God will surely do?


13. Who of the twelve will come into the Promised Land later?


14. Who will inherit the land of promise?


15. How long will the children wander in the wilderness?


16. What is significant about this number?


17. What did God count the parents' lack of faith as being?


18. What happened immediately to the ten spies who doubted?


19. What did the people decide to do, after it was too late?


20. What did Moses warn them of?


21. Where was the ark while they were fighting?


22. What did the ark represent?


23. What happened to the Israelites who went to battle?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 15



Numbers Chapter 15

Verses 1-41: Even though the Israelites had rebelled against the Lord and were under His judgment, the Lord still planned to give the land of Canaan to them. These laws assumed Israel's entrance into the Land (15:2, 17).


Verses 1-16: For the Lord to say, "When ye be come into the land", demonstrates His ongoing grace to His erring people. Israel's future was there. And even though the adult generation had been sentenced to die before reaching the Promised Land (Heb. 3:17-18). The next generation would need to understand the covenant's requirements, including its system of offerings" (Exodus 23:14-19; Deut. 12:1-13).


The law of the grain offering recorded here differs from that given in (Lev. Chapter 2). The grain offerings in Leviticus were offered separately as a gift to the Lord. Here, for the first time, grain and drink offerings were allowed to be offered along with either a burnt or a peace offering.


Numbers 15:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the murmurings of the Israelites by reason of the spies (Num. 14:2). And their being threatened with a consumption of them in the wilderness on that account (Num. 14:12). And their defeat at Hormah (Num. 14:45). And lest their posterity should be discouraged, and despair of ever enjoying the good land.


"Saying": As follows.


This is a new message entirely.


Numbers 15:2 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come into the land of your habitations, which I give unto you,"


God will still bring His people into the land in spite of the events (of chapter 14), and their tragic results. Note (verse 18 and relate it to Gen. 15:18-21), and the promises made to Abraham.


God has not changed His mind. The descendants of these Israelites will have the land that is their habitation. The commandments given here, are for the time of their habitation of the land.


Numbers 15:3 "And will make an offering by fire unto the LORD, a burnt offering, or a sacrifice in performing a vow, or in a freewill offering, or in your solemn feasts, to make a sweet savor unto the LORD, of the herd, or of the flock:"


The first of these respects such offerings by fire, which were not wholly burnt, but part of them were eaten by the priests (Deut. 18:1). And the latter such as were wholly burnt, unless the latter can be thought to be only an explanation of the former.


"Or a sacrifice in performing a vow, or in a freewill offering": These were peace offerings, some of which were for thanksgiving, and others were either a vow or a freewill offering, as here (see Lev. 7:11).


"Or in your solemn feasts": As the Passover, Pentecost, etc. Of which, and the offerings in them (see Lev. 23:4).


"To make a sweet savor unto the Lord": For acceptance with him.


"Of the herd or of the flock": A bullock of the one, a lamb or kid of the goats of the other. Fowls are not mentioned, because burnt offerings of them required no drink offerings.


These laws of sacrifice were forever. Jesus fulfilled them for all who would believe, when He gave Himself on the cross. After Jesus, there is no more need to sacrifice. The burnt offering is when the sacrifice is burned up completely. Symbolically, the person's body who offers this is purged from sin with this fire. The freewill was not of obligation. All of the things above, were a way of man drawing himself into close fellowship with his God. The offerings and sacrifices were pleasant to God, when they were done with a willing heart. The "sweet savor" is speaking of sweet smell rising to God.


Numbers 15:4 "Then shall he that offereth his offering unto the LORD bring a meat offering of a tenth deal of flour mingled with the fourth [part] of an hin of oil."


Be it of either kind before mentioned.


"Bring a meat offering of a tenth deal of flour, mingled with the fourth part of an hin of oil. This was made of the tenth part of an ephah, or of an omer of fine wheaten flour, which was the quantity of about three quarts. And which was mixed and macerated with the fourth part of an hin, or with a quart and more than half a pint of oil (see Exodus 29:40). Rather this should be called a bread offering.


The meat offering contains the makings for bread. Jesus is the Bread. All of the sacrifices symbolize Jesus in some way.


Leviticus 2:1 "And when any will offer a meat offering unto the LORD, his offering shall be [of] fine flour; and he shall pour oil upon it, and put frankincense thereon:"


Frankincense accompanied the meat offering.


Numbers 15:5 "And the fourth [part] of an hin of wine for a drink offering shalt thou prepare with the burnt offering or sacrifice, for one lamb."


This is the first time it has been made clear that they must present a libation of wine with every burnt offering and peace offering, especially in light of the fact the spies had brought back a huge cluster of grapes (13:23).


The drink offering, like the meat offering, was a cleansing to fellowship with God. Wine, many times, symbolizes the Holy Spirit. The blood of an animal, in sacrifice, could not totally do away with sin.


It could cover the sin, but not abolish it. The blood of the perfect Lamb (Jesus Christ), abolished sin for all who will believe.


Verses 6-16: There was a fixed tariff: the larger the animal, the larger the cereal offering and libation that had to accompany it.


Numbers 15:6 "Or for a ram, thou shalt prepare [for] a meat offering two tenth deals of flour mingled with the third [part] of an hin of oil."


Whether for a burnt offering or a peace offering; or rather and for a ram, as many versions.


"Thou shalt prepare for a meat offering two tenth deals of flour mingled with the third part of an hin of oil": Which was the quantity of six quarts of fine flour, and about three pints and a quarter of a pint of oil.


The ram offering was under the heading of the bloody offering. It was generally thought of as a cleansing from sin. The lamb, or the ram, was usually a male of around one year old. It must have no blemishes, because it symbolized the sinless Christ.


Numbers 15:7 "And for a drink offering thou shalt offer the third [part] of an hin of wine, [for] a sweet savor unto the LORD."


The same quantity of wine was to be used in the drink offering as of oil in the meat offering (Num. 15:4).


"For a sweet savor unto the Lord": That it might be acceptable to him.


The drink offering was in proportion to the size of the animal sacrificed with it.


Numbers 15:8 "And when thou preparest a bullock [for] a burnt offering, or [for] a sacrifice in performing a vow, or peace offerings unto the LORD:"


Which was a larger offering, and required a larger meat offering and drink offering (as Num. 15:9 shows).


"Or for a sacrifice in performing a vow or peace offerings unto the Lord": By which latter are meant freewill offerings. For though both sorts here mentioned were peace offerings, yet these were more particularly called so.


Numbers 15:9 "Then shall he bring with a bullock a meat offering of three tenth deals of flour mingled with half an hin of oil."


Much larger than either for a lamb or ram, even one consisting of three tenth deals of flour; or nine quarts of it.


"Mingled with half an hin of oil": Two quarts and a pint, and somewhat more.


Numbers 15:10 "And thou shalt bring for a drink offering half an hin of wine, [for] an offering made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD."


The same quantity as of oil, and a little more.


"For an offering made by fire of a sweet savor unto the Lord": This, according to Jarchi, refers only to the meat offering and the oil. For the wine was not a fire offering, not being put upon the fire.


I put these three together, so you could see the meat, bread, and wine were together.


Numbers 15:11 "Thus shall it be done for one bullock, or for one ram, or for a lamb, or a kid."


Such a quantity of flour and oil for the meat offering. And such a quantity of wine for the drink offering as before expressed. Making no difference between one young or old.


"Or for a ram": Which, Jarchi says, was thirteen months and one day old.


"Or for a lamb, or a kid": For a young one of the flock, whether of the sheep or goat, whether a lamb or a kid of the goats. Which, according to Jarchi, were within a year, not a year old.


Numbers 15:12 "According to the number that ye shall prepare, so shall ye do to every one according to their number."


That is, in proportion to the number of the cattle. Be they of which sort they would, should be the quantity of the meat and drink offerings.


The portions of bread and wine mentioned, are for one animal. Of course, if there are two animals, the bread and wine were doubled.


Numbers 15:13 "All that are born of the country shall do these things after this manner, in offering an offering made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD."


Meaning that all Israelites should with their sacrifices bring their meat and drink offerings of the quantity directed to as above.


"In offering an offering made by fire of a sweet savor unto the Lord": When they offered any burnt offerings or peace offerings. The Jews say, that all sacrifices, whether of the congregation or of a private person, require drink offerings. Excepting the firstborn, the tithes, the Passover, the sin offering, and the trespass offering. But the sin offering of the leper, and his trespass offering, require them. The Targum of Jonathan is, "all that are born in Israel, and not among the people, shall make these drink offerings thus." For though an uncircumcised Gentile might bring burnt offerings and peace offerings, yet not meat offerings and drink offerings with them (See notes on Lev. 22:18). Only such as were proselytes of righteousness (as in Num. 15:14).


If you were Hebrew by birth, this pertained to you. These offerings would be accepted as a sweet smell to the LORD.


Verses 14-16: The "stranger" (resident alien), who lived among the people of Israel was permitted to bring "sweet savor" offerings in the same manner as the native-born (9:14). This was Old Testament evangelism at work.


Numbers 15:14 "And if a stranger sojourn with you, or whosoever [be] among you in your generations, and will offer an offering made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD; as ye do, so he shall do."


A stranger, or proselyte. Not of the gate, but of righteousness, as Ben Gersom and the Jewish, writers in general interpret it.


"Or whatsoever be among you in your generations": Whether such a proselyte settled and continued among them, or only stayed with them for a while.


"And will offer an offering made by fire of a sweet savor unto the Lord": Is desirous of offering a burnt offering or a peace offering to the Lord in an acceptable manner.


"As ye do, so shall he do": Bring the same meat offering and drink offering, according to the nature and number of the cattle he brings for sacrifice.


The stranger is speaking of someone who is not Hebrew. If they want to sacrifice, they are to be allowed to. They must follow the same regulations as the Hebrew.


Numbers 15:15 "One ordinance [shall be both] for you of the congregation, and also for the stranger that sojourneth [with you], an ordinance for ever in your generations: as ye [are], so shall the stranger be before the LORD."


Or "O congregation", as Ben Melech. And so the Targum of Jonathan, "O whole congregation"; though Aben Ezra denies it to be vocative.


"And also for the stranger that sojourneth with you": The same ordinance, statute, or appointment, respecting the above things, were equally binding on one side as on the other. A home born Israelite and a proselyte of righteousness.


"An ordinance for ever in your generations": To be observed by them, one and the other, in all ages, until the Messiah came and abolished the law of commandments contained in ordinances.


"As ye are so shall the stranger be before the Lord": Not in things civil, but religious, and particularly with respect to the above sacrifices and offerings. Ben Gersom and Aben Ezra say this respects the burnt offering only, which was before the Lord.


There is one law for all. If the stranger lives in the camp, he is like one of the congregation. There are no allowances made for one over the other. This is saying there is One God of Jew and Gentile.


Numbers 15:16 "One law and one manner shall be for you, and for the stranger that sojourneth with you."


One law respecting these sacrifices, and one manner of offering them. One and the same precept to be observed, and one and the same judgment or punishment inflicted in case of non-observance.


"Shall be for you, and the stranger that sojourneth with you": For Israelites and proselytes.
Which is said to invite and encourage the latter. And may have a distant view to the calling of the Gentiles in Gospel times. When there should be no difference between Jews and Gentiles called by grace in matters of religion, but would be one in Christ (Gal. 3:28).


In these lessons, God is telling the Jew to forget about being exclusive with God. God is the Father of us all.


Leviticus 24:22 "Ye shall have one manner of law, as well for the stranger, as for one of your own country: for I [am] the LORD your God."


Verses 17-21: This regulation pertained to the offering of the firstfruits of the harvest. When the people entered the land of Canaan and began to enjoy its produce, they were to show their devotion to the Lord by presenting to Him a cake baked from the first cuttings of the grain.


"Cake of the first of your dough for a heave offering": Here the principle of firstfruits is emphasized, in that when a housewife made bread she had to set aside a portion for the Lord. The Old Testament insists that the firstfruits belong to God. Every firstborn child, firstborn animals, and the firstfruits of every crop must be given to God (Exodus 22:29-30; 23:19). Paul said, "For if the first fruit be holy, the lump is also holy" (Rom. 11:16).


Numbers 15:17 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Or continued to speak to him. For the following law was given at the same time as those before.


We see a break in God's instructions on sacrifices.


Numbers 15:18 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land whither I bring you,"


Who only were bound to observe the following law concerning the cake of the first dough (Num. 15:20). And not Gentiles; so the Jews say. The dough of a Gentile is free from the cake, though an Israelite kneads it.


"When ye come into the land whither I bring you": The land of Canaan. This is another assurance of their possession of the land of Canaan, notwithstanding what had been threatened (in Num. 15:2). It is only said, "which I give unto you", but here, "whither I bring you". Assuring them, that as he had given it unto them, he would certainly introduce them into it. The Jews from hence gather, that they are not bound to observe this precept concerning the cake by the law, but in the land of Israel only. And when all Israel are there; wherefore at this time, and even in the days of Ezra, it is separated only by the words of the Scribes. And the reason of it is, that this law might not be forgotten by the Israelites. There were three countries that were bound to bring the cake, according to the Misnah.


Again, these ordinances are for keeping in the land of promise. They will be obligated to keep them forever, after they receive their homeland.


Numbers 15:19 "Then it shall be, that, when ye eat of the bread of the land, ye shall offer up a heave offering unto the LORD."


Of the land of Canaan. When they were about to eat of it, before they actually did. When they were preparing for it. Had ground their corn into flour, and had mixed it with water and kneaded it into dough, in order to bake it and make it fit for food. By bread is meant bread corn, such as was the old corn of the land the Israelites first ate of when they entered into it (Joshua 5:11). The Targum of Jonathan adds, "not of rice, or millet, or pulse," but what was made of corn used for bread. And the Jews say, there were five things only they were obliged to make the cake of, wheat, barley, "cumin" or rye, fox ear (barley), and oats. And this is to be understood only of dough made for men's bread, and not for dogs or any other beast.


"Ye shall offer up a heave offering unto the Lord": And what that is, is expressed in (Num. 15:20).


This is offering the bread first to God, before eating of it. Christians practice firstfruits of the resurrection, when we celebrate Sunday, instead of Saturday.


Numbers 15:20 "Ye shall offer up a cake of the first of your dough [for] a heave offering: as [ye do] the heave offering of the threshingfloor, so shall ye heave it."


Of the first dough made of the first corn that was threshed, winnowed and ground. They were to make a cake, and offer it a heave offering unto the Lord. The quantity of it is not expressed, but was left to the people's generosity.


"As ye do the heave offering of the threshing floor, so shall ye heave it": As the two wave loaves and firstfruits of their harvest (Lev. 23:16).


Even the dough, before it is cooked, should be offered first to God.


Ezekiel 44:30 "And the first of all the firstfruits of all [things], and every oblation of all, of every [sort] of your oblations, shall be the priest's: ye shall also give unto the priest the first of your dough, that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house."


Numbers 15:21 "Of the first of your dough ye shall give unto the LORD a heave offering in your generations."


As an acknowledgment of his being the sovereign Lord and possessor of heaven and earth, and of his being the owner and proprietor of the land of Canaan. And by way of thankfulness to him for the plenty of bread corn he had given them. And wherefore this cake was to be heaved or lifted up towards him in heaven, as follows.


"A heave offering in your generations": For this respected not only the first time of their entrance into the land of Canaan, but was to be observed every year when they made their first dough, and was to continue as long as the ceremonial law lasted. This cake was anciently given to the priest, which is meant by giving it to the Lord. But now the Jews take it and cast it into the fire and burn it. The apostle seems to allude to this cake of the first dough in (Rom. 11:16).


This offering was given, in addition to the first of the corn and wheat. It is also given in addition to the first of the finished bread. It seems at each step of preparation, the first of it was to be offered to the LORD.


Verses 22-29: Those who sinned "if ye have erred" unintentionally, had provision for forgiveness. These serval "offerings" (grain, drink, sin), were to be made in "atonement" for omitting or unintentionally sinning against any of the Lord's commandments.


Numbers 15:22 "And if ye have erred, and not observed all these commandments, which the LORD hath spoken unto Moses,"


"Ye have erred": Sin offerings were prescribed whenever any of the Lord's commands were disobeyed accidentally, i.e., by unintentional neglect or omission. In verses (24-26), the offerings for the whole community were given. In verses (27-29), the offerings for the individual person who sinned unintentionally were stated.


These commandments are given to them 40 years before they enter the Promised Land. It would be easy to overlook this, after that length of time. "If" indicates that some of them will err in this.


Numbers 15:23 "[Even] all that the LORD hath commanded you by the hand of Moses, from the day that the LORD commanded [Moses], and henceforward among your generations;"


Recorded in this book and the two preceding, whether of a moral, ceremonial, or judicial kind. The whole body of laws given to the people of Israel from the Lord by Moses.


"From the day that the Lord commanded Moses, and henceforward among your generations": All that he had commanded, or should hereafter command.


The commandments are brought down from generation to generation. Sometimes, we get careless after so long a time.


Numbers 15:24 "Then it shall be, if [ought] be committed by ignorance without the knowledge of the congregation, that all the congregation shall offer one young bullock for a burnt offering, for a sweet savor unto the LORD, with his meat offering, and his drink offering, according to the manner, and one kid of the goats for a sin offering."


Of the law of God, not clearly understanding the meaning of it, or not knowing of the several precepts of it. And the circumstances of each, and the manner of performing obedience thereunto.


"Without the knowledge of the congregation": Or they being ignorant of the true intent of the law and form of obeying it. For this is to be understood not of the sin of a private person through ignorance, but of the body of the people. Or of a congregation of them in some particular place, ignorantly and unawares falling into idolatry. Or rather into a breach of any of the laws of God, moral or ceremonial.


"That all the congregation shall offer one young bullock for a burnt offering, for a sweet savor unto the Lord": As an acceptable sacrifice to him. By which it appears that this law is different from that in (Lev. 4:13). Since the bullock there was for a sin offering, this for a burnt offering. And besides another creature was to be for a sin offering, as after expressed.


"With his meat offering and his drink offering, according to the manner": A meat offering, consisting of such a quantity of flour and oil, and a drink offering of such a quantity of wine as directed to (Num. 15:9).


"And one kid of the goats for a sin offering": Which though mentioned last was offered first, as an expiatory sacrifice for sin. Typical of Christ, who was made an offering for sin. And then the burnt offering by way of thankfulness for the acceptance of the other.


This is a sin of ignorance, not on purpose. It is also, a sin of omission, rather than commission. All of the congregation must sacrifice the sacrifice for sin.


Numbers 15:25 "And the priest shall make an atonement for all the congregation of the children of Israel, and it shall be forgiven them; for it [is] ignorance: and they shall bring their offering, a sacrifice made by fire unto the LORD, and their sin offering before the LORD, for their ignorance:"


By offering a sin offering for them. A type of Christ, the propitiation not only for the sins of the people among the Jews, but throughout the whole world (1 John 2:2).


"And it shall be forgiven them": As the sins of the Lord's people are forgiven them through the blood of Christ. And on account of his atoning sacrifice and satisfaction made for them.


"For it is ignorance": A sin of ignorance, for which reason Christ pleads for pardon on the foot of his sacrifice, and his people receive it (Luke 23:34). For that this sin was forgiven on the score of a sacrifice appears by what follows.


"And they shall bring their offering, a sacrifice made by fire unto the Lord": The bullock for the burnt offering.


"And their sin offering before the Lord, for their ignorance": A kid of the goats.


Leviticus 1:4 "And he shall put his hand upon the head of the burnt offering; and it shall be accepted for him to make atonement for him."


The putting of his hands on the head of the offering transferred his guilt to the animal. This is the very thing Jesus did for all of us, when He took our sins upon His body. He was our atonement.


Luke 23:34 "Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do. And they parted his raiment, and cast lots."


Numbers 15:26 "And it shall be forgiven all the congregation of the children of Israel, and the stranger that sojourneth among them; seeing all the people [were] in ignorance."


Which is repeated for the certainty of it, and for the sake of what follows.


"And the stranger that sojourneth among them": The proselyte of righteousness. So the blessing of pardon, through the propitiatory sacrifice of Christ, comes upon believing Gentiles as well as Jews (Rom. 4:9).


"Seeing all the people were in ignorance": Both the congregation of Israel and the stranger (See note on Num. 15:25).


The stranger and the congregation were treated the same. They sinned in ignorance, and God is more forgiving than for a sin in full knowledge.


Numbers 15:27 "And if any soul sin through ignorance, then he shall bring a she goat of the first year for a sin offering."


Any private or particular person, by breaking any of the above commands, or any other. Not rightly understanding them, or not giving attention: to the circumstances required in the manner of performing them.


"Then he shall bring a she goat of the first year for a sin offering": Which differed in this from the sin offering of a congregation that sinned through ignorance. That was a kid of the goats, whether male or female. But this was to be a female goat and of a year old.


The offering was less than for a sin committed in full knowledge. This is probably, a sin of omitting the commandments.


Numbers 15:28 "And the priest shall make an atonement for the soul that sinneth ignorantly, when he sinneth by ignorance before the LORD, to make an atonement for him; and it shall be forgiven him."


By offering his sin offering for him.


"When he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord": To whom it is known to be such, before whom all things are naked, open, and well known.


"To make an atonement for him, and it shall be forgiven him": Upon that atonement made by sacrifice. So the forgiveness of the sins of all the Lord's people proceeds upon an atonement made by the blood and sacrifice of Christ. Full atonement of sin and free forgiveness are not contrary to each other.


As in the lamb, the hands were placed on the animal's head to transfer guilt. The act of the sacrifice shows they repented, and sought forgiveness.


Colossians 2:13 "And you, being dead in Your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath he quickened together with him, having forgiven you all trespasses;"


Numbers 15:29 "Ye shall have one law for him that sinneth through ignorance, [both for] him that is born among the children of Israel, and for the stranger that sojourneth among them."


Which enjoins a she goat for a sin offering for such.


"Both for him that is born amongst the children of Israel, and for the stranger that sojourneth among them": Both sinning through ignorance, the same sacrifice was offered for them, by which atonement was made. And through which their sin was forgiven; by whom are meant home born Israelites and proselytes of righteousness. Who were under the same laws, and enjoyed the same privileges, as do now believing Jews and Gentiles.


Exodus 12:49 "One law shall be to him that is home born, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among you."


Romans 3:29-30 "[Is he] the God of the Jews only? [is he] not also of the Gentiles? Yes, of the Gentiles also:" "Seeing [it is] one God, which shall justify the circumcision by faith, and uncircumcision through faith."


Forgiveness and salvation are for whosoever will.


Romans 10:13 "For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved."


Verses 30-31: "Presumptuously" literally means "with a high hand", such as a raised or clenched fist in defiance of God and His commands. This seems to be illustrated (in verses 32-36), by the gathering of sticks on the Sabbath. Note (Heb. 10:26-31), referring to (Deut. 17:2-6; compare Mark 3:29. 1 John 1:7; 5:16).


Sinning "with a high hand" is a sign of rebellion against the Lord, so no provisions were given for a person who defied Yahweh's grace in this way. Instead, they were to "utterly be cut off" (Deut. 17:12; Psalm 19:13; Heb. 10:26).


Numbers 15:30 "But the soul that doeth [ought] presumptuously, [whether he be] born in the land, or a stranger, the same reproacheth the LORD; and that soul shall be cut off from among his people."


"Doeth ought presumptuously": Literally "with a high hand". These sins, committed knowingly and deliberately were describe as blasphemous because they were an arrogant act of insubordination against the Lord. Anyone guilty of presumptuous sin was to be excommunicated from Israel and put to death.


This is speaking of those who knew the commandment, and the consequences of not keeping them. This is deliberate sin against God. We might even call it defying God. This is total rejection of God and His law.


Numbers 15:31 "Because he hath despised the word of the LORD, and hath broken his commandment, that soul shall utterly be cut off; his iniquity [shall be] upon him."


That is, has broken it through contempt of it, despising it as a command of God. Paying no regard to it as a law of his. Otherwise such who sin ignorantly break the commandment of God.


"That soul shall be utterly cut off": Or "in cutting off shall be cut off". most certainly cut off and entirely ruined and destroyed in this world and in that to come.


"His iniquity shall be upon him": The punishment of it, no atonement being made for it by sacrifice. It shall be upon him and him only. Or be "in him", not repented of and not forgiven.


This is total rejection of Jesus (Word of God). He deliberately breaks God's law. The sin against the Holy Ghost, in my opinion, is to die totally rejecting Jesus. There is no forgiveness for this.


Verses 32-36: An illustration of presumptuous sin concerns a man who violated "Sabbath". His condemnation was a death sentence, because God's requirements about observing this day of rest were well known in Israel. A violation was deemed deliberate. This was an act of defiant sin. When it was determined that there was a premeditated violation of the Sabbath law, death was required.


Numbers 15:32 "And while the children of Israel were in the wilderness, they found a man that gathered sticks upon the sabbath day."


According to Aben Ezra, in the wilderness of Sinai. For it is a common notion of the Jews, that though this fact is recorded here, yet was committed the first year the Israelites came out of Egypt, soon after the giving the law of the Sabbath. Hence Jarchi remarks, that the Scripture speaks of this to the reproach of the Israelites, that they kept only the first Sabbath, and on the second this man came and profaned it. But it seems rather to be in the wilderness of Paran where this fact was committed, after the business of the spies and the discomfiture of Israel, and the above laws were given. And stands here in its proper place as an instance of a presumptuous sinner, cut off from his people, according to the above law, which it immediately follows.


"They found a man that gathered sticks on the sabbath day": Plucking them up by the roots, as the Targum of Jonathan, as stubble and the like. For the word signifies gathering straw or stubble, or such like light things, as Ben Melech observes. And binding them in bundles for fuel. And this was done on the Sabbath day, by which it appears that that was to be kept in the wilderness. Though the laws before mentioned concerning sacrifices, and the cake of the first dough, were not to be put in execution until Israel came into the land of Canaan.


This is a deliberate breaking of the law of Sabbath. This man has had no regard for God's law.


Numbers 15:33 "And they that found him gathering sticks brought him unto Moses and Aaron, and unto all the congregation."


Admonished him, as say the Targum of Jonathan and Jarchi. But he would not desist. Wherefore they;


"Brought him unto Moses and Aaron, and unto all the congregation": To Moses and Aaron, and to the seventy elders. Who might be at this time met together, to hear, try, and judge causes. For it cannot be thought that the whole body of the people are meant. And it is most likely that it was not on the Sabbath day, but the day following, that they brought the man to them. Who were then sitting in the court.


He was brought to the tabernacle, for judgement to be passed upon him.


Numbers 15:34 "And they put him in ward, because it was not declared what should be done to him."


In a certain prison in the camp. Perhaps the same in which the blasphemer was put (Lev. 24:12); and for much the same reason.


"Because it was not declared what should be done to him": That is, what kind of death he should die, as Jarchi and Aben Ezra. It had been before declared that the Sabbath breaker should die, but not what death he should die (Exodus 31:15). Though some think it was a matter of doubt whether gathering of sticks was a breach of the Sabbath, or at least such a breach of it as required death. And the answer of the Lord seems to confirm this sense, as follows.


This is saying, they kept him locked up, until they sentenced him.


Moses was waiting on the LORD to tell him how to punish the man.


Numbers 15:35 "And the LORD said unto Moses, The man shall be surely put to death: all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the camp."


Who consulted the Lord upon this affair, in the tabernacle. Even at the most Holy Place, from above the mercy seat, where he promised to meet him, and commune with him about whatsoever he should consult him (Exodus 25:22).


"The man shall surely be put to death": For as no fire was to be made throughout their habitations on a Sabbath day, gathering sticks for such a purpose was a work that was a violation of the Sabbath, punishable with death (Exodus 35:2). And the kind of death follows;


"All the congregation shall stone him with stones without the camp": As afterwards without the city: of the place and manner of stoning (see notes on Acts 7:58).


The reason it was important for everyone to be in on the stoning, was to show their approval of the punishment. He was to be taken outside the camp, and stoned to death, so as not to defile the camp.


Numbers 15:36 "And all the congregation brought him without the camp, and stoned him with stones, and he died; as the LORD commanded Moses."


What was done by the order of Moses and the seventy elders is said to be done by the whole congregation. Though it was by a few persons only the man was actually brought out, who were the proper officers to do such business.


"And stoned him with stones, and he died": Stoned him to death.


"As the Lord commanded Moses": At the time he consulted him in the sanctuary, which he acquainted the court with. And they immediately ordered the execution, which was accordingly done.


This is just saying, they carried out the punishment. This should also be a sign to anyone else who thought about committing this sin. Some people believe capital punishment to be a deterrent to crime.


Verses 37-41: The special identity of the people of Israel was to be fully woven into their everyday life, including what they wore. The "fringes in the borders of their garments" were not for fashion but to cause them to "remember all the commandments of the Lord" and help them "be holy". This commandment is the basis for the prayer shawl worn by Jewish men to this day. See (Deut. 6:4-9), for other daily reminders of their status as the people of the Lord.


Verses 37-38: "Fringes" These blue tassels were in the form of a flower or petal and were attached to the garments of the Israelites to remind them of their need to trust and obey God's commands.


Numbers 15:37 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the giving of the above laws, and the order for stoning the Sabbath breaker. And the things what follows is connected with them, because it was to put them in mind of these and all other commands. And of so much importance is the precept directed to, that the Jews say, and Jarchi particularly, that it is equivalent to all the commands. And which he makes to be the reason of its being placed here.


We see another break in the message here. God speaks again to Moses.


Numbers 15:38 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and bid them that they make them fringes in the borders of their garments throughout their generations, and that they put upon the fringe of the borders a ribband of blue:"


Whom it only concerned, and all of them, except women and children. For priests, Levites, Israelites, proselytes, and freed servants, were bound to wear the fringes, but not Gentiles. Nor might the Gentiles make them, what were made by them were not to be used, since it follows.


"And bid them that they make them fringes in the borders of their garments, throughout their generations": The garments on which these fringes were put were such that were made either of linen or of woollen. No other were obliged to them by the law. And these were to be wore by them throughout their generations until the Messiah came. And they seem to have been worn by him (Matt. 9:20). However, it is certain they were worn by the Pharisees in his time (Matt. 23:5). At present this four cornered garment is not anywhere in common use among the Jews, instead of which they wear, under their other garments.


"And that they put upon the fringe of the borders a ribband of blue": Or a blue lace, a piece of blue tape, which bound and kept the fringe tight and close. And being of a different color, the fringe being white, made it the more conspicuous. The reason why this color was used, the Jews say, was because it was like the sea, and the like the sky, and the sky like the throne of glory. This blue, hyacinth, or purple color, as the Jews generally take it to be, was of a peculiar dye. The manner of making which is now unknown to them, and therefore they use only the white.


The fringes, on a ribband of blue, at the hem of their garment, was to remind them of the heavenly. Blue means heavenly. Every time they took a step, they could see the ribband of blue. The blue reminded them they were to walk in a heavenly manner. I say that after a person has been saved, they must walk in their salvation. This is exactly what this is saying. We must walk, every day, pleasing unto God.


Numbers 15:39 "And it shall be unto you for a fringe, that ye may look upon it, and remember all the commandments of the LORD, and do them; and that ye seek not after your own heart and your own eyes, after which ye use to go a whoring:"


The blue ribbon or lace shall be in or upon the fringe to fasten it.


"That ye may look upon it": The blue lace making the whole the more conspicuous. From hence the Jews gather, that the night is not the time for wearing fringe, which lessens the sight, and it is not so easily seen. And that night garments are not obliged to have the fringe on them. And yet, they say, a blind man is bound to wear it, because, though he cannot see it, others can.


"And remember all the commandments of the Lord, and do them": This is the general use, end, and design of the fringes. That upon sight of them they might be put in mind of the commandments and put upon the practice of them. These being at the four corners of their vestments, let them look which way they would downwards, before or behind, or on either side, they could not but see them. And the many threads in them might put them in mind of the many precepts they were to observe. And the white color, the purity and holiness of them. And the blue or sky-colored lace might lead them to observe the heavenly original of them. Or being of a purple color rather, might direct them to the blood of Christ, for the remission of the transgressions of them. The Jews have many fanciful things about the use and virtue of these fringes, not worthy of notice. And they say, that such who are careful to observe this law of the fringe, are worthy to see the face of the divine Majesty, and will be preserved from evil spirits.


"And that ye seek not after your own heart and your own eyes": To have and enjoy, and do those things, in matters of worship. Which were of their own devising, and pleasing in their sight, as well as in moral things, what were agreeable to their carnal hearts, and make for the gratification of their senses.


"After which ye use to go a whoring": Which seems to restrain the sense pretty much to idolatry, to false and superstitious worship. Which are often in Scripture expressed by fornication and whoredom. Though other sins and lusts also are sometimes signified by the same words.


Every time the walker took a step, it reminded him of the heavenly commandments. They must keep the lust of their eyes, and the lust of their flesh, under control. They must live and walk for God.


Numbers 15:40 "That ye may remember, and do all my commandments, and be holy unto your God."


Which is repeated, that the end and use of these fringes might be particularly taken notice of, and attended to. That so they might not satisfy themselves with and rest in this ceremony of wearing the fringes. But be found in the observance of every moral precept, and of every religious ordinance and duty.


"And be holy unto your God": As in his presence, according to his will, and for his honor and glory. By keeping his holy commands, and living a holy life and conversation, well pleasing in his sight.


To be sons of God is an everyday following of the LORD. They had to keep the commandments all the time. We must walk pleasing to God Sunday through Saturday, not just one day a week. Christianity is a way of life.


Numbers 15:41 "I [am] the LORD your God, which brought you out of the land of Egypt, to be your God: I [am] the LORD your God."


"The LORD": This reminder harkens back to Moses' first encounter with the Lord in the desert (Exodus 3:13-22).


Christianity is based on the fact that Jesus Christ is our Lord, as well as Savior. The Hebrew religion was based on The LORD being their God. God will not force Himself upon them, or us. For Him to be our God, we must want Him to be our God. He wants to be our God.


Numbers Chapter 15 Questions


1. The commandments of God, given to Moses, here, are for when?


2. The laws of sacrifice were ____________.


3. Who fulfilled all of them?


4. What does the burnt offering do symbolically, for the person who offers?


5. All of the sacrifices and offerings were for what purpose?


6. What is the "sweet savor" speaking of?


7. What does the meat offering contain?


8. What does wine, many times, symbolize?


9. What was all the blood of an animal could do for sin?


10. The ram for the offering was about _____ year old.


11. Why must it be without blemish?


12. The meat, bread, and wine were offered _____________.


13. If you had more than one animal to sacrifice, how did that affect the bread and wine?


14. Was there any difference for the offering of a stranger?


15. What does the heave offering show?


16. Even the ________, before it was cooked, should be offered up to God.


17. These ordinances were given ________ years before they would be carried out.


18. The sin of ignorance is also a sin of ____________.


19. What did they bring to be sacrificed for the sin of ignorance?


20. Why were the hands of the sinner placed on the animal's head?


21. What is verse 30 speaking of?


22. Why shall that soul be cut off?


23. What was the man doing that broke Sabbath?


24. Who pronounced his sentence?


25. How was he punished?


26. Why was it important for everyone to participate in his punishment?


27. Why were they to wear fringes on the bottom of their garments?


28. What color was the ribbon the fringe was sewed to?


29. What does that say to the Christian?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 16



Numbers Chapter 16

Verses 16:1 - 17:13: This portion contains a group of stories that establish Aaron's role as high priest (16:1-35), the rebellion of Korah (16:36-50), Aaron halts the plague (17:1-13), Aaron's rod budded.


Verses 1-3: A Levite named "Korah" and two Reubenites named "Dathan and Abiram" were jealous of Moses' and Aaron's positions among the people. A faction rose up, claiming theses divinely designated leaders had exalted themselves, and unrest spread throughout the camp.


Verses 1-2: The leaders of the rebellion included a group headed by Korah and composed principally of Levites who were offended by the setting apart of the family of Aaron for the duties and privileges of the priesthood (verse 10). The other group, headed by Abiram and Dathan, felt that they, rather than Moses, should have the preeminence in the nation, since they are the leaders of the tribe descended from the firstborn son of Jacob (Reuben). Thus, a rebellion against religious authority and another against political authority were associated, and the strength of each was greatly enhanced by cooperation with the other. Korah was a member of the Kohathite branch of the tribe of Levi, the branch to which Moses and Aaron belonged. With him were three outstanding members of the tribe of Reuben and 250 leaders of the congregation.


Numbers 16:1 "Now Korah, the son of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, and Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, and On, the son of Peleth, sons of Reuben, took [men]:"


"Korah": Korah was descended from Levi through Kohath. Being a son of Kohath, he already had significant duties at the tabernacle (see 4:1-20). However, he desired further to be a priest (see verse 10).


Korah was the leader of this group of rebellious Levites, the sons of Eliab, and the son of Reuben.


Numbers 16:2 "And they rose up before Moses, with certain of the children of Israel, two hundred and fifty princes of the assembly, famous in the congregation, men of renown:"


To his face, openly and publicly, in a bold and audacious manner. With impudence, as the Targum of Jonathan.


"With certain of the children of Israel": Some out of the several tribes, but perhaps chiefly of the tribe of Reuben, as Jarchi.


"Two hundred and fifty princes of the assembly": Or "congregation", who were princes in the several tribes to which they belonged. Heads of houses and families of their fathers, rulers of thousands, hundreds, etc.


"Famous in the congregation": Or "called" to the tabernacle of the congregation. Who, when the great men among the people were gathered together to consult about any affair, were called, as Ben Melech observes.


"Men of renown": Or "of name". In high esteem among the people for their birth and rank, their wealth and riches, wisdom and prudence. And were so before they came out of Egypt, as Aben Ezra remarks. So that the persons concerned in this rebellion were not the mob and dregs of the people, but men of the greatest figure and fame, and therefore was likely to be of bad consequence.


Each of these princes were leaders of thousands.


Numbers 1:16 "These [were] the renowned of the congregation, princes of the tribes of their fathers, heads of thousands in Israel."


These were well known leaders of the various families. These 250 men were from just about every tribe of the 12. To say they rose up before Moses, means against Moses.


Numbers 16:3 "And they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron, and said unto them, [Ye take] too much upon you, seeing all the congregation [are] holy, every one of them, and the LORD [is] among them: wherefore then lift ye up yourselves above the congregation of the LORD?"


They asserted that all members of the congregation were "holy", and therefore that Moses and Aaron had no right to take supremacy over them.


It appears, a great deal of jealousy has arisen among these men against Moses and Aaron. They regarded Moses as the spiritual and secular leader of all of the Israelites. They certainly had that right. The thing they were in error about, was who elevated Moses to that position. They accused Moses of elevating himself to that position of authority, when in fact, God elevated Moses to that position. They felt they were just as capable as Moses, since they too, were from the chosen family of God. The LORD truly was among them in the cloud by day, and the fire by night. It was God, however, who called Moses to such a position of leadership. Moses had not even asked for the job.


Verses 4-11: Moses called upon Korah and his followers to appear "before the Lord tomorrow", together with Aaron, in order that God Himself might decide who was in the right.


Numbers 16:4 "And when Moses heard [it], he fell upon his face:"


What they said, their complaint against him, for setting up Aaron for a high priest, and against Aaron for taking this honor to himself.


"He fell upon his face": Through shame, as the Targum of Jonathan. Blushing at their sin, in opposing the ordinance of God. And through fear of the divine displeasure, and of the wrath of God coming upon them for such wickedness. And in order to pray to God for them to make them sensible of their sin. And give them repentance for it, and pardon of it. And avert his judgments from them such a conduct called aloud for.


Moses fell upon his face, not for himself, but for them. He knew this would anger God.


Numbers 16:5 "And he spake unto Korah and unto all his company, saying, Even tomorrow the LORD will show who [are] his, and [who is] holy; and will cause [him] to come near unto him: even [him] whom he hath chosen will he cause to come near unto him."


The two hundred fifty princes that were with him. What follows was said to them apart from Dathan and Abiram, who seem not to be present at this time. And this was after Moses had finished his prayer to God, and had received instructions from him. By an impulse on his mind, what he should say unto them, and was now risen up from the earth he fell upon.


"Saying, even tomorrow the Lord will show who are his": His priests, whom he had chosen, and put into that office. This he would make known so clearly and plainly, that there would be no room left to doubt of it, and which was revealed to Moses while upon his face in prayer to God.


"And who is holy": Or whom he has separated to such a holy office and service.


"And will cause him to come near unto him": And do his work as a priest, without fear of danger, and without any hurt, which is suggested would befall others. And they may expect it, who intrude themselves into such an office, and engage their hearts in a bold audacious manner, to draw nigh to God in it.


"Even him whom he hath chosen will he cause to come near unto him": Meaning Aaron with his sons, whom the Lord would make to appear that he had chosen, and put into the office of priesthood. And that it was not what Moses did of himself.


Korah was a close relative of Moses and perhaps, because he was of the same tribe as Moses, he felt he was as close to God as Moses. It can easily be assumed from this, that Korah actually wanted to be high priest. Korah's pride has gotten him, and all of his followers, in trouble. God, throughout the Bible, has separated those who are His, like he did for Elijah and the prophets of Baal. Always, those who are separated out, who do not belong to God are killed.


Numbers 16:6 "This do; Take you censers, Korah, and all his company;"


Vessels to put incense in to offer, which was the business of the priests.


"Korah, and all his company": The two hundred fifty princes that were with him. For so many we read took censers, and offered incense (Num. 16:18).


Only priests could burn the holy oil to God. Perhaps, this is why Moses chose this particular test. If God does not kill them for impersonating a priest, then they are right. The smoke that came from the censers symbolized the prayers that rise to heaven.


Numbers 16:7 "And put fire therein, and put incense in them before the LORD to morrow: and it shall be [that] the man whom the LORD doth choose, he [shall be] holy: [ye take] too much upon you, ye sons of Levi."


Into the censers.


"And put incense in them": On the coals of fire in the censers.


"Before the Lord": Not at the altar of incense in the holy place, into which none but Aaron and his sons might come. But at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, where the glory of the Lord appeared (Num. 16:18). And this they were to do;


"Tomorrow": The day following that on which the insurrection was made. And in the morning of that day, which was the usual time of judgment. This was delayed until "to morrow", that they might have opportunity to reflect upon what they had done, and repent of their sin, and consider what they were to do. And the danger which might attend it; as in the case of Nadab and Abihu, who, though sons of the high priest, yet offering strange fire, were consumed by fire (Num. 10:1). And so might they for assuming the priesthood, and officiating in any part of it, which did not belong to them.


"And it shall be, that the man whom the Lord doth choose, he shall be holy": Meaning Aaron, with his sons": For though the Lord had already chosen him, and ordered him and his family to be separated from the rest of the Israelites, to exercise the priestly office. And he was actually invested with it, and had entered upon it. Yet he would at this time, in a visible way and manner, make it manifest that he had done it, and therefore should be as it were afresh set apart for holy service, and be continued in it.


"Ye take too much upon you": Moses here adopts the language of Korah in (Num. 16:3). The meaning appears to be, as more fully explained in (Num. 16:9-10). That it ought to have sufficed Korah and the other Levites that they had been chosen from amongst their brethren to discharge the inferior offices of the sanctuary.


Moses tells them here, that God chooses who the priests are. They cannot proclaim themselves as priests. If they think Moses and Aaron have taken this authority for themselves, what do they think they are trying to do?


Verses 8-11: "Korah" and his fellow Levites had decided they were not content with the role God gave them and wanted to exalt themselves to higher positions. Yet as Moses said, their ministry at the "tabernacle" was already highly favored for having been selected from among all Israel, so their assault was on the Lord Himself, the One who had sovereignly appointed only Aaron's family as priests. "Sons of Levi" in this context refers to Levi's descendants. It is no "small thing" to be assigned to any work when a person is assigned by the Lord.


Numbers 16:8 "And Moses said unto Korah, Hear, I pray you, ye sons of Levi:"


"Sons of Levi": Other Levites were involved in this rebellion with Korah.


They are warned by Moses here, to listen carefully. He recognizes them as sons of Levi, it appears it is a prayer from Moses for them to change their minds, before they get in serious trouble.


Numbers 16:9 "[Seemeth it but] a small thing unto you, that the God of Israel hath separated you from the congregation of Israel, to bring you near to himself to do the service of the tabernacle of the LORD, and to stand before the congregation to minister unto them?"


It should not; for it was a great thing which the Lord had done for them. And with which they should have been satisfied, and for it thankful.


"That the God of Israel hath separated you from the congregation of Israel": This was a special favor, and ought to have been esteemed such. That God, who was the God of the whole people of Israel in common, should separate the tribe of Levi from all the rest of the tribes of Israel.


"To bring you near to himself": Next to the priests their brethren of the same tribe, to be joined to them, and assist them in their service. And officiate in the court of the tabernacle, where the divine Majesty dwelt.


"To do the service of the tabernacle of the Lord": To watch it, and guard it, and keep out persons until to enter into it. To take it down and set it up, as occasion required, and bear and carry the holy things in it, and take care of them.


"And to stand before the congregation to minister unto them?" Which Jarchi interprets of their singing in the desk songs of praise before them. But Aben Ezra, better, of the service they did for them, when they brought their offerings and sacrifices. Which they took of them, and carried to the priests to offer for them.


It appears they had thought the job God had given them to be of lesser importance, than the job He had given Moses and Aaron. God Himself, had called them to the job they had been doing. It is as if, they are questioning God.


Numbers 16:10 "And he hath brought thee near [to him], and all thy brethren the sons of Levi with thee: and seek ye the priesthood also?"


To be in his courts, to watch in his house, and wait on his priests, for which an ample provision was made by tithes. Korah is there personally addressed.


"And all thy brethren, the sons of Levi, with thee": The whole tribe of them, excepting Aaron and his family, who were advanced to be priests.


"And seek ye the priesthood also?" The high priesthood, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan. This opens the true cause of their discontent and rebellion. They could not be satisfied with being the ministers of the priests, but wanted to be priests themselves, and Korah perhaps to be high priest.


God had set them aside from the entire congregation for the job He had called them to do. They believe themselves to be above doing the menial labor of carrying the tabernacle from place to place. They want to take the top position of priest.


Numbers 16:11 "For which cause [both] thou and all thy company [are] gathered together against the LORD: and what [is] Aaron, that ye murmur against him?"


For gathering together against his ministers, whom he had put into office to act under him. And endeavoring to overturn a constitution of his erecting, and resisting and not submitting to an ordinance of his. Is interpreted gathering against him, and acting in opposition to him (see Rom. 13:1).


"And what is Aaron, that ye murmur against him?" What is his transgression? what has he done? as Aben Ezra paraphrases it. He is not chargeable with any fault; he did not take upon him the office of high priest of himself. God called him to it, and put him in it. He is only his minister, and by no means to be blamed. And therefore, it is unreasonable to envy him, or murmur against him. And indeed, murmuring against him is murmuring against the Lord.


Moses says, "It is alright to murmur against me, but why Aaron"? The Israelites gathered here, made up their mind that the priesthood belonged to all Israelites.


Verses 12-14: Moses summoned Dathan and Abiram, but, filled with bitter hatred, they reviled him and refused to appear.


Numbers 16:12 "And Moses sent to call Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab: which said, We will not come up:"


"Dathan and Abiram": These two men of the tribe of Reuben despised Moses, blaming him for taking Israel out of the land of Egypt and failing to bring them into the land of Canaan. Because of Moses' perceived failure, they attacked him, joining with Korah in the rebellion against Moses and Aaron.


They are showing no respect for Moses, or his office. Perhaps Moses thought they were part of the problem, and sent for them. Perhaps, he thought they might be able to stop the uprising. Why he wanted them is not explained here. They were not part of the 250 however.


Numbers 16:13 "[Is it] a small thing that thou hast brought us up out of a land that floweth with milk and honey, to kill us in the wilderness, except thou make thyself altogether a prince over us?"


Meaning Egypt, as the Targum of Jonathan expresses it. Which, though a plentiful country, never had, nor deserved to have this epithet given it. Which is peculiar to the land of Canaan, and is here given, in opposition to the description of that land, which the Lord himself had so described. And argues great impudence and want of reverence of the divine Being. As well as great ingratitude to Moses, the instrument of their being brought out of Egypt, where they labored under bondage intolerable servitude. And yet here represent it as an injury done to them, and as if the intent and design of it was purely to destroy them. For they add;


"To kill us in the wilderness": With want of food, of which they had plenty in Egypt, they suggest. Referring, it may be, to what the Lord by Moses had said to them, that their carcasses should fall in the wilderness. But that would not be for want of provisions, but because of their sins. It was bad enough to be brought out of such a plentiful country, into a barren wilderness. But what was still worse, the despotic and tyrannical government of Moses, as they represent it, they were brought under.


"Except thou make thyself altogether a prince over us?" Ruling in an arbitrary way, making laws, and setting up offices and officers at pleasure. So that it is more eligible to be in bondage in Egypt than under thy government. Aben Ezra takes their meaning to be, as if the end of bringing them out of Egypt was to assume and exercise such rule and authority over them. His words are, "hast thou brought us up out of Egypt, that thou mayest exercise dominion over us as a prince? Yea, many dominions, thou and thy brother? "And who also observes, that Egypt lay to the south of the land of Israel, so that one that came from Egypt to the land of Canaan may be truly said to come up, that part of Canaan lying higher than Egypt.


They are blaming Moses with not going into the Promised Land of milk and honey. They forget their spies advised against it, and angered God. They are aware that they will die in the wilderness, because God told the entire congregation. I am sure Moses did not want to rule over them at all. The position of leadership was thrust upon him by the LORD.


Numbers 16:14 "Moreover thou hast not brought us into a land that floweth with milk and honey, or given us inheritance of fields and vineyards: wilt thou put out the eyes of these men? we will not come up."


The words which the Lord had spoken to Moses (Exodus 3:8), concerning the deliverance from Egypt. And the bringing of the people into a land flowing with milk and honey, had been communicated by Aaron to the people (Exodus 4:30). Dathan and Abiram reproach Moses, as though he was responsible for their protracted sojourn in the wilderness.


"Wilt thou put out the eyes of these men?" Hebrew, those men. The same expression is employed in its literal signification in regard to Samson (Judges 16:21). It is probably used here in the same manner. Or, it may be, to denote an alleged attempt on the part of Moses to blind the eyes of the people to the violation of promises solemnly made to them. And to impose upon them a law of blind obedience to his own arbitrary injunctions.


They fear that Moses will blind the 250 who did come up, and they do not want to be punished, the same as them. They are complaining however, that they did not get their promised inheritance.


Numbers 16:15 "And Moses was very wroth, and said unto the LORD, Respect not thou their offering: I have not taken one ass from them, neither have I hurt one of them."


Moses' words, "I have not taken one ass from them, neither have I hurt one of them", show his brokenness at being accused of expecting preferential treatment. This is the reaction of someone whose leadership truly was not based on personal demands or privilege.


"Neither have I hurt one of them": Moses pled his innocence before the Lord, claiming to have been a true servant-leader. This confirms that (Num. 12:3), could have been written by Moses.


As absolute ruler of these people, Moses could have taken everything they owned, but he did not. The ass was the least valuable of all the animals. That is why he said, he had not taken even an ass. Moses was angry, because of the false accusations against him. Moses, in his anger, asks God not to accept their offerings.


Verses 16-35: God judged those who rebelled against Moses and Aaron by putting them to death.


Numbers 16:16 "And Moses said unto Korah, Be thou and all thy company before the LORD, thou, and they, and Aaron, tomorrow:"


Who was still with him, when the messenger returned from Dathan and Abiram. And who heard what Moses said in his own defense.


"Be thou and all thy company before the Lord": At the tabernacle, at the door of it. The Targum of Jonathan is, at the house of judgment, the court of judicature, where this affair was to be tried. And that was at the tabernacle, as appears by what follows.


"Thou, and they, and Aaron, tomorrow": The day after Moses had sent to Dathan and Abiram. On the morning of the next day; which as it was the time of sitting in judgment. So, of offering incense; meaning Korah and his company, the two hundred fifty men with him, and not Dathan and Abiram. And Aaron also, he was ordered to appear, whom they opposed, and with whom the trial was to be made.


After Moses has finished speaking with the Reubenites, he goes back to the same statement as before. Come tomorrow, and let God judge between those He has chosen as leaders.


Numbers 16:17 "And take every man his censer, and put incense in them, and bring ye before the LORD every man his censer, two hundred and fifty censers; thou also, and Aaron, each [of you] his censer."


Which they were to bring with them the next day from their own tents. And these might be censers which they had in their several families. And which they had used in them before the order of priesthood was set up in Aaron's family, and limited to that. Or they might be a sort of chafing dishes, or vessels like censers, and would serve the present purpose. They were ordered to put fire into them, that was to be taken from the altar of burnt offering. For strange fire might not be used.


"And bring ye before the Lord every man his censer, two hundred and fifty censers": According to the number of the men that were gathered with Korah.


Thou also, and Aaron, each of you his censer": Korah and Aaron were to bring each their censers, between whom lay the contest concerning the high priesthood. Which was to be determined by their offering incense before the Lord, and by his approbation or disapprobation of it.


How each man had a censer, I do not know. This perhaps was something they used as a censer; some bronze metal pan, where fire could burn the oil. Notice 250 of them brought their censers and Aaron brought his censer. This is to determine who is priest.


Numbers 16:18 "And they took every man his censer, and put fire in them, and laid incense thereon, and stood in the door of the tabernacle of the congregation with Moses and Aaron."


That is, they came the next morning, according to order, prepared with their censers and incense. And they took fire from off the altar of burnt offering. Which stood in the court of the tabernacle.


"And laid incense thereon": Upon the fire in their censers, and so burned it.


"And stood in the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": Not in the holy place, where the altar of incense was, for that would not hold them. Nor indeed in the court of the tabernacle, but at the door of it, or the outside of it. That so they might be seen by all the people who came to be spectators and witnesses of this affair. And they stood;


"With Moses and Aaron": In a bold and presumptuous manner, as if they were their equals. Disputing their authority, and putting themselves upon their trial before the Lord about it. The Targum of Jonathan says, these men stood on one side (of the door of the tabernacle), and Moses and Aaron stood on the other side of it.


They had become so filled with themselves, that they were not afraid to burn the incense in the censers. They came to the door of the tabernacle, as Moses had requested.


Numbers 16:19 "And Korah gathered all the congregation against them unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation: and the glory of the LORD appeared unto all the congregation."


Korah gathered the congregation, that they might be witnesses of the event. And, upon their success, which they doubted not of, might fall upon Moses and Aaron with popular rage, and destroy them. And it seems by this that the people were generally incensed against Moses, and inclined to Korah's side.


"The glory of the Lord appeared in the cloud, which then shone with greater brightness and majesty. As a sign of God's approach and presence (see Exodus 16:7, 10; Lev. 9:6, 23; Num. 20:6).


All of the congregation gathers around the door of the tabernacle, and God appears to them all. His glory meant that He was surrounded by fire and smoke, so the people saw the smoke. This will leave no doubt that the separation is by the LORD Himself.


Numbers 16:20 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


Out of the cloud.


"Saying": As follows.


Even though the congregation is there, the LORD speaks to Moses and Aaron.


Numbers 16:21 "Separate yourselves from among this congregation, that I may consume them in a moment."


The Lord answered Moses' intercession by calling the people to depart from the tents of the rebels so that only they would be judged.


God wants Moses and Aaron to move away from the people, so He can kill all of them.


Numbers 16:22 "And they fell upon their faces, and said, O God, the God of the spirits of all flesh, shall one man sin, and wilt thou be wroth with all the congregation?"


"God of the spirits of all flesh": This phrase appears only here and in (27:16). Moses called on omniscient God who knows the heart of everyone to judge those who had sinned, and those only.


This is Moses and Aaron who fell on their faces, and begged for the congregation's lives. Notice, the God of the spirits of all flesh. It is our spirit that worships God. Moses asks God to kill the leader of this uprising, and let the others live.


Numbers 16:23 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


When on his face in prayer, and bid him rise up. And told him he had granted his request, and then spoke to him.


This means that instantly the LORD answered Moses.


Numbers 16:24 "Speak unto the congregation, saying, Get you up from about the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram."


Not to Korah's company, but to the people of Israel. Of the several tribes that were assembled together.


"Saying, get ye up from about the tabernacle of Korah, and Dathan, and Abiram": Which was either the same with their tents (as in Num. 16:26). Though, as they were of different tribes, Korah of the tribe of Levi, and Dathan and Abiram of the tribe of Reuben, their tents must be in distinct and different places. Though both encamped on the same side of the tabernacle, and pretty near to each other. The camp of Levi was nearest the tabernacle, and the camp of Reuben next to it. It may be, there was a single tabernacle erected on this occasion, for all these men to meet at when they judged it necessary. Aben Ezra is of opinion, Korah had a tent for his men and substance, at a distance from the camp of the Levites, and to his tent joined the tents of Dathan and Abiram.


Korah was the one who instigated this uprising, and came, and accused Moses. Dathan and Abiram were those rebellious, who refused to come when Moses called them to the tabernacle. The Lord said, "everyone get away from them".


Numbers 16:25 "And Moses rose up and went unto Dathan and Abiram; and the elders of Israel followed him."


Either from the ground, upon which he fell on his face. Or from the seat on which he sat at the door of the tabernacle. Though he seems to have stood there. It may be, it only signifies that he obeyed the divine order, and went about it directly. As often in Scripture persons are said to arise, when they go about any thing they are directed, or choose to do.


"And went unto Dathan and Abiram": To endeavor to convince them of their evil, and bring them to repentance for it. And to reclaim them from their folly.


"And the elders of Israel followed him": Either some principal persons of the tribes, called elders, both from their age and prudence. Or the seventy elders lately chosen to assist Moses in the affairs of government. As Aben Ezra thinks these followed him to show their respect unto him. And their approbation of his conduct, and for vindication of his character, which had been aspersed by those men. And to give the more weight to what should be said unto them, for their conviction and reformation.


If they would not come to Moses, Moses went to them. These elders were the 70 men God had chosen to help Moses.


Numbers 16:26 "And he spake unto the congregation, saying, Depart, I pray you, from the tents of these wicked men, and touch nothing of theirs, lest ye be consumed in all their sins."


To the people of Israel assembled together on this occasion. Some, out of ill will to Moses and Aaron. Inclining to the side of Korah and his accomplices. And some out of curiosity to see the issue of this affair.


"Saying, depart, I pray you, from the tents of these wicked men": These turbulent, seditious, and ill-designing men. Disturbers of the commonwealth and church of Israel. Enemies to the peace of its civil and ecclesiastic state. And when Moses desires the people to depart from their tents, he means not only that they would remove in person, and stand at a distance, but such who had their tents, and families, and substance near them, would take care to remove. Lest they should be destroyed with them.


"And touch nothing of theirs": Not carry off anything belonging to them along with their own, being all devoted to destruction.


"Lest ye be consumed in all their sins": Lest partaking of their sins they should of their plagues, and die in their sins, as they would, or for them.


This was absolute separation from them, and everything they own. All of it is doomed.


Numbers 16:27 "So they gat up from the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, on every side: and Dathan and Abiram came out, and stood in the door of their tents, and their wives, and their sons, and their little children."


The place where they met together and made their general rendezvous. This it seems was encompassed on all sides by people out of the several tribes. Who either wished them well in their undertaking, or were curious to know how it would issue.


"And Dathan and Abiram came out": Out of the tabernacle of Korah, and went to their own tents. And came out of them.


"And stood in the door of their tents, and their wives, and their sons, and their little children": In an audacious manner, as not fearing God nor man. They carried their heads high, and were not in the least daunted at what they were threatened with. And by their looks and gestures bid defiance to Moses and the elders with him.


The congregation fled from Korah, Dathan, and Abiram's tents. Only those of their immediate family were left with them.


Verses 28-34: In verse 30 is a splendid use of the Hebrew verb meaning "to create something new or remarkable" (Gen. 1:1, 21, 26). The "new thing" was a new judgment: the divine sinkhole that opened suddenly and swallowed Abiram, Korah, and Dathan and their "household", along with "all their goods". This should have left no doubt as to who was God's appointed leader in Israel. Scripture is careful to note that Korah's sons did not join the rebellion (26:11).


Numbers 16:28 "And Moses said, Hereby ye shall know that the LORD hath sent me to do all these works; for [I have] not [done them] of mine own mind."


To bring the people of Israel out of Egypt, to exchange the firstborn for the Levites. To make Aaron and his sons priests. To give the Levites to them, and to set Elizaphan over the Kohathites. Things which these men found fault with, and questioned his authority for doing them.


"For I have not done them of my own mind": Or "not out of my heart"; he had not devised them himself, and done them of his own head. And in any arbitrary way, without the will of God or any authority from him, as these men suggested.


All of those who are chosen to do a specific task for God, are not operating in their own power. It is God working through them. All they do is submit to the will of God in their lives. Now, God will prove to everyone that Moses is His leader upon the earth.


Numbers 16:29 "If these men die the common death of all men, or if they be visited after the visitation of all men; [then] the LORD hath not sent me."


Or "as every man dies", or the generality of men, who for the most part die of one disease or another. As a fever, and the like, or through old age.


"Or if they be visited after the visitation of all men": With such visitations as men in all ages for their sins are visited with, meaning public calamities, such as pestilence, famine, and sword.


"Then the Lord hath not sent me": It may be concluded that I had no mission nor commission from the Lord to do what I have done. But may be reckoned a deceiver and an impostor. And I am content to be accounted so, should either of the above things be the case of these men.


Moses sets the rules for believing these men. If they live a full life, and do not die suddenly, then they are of God. If they do not die suddenly, then God did not send Moses.


Numbers 16:30 "But if the LORD make a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow them up, with all that [appertain] unto them, and they go down quick into the pit; then ye shall understand that these men have provoked the LORD."


"Make a new thing": This supernatural opening of the earth to swallow the rebels was a sign of God's wrath and the vindication of Moses and Aaron.


The new thing, here, is speaking of instant expulsion from this earth. They have angered God. The reason it is important for their entire family to be destroyed, is so the entire uprising will stop.


Numbers 16:31 "And it came to pass, as he had made an end of speaking all these words, that the ground clave asunder that [was] under them:"


As soon as he had finished his discourse, which was addressed to the congregation. And, according to Josephus, after a long prayer to God, which that writer gives at large. Immediately so it was;


"That the ground clave asunder that was under them": On which they stood. Not from any natural cause, as by subterranean volcano, forcibly making their way and bursting the earth, and so getting vent, which has been thought to be the cause of earthquakes. But this was by the immediate hand and almighty power of God. And came to pass just as Moses suggested it would. And as soon as he had uttered his words, which made it the more observable.


Numbers Chapter 16 Questions


1. Who was the leader of this rebellious group?


2. Who were with him in this rebellion?


3. How many princes came with him?


4. What did they accuse Moses of?


5. They regarded Moses as the ___________ and __________ leader.


6. How was the LORD with them?


7. Why did Moses fall upon his face?


8. Korah was a close relative of _________.


9. What is another example of God destroying those who are not His?


10. Only _________ could burn incense.


11. When they burn the incense, they are _______________ the priest.


12. Moses recognizes them as sons of ______.


13. What had God called them to do?


14. When they want to do another job, they are ______________ God.


15. What were they really wanting from Moses?


16. What two men did Moses call to the tabernacle?


17. Did they come?


18. What accusation did these two make against Moses?


19. They were fearful Moses would _______ the 250.


20. What time did God put on the test?


21. When they burned the incense, what was determined?


22. Where did God meet with them?


23. Who did God speak to?


24. Why did God want Moses to separate from the congregation?


25. Who went with Moses to Dathan and Abiram?


26. What did Moses tell the congregation to do?


27. What would prove these men to be of God?


28. What would prove that they were not on God's side?


29. What happened to them?




Numbers Chapter 16 Continued

Verses 32, 35: The Lord ultimately killed "all the men that appertained unto Korah ... and consumed the two hundred and fifty men that offered incense". It was true that all the congregation was holy (Exodus 19:6), but they failed to recognize that Moses and Aaron were God-appointed leaders. Jude 11 describes the "rebellion of Korah" in the context of "ungodly men" who have "crept in unawares" into the church.


Numbers 16:32 "And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their houses, and all the men that [appertained] unto Korah, and all [their] goods."


In the last lesson, 250 of the princes spoke out against Moses and Aaron. Their leader was Korah. God came against Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, and all of their families. The earth opened up and swallowed their families, and everything that belonged to them. All the men. Not his sons (see Numbers 26:11), but all belonging to him who had associated themselves with him in this rebellion.


This was similar to an earthquake, but since it was on the request of Moses, it is supernatural. The ground just opens up where these evil people are. The area, which each of the three men ruled just went into a giant hole in the ground. The people, and everything perished instantly.


Dathan and Abiram, their wives, sons, and little ones, that stood at the door of their tents with them, and all their goods, as follows. The earth, as if it was a living creature or a beast of prey, opened its mouth and swallowed them up, as such a creature does its prey.


"And their houses": Which may be meant both of their families or households, and of the tents they dwelt in, which were their houses (see Deut. 1:6).


"And all the men that appertained unto Korah": Not Korah himself, for he was with the two hundred fifty men that had censers, and with Aaron at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation offering incense. And thereby making trial to whom the priesthood belonged. And who, it is highly probable, perished by fire with the two hundred fifty men, as Josephus, Aben Ezra, and others are of opinion. But the family of Korah, and not all of them, for his sons died not at that time (Num. 26:11). And there were of his posterity in the times of David, to whom several of the psalms are inscribed (Psalm 42:1). These were either out of the way upon business, (the providence of God so ordering it for their safety), or they disliked the proceedings of their father, and joined not with him. Or if they did at first, repented of it and forsook him, as it is probable on of the tribe of Reuben also did, since no mention is made of him in the destruction.


"And all their goods": Their household goods, their substance and riches, their gold, silver, cattle, and whatever they were possessed of.


We see in this that anything or anyone closely associated with Korah, Dathan and Abiram, was destroyed right along with them. This was instant punishment from God against them, because they came against Moses and Aaron, God's anointed.


Numbers 16:33 "They, and all that [appertained] to them, went down alive into the pit, and the earth closed upon them: and they perished from among the congregation."


The grave which the opening earth made for them, they and their families.


"And the earth closed upon them": And covered them over. This it did of itself, as Aben Ezra remarks. This was a wonderful instance of almighty power, that it should open in such large fissures as to swallow up such a number of men. With their tents, goods, and cattle, and then close again so firmly. As not to have the least appearance upon it of what had happened, as Josephus observes.


"And they perished from among the congregation": And had a name and a place no more with them.


They did not go the way of the grave. The earth swallowed them alive. This was a tremendous number of people, into the tens of thousands, who perished.


Numbers 16:34 "And all Israel that [were] round about them fled at the cry of them: for they said, Lest the earth swallow us up [also]."


Or because of it, as Aben Ezra. Their cry was so loud, their shrieks so dreadful and piercing, that the Israelites about them fled to get out of the sound of them, as well as for their own safety. The Targum of Jonathan not only represents their cry as terrible, but gives the words they expressed at it. "And all Israel that were round about them fled, because of the terror of their voice, when they cried and said, the Lord is righteous and his judgments truth, and truth are the words of Moses his servant, but we are wicked who have rebelled against him."


"For they said, lest the earth swallow us up also": Which they might fear, since they had provoked the Lord, by associating with these men, and countenancing them by their presence, as they had done. Who would have consumed them in a moment at first, had it not been for the intercession of Moses and Aaron.


Fear gripped the heart of all the Israelites. They ran for safety so that the earth would not engulf them too.


Numbers 16:35 "And there came out a fire from the LORD, and consumed the two hundred and fifty men that offered incense."


Flashes of lightning from the cloud in which he was.


"And consumed the two hundred and fifty men that offered incense": Not that it reduced them to ashes, but took away their lives, struck them dead at once, in like manner as Nadab and Abihu were. Who though said to be devoured by the fire, yet their bodies remained (Lev. 10:2). And is often the case of persons killed by lightning. Though Josephus thinks they were so consumed as that their bodies were no more seen. And who is express for it that Korah perished with them in this manner. Which is not improbable, since he took his censer and offered incense with them, and was the ringleader of them. And the person that contended with Aaron for the priesthood, which was to be determined in this way. And though he is not mentioned it may be concluded, as Aben Ezra observes, by an argument from the lesser to the greater. That if the men he drew in perished, much more he himself. And the same writer observes, that in the song of the Red sea, no mention is made of the drowning of Pharaoh in it, only of his chariots and his host. And yet he himself was certainly drowned. Now these men burning incense which belonged only to the priests of the Lord, were by just retaliation consumed by fire. And which made it plainly appear they were not the priests of the Lord. And the judgment on them was the more remarkable, that Moses and Aaron, who stood by them, remained unhurt. This was an emblem of the vengeance of eternal fire, of everlasting burnings (Jude 1:11).


This fire from the LORD is separate from the opening of the earth. This is divine judgement from the LORD Himself. This is very similar to the fire that earlier came from the Holy of Holies, and killed Aaron's two eldest sons. They had committed a sin similar to the strange fire of Aaron's son. This judgement was directly from God. They were still in the tabernacle with their incense, when God killed them.


Verses 36-40: The 250 leaders of Israel had brought censers filled with fire before the Lord (16:17-18). The censers were holy to the Lord since they had been used in the tabernacle. Therefore, Eleazar was commanded to hammer out the metal censers into a covering for the altar. That covering was to be a perpetual reminder that God had chosen Aaron and his descendants for the priesthood.


Israel's next high priest was instructed to gather all the holy censers used illegally by these would-be priests. They were then beaten into metal covering plates for the altar, as a constant reminder of the fearful cost of rebellion.


Numbers 16:36 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Immediately after these men were consumed by fire from him; out of the same cloud from whence that proceeded, he spoke.


"Saying": As follows.


This is a break in the message, with a new message from the LORD for Moses.


Numbers 16:37 "Speak unto Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, that he take up the censers out of the burning, and scatter thou the fire yonder; for they are hallowed."


His eldest son, that was to succeed him as high priest, and who perhaps was upon the spot to see the issue of things. And who, rather than Aaron, is bid to do what follows. Partly because Aaron was now officiating, burning incense, and that he might not be defiled with the dead bodies. And partly because it was more proper and decent for the son to do it than the father. And it may be also because it was for the further confirmation of the priesthood in the posterity of Aaron.


"That he take up the censers out of the burning": Either out from among the dead bodies burnt with fire from the Lord, or out of the burning of the incense in them. These were the censers of Korah and the two hundred fifty men with him.


"And scatter thou the fire yonder": The fire that was in the censers. The incense burning in them was to be cast out and scattered here and there, or carried to some unclean place at a distance. As a token of the rejection of the services of these men. And thus, the Lord answered the prayer of Moses, that he would not have respect to their offering (Num. 16:15), if incense is intended there. Though that seems to refer only to Dathan and Abiram, and not to these two hundred fifty men.


"For they are hallowed": Incense being offered in them before the Lord, and therefore were not to be made use of in common service.


When the princes died, that left 250 censers burning in the tabernacle. Even though the burning of these censers was not approved of God, the censers and the fire in them was holy. They were holy and could not be taken back into their homes. They had to be disposed of in a holy manner. Eleazar was next in line to be high priest, so God had him to take care of this.


Verses 38-40: All 250 Levites challenging Aaron's leadership (16:8-11), were "consumed" by fire while "offering incense (8:16-19). This affirmed that the priesthood belonged only to Aaron and his line. Eleazar made a "memorial" from the "censers" as a visual reminder to the Israelites, beware the consequences of questioning the sovereign decisions of God by opposing His anointed leaders (Jude 11).


Numbers 16:38 "The censers of these sinners against their own souls, let them make them broad plates [for] a covering of the altar: for they offered them before the LORD, therefore they are hallowed: and they shall be a sign unto the children of Israel."


Who by burning incense in them sinned, and by sinning hurt and ruined their souls.


"Let them make them broad plates for a covering of the altar": The altar of burnt offering, which, though it had a covering of brass, another made of these were to be over it. For the further security of it, being of from the fire continually burning on it. These censers were to be beaten into broad plates, by the workmen who understood how to do it.


"For they offered them before the Lord, therefore they are hallowed": They offered them in his presence, they burned incense in them, and to him, though it was not their business, but the business of the priests. Yet these being done, and by his orders, for an open trial who were his priests and who not, they were not to be put to common use.


"And they shall be a sign unto the children of Israel": A memorial sign. A sign bringing this affair to remembrance, as it is explained in (Num. 16:40). This was a sign to the priests, that they only were to offer every kind of offerings. And to the Levites, who attended the priests at the altar continually. And so, had every day a sight of it and of those plates upon it, which would remind them of this fact, and teach them not to usurp the priest's office. And to all the children of Israel, to learn from hence that none were to burn incense but the priests of the Lord. For doing which Uzziah, though a king, was punished (2 Chron. 26:18).


The censers were used to broaden the altar. They were a constant reminder of the sin of these 250 princes.


Numbers 16:39 "And Eleazar the priest took the brasen censers, wherewith they that were burnt had offered; and they were made broad [plates for] a covering of the altar:"


The metal of which these censers were made is particularly observed, to show that they were fit for the use they were ordered to be put unto. Namely, for a covering of the altar of burnt offering, which was covered with brass. That being very suitable, since fire was continually burning on it. And by this it appears that these censers were different from those of Aaron and his sons. For theirs were silver ones. The high priest on the day of atonement indeed made use of a golden one, but at all other times he used a silver one. And so did the common priests every day, morning and night, when they offered incense.


"Wherewith they that were burnt had offered": The two hundred fifty men burnt with fire from the Lord, having offered incense to him with the brazen censers.


"And they were made broad plates for a covering of the altar": Not by Eleazar, but by workmen skilled in the art of drawing or beating any kind of metal into thin plates. By the direction and order of Eleazar.


This just means they were melted, and made into a wide plate to cover the altar. Remember, brass and bronze speak of judgement.


Numbers 16:40 "[To be] a memorial unto the children of Israel, that no stranger, which [is] not of the seed of Aaron, come near to offer incense before the LORD; that he be not as Korah, and as his company: as the LORD said to him by the hand of Moses."


The whole body of them. This explains what is meant by sign (Num. 16:38). That it was to put or keep in mind what follows.


"That no stranger which is not of the seed of Aaron come near to offer incense before the Lord": Not only any Gentile but any Israelite. And not any Israelite only, but any Levite. None but those of the family of Aaron might offer incense before the Lord.


"That he be not as Korah and as his company": This makes it clear that Korah perished at this time, though it is nowhere expressed. And it seems pretty plain from hence that he perished by fire, as his company, the two hundred fifty men with censers did.


"As the Lord said unto him by the hand of Moses": Either to Korah, who is the immediate antecedent, and who perished as the Lord had told him by Moses he should. So some understand it, mentioned by Aben Ezra and Jarchi. Or else to Aaron, as they interpret it. And then the sense is, that none but those of Aaron's seed should offer incense, as the Lord had declared to him by Moses (see Num. 3:10). Or it may be rather to Eleazar, as Abendana, who did as the Lord spake to him by Moses. Took up the censers of the men that were burnt, and got them beaten into broad plates, and covered the altar of burnt offering with them.


This was a sign to the people, that only those chosen of God for the purpose should serve at the altar. The priesthood was from generation to generation of Aaron's descendants. By the time of Jesus on the earth, the priesthood had been greatly degraded. Some were even buying their position as priests.


Verses 41-50: Instead of bringing about the repentance of the people, the Lord's wrath only led to more complaining. Though the children of Israel held Moses and Aaron accountable for the people who had been killed by the Lord, it was the intervention of Moses and Aaron for the entire nation that saved them from destruction because of their opposition to God.


It is nearly unbelievable that after the divine judgments, which were so clearly the work of Yahweh, the people held "Moses and Aaron" responsible for the calamities.


Verses 41-44: "Ye have killed the people of the Lord": This statement is possible the high-water mark of brazen and blasphemous insolence on the part of Israel. After witnessing the super-natural, terrifying sight of the ground opening, the dreadful flames belching forth, and hearing the screams of the doomed trouble makers, they now uttered pious nonsense and accused Moses, a mere man, of doing all of this.


Numbers 16:41 "But on the morrow all the congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron, saying, Ye have killed the people of the LORD."


The day following the dreadful catastrophe, the earth swallowing up Dathan and Abiram, and all that belonged to them. And the burning of Korah and the two hundred fifty men of his company.


"All the congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses, and against Aaron": Not the princes and heads of the people only, but the whole body of them. Though the above persons that murmured against them had but the day before been made such dreadful examples of divine vengeance. And yet, notwithstanding this shocking scene of things, they fell into the same evil. And murmur against the men, whose authority, being called in question, had been confirmed by the above awful instances.


"Saying, ye have killed the people of the Lord": So they called the rebels, and hereby justified them in all the wickedness they had been guilty of. And though their death was so manifestly by the immediate hand of God, yet they lay it to the charge of Moses and Aaron.


This is truly an evil generation, that cannot see that God killed them. They seem to never learn, and the congregation begins to blame Moses and Aaron for the death of those God killed. The sinners actually brought death upon themselves, because of their sins.


Numbers 16:42 "And it came to pass, when the congregation was gathered against Moses and against Aaron, that they looked toward the tabernacle of the congregation: and, behold, the cloud covered it, and the glory of the LORD appeared."


To kill them, as the Targum of Jonathan adds. Who, perhaps, upon uttering their murmurs, made up to them. And by their gestures showed an intention to murder them.


"That they looked toward the tabernacle of the congregation": Either the people did, to see whether they could observe any appearance of the displeasure of God against them. Or rather Moses and Aaron looked that way for help and deliverance in this extreme danger, knowing there was no salvation for them but of the Lord (Jer. 3:23).


"And, behold, the cloud covered it": As when it was first erected, and which was a token of the divine Presence (Num. 9:15). Perhaps it had dispersed immediately upon the death of the rebels, and now returned again in favor of the servants of the Lord.


"And the glory of the Lord appeared": In the cloud, as in (Num. 16:19); to encourage Moses and Aaron, and to deliver them out of the hands of the people, and to the terror of them.


It appears, they were near the tabernacle, when they began accusing Moses and Aaron. The presence of the LORD had hovered over the tabernacle. Now, this presence comes closer down to the tabernacle. The glory of the LORD appeared to the congregation.


Numbers 16:43 "And Moses and Aaron came before the tabernacle of the congregation."


Whose tent was not far from it, about which the people of Israel were gathered. And from whence they came to the tabernacle, both for shelter and safety, and for advice and instruction how to behave in this crisis. They did not go into it, but stood before it. The Lord being in the cloud over it, they stood in the door of it (Num. 16:50).


Moses and Aaron came near to the presence, to see what God would say.


Numbers 16:44 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Out of the cloud.


"Saying": As follows.


Even though the congregation was there, the Lord spoke specifically to Moses.


Numbers 16:45 "Get you up from among this congregation, that I may consume them as in a moment. And they fell upon their faces."


That is, withdraw from them, and be separate. That they might not be involved in the same destruction with them, as well as that they might have no concern for them. Or plead with the Lord in prayer on their account, but let him alone to destroy them, as follows.


"That I may consume them in a moment": As he was able to do, and had proposed to do it before. But they entreated him that he would not (Num. 16:21), as they again do. Again, God prepared to destroy the nation, but again Israel was saved by the intercession of Moses. Nevertheless, 14,700 people died in a divine plague before Moses' prayers became effective.


"And they fell upon their faces": In prayer, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem. And so Aben Ezra observes, it was to pray to deprecate the wrath of God, and to implore his pardoning mercy for this sinful people. Which shows what an excellent temper and disposition these men were of. To pray for them that had so despitefully used them as to charge them with murder, and were about to commit it on them (see Matt. 5:44).


God tells Moses to move away from the congregation, so that He can kill them all. Moses and Aaron fall upon their faces before the LORD. They are horrified, because they have already lost so many, and now God wants to kill them all.


Numbers 16:46 "And Moses said unto Aaron, Take a censer, and put fire therein from off the altar, and put on incense, and go quickly unto the congregation, and make an atonement for them: for there is wrath gone out from the LORD; the plague is begun."


"Incense": Incense was symbolic of prayer. Aaron interceded to prayer and the plague stopped (verse 48).


This censer is the censer used by the high priest on the day of atonement. Moses tells Aaron to get fire of the altar and incense, and go among the people to get atonement for them, lest they all die. The wrath is shown in a plague that goes among the people killing them. The smoke from this censer of incense is like the prayers of the saints. There is a plague sweeping through our land today. It is A.I.D.S. Unless the ministers in this land go through the people praying and causing them to repent, the people will be killed.


Numbers 16:47 "And Aaron took as Moses commanded, and ran into the midst of the congregation; and, behold, the plague was begun among the people: and he put on incense, and made an atonement for the people."


A censer with fire in it from the altar, and also incense.


"And ran into the midst of the congregation": Though a man in years and in so high an office, and had been so ill used by the people. Yet was not only so ready to obey the divine command, but so eager to serve this ungrateful people. And save them from utter destruction, that he ran from the tabernacle into the midst of them.


"And, behold, the plague was begun among the people": He saw them fall down dead instantly in great numbers.


"And he put on incense": Upon the fire in the censer, which though it was not in common lawful to burn but in the holy place on the altar of incense. Yet, upon this extraordinary occasion, it was dispensed with by the Lord, as it had been the day before when he offered it at the door of the tabernacle with the two hundred fifty men of Korah's company. And perhaps the reason of it now was, that the people might see Aaron perform this kind office for them, and give them a fresh convincing proof of his being invested with the office of priesthood from the Lord. Or otherwise he could have done this in its proper place, the sanctuary.


"And made an atonement for the people": By offering incense, which God smelt a sweet savor in, and accepted of, and his wrath was appeased and the plague stayed. In this Aaron was a type of our Lord Jesus Christ, and of his mediation, atonement, and intercession. Wrath is gone forth from God for the sins of men, which is revealed in the law. And death, the effect of it, has taken place on many in every sense of it, corporeal, spiritual, and eternal. Christ, as Mediator, in pursuance of his suretyship engagements, has made atonement for the sins of his people by the sacrifice of himself. And now ever lives to make intercession for them, which is founded upon his sacrifice and satisfaction, his sufferings and death. Signified by the fire in which the incense was put.


Notice, Aaron ran to get the censer. He knew every second he delayed meant lives lost. He made atonement for the people. A.I.D.S. is a disease that only prayer to God can stop. Our people will be destroyed, unless they receive forgiveness and atonement in the blood of the Lord Jesus Christ.


Verses 48-50: "And he stood between the dead and the living": Here Moses becomes a remarkable type of a New Testament soul-winner (2 Cor. 2:15-16).


Numbers 16:48 "And he stood between the dead and the living; and the plague was stayed."


The plague beginning at one end of the camp, and so proceeded on. Aaron placed himself between that part of it wherein it had made havoc, and that wherein yet it was not come. The Targum of Jonathan is, "he stood in prayer in the middle, and made a partition, with his censer, between the dead and living." In this he was a type of Christ, the Mediator between God and man. The living God and dead sinners. For though his atonement and intercession are not made for the dead in a corporeal sense, nor for those who have sinned, and sin unto death, the unpardonable sin, nor for men appointed unto death, but for the living in Jerusalem, or for those who are written in the Lamb's book of life. Yet for those who are dead in sin, and as deserving of eternal death as others, whereby they are saved from everlasting ruin.


"And the plague was stayed": It proceeded no further than where Aaron stood and offered his incense. And made atonement. So the consequence of the atonement and intercession of Christ is, that the wrath of God sin deserves comes not upon those that have a share therein. The second death shall not seize upon them. Nor they be hurt with it. For, being justified by the blood of Christ, and atonement for their sins being made by his sacrifice, they are saved from wrath to come.


The atonement stayed the plague. The atoning blood of Jesus Christ is the only thing that can stop A.I.D.S from spreading further. Those who have already been infected with the disease, will probably die. The prayers will stop others from contacting the disease. We must have a national return to God. Only God can stop the plague.


Numbers 16:49 "Now they that died in the plague were fourteen thousand and seven hundred, beside them that died about the matter of Korah."


"Fourteen thousand and seven hundred": See (1 Cor. 10:10).


This 14,700 are in addition to the tens of thousands that died with Korah. They are also in addition to the 250 princes God killed with the fire. What must happen before they will believe God, and stop rebelling against Him? I might ask, what has to happen in our land, before we realize what we are doing, and return to God?


2 Chronicles 7:14 "If my people, which are called by my name, shall humble themselves, and pray, and seek my face, and turn from their wicked ways; then will I hear from heaven, and will forgive their sin, and will heal their land."


Numbers 16:50 "And Aaron returned unto Moses unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation: and the plague was stayed."


After he had by his atonement and intercession put a stop to the wrath of God broken forth upon the people.


"Unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": Where Moses was waiting for his return, and to know the issue of this affair.


"And the plague was stayed": Even before Aaron left the camp, and is here repeated for the certainty of it. And to intimate that it continued to cease, and broke not out again.


The main lesson in these last few verses, is the fact that the high priest went in among the people praying. This means to me, that ministers must first see the problem, and get out with the people to change it. The problems in our land today are not drugs, alcohol, wife beating, incest, homosexuality, lesbianism, cheating, stealing, lying, and all the other things we see the problems in. The problem with our land is the fact we are out of fellowship with God. The true cancer in our society is sin. If we had a national revival, we would be rid of all the sins I just mentioned above. They are not the true problem; they are what we see the problem causes. Sin causes the problem.


Numbers Chapter 16 Continued Questions


1. How many princes spoke out against Moses and Aaron?


2. What happened to the family of Korah?


3. What happened to their belongings?


4. What were the names of the other two, whose families were destroyed?


5. What did it mean when it said, they "went down alive into the pit"?


6. How many died?


7. What did the rest of the Israelites do, when they saw the earth swallow them up?


8. What killed the 250 princes?


9. What is this judgement on the 250 similar to?


10. Who was to take up the censers from the 250 princes who died?


11. Why were the censers and the fire in them to be handled in the tabernacle?


12. What was done with the censers?


13. Brass, or bronze, speaks of ______________.


14. Who are the only people who should minister?


15. What happened to the priesthood, by the time Jesus came to the earth?


16. Who murmured against Moses and Aaron?


17. What were they accusing them of?


18. What happened, when the congregation gathered at the tabernacle, to accuse Moses and Aaron?


19. Who drew near to the presence of God?


20. What did the LORD tell Moses to do, and why?


21. What do Moses and Aaron do, horrified of what might happen?


22. What did Moses tell Aaron to do with the censer?


23. Why was there such a hurry?


24. What is the smoke of that censer like?


25. What is a plague sweeping across our land?


26. How do we know Aaron hurried?


27. What is the only thing that can stop the disease A.I.D.S.?


28. What is needed in our land today?


29. Where did Aaron stand, and the plague was stopped?


30. How many died of the plague?


31. What is the main lesson, in this, for us?


32. What is the real problem in our land today?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 17



Numbers Chapter 17

Verses 1-13: The fact that the rod of the tribe of Levi budded, bloomed, and yielded almonds proved that Moses and Aaron were not wrong in asserting divine appointment to leadership over the nation. And the budding of a rod that bore the name of Aaron gave added denial to the claims of Korah and his Levitical followers that they had as much right to the priesthood as the family of Aaron (16:8-11). Aaron's rod was to be kept for a memorial "before the testimony". The last two verses seem to indicate the people still pitied themselves rather than praising God for His power and deliverance.


Verses 1-7: The attack on Moses and Aaron by Korah and his accomplices left some people uncertain about whether Aaron and his sons were the true priests for the Lord. "Twelve" wooden "rods", one for each tribe, were presented. While the rods were to have the names of Israel's tribes on them, the Lord demanded that the one for the tribe of "Levi" bear "Aaron's name" instead. In the aftermath of the Levite uprising (in chapter 16), this was an important reaffirmation of whose descendants would serve as priests from that tribe.


Numbers 17:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the plague ceased. For the further confirmation of the priesthood in Aaron's family, another method is directed to by the Lord.


"Saying": As follows.


This message is probably given on the same day. God will settle the question of whether Aaron is called of the LORD to be high priest or not.


Numbers 17:2 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and take of every one of them a rod according to the house of [their] fathers, of all their princes according to the house of their fathers twelve rods: write thou every man's name upon his rod."


"Twelve rods": These sticks of wood were to bear the names of the 12 tribes, with the tribe of Levi replaced by the name Aaron.


Each tribe of Israel was considered a branch, or a rod of Jacob. This rod of each of the leaders of each tribe, represented that particular tribe. Since there were twelve tribes, there were twelve rods. The rod of Aaron, from the tribe of Levi, would be in addition to these rods. Ephraim and Manasseh were both of the tribe of Joseph, but each were given a tribe of their own. Each of the rods had the name of their tribe written on it.


Numbers 17:3 "And thou shalt write Aaron's name upon the rod of Levi: for one rod [shall be] for the head of the house of their fathers."


Or upon the rod that was for the tribe of Levi. The name of "Aaron" was to be written, not the word "Levi", or a "Levite", as Josephus. For that would not have decided the controversy about the priesthood. Which chiefly lay between the Levites and the family of Aaron, who were of the same tribe.


"For one rod shall be for the head of the house of their fathers": One rod for the head or prince of every tribe. Every prince representing his own tribe he was the head of, and the rod the prince. And though the tribe of Levi was divided into two families, the family of the priests, and the family of the Levites; yet, as Jarchi observes, they were but one tribe. And so one rod for them, as for the other tribes.


There was no prince for the tribe of Levi, but it was undisputed that Aaron was their leader.


Numbers 17:4 "And thou shalt lay them up in the tabernacle of the congregation before the testimony, where I will meet with you."


"Before the testimony": The Testimony is the Ten Commandments written on two stone tablets kept in the ark of the covenant. The phrase "in front of the testimony" is synonymous with "before the ark".


Moses would lay these rods up in the tabernacle of testimony. They would be lain in front of the ark, in the presence of the Lord.


Numbers 17:5 "And it shall come to pass, [that] the man's rod, whom I shall choose, shall blossom: and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the children of Israel, whereby they murmur against you."


Or make it manifest that he had chosen him. And so confirm the choice he had made of him and his family. For the priesthood to be and continue in.


"Shall blossom": Bud and blossom, and yield fruit, as it afterwards did. Which is here declared beforehand. That the miracle might appear the greater, exactly answering to a prediction delivered out before of it.


"And I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the children of Israel, whereby they murmur against you": Against Moses for setting up his brother as a high priest, and establishing the priesthood in his family. And against Aaron for accepting of it, and officiating in it. But by this method now taken, God would for ever silence their murmurings. So that they should never be able, with any face, to object any more to the authority of the Aaronic priesthood. Which should appear by the predicted miracle beyond all dispute and contradiction.


The miraculous blooming of this rod, would settle the dispute forever of whether Aaron was to lead the people as high priest or not. This will be a permanent sign from the LORD, that He has chosen Aaron for the job of high priest. This rod is from a stick that has been removed from the branch for quite a long time. By normal standards, it would be dead wood. For it to bloom is miraculous.


Numbers 17:6 "And Moses spake unto the children of Israel, and every one of their princes gave him a rod apiece, for each prince one, according to their fathers' houses, [even] twelve rods: and the rod of Aaron [was] among their rods."


What the Lord had bid him say unto them concerning the rods, which they hearkened unto and observed.


"And every one of their princes gave him a rod apiece, for each prince one": Every prince of the several tribes, and so a rod for every tribe, as well as for each prince.


"According to their father's houses, even twelve rods": There being twelve tribes named after their fathers, or the patriarchs, the twelve sons of Jacob. And Joseph having two tribes which sprung from him, called after his two sons Ephraim and Manasseh. There were twelve rods besides that of Aaron. And so the Vulgate Latin version renders the words with the next clause, "and there were twelve rods besides the rod of Aaron. "In all thirteen.


"And the rod of Aaron was among their rods": In the middle of them, and was so placed, as Jarchi thinks. That it might not be said, because it was put on the side of the Shekinah or divine Majesty, therefore it budded. But being in the middle of them there could be no difference in that respect.


The prince of each tribe had a rod with his name on the rod. The rods, including Aaron's rod, was put before the LORD in front of the ark of covenant.


Numbers 17:7 "And Moses laid up the rods before the LORD in the tabernacle of witness."


In that part of the tabernacle where the testimony or witness was. That is, the law, which was in the ark, over which was the mercy seat. With the cherubim between which Jehovah dwelt, and this was the most Holy Place. And the rods being laid here, might be said to be laid before the Lord, who, by making a difference in one of those rods from the rest, would decide the controversy about the priesthood. Which was the end of their being laid before him.


We also see that Aaron did not put the rods there, Moses did. There was nothing peculiar about Aaron's rod. God would prove Aaron's call to be high priest in this.


Verses 8-9: The rod that blossomed would further signal which tribe the Lord had designated to be Israel's priests (17:5). That Aaron's rod alone also miraculously bore ripe fruit ("almonds"), on the same day it sprouted and blossomed unequivocally affirmed God's choice. As the first fruit tree that blooms in Canaan, the almond tree is known as the harbinger of spring. Its Hebrew name means "The Watchman" (Jer. 1:11-12).


Numbers 17:8 "And it came to pass, that on the morrow Moses went into the tabernacle of witness; and, behold, the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi was budded, and brought forth buds, and bloomed blossoms, and yielded almonds."


"The rod of Aaron": God had stated that the stick of the man He had chosen would blossom (17:5). The stick of Aaron had not only blossomed, but had yielded ripe almonds. Thus, God had exceeded the demands of the test, so there would be no uncertainty of the fact that Aaron had been chosen as High-Priest.


First of all, this is one day later. Not only did the rod bloom, but produced full grown almonds. The word almond was translated from means awake. The almond is the first of the trees to produce in the spring. This miraculous growth was overnight. The blossoms and the full grown almonds were actually at different stages of growth. This is a sign from God. Aaron's rod had no special ability to live and produce fruit, any more than did any of the other rods. It was the Spirit of God, that caused Aaron's rod to bloom. Aaron's abilities are not within himself. They are in the office of high priest, and through the anointing power of the LORD upon him.


Numbers 17:9 "And Moses brought out all the rods from before the LORD unto all the children of Israel: and they looked, and took every man his rod."


He brought them out of the holy place, and showed them to the princes of the several tribes.


"And they looked, and took every man his rod": Which they knew by their names upon them. By their own handwriting, as Aben Ezra. For though Moses is bid to write their names on them (Num. 17:2); yet no more may be meant by that than that he should order them to be written, and take care that they were.


The princes could not go into the area where the rods were left, because God would have killed them. Moses brought all the rods out for them to see. Each person claimed the rod with his name on it.


Numbers 17:10 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Bring Aaron's rod again before the testimony, to be kept for a token against the rebels; and thou shalt quite take away their murmurings from me, that they die not."


"For a token": Aaron's rod that blossomed and brought forth fruit was to be kept as an indication of God's choice in order to permanently stop the murmuring of the rebellious Israelites.


Other items in the ark of the "Testimony" were a jar of manna (Exodus 16:33-34), and the two tablets with the Ten Commandments (Exodus 25:16; see note on Exodus 33:15-16). The stunning thing about these three objects is that no one but Yahweh would ever see them once they were placed in the ark. These were "reminders" of His great mercy, not to the people but to the Lord!


After all of the princes saw Aaron's rod that bloomed, the Lord had Moses to bring it into the Holy of Holies. Any time there was any question again about Aaron's authority, they could see the rod that bloomed and know Aaron is the high priest that God anointed for the job. Actually, the rod of Aaron, the manna, and the stones with the ten commandments were kept in the ark itself. The murmurings should stop now. This should close the mouths of the rebellious.


Numbers 17:11 "And Moses did [so]: as the LORD commanded him, so did he."


Took Aaron's rod, and laid it up before the ark for the purpose mentioned. Being a faithful servant to God in all his house.


Moses did exactly as God had commanded him to do.


Numbers 17:12 "And the children of Israel spake unto Moses, saying, Behold, we die, we perish, we all perish."


"Behold, we die": Finally, the people realized their sin in challenging Aaron's role.


I believe the people suddenly realize their error in questioning Moses and Aaron. They know they were wrong, and think that God will kill them for their doubt and questioning. This is as if they are saying, "I have sinned". Perhaps they deserved to die, but God will let them live. They are defeated and disheartened. Perhaps, their rebellion against God is over.


Numbers 17:13 "Whosoever cometh any thing near unto the tabernacle of the LORD shall die: shall we be consumed with dying?"


"Cometh any thing near": The people's fear of going near to God led to a reaffirmation of the priesthood of Aaron and his sons (in chapter 18).


This is understandable, since so many have died recently at the tabernacle. Truly they all will die in the wilderness. The only people who can go into the Holy Place, or into the Holy of Holies, are the high priest and the priests.


There is a lesson here for the ministers and the members of churches. God puts whoever He chooses in as the minister of the church. He has jobs for all of us to do, but they are of His choosing and not our own. We also learned to have respect for the office of the priesthood, or those God has placed in authority over us.


Numbers Chapter 17 Questions


1. When was this message given to Moses?


2. What was Moses to take from the prince of each tribe?


3. How many tribes were there?


4. Aaron's rod represented the tribe of ________


5. Ephraim and Manasseh were from the tribe of ___________.


6. How could they determine who each rod belonged to?


7. There was no _________ of the tribe of Levi.


8. Where was Moses to take the rods?


9. What will happen to the rod of the man, that God has chosen to be high priest?


10. What will this cause the people to stop doing?


11. The rod that bloomed would be a _____________ sign from the LORD, that He had chosen Aaron for high priest.


12. By normal standards, this rod is ________ ________.


13. Where was Aaron's rod put?


14. Who actually put the rods there?


15. What had happened to Aaron's rod?


16. Had the same thing happened to the others?


17. It was the _________ of God that caused Aaron's rod to bloom.


18. Where does Aaron's ability come from?


19. Where were the rods examined?


20. Where was Aaron's rod to be kept?


21. What else was kept in the same area?


22. What did the children of Israel say to Moses?


23. Whatsoever cometh anything near unto the tabernacle of the LORD shall ______.


24. What are some lessons ministers and members of churches can get from this lesson?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 18



Numbers Chapter 18

Verses 1-20: This passage describes the priestly duties and provisions that God communicated to "Aaron" (Exodus 40:13). One priority was that the priests make sure no one defiled the "sanctuary". The priests would be punished ("bear the iniquity"), if it was desecrated. God gave the "Levites" to assist the priestly work and promised that the priest would receive a portion of the "offerings" since they did not inherit any land.


Verses 1-7: This portion contains God's reply to the frightened call of the people (in 17:12-13). It is given directly to Aaron, as opposed to Moses previously (6:22; 8:1). God provided the priests and the Levites to guard the tabernacle against unauthorized persons trespassing. The phrase "bear the iniquity of the sanctuary" indicated the Levies' responsibility to guard against any misuse of the tabernacle or its furnishings, on penalty of God's severe punishment.


Only Aaron and his family could minister with the holy articles of the sanctuary of God.


Numbers 18:1 "And the LORD said unto Aaron, Thou and thy sons and thy father's house with thee shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the iniquity of your priesthood."


"The LORD said unto Aaron": Only here (in verses 1-25 and in Lev. 10:8), does the Lord speak directly to Aaron alone.


"Bear the iniquity": Aaron and his sons from this point forward were responsible for any offense against the holiness of the tabernacle or violations of the rules of priesthood.


This a change in the message from God. Up until now, the LORD spoke to Moses, or Moses and Aaron. In this the LORD is speaking to Aaron. In the last lesson, Aaron's rod bloomed, which gave unquestioned authority of the priesthood to Aaron and his sons. We found in the book of Leviticus, that God spoke to the people through the Urim and Thummim of the high priest. Aaron's father's house was the Kohathites. The mention of them has to do with the carrying of the furniture, curtains, and boards of the tabernacle. The "bearing of the iniquity" speaks of the responsibility to teach against iniquity.


Numbers 18:2 "And thy brethren also of the tribe of Levi, the tribe of thy father, bring thou with thee, that they may be joined unto thee, and minister unto thee: but thou and thy sons with thee [shall minister] before the tabernacle of witness."


For his father Amram was of that tribe, and so the Levites were his brethren, as he is directed to consider them. Which might serve to conciliate their minds, and make them easy with respect to his enjoyment of the priesthood.


"Bring them with thee": Into the court of the tabernacle, for further they might not go.


"That they may be joined unto thee": As their name of Levites signifies. Persons joined and united to others, as they were to the priests. See reason of their patriarch's name Levi (in Gen. 29:34).


"And minister unto thee": Be assisting to the priests in killing the sacrifices, receiving the blood, and flaying the beasts, and in other things about the sanctuary (Num. 3:6).


"But thou, and thy sons with thee, shall minister before the tabernacle of witness": Which was the most Holy Place, where were the ark of the testimony or witness, and the tables of the covenant. And they might be said to minister before that, when they ministered in the Holy Place, which was before it. When they burned incense upon the altar of incense, ordered the showbread, and trimmed the lamps of the candlestick. Which none but the priests the sons of Aaron might do.


This is separating out Aaron and his sons to work in the Holy Place, and in the Holy of Holies, while the other Kohathites do not minister in the tabernacle. They just move the actual structure of the tabernacle, when they move from place to place.


Numbers 18:3 "And they shall keep thy charge, and the charge of all the tabernacle: only they shall not come nigh the vessels of the sanctuary and the altar, that neither they, nor ye also, die."


That is, the Levites, whatever Aaron and his sons, the priests, should charge them to do, or commit to their care and charge. That they should observe; as to watch and keep out all unfit persons. And to take down and set up the tabernacle when needful, etc.


"Only they shall not come nigh the vessels of the sanctuary": As the ark and mercy seat in the Holy of Holies, the showbread table, and candlestick in the Holy Place. Wherefore when these were removed from place to place in journeying, they were covered, that they might not touch them as they carried them.


"And the altar": Both of incense and burnt offering, on neither of which might they offer.


"That neither they nor you also die": The priests for suffering them to meddle with things that did not belong to them, and the Levites for intruding themselves.


Only Aaron and his sons are anointed of the oil of separation to come into the Holy Place. The vessels can be handled only by them. Even the carrying of the vessels from place to place, must be done by Aaron and his sons. Anything in the Holy Place, or Holy of Holies, cannot be touched by anyone other than Aaron or his sons. The penalty is death to those who touch them. The penalty would be death for Aaron to allow them to touch them as well.


Numbers 18:4 "And they shall be joined unto thee, and keep the charge of the tabernacle of the congregation, for all the service of the tabernacle: and a stranger shall not come nigh unto you."


As assistants in the sacred service.


"And keep the charge of tabernacle of the congregation, for all the service of the tabernacle (see notes on Num. 3:7; 3:8).


"And a stranger shall not come nigh unto you": Not any of the other tribes, only such as were of the tribe of Levi. They only were to be brought with them, and joined unto them, and assist them, and minister to them (as in Num. 18:2).


The stranger, in this verse, is someone who is not a Levite.


Numbers 18:5 "And ye shall keep the charge of the sanctuary, and the charge of the altar: that there be no wrath any more upon the children of Israel."


That is the priests, Aaron and his sons. The high priest was to keep the charge of the most Holy Place particularly, and do what was to be done in that on the day of atonement. And the common priests to keep the charge of the Holy Place, and do everything relating to the altar of incense, the showbread table, and candlestick.


"And the charge of the altar": Of burnt offering, which stood in the court of the tabernacle.


"That there be no wrath any more upon the children of Israel": As had been upon Korah and his company (Num. 16:32). And as afterwards came on Uzziah (2 Chron. 26:19).


God does not want any more deaths. He explains this over in detail, to show who has been anointed to do each job. They are not to vary from what they are called to do. This is telling Aaron that he is in charge of the tabernacle and the altar, and is responsible at all times for them. With the great honor of being called to be high priest, goes great responsibility. He cannot point to someone else and blame them. He is the responsible one.


Numbers 18:6 "And I, behold, I have taken your brethren the Levites from among the children of Israel: to you [they are] given [as] a gift for the LORD, to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation."


(See notes on Numbers 3:12). Where the same is said, only they are here called the brethren of the priests for the reason given (Num. 18:2).


"To you they are given as a gift for the Lord, to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation" (see notes on Num. 3:7; 3:8; 3:9).


We remember from previous lessons that God separated out the tribe of Levi to substitute for the firstborn of each family. They belong totally to God. They are not even camped with the other tribes. They are camped close to the tabernacle. The tabernacle is their responsibility. The Levites have no land, or really no private life. They belong to God for His service.


Numbers 18:7 "Therefore thou and thy sons with thee shall keep your priest's office for every thing of the altar, and within the veil; and ye shall serve: I have given your priest's office [unto you as] a service of gift: and the stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death."


"A service of gift": Even though the priesthood demanded much, the priests were to view it as a gift from the Lord.


The entire tribe of Levi was given to Aaron and his sons, and actually to God, to serve in the things Aaron and his sons cannot do. They are actually helpers. They help with the physical side of the ministry, while Aaron and his sons are responsible for the spiritual.


Verses 8-20: In return for their service to the Lord, the priests were to receive a portion of the offerings which the people presented in worship. They could keep all of the parts of the sacrifices not consumed on the altar by fire. Also, the offerings of firstfruits and everything devoted to the Lord were theirs as well.


In recognition of their altar service, the priests were to receive parts of the sacrifices, firstfruits of the harvest, and firstborn animals (compare Lev. 6:14 - 7:36; 27:26-33). The priest's families could also eat from these offerings as long as they were "clean". Their inheritance would be God Himself, who provided for their needs through His people's gifts (verse 20).


Numbers 18:8 "And the LORD spake unto Aaron, Behold, I also have given thee the charge of mine heave offerings of all the hallowed things of the children of Israel; unto thee have I given them by reason of the anointing, and to thy sons, by an ordinance for ever."


Having pointed out to him the duty of his office, he now informs him of the perquisites of it. Or having told him what was his work, and what his wages, or what was his service, and now his maintenance.


"Behold, I also have given thee the charge of my heave offerings, of all the hallowed things of the children of Israel": Such as the heave shoulder and wave breast, and firstfruits, and all other holy things in general. Such as were the most holy things (as in Num. 18:9). And the lighter holy things, as the Jews call them (Num. 18:11). The charge of these was given to keep for themselves, and for their families.


"Unto thee have I given them by reason of the anointing": Because of his office as a priest, to which he was consecrated by anointing.


"And to thy sons by an ordinance for ever (see Lev. 7:34).


Aaron and his sons are to live of the offerings that come into the tabernacle. They have no land, or no secular jobs. They are to live of the gifts of the sanctuary. Actually the people give these offerings to God, and God shares them with Aaron.


Numbers 18:9 "This shall be thine of the most holy things, [reserved] from the fire: every oblation of theirs, every meat offering of theirs, and every sin offering of theirs, and every trespass offering of theirs, which they shall render unto me, [shall be] most holy for thee and for thy sons."


For, as observed, there were some lighter and lesser holy things or sacrifices, and others superlatively so: and those are begun with. Such as were;


"Reserved from the fire": Those parts of sacrifices which were not burnt with fire on the altar of burnt offerings.


"Every oblation of theirs": Which is a general word, including various offerings, the particulars follow:


"Every meat offering of theirs": Or bread offering, for they were made of fine flour and oil, and burnt on the altar. The remainder of which was eaten by Aaron and his sons (Lev. 6:14).


"Every sin offering of theirs": Which was offered to make atonement for sin, which also belonged to the priests and their sons. Excepting such whose blood was carried into the most Holy Place (Lev. 6:25).


"And every trespass offering of theirs, which they shall render unto me": Which was offered for a trespass committed": What remained of this also, when burnt on the altar, was eaten by the priest and his sons (Lev. 7:5). And this sacrifice was a ram, when a trespass was committed, either in the holy things of the Lord, or in wrongs done to men (Lev. 5:15). Jarchi interprets it of an offering for a trespass committed by rapine or violence to a stranger. These, all of them, it is added.


"Shall be most holy for thee and for thy sons": For their use, and for theirs only.


We go into greater details about all of these offerings in our Bible study on Leviticus. For the lesson here, I believe it is showing that Aaron and his family live of the offerings and sacrifices brought to the tabernacle.


Leviticus 2:3 "And the remnant of the meat offering [shall be] Aaron's and his sons': [it is] a thing most holy of the offerings of the LORD made by fire."


1 Corinthians 9:13 "Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live [of the things] of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?"


Numbers 18:10 "In the most holy [place] shalt thou eat it; every male shall eat it: it shall be holy unto thee."


Not in the Holy of Holies, eminently so called. Nor in the Holy Place, for they were neither of them places to eat in. But in the tent of the congregation, as Aben Ezra. Or court, as Jarchi. Called most holy, in distinction from and in comparison of the camp of Israel, and their tents. As afterwards of Jerusalem, and their houses there, where they might not eat the most holy things.


"Every male shall eat it": The sons of priests, and they only. Not their wives, nor their daughters, and therefore not to be eaten at home, or in their own houses.


"It shall be holy unto thee": Separated only for the use of him and his sons.


The Holy Place was the place for all meat offering, sin offering and trespass offering to be eaten. This is speaking of things which must be eaten inside the tabernacle. Many of the offerings, the entire family ate of. The males mentioned here, are the priests who symbolize all believers, male and female.


Numbers 18:11 "And this [is] thine; the heave offering of their gift, with all the wave offerings of the children of Israel: I have given them unto thee, and to thy sons and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever: every one that is clean in thy house shall eat of it."


What follow, which appertained to the priests, are the less or lighter holy things.


"The heave offering of their gift": The right shoulder, given to the priest for a heave offering of the sacrifices of peace offerings (Lev. 7:32). According to Jarchi, it was what was lifted up or heaved from the thank offering, the peace offerings, and the ram of the Nazarites (see Lev. 7:14).


"With all the wave offerings of the children of Israel": Which were waved to and fro before the Lord, as the breast of the peace offerings, called therefore the wave breast (Lev. 7:30).


"I have given them unto thee, and to thy sons, and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever. For these were to be eaten in their own houses, and by their families. Wives, children, and servants bought with their money, or born in their houses. But not hired servants, nor sojourners, nor strangers. Nor their daughters married to strangers though, if widows, or divorced, and without children, and returned to their father's house, they might eat of them (Lev. 22:10). Thus, a provision was made for the maintenance of the priests of the Lord and their families, until the Messiah should come. Who has also appointed that they that preach the Gospel should live of it (1 Cor. 9:13).


"Everyone that is clean in thy house shall eat of it": That was clean in a ceremonial sense. Had not touched a dead body, etc. Jarchi says, this is said to comprehend his wife; but that might be concluded from what is said before, for if his children, much more might his wife eat of it.


The heave offering and the wave offering did not have to be eaten inside the tabernacle, and therefore, the whole family could eat of it.


Numbers 18:12 "All the best of the oil, and all the best of the wine, and of the wheat, the firstfruits of them which they shall offer unto the LORD, them have I given thee."


Or the "fat" of them. The fat of anything being the best (see Deut. 32:14).


"The firstfruits of them": The oil, and wine, and wheat.


"Which they shall offer unto the Lord, them have I given thee": This Jarchi calls the great heave offering. The firstfruits of their harvest and vintage, which being offered to the Lord, was given to the priests. The quantity is not fixed, but left to the generosity of the people, and was a free gift. Liberal men would give a fortieth part, those of a meaner spirit a fiftieth, and niggardly ones a sixtieth. And less than that was not given (see notes on Exodus 22:29; compare Ezek. 45:13).


The firstfruits are of the vineyard, as well as the orchard and the gardens. Since they were not destroyed in sacrifice, they were eaten of the family of the high priest.


Numbers 18:13 "[And] whatsoever is first ripe in the land, which they shall bring unto the LORD, shall be thine; every one that is clean in thine house shall eat [of] it."


Of any other sort of fruit, figs, pomegranates, apples, plums, pears, etc. Besides olives and vines.


"Which they shall bring unto the Lord, shall be thine": Which they shall bring in a basket to the tabernacle. Where it was, or to the temple, when built. This the priests were to have (see Deut. 26:2).


"Everyone that is clean in thine house shall eat of it" (see notes on Num. 18:11).


Numbers 18:14 "Every thing devoted in Israel shall be thine."


Fields, houses, cattle, etc. If absolutely devoted to the Lord, they were the priest's. But if devoted to certain uses, they were appropriated to those uses, as the repairs of the temple, etc. (see Lev. 27:1).


When things were given to God in sacrifice, God in turn gave them to the priest's family. The only ones forbidden to partake of it, would be those who were unclean for some reason.


Numbers 18:15 "Every thing that openeth the matrix in all flesh, which they bring unto the LORD, [whether it be] of men or beasts, shall be thine: nevertheless the firstborn of man shalt thou surely redeem, and the firstling of unclean beasts shalt thou redeem."


The firstborn of every creature.


"Which they bring unto the Lord": As they were obliged, he claiming it as his own (Exodus 13:2).


"Whether it be of men or beasts, shall be thine": Every firstborn of either, being the Lord's, became the priest's by his gift.


"Nevertheless, the firstborn of man shalt thou surely redeem": That is, take the redemption price for it, which was five shekels (as in Num. 18:16). For the original proprietor was, strictly speaking, the redeemer, and paid the money. And the priest was the receiver, to whom it was paid (see Exodus 13:13).


"And the firstlings of unclean beasts shall thou redeem": With lambs, as an ass, which is put for unclean beasts, is ordered to be redeemed with a lamb, or its neck to be broken (Exodus 13:13).


Earlier in these lessons, we learned that the firstborn of each family was purchased back from God for 5 shekels of silver. The tribe of Levi got the 5 shekels, because they substituted for the firstborn. Now we see that unclean beasts were purchased back as well. Sometimes, the owner of the unclean animal would kill it, rather than pay the redemption money.


Numbers 18:16 "And those that are to be redeemed from a month old shalt thou redeem, according to thine estimation, for the money of five shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary, which [is] twenty gerahs."


Which is to be understood not of unclean beasts last mentioned. For they were redeemed with lambs and not with money. And after they were eight days and not a month old, as follows (Exodus 13:13). but of the firstborn of men.


"From a month old shalt thou redeem, according to thine estimation. That is, take the redemption money next mentioned. And though both time and price are fixed, yet said to be according to the estimation of the priest (see Lev. 27:5).


"For the money of five shekels": Which is the price given for the redemption of the firstborn, when the Levites were taken in their stead (Num. 3:47).


"After the shekel of the sanctuary, which is twenty gerahs" (see notes on Numbers 3:47). Of the manner of redeeming the firstborn (see notes on Exodus 13:15).


The shekels for redemption were silver. Isn't it interesting that silver means redemption? The number 5 means grace.


Numbers 18:17 "But the firstling of a cow, or the firstling of a sheep, or the firstling of a goat, thou shalt not redeem; they [are] holy: thou shalt sprinkle their blood upon the altar, and shalt burn their fat [for] an offering made by fire, for a sweet savor unto the LORD."


That is, shalt not take the redemption price for them, but the creatures themselves. Which they, the priests, were to take for their own use.


"They are holy": Separated to the Lord, and therefore not to be used in common by men, but were sacred to the Lord. Or became the property of his priests (see Deut. 15:19). How they were to be made use of follows.


"Thou shalt sprinkle their blood upon the altar": For they were to be sacrificed, and their blood used as in other sacrifices.


"And shalt burn their fat for an offering made by fire, for a sweet savor unto the Lord": As the fat of other sacrifices was, and particularly of the peace offerings, which were wholly eaten otherwise (Lev. 7:31).


The firstborn of the clean animals must be sacrificed to God. They were not redeemed with money. In some way, each of the sacrifices of the clean animals were a shadow of the great sacrifice that Jesus made for us all on the cross.


Numbers 18:18 "And the flesh of them shall be thine, as the wave breast and as the right shoulder are thine."


For him and his family to eat of, whether blemished or perfect the Jews say.


"As the wave breast and as the right shoulder are thine": Which were his part of the peace offerings, for him and his sons to eat of (Lev. 7:34). And the Jews observe, that as the wave breast and heave shoulder of the peace offerings might be eaten in two days and one night, so might those of the firstlings.


Aaron and his sons owned no cows, or other animals. The firstborn was their portion. They shared with the altar of God. That is where their meat came from.


Numbers 18:19 "All the heave offerings of the holy things, which the children of Israel offer unto the LORD, have I given thee, and thy sons and thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever: it [is] a covenant of salt for ever before the LORD unto thee and to thy seed with thee."


"A covenant of salt for ever". Salt, which does not burn, was a metaphor to speak of durability. As salt keeps its flavor, so the Lord's covenant with the priesthood was durable. The Lord would provide though the offerings of His people for His priests forever.


Salt is a preservative, and when used in a covenant, showed that the covenant would not be broken. It showed the covenant to be forever. Salt also was a shadow of things that were incorruptible.


Numbers 18:20 "And the LORD spake unto Aaron, Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land, neither shalt thou have any part among them: I [am] thy part and thine inheritance among the children of Israel."


What is said, being what concerned the tribe of Levi, at the head of which Aaron was. Even concerning the maintenance of the Levites.


"Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land": In the land of Israel when they come to possess it, as the rest of the tribes had.


"Neither shalt thou have any part among them": Any part of the land when it is divided by lot, as it was in the times of Joshua, when taken from the Canaanites. No tract of land was peculiarly assigned to them as were to the other tribes, as fields, nor vineyards. They had cities appointed them, and they had houses and fields devoted to the Lord which fell to them. And others they had by gift or legacy, or by purchase, as had Jeremiah the priest and Barnabas the Levite (Jer. 32:9; Acts 4:36). But they had no share in the distribution of the land of Canaan at the time of the division of it among the tribes.


"I am thy part and thine inheritance among the children of Israel": in things temporal, the offerings, tithes, firstfruits, etc. Which were given to the Lord, being bestowed upon them. And in things spiritual, they being employed in the work and service of God, and having a peculiar nearness to him, and communion with him. So all that are made priests unto God, as all believers in Christ are (1 Peter 2:5). Who have God for their portion and inheritance. God, in his persons and in all his perfections, and under every character, as the God of nature, providence, and grace, is the portion of his people. And a rich, large, and satisfying portion he is, and which is inexhaustible, and will endure for ever. He is their portion in life and at death, in time and to all eternity (see Psalm 73:26).


This is just saying they will not be allotted land, when they get to the land of promise. Their inheritance is not in worldly things, such as land and cattle. Their inheritance is in the things of God. They will not be poor, because the offerings brought to the tabernacle belong to them and God. Their living comes in the service to God.


Verses 21-24: Tithing was now provided for the tribe of Levi (Gen. 14:20; 28:22; Lev. 27:30-33). The tithe was a payment "for their service which they serve, even the service of the tabernacle of the congregation (verse 21; compare 31). It also compensated for their lack of an inheritance in the land. Later they were given 48 villages which were scattered throughout the land (34:16 - 35:8).


Numbers 18:21 "And, behold, I have given the children of Levi all the tenth in Israel for an inheritance, for their service which they serve, [even] the service of the tabernacle of the congregation."


The tenth part of the produce of the land. Of the wheat, barley, oil, and wine. The tenth part of their harvest and vintage. So that though they were the least of the tribes, they had the greatest share of the increase of the land, and that without any labor or expense. The other having but nine parts among them all. And at the charge and labor of manuring, cultivating, etc. and this they were to have;


"For their service which they serve, even the service of the tabernacle of the congregation" (see Num. 18:3).


Each of the twelve tribes of Israel brought 1/10 of everything they earned to God. This 1/10 was used for the income of the tribe of Levi. They had no other income. This was fair pay for their services in the sanctuary.


Numbers 18:22 "Neither must the children of Israel henceforth come nigh the tabernacle of the congregation, lest they bear sin, and die."


To do any part of the priest's office, as to burn incense, as Korah and his company had done. Or to do any part of the work of the Levites, by watching in the tabernacle, by taking it down and setting it up, and bearing the vessels of it. Otherwise they might come to it, to bring their sacrifices, to pay their vows, and for their purification when necessary, and such like things.


"Lest they bear sin and die": Lest sin be charged upon them, and punishment be inflicted, even the punishment of death. For it was death to intrude into the priest's office.


This is speaking of the most Holy Place, where just the high priest could go. The high priest carried blood into the Holy of Holies for them on Day of Atonement, and they were cleansed of their sins. They could not go in for themselves, lest they die. This is a type and shadow of Jesus.


Hebrews 9:6-7 "Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service [of God]." "But into the second [went] the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and [for] the errors of the people:"


Hebrews 9:12 "Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the Holy Place, having obtained eternal redemption [for us]."


Jesus opened the way into the most Holy Place, when He was crucified.


Matthew 27:51 And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent;"


Numbers 18:23 "But the Levites shall do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation, and they shall bear their iniquity: [it shall be] a statute for ever throughout your generations, that among the children of Israel they have no inheritance."


In guarding the tabernacle, that no unclean persons enter into it. Or any others take anything out of it. And in assisting the priests in their service, and carrying the vessels of the sanctuary when required.


"And they shall bear their iniquity": That is, when they fail in the duty of their office, are not careful in their service and work, and business appointed them. If either they did not do their business themselves, or suffered others to do it. Or such to come to the tabernacle who should not, they would be blameworthy and suffer for it


It shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations, that the children of Israel they have no inheritance": having such a plentiful provision made for them, by a statute as durable as this.


When the land is divided, after they finally get to the Promised Land, there is no land allotment for the Levites. They live of the tabernacle. Their inheritance is in the LORD. They receive gifts of the people with the altar of the tabernacle.


Numbers 18:24 "But the tithes of the children of Israel, which they offer [as] a heave offering unto the LORD, I have given to the Levites to inherit: therefore I have said unto them, Among the children of Israel they shall have no inheritance."


The tenth of the produce of their land, as before.


"Which they offer as a heave offering unto the Lord": By way of gratitude to him for giving them the land, and for making it so fruitful to them. And as an acknowledgment of his being the sovereign Lord and proprietor of it.


"I have given to the Levites to inherit": So that the Levites had the tithe not immediately from the Israelites, nor were they dependent on them for them. But they were first given to the Lord, and then by him to the Levites. Who held them of him, and not of the Israelites. And were a portion and an inheritance, settled upon them by the Lord himself. Which they had as good a right and title unto as the rest of the tribes had to their several inheritances.


"Therefore have I said unto them, among the children, of Israel they shall have no inheritance": As in (Num. 18:23).


Everything that is not consumed by fire, and all of the tithes are actually for the use of the tribe of Levi. We listed earlier the few separate offerings, which were for Aaron and his sons. The great portion of the gifts and sacrifices are to be divided with the members of the tribe of Levi.


Verses 25-32: They in turn were to tithe their allotted tithe, even the "best thereof, even the hallowed part" (compare Matt. 10:9-10; 1 Cor. 9:3-10; 16:2), for the paying of God's workers: ministers.


Every member of God's chosen people was to worship Him by returning to Him a portion of His blessings. Even the Levites were to present God with a "tenth part of the tithe" they received, and to make sure it was the "best" of what they received. Disobedience would result in death.


Numbers 18:25 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


And not unto Aaron, because a tithe out of the tithe was to be given to Aaron, as Aben Ezra observes. And it was not so proper that he should have this order to deliver to the Levites, in which he and his sons were so much concerned. And therefore, it was given to Moses to acquaint them of it.


The earlier part of this lesson was addressed to Aaron. Now the LORD speaks to Moses.


Numbers 18:26 "Thus speak unto the Levites, and say unto them, When ye take of the children of Israel the tithes which I have given you from them for your inheritance, then ye shall offer up a heave offering of it for the LORD, [even] a tenth [part] of the tithe."


Aaron was to tell them what a provision would be made for them on account of their service. But Moses was to inform them what part Aaron was to have out of it.


"When ye take of the children of Israel the tithes which I have given you from them for your inheritance": Which was done at the time of their harvest, and of the ingathering of the fruits of the earth.


"Then ye shall offer up a heave offering of it for the Lord": In token of gratitude for the liberal provision he had made for the maintenance of them.


"Even a tenth part of the tithe": A tenth part out of the tenth of the produce of the land of Israel.


We have been studying that the tithe, 1/10 of everything the Israelites made went to the Lord, and in return would wind up in the hands of the Levites. This is now saying that everything the Levites received from God must be tithed as well. They were to pay a tithe to God for use in the tabernacle. The heave offering, we remember, had to do with offering first to God.


Numbers 18:27 "And [this] your heave offering shall be reckoned unto you, as though [it were] the corn of the threshing floor, and as the fullness of the winepress."


The tithe of the tithe, which though not properly heaved or lifted up, as the heave offerings. Strictly so called, were, any more than the tithe itself (Num. 18:24). Yet is so called, because separated to the use and service of the Lord, as they were.


"Shall be reckoned unto you, as though it were the corn of the threshingfloor, and as the fullness of the winepress": That is, it should be as acceptable to God as if they had fields and vineyards, threshing floors, and wine presses of their own. From whence corn and wine were taken, as the Israelites when they received their tithes from them. And what remained they had as good a right unto, and might make use of as their own, as well as they (see Num. 18:30).


Even though the living came from tithes paid to God in the tabernacle, the tithes must be paid on all they received by the Levites. This is a living, the same as the farmer gives of his crop, and the vinedresser gives of his wine.


Numbers 18:28 "Thus ye also shall offer a heave offering unto the LORD of all your tithes, which ye receive of the children of Israel; and ye shall give thereof the LORD'S heave offering to Aaron the priest."


As the Israelites did when they paid tithes to them (Num. 18:24).


"Of all your tithes which ye receive of the children of Israel": Which heave offering was a tenth part of them.


"And ye shall give thereof the Lord's heave offering to Aaron the priest": That is, the said tenth part of the tithe was to be given not to Aaron only, as the high priest. As some have thought, and so to his successors in the high priesthood. But to him and his sons, even to all the priests in common, the high priest having his share of it. And Josephus is clear for it, that the tithe of the annual fruits was paid to the Levites, and to the priests.


These offerings of the Levites actually go to Aaron, the high priest.


Numbers 18:29 "Out of all your gifts ye shall offer every heave offering of the LORD, of all the best thereof, [even] the hallowed part thereof out of it."


Not only out of their tithes, but out of whatsoever gifts were given by the Israelites to them. And out of the produce of the fields which belonged to their cities (Num. 35:4). The Levites were to take a tenth, and bring it to the Lord as a heave offering. That is, they were to give it to the priests, to testify their gratitude for everything they had. And to sanctify the rest unto them, and confirm their right and title to it, and give them the free use of it.


"Of all the best thereof, even the hallowed part thereof, out of it": Which was the tenth part, for that was holy, as Aben Ezra says. And that was to be the best of it, which was always to be given to the Lord.


This is saying everything they receive in way of payment for their services, must be tithed to the Lord, and in turn to the high priest. It matters not whether it is money, or gifts of some sort or other. Everything must be tithed to the Lord.


Numbers 18:30 "Therefore thou shalt say unto them, When ye have heaved the best thereof from it, then it shall be counted unto the Levites as the increase of the threshing floor, and as the increase of the winepress."


The Targum of Jonathan is, "thou shalt say to them"; the priests. But the words seem manifestly spoken to the Levites.


"When ye have heaved the best thereof from it": Taken out the tenth part of it, and that the best.


"Then it shall be counted unto the Levites as the increase of the threshing floor, and as the increase of the wine press": Then what remains shall be reckoned as much their own, and may be as lawfully enjoyed. As the corn of the threshing floor, and the wine of the wine fat, of any Israelite whatever.


The Levites took tithes of the people, and the high priest took tithes of the Levites. Everything they receive should be treated the same as if it were earned money, like the grain or wine production. Everything and everyone tithed.


Numbers 18:31 "And ye shall eat it in every place, ye and your households: for it [is] your reward for your service in the tabernacle of the congregation."


In any of their tents or dwelling houses. Not being obliged to eat it in the tabernacle, where the priests, were obliged to eat many of their holy things. And second tithes were only to be eaten at Jerusalem (Deut. 14:22).


"Ye, and your households": They and their wives, their sons and daughters, their servants, whether bought or hired. And they might sell it to strangers, to purchase other necessaries with. The Targum of Jonathan interprets this of the priests. But the Levites only are plainly spoken of.


"For it is your reward for your service in the tabernacle of the congregation": Which is said to encourage them in their work. And animate them to it, as well as to clear their right to such a maintenance against all objections. For the laborer is worthy of his reward, as those that labor in the word and doctrine are of theirs (1 Tim. 5:17).


This is for the family, as well as for the priest. This is their living.


Numbers 18:32 "And ye shall bear no sin by reason of it, when ye have heaved from it the best of it: neither shall ye pollute the holy things of the children of Israel, lest ye die."


Shall have no blame laid upon them, or guilt imputed to them, or punishment inflicted on them. On account of their having and enjoying their tithes and gifts.


"When ye have heaved from it the best of it": Took out the tenth, and that the best, and given it to the priests. Or otherwise they would be blameworthy, guilty, and liable to punishment.


"Neither shall ye pollute the holy things of the children of Israel": The gifts they have given for holy uses, and so are holy. Which would be the case if they ate of them, or enjoyed them, without giving the priests the tenth part of them.


"Lest ye die": For it seems such a neglect was punishable with death.


The person offering it must give it as a tithe. It is tithed to the LORD. There is provision made for it to be used of those who minister of the things of God. If they minister the things of God, it is correct for them to live of the offerings. The lesson in this is that all must give their share to the Lord. It is not a sin for the minister to live of the gifts to the church.


Numbers Chapter 18 Questions


1. What is different about this message?


2. _________ rod bloomed.


3. What did this do for the priesthood of Aaron?


4. We found in Leviticus that, God spoke to the people through the _________ and ____________ of the high priest.


5. Aaron's father's house was the ____________.


6. What did the "bearing of the iniquity" mean?


7. Who was Aaron to bring with him to minister helps to him?


8. What could the other Kohathites not do, that Aaron and his sons could?


9. What is the penalty for someone, other than Aaron or his sons, to touch the holy things?


10. Who was the stranger in verse 4?


11. The Levites substituted for the _____________ of all Israel.


12. Where do the Levites camp?


13. What are the Levites, other than Aaron's and his son's, job?


14. What offerings were eaten in the sanctuary?


15. Why could the entire family eat of the heave and the wave offering?


16. What is the one restriction about eating of it?


17. Who did the firstfruits go to?


18. When they brought the firstborn of their animals to be sacrificed, who got the meat?


19. What was the price to buy back the firstborn son?


20. The shekels for redemption were __________.


21. What were all the sacrifices a shadow of?


22. Salt is a _______________.


23. When used in a covenant, what did the salt show?


24. What was the tithe?


25. Who carried the blood into the Holy of Holies on day of atonement?


26. When was the veil of the temple rent?


27. Do the Levites tithe?


28. What lesson can we all learn from this?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 19



Numbers Chapter 19

Verses 1-22: This chapter deals with the provision of a means to cure the uncleanness of death (verses 11, 13), because "whosoever toucheth ... any man that is dead" defileth the tabernacle of the Lord" and would be in danger of being "cut off from Israel" (verse 13). Leviticus gives two methods of dealing with uncleanness: either washing in water and waiting until evening (11:28, 39-40, 15:16-18), or in more serious cases, waiting seven days and then offering a sacrifice (Lev. 14:10-31; 15:13-15; 28-30). Since sacrificing was a difficult and expensive procedure, and added to the distress of the family involved, this chapter provides an alternative method, without the cost and inconvenience of sacrifice.


(1) Eleazar was to slaughter an unblemished red heifer outside the camp (verses 2-3);


(2) Its blood was to be sprinkled toward the tabernacle seven times (verse 4);


(3) The red heifer was to be burned along with cedar wood, hyssop, and some scarlet cloth material (verses 5-6); and


(4) Water was to be added to the ashes of the heifer and sprinkled upon the defiled Israelite (verses 17-19).


Over a period of 38-1/2 years, over 1.2 million people died in the wilderness because of God's judgment. The Israelites were continually coming into contact with dead bodies, which led to ceremonial uncleanness. Therefore, the Lord provided a means of purification so that those who came into contact with dead bodies might be cleansed.


Verses 1-10: The provision given for the preparation of the "water of purification" (compare Lev. chapters 12-15).


Numbers 19:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,"


Not at this time, after the business of the spies, and the affair of Korah, but before the children of Israel departed from Sinai. And so Aben Ezra observes, that this was spoken in the wilderness of Sinai, when the Lord commanded to put unclean persons out of the camp. And when some were defiled with a dead body, and unfit for the Passover (Num. 5:2). And mention is made of the "water of purifying" (Num. 8:7).


We have seen the LORD speak to Moses separately, and to Aaron separately. Now He is speaking to both.


Numbers 19:2 "This [is] the ordinance of the law which the LORD hath commanded, saying, Speak unto the children of Israel, that they bring thee a red heifer without spot, wherein [is] no blemish, [and] upon which never came yoke:"


"A red heifer without spot": A reddish brown cow, probably young since no yoke had been laid on it. This cow was burned and its ashes were used as the agent of purification (see verse 9).


The sacrifices of every kind symbolize the Lord Jesus and His work, in some manner or other. We know that the Lord was not a female however. We must look at this from several angles. Notice there is just one heifer. This was a collective offering. The one heifer was for all. The church of the Lord Jesus Christ is collective. Even though it is made up of many people from many denominations, it is one church, as far as the Lord is concerned. The Lord is coming back for a church that is without spot or wrinkle. The church is the bride of Christ. "Red" means life, or blood. The Church was born through the shed blood of the Lord Jesus Christ. Physical Israel and the law were born on the way to the Promised Land. The 40 years in the wilderness established the law, or the male child (Leviticus chapter 12). The church of the Lord Jesus Christ (spiritual Israel), was born the 40 days after the resurrection that Jesus walked on the earth. The church is the maid child. The maid child was taken from the man child. The 80 days of purification for the maid child included the birth of the law, and then the birth of the church on the fulfillment of the law. The church is not established on work (yoke). It is established on faith in the blood of the Lord Jesus Christ.


Numbers 19:3 "And ye shall give her unto Eleazar the priest, that he may bring her forth without the camp, and [one] shall slay her before his face:"


"Eleazar": The son of Aaron was a deputy High-Priest who was in charge of the slaughter of the red cow.


"Without the camp": The red cow was killed outside the camp of Israel and its ashes were stored there as well (see verse 9). Hebrews 13:11-13 picks up the image of "outside the camp" as it relates to Christ's death outside of Jerusalem.


In the sense of symbolism, Jesus was brought out of the camp and crucified at Golgotha. He was taken outside the city wall of Jerusalem. The priest and all the people thought they had killed the church at this point, when in fact, Jesus had given her (church), life (red), through His shed blood.


Numbers 19:4 "And Eleazar the priest shall take of her blood with his finger, and sprinkle of her blood directly before the tabernacle of the congregation seven times:"


He took the blood in his left hand, and sprinkled it with the finger of his right hand, as Maimonides says. And so the Targum of Jonathan, which says, he did not receive it into a vessel, but into the palm of his hand. And from thence sprinkled it with his finger: which Ainsworth thinks signified the Spirit of Christ, our high priest, called "the finger of God" (Luke 11:20). Who takes the blood of Christ, and sprinkles it on the hearts of his people, whereby they are freed from an evil conscience.


"And sprinkle of her blood directly before the tabernacle of the congregation seven times": Or "towards the tabernacle", so Noldius; as sprinkling of the blood was the principal action in sacrifices. This was to be done directly before the tabernacle, from whence its purifying virtue was expected. Though it was not shed in it, that it might have all the appearance of a sacrifice it could have. And being done seven times, denotes the perfection of it.


The sprinkling of the blood 7 times has to do with spiritual completeness. Certainly, the shed blood of Jesus completed the sacrifice for all time for everyone. This blood was for the church. This blood was for the remission of sins. Jesus' blood completely does away with sin for those who would believe.


Leviticus 4:5-6 "And the priest that is anointed shall take of the bullock's blood, and bring it to the tabernacle of the congregation:" "And the priest shall dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle of the blood seven times before the LORD, before the veil of the sanctuary."


We must keep in mind that the physical house of Israel is the man child, and the church (spiritual Israel), is the maid child.


Numbers 19:5 "And [one] shall burn the heifer in his sight; her skin, and her flesh, and her blood, with her dung, shall he burn:"


Another priest, as the Targum of Jonathan. Eleazar looking on, as that expresses it. The Jews say, that when the priest came to the mount of Olives, accompanied by the elders of Israel, before he burnt the cow, he dipped himself in a dipping place there. And the wood being laid there in order. Wood of cedar, ash, fir, and fig trees, made in the form of a tower. With holes opened in it (to put in the fire, and that it might burn the quicker). And its aspect being to the west, he bound the cow, and laid her upon the pile, with her head to the south, and her face to the west. And then having slain it, and sprinkled its blood. As before related, he set fire to it by the help of some small wood. The burning of it may signify the dolorous sufferings of Christ, when the wrath of God was poured forth like fire upon him. The same was signified by roasting the passover lamb.


"Her skin, and her flesh, and her blood, with her dung, shall he burn": Which may denote the extent of Christ's sufferings. Reaching to all parts of his body, skin, flesh, and blood. And the shame and reproach that attended them, signified by dung. As well as how impure and accursed he was accounted when he was made sin for his people. Bore their sins and suffered for them, even not in body only, but in his soul also. For his soul as well as his body were made an offering for sin.


In all other burned sacrifices, the blood was poured on the earth near the altar. In this case, it is burned with the sacrifice. The blood symbolized life. We can see that the life of the church is in the sacrifice of Jesus. The church is born at the foot of the cross.


Exodus 29:14 "But the flesh of the bullock, and his skin, and his dung, shalt thou burn with fire without the camp: it [is] a sin offering."


Jesus took our sin upon His body on the cross. Our sin died on the cross, if we are believers in Christ. The skin of the church is replaced by the righteousness He clothes her in. Her flesh must die, that her spirit might live. Her earthly life must die, that her spirit life can live. Her filth (dung), must be done away. All of this is done in Jesus. The church rises to new life in him.


1 Corinthians 15:44 "It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body."


Numbers 19:6 "And the priest shall take cedar wood, and hyssop, and scarlet, and cast [it] into the midst of the burning of the heifer."


"Cedar word, and hyssop, and scarlet": The cow was totally consumed by the fire along with these 3 materials, which were also used in the ritual of purification of skin disease (Lev. 14:1-9). The ashes of all these and the cow were mixed to make the agent by which cleansing could take place.


"Burning" symbolizes purification. The cedar wood and hyssop were for medicinal purposes, or healing. Scarlet is red. It is His shed blood that heals us. By His stripes, we are healed.


Numbers 19:7 "Then the priest shall wash his clothes, and he shall bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp, and the priest shall be unclean until the even."


The Jews say, all that were employed about it, from the beginning to the end, were defiled in their garments. Not only he that slew it, and burnt it, and sprinkled its blood, but he that took and cast in the cedar wood, etc. As we find also he that gathered the ashes of it as well as burnt it. This creature was reckoned so impure, though its ashes were for purifying. That whoever had anything to do with it was unclean. As the scapegoat, which had the sins of all Israel on it. And this as that was typical of Christ, made sin for his people, that he might cleanse them from sin. It may point at the sin of the priests and people of Israel, in putting Christ to death. And yet there was cleansing from that sin, in the precious blood of Christ, as well as from all others.


"And he shall bathe his flesh in water": In forty seahs of water, as the Targum of Jonathan. Not his clothes only, but his body was to be dipped in water.


"And afterward he shall come into the camp": When his clothes and flesh are washed, but not before.


"And the priest shall be unclean until the even": Though washed, and therefore, though he is said to go into the camp upon washing. This is to be understood, after the evening is come. So Jarchi directs to interpret the passage, transpose it, says he, and so explain it. And he shall be unclean until the evening, and after that he may come into the camp. Not only the camp of Israel, but the camp of the Shekinah, as the same writer.


This is speaking of the repentant heart. There is a knowing that comes, when we are under conviction, of our filthiness. Baptism in water is symbolic of burying that man of sin, and rising to new life in Jesus. When we are baptized, we become part of God's unit, the church. The even was the beginning of a new day.


Numbers 19:8 "And he that burneth her shall wash his clothes in water, and bathe his flesh in water, and shall be unclean until the even."


In forty seahs of water, as the Targum of Jonathan. This shows that one different from this is designed in (Num. 19:7). And that this is one distinct from him that sprinkled the blood (Num. 19:4).


"And bathe his flesh in water": In a like quantity, as the above Targum.


"And shall be unclean until the even": And, though washed, might not go into the camp until that time. This may signify, as before, that though the crucifixion of Christ was a very great sin, and done by wicked hands, yet was pardonable through the very blood that was shed by them (Acts 2:23).


The burning symbolizes the purging away of the sin. The washing in the water symbolizes baptism. The even is the dawning of a new day.


Numbers 19:9 "And a man [that is] clean shall gather up the ashes of the heifer, and lay [them] up without the camp in a clean place, and it shall be kept for the congregation of the children of Israel for a water of separation: it [is] a purification for sin."


A man, a clean priest, as the Targum of Jonathan. In later times, great care was taken that the priest concerned in the burning of the red cow should be pure. He was separated from his own house seven days before the time, and every day he was sprinkled with the blood of all sin offerings then offered. That it might be sure he was free from any pollution by a grave, or a dead body. And so he that gathered up the ashes was to be clean from all ceremonial pollution. And not the ashes of the heifer only they took, but the ashes of the cedar wood, etc. mixed with them. And these they put, as the Targum of Jonathan says, into an earthen vessel enclosed in a covering of clay.


"And lay them up without the camp in a clean place": They were divided into three parts, according to the Targum of Jonathan. One part was put in the Chel (or the enclosure of the court of the tabernacle). Another in the mount of Olives. And the third part was divided among all the wards of the Levites, with which the Misnah agrees. Jarchi makes mention of the same division, and of the use of each. That the wards had was without the court, that the citizens might take of it, and all that needed to be purified. That in the mount of Olives was for the priests, to sanctify other heifers with it; and that in the Chel was for a reserve.


"And it shall be kept for a reserve for the congregation of Israel": As ashes may be kept a long time, if well taken care of. Because they are not subject to any corruption or putrefaction. And so was, as Bishop Patrick observes from Dr. Jackson, a figure of the everlasting efficacy of Christ's blood. And, according to the Jews, these ashes of the first heifer must last more than a thousand years. For they say the second heifer that was burnt was in the time of Ezra. Though they reckon seven more heifers afterwards before the destruction of the second temple. In all nine heifers; and the tenth heifer they expect in the days of the Messiah, which are past. He, being come, has put an end to this type by fulfilling it in himself. And the use of them was;


"For a water of separation": Being put into water, and mixed with it, was for the cleansing of such as were separated from others for their uncleanness. And was a purification of them for it, as follows.


"It is a purification for sin": Or "it is sin". Not an offering for sin, properly speaking. The heifer, whose ashes they were, not being sacrificed in the tabernacle, nor on the altar, and wanted other rites. Yet it answered the purposes of a sin offering. And its ashes in water were typical of the blood of Christ, which purges the conscience from dead works, when this only purified to the sanctifying of the flesh (Heb. 9:13). And is the fountain set open for sin and uncleanness (Zech. 13:1). Where both the words are used which are here, and in the preceding clause. Ashes are known to be of a cleansing nature, and so a fit emblem of spiritual purification by Christ; and the duration of them of the perpetuity of it.


The one sacrifice of Jesus is sufficient for all generations. Each person who comes to Jesus, is purified through that one sacrifice He made so many years ago. The church of the Lord Jesus Christ has been the keeper of the ashes. The ashes being kept, show that there is no other sacrifice necessary. Jesus did it all. Anyone can apply that single sacrifice of Jesus to his life now, and be saved. The blood of Jesus still purifies each person from sin. Baptism in water still brings new life in Jesus.


Numbers 19:10 "And he that gathereth the ashes of the heifer shall wash his clothes, and be unclean until the even: and it shall be unto the children of Israel, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among them, for a statute for ever."


Whom the Targum of Jonathan calls a priest, though it does not seem necessary he should be one.


"And be unclean until the even" (see notes on Num. 19:7).


"And it shall be unto the children of Israel, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among them, for a statute for ever": Until the Messiah came, whose sufferings and death are for the expiation of, and purification for the sins of Jews and Gentiles. Of all the people of God throughout the world, signified by the burning of this heifer (see 1 John 2:2).


The cleansing power of the blood of Jesus is forever. The need for water baptism is forever, as well. The power of Jesus to bring new life to the believer is forever as well.


Verses 11-22: A general statement regarding the use of the "water of purification" (verses 11-13), is followed by a more detailed explanation of the procedure to be followed.


Numbers 19:11 "He that toucheth the dead body of any man shall be unclean seven days."


A man and not a beast, as Aben Ezra observes. For he that touched the dead body of a beast was unclean only until evening (Lev. 11:24). Any man, Jew or Gentile, as the same writer notes. This is instanced in, as being the principal pollution, though not the only one. Yet so some think, for which the water of purification made of the ashes of the burnt heifer was appointed.


"Shall be unclean seven days": The reason of which is, because death is the fruit of sin, which is of a defiling nature. And to show that all that are dead in sins are defiled and defiling. And are not to be touched, or to have communion and fellowship held with them but to be abstained from.


The subject has changed here. Seven has to do with spiritual completeness. This uncleanness is of a spiritual nature.


Leviticus 21:1 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Speak unto the priests the sons of Aaron, and say unto them, There shall none be defiled for the dead among his people:"


Numbers 19:12 "He shall purify himself with it on the third day, and on the seventh day he shall be clean: but if he purify not himself the third day, then the seventh day he shall not be clean."


That is, with the ashes of the water of purification made of them. And this was to be done first.


"On the third day": From the time of his touching the dead body. Aben Ezra intimates, that there is a secret or mystery in this and the following number seven. It may respect the third day of Christ's resurrection. Who, as he shed his blood for the expiation and purification of sinners, so he rose again the third day for the justification of them.


"And on the seventh day he shall be clean": Which may denote the perfect state, or Sabbath of rest, which remains for the people of God. When all Christ's purified and justified ones shall be clear of all sin, and be the spirits of just men made perfect.


"But if he purify not himself the third day, then the seventh day he shall not be clean": Whoever is not cleansed from his sins by the blood of Christ, shed for the remission of them. And is not justified from them by him that rose from the dead the third day, will never be cleansed in the world to come, or in the eternal Sabbath. But it will then be said, "let him that is filthy be filthy still" (Rev. 22:11).


The symbolic meaning of the third day is the resurrection of Jesus. You must believe that He rose from the grave, to be saved.


Romans 10:9 "That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved."


The thing that set Jesus aside from all others, was the fact that He rose from the grave. Seven, again, has to do with spiritual completeness.


Numbers 19:13 "Whosoever toucheth the dead body of any man that is dead, and purifieth not himself, defileth the tabernacle of the LORD; and that soul shall be cut off from Israel: because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him, he shall be unclean; his uncleanness [is] yet upon him."


With the ashes of the heifer, or water of purification, and so neglects the means which God has appointed for his cleansing.


"Defileth the tabernacle of the Lord": That is, if he goes into it in his uncleanness. Which it was not lawful for him to do, before they might not go in, or perform holy service. Such laws they use, that if anyone sees a dead carcass, he may not go that day into the temple. But he goes in the day following, after he has purified himself.


"And that soul shall be cut off from Israel": Either be excommunicated from the church, or die by the hand of the civil magistrate, or by the immediate hand of God. That is, if he knew he had touched a dead body, and willfully neglected the means of his purification. And so sinned presumptuously. Otherwise, if all this was done ignorantly, an atonement was made for it (Lev. 5:3).


"Because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him, he shall be unclean": As all are who are not sprinkled with the blood of Christ.


"His uncleanness is yet upon him": And will remain, nothing can remove it. As nothing can remove the stain and blot of sin but the blood of Christ. And where that is not applied it will remain marked before God, and will lie upon the sinner to his utter condemnation and ruin (see Jer. 2:22).


The tabernacle of the Lord, in the spiritual sense, is the body of the believer. This symbolizes those who are saved, going back to the sin in their lives. They defile the tabernacle of God, when this is a personal sin in their body.


2 Corinthians 6:17 "Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean [thing]; and I will receive you,"


Ephesians 5:26 "That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word,"


The blood saves us. The water gives us new life. The Word keeps us.


Numbers 19:14 "This [is] the law, when a man dieth in a tent: all that come into the tent, and all that [is] in the tent, shall be unclean seven days."


A tent is only mentioned, because the Israelites now dwelt in tents, as Aben Ezra remarks. Otherwise the law holds equally good of a house as of a tent.


"All that come into the tent, and all that is in the tent, shall be unclean seven days": The meaning of which is, that all persons that come into a tent or house where a dead body is are equally unclean as those that were in it when it died. And the same is to be supposed of all vessels brought into it, as well as those that are in it. That is, open ones, as appears by what follows.


Indians will not live in a tent, where someone has died. Perhaps this is similar to that. The dead man possibly, left germs in the tent. Those coming in the tent could take the disease that killed the man. Part of the laws God gave the people were to help them in their civil, as well as spiritual life.


Numbers 19:15 "And every open vessel, which hath no covering bound upon it, [is] unclean."


An earthen one, as the Targum of Jonathan. And so Jarchi interprets it. and Maimonides observes, that this is only to be understood of an earthen vessel.


"Which hath no covering bound upon it": A linen or a woollen cloth wrapped and tied about it.


"Is unclean": The air of the house getting into it by its being uncovered.


This is plainly because of germs that might accumulate.


Numbers 19:16 "And whosoever toucheth one that is slain with a sword in the open fields, or a dead body, or a bone of a man, or a grave, shall be unclean seven days."


That is killed by another. That dies a violent death, either by the sword or other means. One that touched such a one was unclean, or that touched the sword with which he was slain, as the Targum of Jonathan adds. "Or a dead body": that dies a natural death, or suddenly. Or in any way.


"Or a bone off a man": Dug out of a grave, and lying by itself.


"Or a grave": The Targum adds, either the covering or side of a grave.


"Shall be unclean seven days": All which has respect to the defiling nature of sin, which is the cause of death and the grave.


When an unsaved person dies, the devil spirits that have been in him, seek for another body to inhabit. If there is no body convenient, they will inhabit an animal. If there is neither a person or an animal they can inhabit available, they will remain in the area of the dead, hoping to inhabit a relative of that person or someone weak enough to let them come in. The seven day period could be to give them ample time to leave. A Christian cannot be inhabited of devil spirits. They can harass you, but not enter you, if you are full of the Light of Jesus.


Numbers 19:17 "And for an unclean [person] they shall take of the ashes of the burnt heifer of purification for sin, and running water shall be put thereto in a vessel:"


Defiled by any of the above means.


"They shall take of the ashes of the burnt heifer of purification for sin": From the place where they were laid up for this use (see notes on Num. 19:9). And some have thought that they were laid up in various cities and places in the country, as well as at Jerusalem, that they might be come at easily upon occasion. Otherwise they could not be had without great trouble and expense, and in some places not so soon as the law required for their purification. Namely, on the third day after their defilement.


"And running water shall be put thereto in a vessel": The Targum Jonathan is, "fountain water in the midst of earthen vessel. And the meaning of what is said here is, that the water and ashes should be mixed together. For it is urged from the words: "running water in a vessel", that it is plain. That the water is put in the vessel and not to the ashes. And therefore, that which is said, "shall be put thereto", is to caution the person, that after he has put the ashes upon the water, that he mixes them well with his finger. And cause the water below to rise above.


The unclean person is made clean by the blood, water, and the spirit. These ashes, that were saved, show that the one sacrifice that Jesus made was sufficient for all time. A sinner does not need another sacrifice; they just need to accept this sacrifice of Jesus. That is what these ashes symbolize.


1 John 5:6 "This is he that came by water and blood, [even] Jesus Christ; not by water only, but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that beareth witness, because the Spirit is truth."


These ashes burn the sin away; the water gives new life. We are that vessel filled with the water of regeneration.


Numbers 19:18 "And a clean person shall take hyssop, and dip [it] in the water, and sprinkle [it] upon the tent, and upon all the vessels, and upon the persons that were there, and upon him that touched a bone, or one slain, or one dead, or a grave:"


"A clean person": Any clean person, not just priests, could sprinkle the unclean with the water of purification.


The person is cleansed by the blood, water, and the Word. Someone (clean), must care enough to help them be cleansed.


Romans 10:17 "So then faith [cometh] by hearing, and hearing by the word of God."


1 Corinthians 1:21 "For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe."


John 17:17 "Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth."


Numbers 19:19 "And the clean [person] shall sprinkle upon the unclean on the third day, and on the seventh day: and on the seventh day he shall purify himself, and wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and shall be clean at even."


The clean priest shall sprinkle upon the unclean man, as the Targum of Jonathan. That is, he shall sprinkle the water of purification upon him that is unclean in any of the above ways.


"On the third day, and on the seventh day (see notes on Num. 19:12).


"And on the seventh day he shall purify himself": Either the unclean person, who shall perfect his purification, as Jarchi interprets it. That is, by doing what follows. Or else the clean person, who becomes in some measure unclean, by sprinkling and touching the water of separation, as appears from (Num. 19:21). As the priest that sprinkled the blood of the heifer, and the man that burnt it and gathered its ashes (Num. 19:7).


"And wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and shall be clean at even": In like manner as the man that let go the goat into the wilderness (Lev. 16:26).


This water of purification was applied twice, to show the seriousness of the sin. The symbolic meaning of the third day has to do with the resurrection, and the seven has to do with the cleansing being spiritually complete.


Numbers 19:20 "But the man that shall be unclean, and shall not purify himself, that soul shall be cut off from among the congregation, because he hath defiled the sanctuary of the LORD: the water of separation hath not been sprinkled upon him; he [is] unclean."


By touching any dead body, bone, or grave.


"And shall not purify himself": With the water of purification.


"That soul shall be cut off from among the congregation" (see notes on Num. 19:13).


"Because he hath defiled the sanctuary of the Lord": By going into it in his uncleanness.


"The water of separation hath not been sprinkled upon him, he is unclean": And will remain so, for nothing else could purify him (see Num. 19:13).


This symbolically, is speaking of that person who refuses salvation. The blood sprinkling is for the purging of the sin, and the water is washing of regeneration. He has done neither, so he is lost. There was a plan of salvation available in these ashes (Jesus' sacrifice), he did not accept it.


Numbers 19:21 "And it shall be a perpetual statute unto them, that he that sprinkleth the water of separation shall wash his clothes; and he that toucheth the water of separation shall be unclean until even."


To the children of Israel, throughout their generations, unto the coming of the Messiah. When the ceremonial law, which stood in different washings and purifications, was abolished.


"That he that sprinkleth the water of separation shall wash his clothes": The priest that sprinkled, according to the Targum of Jonathan, or any other person that did it. So that the same purifying water, which made an unclean person clean, defiled a clean one. For though it was purifying, it had uncleanness in it. Having the ashes not only of the cow itself, but of its skin, blood, and dung. And so a lye made of ashes is impure in itself, and yet serves to scour cloth.


By consideration of which, the people might be led to Christ, and his Spirit, for cleansing (Heb. 9:13). But it rather signifies, that the blood of Christ, which cleanses from all sin, and answers to this purifying water, that its cleansing virtue is owing to Christ being made sin for his people. And that some may be instruments of directing souls to the blood of Christ for cleansing, and yet be defiled themselves. It does not appear that this man, thus unclean, was to have the water of purification sprinkled on him, but was only to wash his clothes (see Rev. 7:14).


"And he that toucheth the water of separation shall be unclean until even": But was not clean until he had washed, as Aben Ezra observes. Though not expressed; for if one that only sprinkled it had need to be washed, much more one that touched it. And which was unavoidable, if, when he mixed the water and ashes together, he stirred them with his finger (see notes on Num. 19:17). Though Maimonides understands this of sprinkling and touching the water when there was no necessity for it, when a person was not employed in doing the duty of this law.


This everlasting statute is for our cleansing, and taking us from death to eternal life in Him. There is no other way to heaven, but by the blood and the water.


Revelation 1:5 "And from Jesus Christ, [who is] the faithful witness, [and] the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood,"


Those who are not washed in the blood of Jesus are still in sin.


Numbers 19:22 "And whatsoever the unclean [person] toucheth shall be unclean; and the soul that toucheth [it] shall be unclean until even."


Not the person unclean by sprinkling, or touching the water of purification. But the unclean person spoken of throughout the chapter. That was unclean by touching a dead body, bone, or grave. Whatever that man touched, any vessel or thing, that was unclean also. Or "whomsoever", any person, man or woman, for it respects both persons and things.


"And the soul that toucheth it": That which the unclean person hath touched. Or "him", the unclean person, whether the unclean person touched him, or he the unclean person, or touched anything he had touched, he was unclean. Denoting the spreading and infectious nature of sin, and how much sin and sinners are to be avoided (see Lev. 15:4).


Those who are living in sin pollute everything, and everyone around them. The unsaved have a tendency to influence others to be unsaved also. There is a way that we can be free from death. I would like to sum up this lesson with the following verses.


Hebrews 9:13-14 "For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of a heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh:" "How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?"


Numbers Chapter 19 Questions


1. The sacrifices of every kind symbolize what?


2. There is just _______ heifer?


3. This was a ____________ offering.


4. Who is the church made up of?


5. The church was born through the _______ _______ of Christ.


6. What does "red" mean?


7. The 40 years in the wilderness established the ________, or the _______ child.


8. When was the church established?


9. The 80 days of purification for the maid child included the birth of the _______, and then the birth of the church on the fulfillment of the _____.


10. The church is established on faith in the __________ of the Lord Jesus Christ.


11. Where was Jesus crucified?


12. What does the sprinkling of the blood 7 times symbolize?


13. What was usually done with the blood of the burnt offering?


14. Jesus took our sin upon His ______ on the cross.


15. Burning symbolizes _____________.


16. What were cedar wood and hyssop for?


17. What color is scarlet?


18. What is verse 7 speaking of?


19. What is baptizing in water symbolic of?


20. The even was the beginning of a _____ _____.


21. What is the symbolic meaning of the third day?


22. What sets Jesus aside from all others?


23. What is the tabernacle of the Lord in the spiritual sense?


24. The laws were given for _______ life, as well as for spiritual life.


25. What is verse 16 speaking of?


26. The unclean person is made clean by the ________, _______, and ________.


27. The ashes burn the _______ away.


28. Who is verse 20 speaking of?


29. Sum up this lesson with two Scriptures.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 20



Numbers Chapter 20

Verses 20:1 - 22:1: These chapters record the beginning of the transition from the old generation (represented by Miriam and Aaron), to the new generation (represented by Eleazar). Geographically, Israel moves from Kadesh (20:1), to the plains of Moab (22:1), from where the conquest of the Land would be launched (there is an interval of 37 years between 19:22 and 20:1).


This passage deals with the march from Kadesh to the plains of Moab. This is the third and last travel narrative in Exodus through Numbers. The first was from the Red Sea to Sinai (Exodus 13-19); and the second from Sinai to Kadesh (Num. chapters 11 & 12).


Verses 1-13: Just as the children of Israel failed to trust in the Lord (14:11), and thus were not allowed to go into the Promised Land (14:30), Israel's leaders, Moses and Aaron, would also not go into the Land because of failure to trust in the Lord.


Numbers 20:1 "Then came the children of Israel, [even] the whole congregation, into the desert of Zin in the first month: and the people abode in Kadesh; and Miriam died there, and was buried there."


"Then": It was now in the fortieth year after the Exodus. Aaron died in the fortieth year according to (Numbers 33:38, and his death is recorded in this chapter (verses 22-29). There is no mention of mourning following Miriam's death, in contrast to the death of Aaron (verse 29), or Moses (Deut. 34:8).


"In the first month": The year is not stated. However, at the end of this chapter, there is a report of the death of Aaron. According to (NHm. 33:38), Aaron died on the first day of the fifth month of the fortieth year after the Exodus from Egypt. Thus, the first month here must be of the fortieth year. Most of the older generation had died in the wilderness.


"Kadesh": As the people had begun their wilderness wanderings at Kadesh (13:26), so they ended them there. Kadesh was located on the northern boundary of the wilderness of Paran (13:26), and on the southeast border of the wilderness of Zin.


"Miriam died": Miriam, who led Israel in celebrating the victory over Egypt at the Red Sea (Exodus 15:20-21), also led the attack against Moses recorded in (Num. 12:1-15). Her death served as a symbol that the old generation would not enter Canaan.


We have mentioned before, the similarity between the march of the Israelites across the wilderness to their Promised Land, and the Christians journey through life on their way to their promised land (Heaven). I have said many times before; the most important thing is being able to enter into the Promised Land. There are hardships along the way and death of friends and loved ones, but we must stay steadfast in the faith. This seems to be an end of a very long journey here. They are back at Zin. They had been here 38 years before, and lacking in enough faith to go into the Promised Land. The first month of their year is Abib, or about the same as our April. The people have stopped at Kadesh. Miriam, the sister of Moses and Aaron, died and was buried here. They probably mourned her for a month as was the custom. It seems, they stayed in this camp three or four months.


Verses 2-13: This incident resembles the first occasion when Israel complained about a total lack of water (Exodus 17:1-7). Both times the people "chode with Moses" and asked, "Wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt?" Both times Moses is told "take the rod", the same rod with which he had performed miracles (Exodus 7:20; 14:16), and use it to bring water out of the rock. And both places are called "Meribah", meaning "To Strive". The verb in the command of (verse 8 is plural), indicating that Aaron was to be involved. In Exodus, Moses was commanded to strike the rock, whereas this action constitutes the essence of his disobedience. God told them to "take the rod ... gather thou the assembly together" and "speak ye unto the rock". But instead Moses "took the rod ... gathered the congregation together", and spoke to them in anger, calling them "rebels", and then "smote the rock twice". Moses' unbelief was evident by his disobedience in not carrying out God's instructions precisely. By not doing so he did not "sanctify me" [that is, set God apart, elevate Him as sovereign], "in the eyes of the children of Israel", and forfeited his privilege to bring the people into the Promised Land (verse 12). Aaron was also included in the prohibition.


Numbers 20:2 "And there was no water for the congregation: and they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron."


"No water": During Israel's 40 years in the wilderness, water was their greatest physical need. The Lord had provided it continually, beginning at Horeb (Exodus 17:1-7). The present lack of water stirred the people to contend with Moses.


There was no water for the people to drink, and they immediately blame Moses and Aaron. There was no mention of a shortage of water in this area, when they were here before, so this is, probably, just a passing shortage of water.


Numbers 20:3 "And the people chode with Moses, and spake, saying, Would God that we had died when our brethren died before the LORD!"


"Would God that we had died when our brethren died": The situation was so desperate in the people's mind that they wished they had been among those who died in Korah's rebellion (16:41-50).


The word "chode" means murmured. This is the same thing their fathers did every time anything went wrong. On this point, they have not changed. This wishing they had died earlier has become a habit.


Numbers 20:4 "And why have ye brought up the congregation of the LORD into this wilderness, that we and our cattle should die there?"


The wilderness of Zin. Whither by various marches and journeys, and through different stations, they were at length come.


"That we and our cattle should die there?" With thirst. They seem to represent it, as if this was the end, design, and intention of Moses and Aaron in bringing them thither. Their language is much the same with their fathers on a like occasion. Which shows the bad influence of example, and how careful parents should be of their words and actions. That their posterity be not harmed by them (see Exodus 17:3).


This is almost identical to the complaint their fathers had made. The few who remained who had known Egypt, were the ones who started this. It seems one complainer speaks for everyone.


Numbers 20:5 "And wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt, to bring us in unto this evil place? it [is] no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates; neither [is] there any water to drink."


They represent that affair in such a light, as if they were forced out of Egypt by Moses and Aaron against their wills. Or at least were over persuaded by them to do what they had no inclination, namely, to come out of Egypt. Though they were in the utmost bondage and slavery. And their lives were made bitter by it, and they cried by reason of their oppression, and the hardships they endured. But this was all forgot. Aben Ezra says, it is a strange word which is here used, which shows the confusion they were in.


"To bring us unto this evil place": Dry and barren, where there was neither food nor drink, as follows.


"It is no place of seed": Or fit for sowing, as the Targum of Jonathan. Any sort of seed, as wheat, barley, rye, rice, etc.


"Or of figs, or vines, or pomegranates": It is not a soil fit to plant such trees in. Nor would they grow were they planted.


"Neither is there any water to drink": For them and their cattle, and therefore must be a miserable place for so large a body of people to subsist in.


These ungrateful people had been miraculously fed for 40 years, and yet they were not satisfied. Moses did not make them come out of Egypt. They have forgotten the hard bondage they were under, and that they cried out to God to deliver them. They want delicacies. They have not done without water for 40 years, why would they have to do without now?


Numbers 20:6 "And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the assembly unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and they fell upon their faces: and the glory of the LORD appeared unto them."


"Fell upon their faces": As he had done in the past, Moses sought the Lord's counsel (see 14:5; 16:4).


Moses and Aaron are humiliated and horrified at the ingratitude of the people. They fall on their faces before God. The glory of the Lord has been with them all this time in a smoke by day, and a fire by night. The presence of the LORD appears to Moses and Aaron.


Numbers 20:7 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


This message is for Moses.


Out of what was the token of his glory, which perhaps was the cloud, with an uncommon luster and brightness in it.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 20:8 "Take the rod, and gather thou the assembly together, thou, and Aaron thy brother, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes; and it shall give forth his water, and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the rock: so thou shalt give the congregation and their beasts drink."


"Speak ye unto the rock": Though God told Moses to take his rod with which He had performed many wonders in the past (Exodus 4:1-5; 7:19-21; 14:16; 17:5-6), he was only to speak to the rock for it to yield water.


There was a time earlier, when Moses had smote the rock, and the water gushed forth. The Rock is symbolic of Jesus. He was crucified for us one time.


1 Corinthians 10:4 "And did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ."


Exodus 17:6 "Behold, I will stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come water out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so in the sight of the elders of Israel."


In this verse above, God told Moses to speak to the rock. He had already smitten the Rock at Horeb.


Numbers 20:9 "And Moses took the rod from before the LORD, as he commanded him."


Which was laid up somewhere in the sanctuary, as well as the rod of Aaron (Num. 17:7).


"As he commanded him": Being always faithful and obedient to him that appointed him.


This rod was the miracle rod God had given him, to do signs and wonders with.


Numbers 20:10 "And Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the rock, and he said unto them, Hear now, ye rebels; must we fetch you water out of this rock?"


"Ye rebels": Instead of speaking to the rock, Moses spoke to the people, accusing them of being rebels against God. By his actions, Moses joined the people in rebellion against God (see 27:14).


Moses was angry with them. He gathered them to the Rock to see the water come forth.


Psalms 106:32 "They angered [him] also at the waters of strife, so that it went ill with Moses for their sakes:"


Numbers 20:11 "And Moses lifted up his hand, and with his rod he smote the rock twice: and the water came out abundantly, and the congregation drank, and their beasts [also]."


At first it only brought out some drops, as Jarchi conjectures. And therefore Moses smote again, when it brought forth water plentifully. In one respect this rock was a type of Christ, as the other at Horeb, and the smiting of it an emblem of Christ being smitten with the rod of justice, according to the law of God. And of the abundance of water flowing from it. As typical of the abundance of grace, and the blessings of it. As coming through a smitten wounded Savior (see note on Exodus 17:6). Where the same things are said of another rock as of this, and both were types of Christ.


"And the water came out abundantly, and the congregation drank, and their beasts also. There was enough for them and their cattle. For it came out in great quantities, in large streams, so that it ran down like a river, and which gave them drink as out of the great depths (Psalm 78:15). Where the Psalmist makes mention of rocks in the plural number. For there were two that were smitten in two different places, and at two different times. The one was at Rephidim, the other, as here, in Kadesh. The one was in the first year of Israel's coming out of Egypt. This in the fortieth year of it.


Jesus is that Rock. To smite the Rock, after smiting it at Horeb, would be like crucifying Jesus all over again.


Numbers 20:12 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye believed me not, to sanctify me in the eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them."


"Ye believed me not": The Lord's evaluation of Moses was that he failed to take God at His word and thus to treat Him as holy to the people. Moses here failed in the same way as Israel had at Kadesh 38 years previously (14:11).


"Ye shall not bring this congregation into the land": God's judgment upon Moses for his sin of striking the rock was that he would not take Israel into the land of Canaan. The inclusion of Aaron demonstrated his partnership with Moses in the action against the Lord.


We see from the verse above and the following verses that Moses and Aaron did not go into the Promised Land because they did not obey God at the Rock. Moses smote the Rock the second time, instead of speaking to It.


Deuteronomy 32:49-51 "Get thee up into this mountain Abarim, [unto] mount Nebo, which [is] in the land of Moab, that [is] over against Jericho; and behold the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel for a possession:" "And die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be gathered unto thy people; as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor, and was gathered unto his people:" "Because ye trespassed against me among the children of Israel at the waters of Meribah-Kadesh, in the wilderness of Zin; because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the children of Israel."


Numbers 20:13 "This [is] the water of Meribah, because the children of Israel strove with the LORD, and he was sanctified in them."


"Meribah": The name "Meribah" is a play on words, meaning "contention" or "striving" in Hebrew. This place name also appears in the earlier incident, right after the Exodus, in which God brought water from the rock for the people (Exodus 17:7). That first location was called Massah, which means "testing" (Psalm 95:8).


The "water of Meribah" is the water of strife. Here, Moses disobeyed God, when he smote the Rock. God sanctified Himself, when the water flowed from the Rock (symbolic of Jesus).


Verses 14-22: Edom was Israel's "brother" and was handled gently (Deut. 23:7). They were descended from Esau, the brother of Jacob (Israel, Gen. 32:28). Israel was confronted with force (Gen. 32:6-8). Moses' attempt to pass through the territory of Edom was rejected by the king.


Numbers 20:14 "And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh unto the king of Edom, Thus saith thy brother Israel, Thou knowest all the travail that hath befallen us:"


"Thy brother": The people of Edom were descended from Esau, the brother of Jacob (see Gen. 36:1).


Edom was founded by Esau, the brother of Jacob (Israel). He is asking for their assistance, and reminds them they are closely related.


Numbers 20:15 "How our fathers went down into Egypt, and we have dwelt in Egypt a long time; and the Egyptians vexed us, and our fathers:"


Jacob and his twelve sons, with their children.


"And we have dwelt in Egypt a long time": Even the space of four hundred and thirty years (Exodus 12:40).


"And the Egyptians vexed us and our fathers": Used them ill, brought them into bondage, and made their lives bitter. Laid heavy tasks and burdens upon them, as well as slew their male children (see Exodus 1:7).


Moses explains the hardships of the people in Egypt.


Numbers 20:16 "And when we cried unto the LORD, he heard our voice, and sent an angel, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt: and, behold, we [are] in Kadesh, a city in the uttermost of thy border:"


By reason of their bondage, and to be delivered from it (Exodus 2:24).


"He heard our voice": Their prayer to him, as the Targum of Jonathan. For help and deliverance (Exodus 2:24).


"And sent an angel, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt": One of the ministering angels, as the same Targum, and so Aben Ezra. Whereas to understand it of some divine and heavenly agent, sent by the Lord on so important an affair, might make it the more remarkable, and to be regarded by him. And indeed no other is meant than the Angel of God's presence, who appeared to Moses in the bush, and sent him to Pharaoh to demand the dismissal of the children of Israel. And who, by him, wrought the wonders in Egypt, and brought Israel from there, and went before them in a pillar of cloud and fire.


"And, behold, we are in Kadesh, a city in the uttermost of thy border": Not that they were properly in the city, but near it. For they dwelt in tents in the wilderness. Nor would that, or any one city, hold so large a number as they consisted of.


Truly God Himself, had obtained their release after 10 plagues on Pharaoh and his people. The LORD led them through the desert in a smoke by day, and a fire by night. Now they are waiting near Edom in Kadesh.


Numbers 20:17 "Let us pass, I pray thee, through thy country: we will not pass through the fields, or through the vineyards, neither will we drink [of] the water of the wells: we will go by the king's [high] way, we will not turn to the right hand nor to the left, until we have passed thy borders."


"The Kings high way": The major north-south trade route from the Gulf of Aqabah north to Damascus, which passed through the Edomite city of Sela.


They were asking to go through Edom into their Promised Land. They will not eat their crops, nor drink from their wells. They will just pass through on their highway, if it is permissible.


Numbers 20:18 "And Edom said unto him, Thou shalt not pass by me, lest I come out against thee with the sword."


The king of Edom replied to Israel, represented by the messengers sent in their name.


"Thou shall not pass by me": Through my country.


"Lest I come out against thee with the sword": Or with those that use the sword, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan. That is, with an army of soldiers with their drawn swords in their hands, to slay them as enemies.


They could have done no harm to the land, so this has to be hatred of Edom for Israel. Their answer was, they would fight them if they came through. God never forgave Edom for this act against Israel.


Numbers 20:19 "And the children of Israel said unto him, We will go by the high way: and if I and my cattle drink of thy water, then I will pay for it: I will only, without [doing] any thing [else], go through on my feet."


The messengers sent by the children of Israel made answer to the king of Edom.


"We will go by the highway": We desire no other favor but that of the public road. We propose not to go through any part of the country that is enclosed and cultivated, to do any damage to it.


"If I and my cattle drink of thy water, then I will pay for it": As it was usual, and still is, to buy water in those countries near the Red sea, where it is scarce. We are told, that at Suess, a city on the extremity of the Red sea, there is no water nearer than six or seven hours' journey towards the north east. Which is brought from there on camels. And a small vessel of it is sold for three or four medinas, and a larger vessel for eight or ten, according to the demand for it. A medina is an Egyptian piece of money.


"I will only, without doing anything else, go through on my feet": As fast as I can, without saying anything to the inhabitants to terrify and distress them. And without doing them any injury. Some render it, I will only go "with my footmen"; foot soldiers, an army on foot, as Israel were.


This makes no sense to Israel, so they offer to pay for anything they might use going through the land.


Numbers 20:20 "And he said, Thou shalt not go through. And Edom came out against him with much people, and with a strong hand."


"With much people, and with a strong hand": The king of Edom sent out his army to intercept Israel. Since Israel was forbidden by the Lord to engage in warfare with Edom (Deut. 2:4-6), they turned away from Edom's border.


Edom had always been jealous of Israel, since Esau lost his birthright to Jacob. They will not let them come through their country. They enforce their refusal with an army ready to fight, if they try to cross.


Numbers 20:21 "Thus Edom refused to give Israel passage through his border: wherefore Israel turned away from him."


Notwithstanding their near relation to each other, and the fair promises Israel made.


"Wherefore Israel turned away from him": Patiently bearing the refusal, and not resenting it. Being ordered, as the Targum of Jonathan expresses it, by the Word of heaven, not to make war with them. Because the time was not yet come to take vengeance on Edom by their hands.


Israel did not fight. They chose another route.


Verses 22-29: Eleazar succeeded his father Aaron as High-Priest. Aaron's death further marked the passing of the first generation.


Numbers 20:22 "And the children of Israel, [even] the whole congregation, journeyed from Kadesh, and came unto mount Hor."


"Mount Hor": Likely a mountain to the northeast of Kadesh on the border of Edom.


This congregation is speaking of the near three million people. It appears, they went to the end of Edom, and then turned back toward their Promised Land.


Verses 23-29: The death of Aaron, the high priest, stands in sharp contrast to the eternal priesthood of Christ (compare Heb. 23-24).


"Gathered unto his people" is the usual phrase to describe the death of a righteous man; Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, and Moses (in Gen. 25:8, 17; 35:29; 49:33). It was a fearful mark of divine judgment to be left unburied and not "be gathered" (Jer. 8:2; 25:33; Ezek. 29:5). Some take the phrase to indicate the belief in a continued existence in the realm of the dead, and that people will be reunited with other members of their family. Moses and Aaron died outside of the Promised Land, but in death they are on a par with the patriarchs and other saints of the Old Covenant.


Numbers 20:23 "And the LORD spake unto Moses and Aaron in mount Hor, by the coast of the land of Edom, saying,"


When they were at the foot of that mountain, in the valley adjoining to it.


"By the coast of the land of Edom": Which they were still upon the borders of, and were going round it, not being permitted to go through it.


"Saying": As follows.


Mount Hor was on the frontier of Edom. God speaks to Aaron and Moses here.


Numbers 20:24 "Aaron shall be gathered unto his people: for he shall not enter into the land which I have given unto the children of Israel, because ye rebelled against my word at the water of Meribah."


"Because ye rebelled against my word": Aaron had joined Moses in rebellion against God (verse 12). Aaron's death fore-shadowed the death of Moses.


Moses and Aaron disobeyed God, and smote the Rock (Jesus Christ), the second time. This was like crucifying Jesus twice. It was as if, they were saying the sacrifice Jesus made at Calvary was not enough.


Hebrews 6:6 "If they shall fall away, to renew them again unto repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put [him] to an open shame."


Numbers 20:25 "Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto mount Hor:"


His eldest son, who was to succeed him in the priesthood, and did.


"And bring them up unto Mount Hor": To the top of it, they being now at the foot of it, where the people of Israel lay encamped.


Eleazar was next in line to be high priest in the tabernacle, if his father died. Moses was to bring them both to the mount.


Numbers 20:26 "And strip Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son: and Aaron shall be gathered [unto his people], and shall die there."


His priestly garments, as the Targum of Jonathan, and so Jarchi.


"And put them upon Eleazar his son": Thereby declaring him to be high priest in his father's stead.


"And Aaron shall be gathered unto his people, and shall die there": The phrase of gathering to his people is here explained of his dying.


Moses was to take Aaron's priestly garments, and put them on his son, Eleazar. This is like passing of the mantle down to the next minister. Aaron dies on the mountain.


Numbers 20:27 "And Moses did as the LORD commanded: and they went up into mount Hor in the sight of all the congregation."


Though it must be very cutting, distressing, and afflicting to him, to part with a brother so dear to him. And who had been so many years a companion of him, and a partner with him in the care and government of the people of Israel. But it being the Lord's will, he submits unto it, and faithfully and readily obeyed his orders, as he always did.


"And they went up into Mount Hor, in the sight of all the congregation": That is, Moses, Aaron, and Eleazar, and perhaps there might be some others that went with them as servants, to attend them and assist them in some things to be done, particularly in the burial of Aaron. They all saw Aaron go up, but he came down no more. And so it was ordered in this public manner, that they might be witnesses of the translation of the priesthood from Aaron to Eleazar. Who, after this affair was over, came down with Moses.


This is speaking of the request the LORD had made being carried out by all three of them.


Numbers 20:28 "And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son; and Aaron died there in the top of the mount: and Moses and Eleazar came down from the mount."


His priestly garments, which, very probably, were put on at the foot of the mountain. On purpose for the transaction of this affair, since they were not in common worn, but only when in service. The same hands that clothed Aaron with them at first, stripped him of them, and both were done at the command of God. As the stripping of those garments was divesting Aaron of his office, so it was a figure of the disannulling of his priesthood. When the Messiah should come, a priest after another order.


"And put them upon Eleazar his son": Which was an investing of him with the office of high priest in his father's stead. And which, as it must give Aaron pleasure and satisfaction to see his son put into his office before he died. So, it signified the continuance of it in succession in his posterity, and was a confirmation of it. And it must be pleasing to Moses and the people of Israel to observe the care and faithfulness of God in providing for the succession of the priesthood.


"And Aaron died there in the top of the mount": Quietly, comfortably, and contentedly, without the least murmuring or repining. This was on the first day of the fifth month, as appears from (Num. 33:38). That is, of the month Ab, as the Targum of Jonathan here says. And in this the Jewish writers agree in general. Which month answers to part of July and part of August. And in this same place where he died he was buried. As is evident from (Deut. 10:6). "And Moses and Eleazar came down from the mount": After Aaron was dead and buried.


On the trip up the mountain, Eleazar had been a priest. Coming down the mountain, he was high priest in the place of his father. This was the transferring of the authority to Eleazar.


Numbers 20:29 "And when all the congregation saw that Aaron was dead, they mourned for Aaron thirty days, [even] all the house of Israel."


"Mourned ... thirty days": This was the same mourning period as for Moses (Deut. 34:8). Since the normal time for mourning was 7 days (see Gen. 50:10), the length of this mourning showed the importance of Aaron and the loss to Israel.


Egyptians mourned their dead for over twice the amount of time as the Israelites. Thirty days, the entire congregation mourned the death of Aaron.


Numbers Chapter 20 Questions


1. Where did Miriam die?


2. What does the author relate their journey across the wilderness to?


3. When had this same group been here before?


4. There was no _________ for the congregation.


5. What does the word "chode" mean?


6. What was almost identical to the complaint their fathers had made?


7. They had been miraculously fed for ______ years, and they are still complaining.


8. What effect did their complaining have on Moses and Aaron?


9. What did God tell Moses to do, to get water out of the Rock?


10. The Rock is symbolic of ____________.


11. Where had Moses struck the Rock before, and it brought forth water?


12. Which rod was this rod?


13. What did Moses do to the Rock?


14. What was this like?


15. What was Moses' punishment for not obeying God?


16. Where will Moses die?


17. What were these waters named?


18. What does it mean?


19. Who did Moses send messengers to?


20. What did he ask them?


21. What was their reply?


22. Why did Edom not let them pass?


23. How long had Edom been jealous of Israel?


24. Where did the LORD lead the people to, away from here?


25. Who dies at mount Hor?


26. Why would God not let Aaron enter the promised land?


27. Who took Aaron's place as high priest?


28. Why did Moses take Aaron and Eleazar to the mountain top?


29. They mourned for Aaron ________ days.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 21



Numbers Chapter 21

Verses 1-3: "Israel vowed a vow unto the Lord", to "utterly destroy their cities": The word translated "utterly destroyed" (cherem), appears as "ban" or "devoted thing" elsewhere in the Old Testament in reference to whatever is devoted to the Lord, whether man, animal, or property. Here, and in many other instances, it refers to the cities that Israel was to destroy, especially in Joshua's day (Jericho, Joshua 6:21; Ai, Joshua 8:26; Makkedah, Joshua 10:28; Hazor, Joshua 11:11). In (Deut. 7:2-6), the reason for this manner of destruction is given: these cities would entice the Israelites to depart from the Lord.


Israel's first victory over the Canaanites occurred at Hormah, the place they had previously been defeated (see 14:45).


Numbers 21:1 "And [when] king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south, heard tell that Israel came by the way of the spies; then he fought against Israel, and took [some] of them prisoners."


"King Arad": This raiding king came from a Canaanite city in the south (i.e., the Negev).


Arad was the name of a king, but was also the name of the place he came from. Arad was located about 20 miles south of Hebron. It appears, this was not an all out battle. He probably caught some spies out looking over the land, and captured them.


Numbers 21:2 "And Israel vowed a vow unto the LORD, and said, If thou wilt indeed deliver this people into my hand, then I will utterly destroy their cities."


The Israelites made supplication to the Lord for help against their enemies, and that he would give them victory over them, and made promises to him.


"And said, if thou wilt indeed deliver this people into my hand": Certainly and entirely deliver them, so as that a complete victory shall be obtained over them.


"Then will I utterly destroy their cities": Or "anathematize", or devote them to utter destruction. Slay man and beast, burn their houses and take their goods. Not for a spoil or for their own private use, but reserve them for the service of God. All which is implied in the vow made, as was done to Jericho (Joshua 6:21). And so, it is a vow as Abendana observes. Of what they would do when they came to the land of Canaan.


This vow to the Lord must be kept, since they made it to the LORD. This seems cruel in modern times, but God had given these people ample time to repent, and they had not. The Israelites, now, (children of those who were here before), realize they can win the battle with God's help.


Numbers 21:3 "And the LORD hearkened to the voice of Israel, and delivered up the Canaanites; and they utterly destroyed them and their cities: and he called the name of the place Hormah."


"They utterly destroyed them": Israel vowed to the Lord that if He would give them victory over Arad, they would completely destroy them, not claiming the spoils of victory for themselves. The Lord responded to this vow and gave them victory.


The LORD was with them, and Israel did just as they had vowed to the LORD. The LORD delivered them. In other words, the LORD caused them to win the battle.


Verses 4-9: After their victory over Arad, Israel showed gain their lack of obedience toward the Lord.


"Fiery serpents": Bronze serpents have been found at a variety of sites in the Near East: one interesting bronze serpent is from Timna. Only those who believed God and looked on the bronze serpent lived. The New Testament uses this incident as an illustration of Christ's vicarious death on the cross and of the necessity of personal faith for salvation (John 3:14-15). Later the bronze snake played a large role in Israel's religious life, even until the days of Hezekiah (2 Kings 18:4), during which Israel fell back into the ancient pagan way of thinking, and worshiped the bronze snake as the bearer of life.


Numbers 21:4 "And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the Red Sea, to compass the land of Edom: and the soul of the people was much discouraged because of the way."


"By the way of the Red Sea": (compare Deut. 2:1). Since the way through Edom was barred, Moses turned to the south to take Israel around Edom. Thus, Israel journeyed toward Elath on the coast of the Gulf of Aqabah. This long, circuitous route led to impatience and frustration on the part of Israel.


This is just saying, they went the long way around to avoid Edom. The people were discouraged, because the route they took was near the Red Sea, where they had begun.


Numbers 21:5 "And the people spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? for [there is] no bread, neither [is there any] water; and our soul loatheth this light bread."


"Loatheth this light bread": The people's impatience led them to despise the manna (see 11:6).


The "light bread" they are speaking of is the manna, which miraculously fell from heaven to feed them. This bread symbolized the body of the Lord Jesus. What a terrible thing to say about this bread. God had just caused water enough for the thirst of this nearly 3 million people to come from the Rock. They are a very ungrateful people.


Numbers 21:6 "And the LORD sent fiery serpents among the people, and they bit the people; and much people of Israel died."


"Fiery serpents": So called because these snake bites inflicted a fiery inflammation.


These serpents were sent of God to destroy these wicked people. Their "fiery" appearance is because they are judgement from God upon these ungrateful complaining people. Everyone who this judgement came upon, died of the serpent bite. The serpent symbolizes Satan, generally. God has turned loose evil upon them at any rate.


Numbers 21:7 "Therefore the people came to Moses, and said, We have sinned, for we have spoken against the LORD, and against thee; pray unto the LORD, that he take away the serpents from us. And Moses prayed for the people."


"We have sinned": The people confessed their iniquity and asked that they might be released from the judgment God had sent.


Moses became the people's mediator with God.


This is the first time recorded in these travels, that the people themselves ask Moses to pray for them, so God will take the serpents away. They took the correct step toward help, when they admitted their sins. Moses prays to God for them.


Numbers 21:8 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Make thee a fiery serpent, and set it upon a pole: and it shall come to pass, that every one that is bitten, when he looketh upon it, shall live."


Out of the cloud. Or, it may be, Moses went into the sanctuary, and there prayed, and the Lord answered him from between the cherubim.


"Make them a fiery serpent": Not a real one, but the likeness of one. One that should very much resemble the fiery serpents Israel had been bitten with.


"And set it upon a pole": A standard, banner, or ensign, as the word signifies. Perhaps meaning one of the poles on which their ensigns were carried. The Targum of Jonathan renders it, on a high place, that so it might be seen by all in the camp.


"And it shall come to pass, that everyone that is bitten, when he looketh upon it, shall live": Which is very wonderful, that by looking to the figure of a serpent, men should be cured of the bites of real ones. And which bites were deadly. The virtue of healing could not come from the figure, but from God, who appointed it to be made. The Targum of Jonathan adds, that one bitten should live, "if he directed his heart to the Word of the Lord." Even to that divine Logos or Word of God, whose lifting up was figured hereby (see John 3:14).


The fiery color here, is speaking of the brass it is made of. They were to wrap it around a pole and lift it up for all to see. The "brass" means judgement. This symbolizes the Lord Jesus being raised up on the cross. Jesus had the sin of the entire world upon His body, when he was on the cross. Sin was judged and died on the cross. This looking upon it, was like transferring their sins to the serpent on the pole. We live when we look to Jesus for life. It is interesting to me, that doctors today have as their emblem of healing, a serpent wrapped around a pole.


Numbers 21:9 "And Moses made a serpent of brass, and put it upon a pole, and it came to pass, that if a serpent had bitten any man, when he beheld the serpent of brass, he lived."


The snake was a symbol of all that repelled the people of Israel. As such, the "serpent of brass" atop a pole was a dramatic, horrific symbol. Yet only those who would look at it would live. The snake on the pole has the effect of Christ on the cross, visually horrible, but the only means of salvation (John 3:14-15). Moses kept the bronze figure as a reminder of the people's sin and God's provision. Eventually, however, Hezekiah, destroyed the serpent because the people had turned it into an idol (2 Kings 18:1-4).


"The serpent of brass": One had to fix his gaze upon this snake, a definite act of the will, if he wanted to be healed and live. See the topological use of the incident in (John 3:14-15).


We see from the following statement of Jesus Himself, what the raising of the serpent symbolized.


John 3:14-15 "And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up:" "That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life."


The serpent that bites every one of us is sin. We must look to Jesus for forgiveness for that sin. When we look to Jesus, He takes our sins away. Jesus is life. To look to Him brings life.


Verses 10-20: Israel circled around both Edom and Moab and encamped on the north side of the Arnon River in the territory of the Amorites.


"The book of the wars of the LORD": Apparently, this was a collection of war songs dealing with Israel's struggle for the possession of Canaan (compare 1 Sam. 18:17; 25:28). It had indeed been a long time since the people of God had sung a song of praise (Exodus chapter 15).


Numbers 21:10 "And the children of Israel set forward, and pitched in Oboth."


From Zalmonah, and came to Punon. Which, according to the above writer, was twenty miles from it. Though here indeed, some think, the brazen serpent was set up. Here being, as before observed, brass mines to furnish with that metal.


"And pitched in Oboth": Which was twenty four miles from Punon, as says the same writer. The word signifies bottles. Perhaps here the Israelites got water and filled their bottles. Or, as others think, they filled them with the wine of Moab, and called the name of the place from thence. It is perhaps the same with the Eboda of Ptolemy, which he places in Arabia Petraea. And of which Pliny also makes mention.


When the plague of the serpents was gone, The Lord led them to Oboth.


This tells us that the Israelites went around the southern end of the mountains of Edom.


Numbers 21:11 "And they journeyed from Oboth, and pitched at Ije-abarim, in the wilderness which [is] before Moab, toward the sunrising."


How long they stayed there is not certain.


"And pitched at Ije-abarim": Which, according to Bunting, was sixteen miles from Oboth. Jarchi says it was the way that passengers pass by Mount Nebo to the land of Canaan. And which divides between the land of Moab and the land of the Amorites.


"In the wilderness which is before Moab": Called the wilderness of Moab (Deut. 2:8).


"Toward the sunrising": The east side of the land of Moab (Judges 11:18).


The sunrising is in the east. Ije-abarim is a place of ruins or heaps. This was east of Moab, near Jericho.


Numbers 21:12 "From thence they removed, and pitched in the valley of Zared."


Or the brook Zered (as in Deut. 13:14), that is near it. This seems to be the same station with Dibon-gad (Num. 33:45). And which, according to the above writer, was sixteen miles from Ije-abarim.


Valley in the verse above, could have been translated brook. Perhaps, they stopped in this place, because of the water.


Numbers 21:13 "From thence they removed, and pitched on the other side of Arnon, which [is] in the wilderness that cometh out of the coasts of the Amorites: for Arnon [is] the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amorites."


A river on the borders of Moab.


"Which is in the wilderness that cometh out of the coasts of the Amorites": According to Jarchi, they went round the land of Moab, all to the south and east, and came not into the border of Moab, as Jephthah said (Judges 11:18). But before they came hither they had a station at Almon-diblathaim (Num. 33:46).


"For Arnon is the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amorites": A river which divided these two countries, and bounded them. And Moses is the more particular in this account, to show that the Israelites took nothing from the Moabites. But what the Amorites had taken from them, they being charged not to distress the Moabites and Ammonites (Deut. 2:9). See Jephthah's defense (Judges 11:15).


This is all near the Dead Sea, or the Salt Sea. Moab was founded by the descendants of Lot and his younger daughter. They were wild heathen people. The Amorites were a tribe descended from Canaan. They too, were heathen people. These are people not living for God.


Numbers 21:14 "Wherefore it is said in the book of the wars of the LORD, What he did in the Red sea, and in the brooks of Arnon,"


"The book of the wars of the LORD": This was apparently a book of victory songs that was current at the time of Moses, possibly written by Moses or a contemporary. The work is cited here as evidence that the Arnon River was the northern boundary of Moab.


This book of the wars of the LORD is not speaking of the Bible, but of another book of that period. Someone was so moved by the miraculous victories of the LORD, that he wrote a book about it.


Numbers 21:15 "And at the stream of the brooks that goeth down to the dwelling of Ar, and lieth upon the border of Moab."


All that part of the country which lay upon the stream, as far as the city of Ar. The metropolis of Moab, called Ar of Moab (Isa. 15:1).


"And lieth upon the border of Moab": As that city did. So far goes the quotation out of the aforesaid book, as a proof of what was taken by the Amorites from the Moabites. And were not in their possession when Israel were upon their borders. And therefore, in taking them from the Amorites, did no wrong to Moab.


It seemed, there were many brooks which ran through this marshy area at the foot of the mountains.


Numbers 21:16 "And from thence [they went] to Beer: that [is] the well whereof the LORD spake unto Moses, Gather the people together, and I will give them water."


"Beer": Literally "well". Here God provided water for Israel. In response, Israel praised the Lord with a song which might have also come from "the Book of the Wars of the Lord" (verses 17-18).


This is where the LORD has them to dig their own well. This is changing them over, from depending on God miraculously bringing water, without any effort upon their part. They now, will dig the well themselves. The water is still a miracle, but they are learning to be more dependent upon their own labors.


Numbers 21:17 "Then Israel sang this song, Spring up, O well; sing ye unto it:"


Being affected with the free favor and good will of God towards them.


"Spring up, O well": For the springing up of which they prayed in faith. Believing in the promise of God, that it would spring up. And so encouraged one another not only to believe it, but even to sing on account of it before it actually did.


"Sing ye unto it": Or on account of it praise the Lord for it. Or "answer to it", it being their manner to sing their songs by responses, or alternately.


This song is an act of faith. They believe the water will come into the well.


Numbers 21:18 "The princes digged the well, the nobles of the people digged it, by [the direction of] the lawgiver, with their staves. And from the wilderness [they went] to Mattanah:"


The princes and heads of the several tribes.


"The nobles of the people digged it": The seventy elders, according to the Targum of Jonathan.


"By the direction of the lawgiver": Either the Lord himself, the lawgiver of his people, who pointed out the spot, and directed the princes where to dig. That is, he did this by Moses. And who, as Jarchi thinks, is the lawgiver, and not amiss. The Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem render the word by Scribes, in the plural number, and interpret them of Moses and Aaron. And this the princes and nobles "dug with their staves". Either their walking sticks, or their rods, the ensigns of their authority. With these they smote the ground, or stuck them in a soft and sandy place, upon which the waters bubbled up and flowed out. Mr. Ainsworth thinks that this well signified Christ, the fountain of gardens, and well of living waters. And the waters of it the Spirit and his graces, which are a well of living water springing up unto everlasting life. The means of which are the labors of the governors of the church, the ministers of Christ. By preaching the word, and opening the Scriptures. And such grace is worthy of a song, and to be had with joy out of the wells of salvation (Isa. 12:3)


"And from the wilderness they went to Mattanah": From the wilderness near Arnon, which came out of the coasts of the Amorites (Num. 21:13). To a place which signifies a gift. The Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem render it, "and from the wilderness it was given to them for a gift." That is, the well. And so the people of God, that are called out of the wilderness of this world, and come up from it, are called to partake of the gifts and blessings of grace, which are freely given unto them of God.


It appears, Moses told them where to dig, and the leaders of each tribe dug the well. Some of these wells are still producing water today. Mattanah was their next stop.


Numbers 21:19 "And from Mattanah to Nahaliel: and from Nahaliel to Bamoth:"


All the Targums interpret this, and the following verse, not of the journeying of the children of Israel, but of the motion of the well. That, from the place from where it was given them, descended with them into the valleys, and from there to the high places. As these words signify. And indeed those places are not mentioned in the journeys of the children of Israel (Num. 33:1). And were not stations where they pitched, but places they passed through before they came to Abarim, and the wilderness of Kedemoth.


This is describing their journey. It is interesting to note that "Nahaliel" means valley of God.


Numbers 21:20 "And from Bamoth [in] the valley that [is] in the country of Moab, to the top of Pisgah, which looketh toward Jeshimon."


Or rather "to the valley", as the Targum of Onkelos. Since Bamoth signifies high places. Though, according to the Jerusalem Talmud, Bamoth, Baal, which seems to be the same place, was in a plain.


"That is in the country of Moab": The valley belonged to Moab, into which Israel came. To the top of Pisgah. Not that the valley reached to the top, nor did the children of Israel go to the top of it, only Moses. But rather to the bottom, which indeed is meant. For it intends the beginning of it, where Pisgah, which was a high mountain near the plains of Moab, began. And which was properly the foot of it.


"Which looketh towards Jeshimon": That is, Pisgah, as Jarchi rightly interprets it. Which looked over a place called Jeshimon. And which signifies a wilderness, and is no other indeed than the wilderness of Kedemoth (Deut. 2:26). For from thence the following messengers were sent.


There have been many songs written about mount Pisgah. From this vantage point, was the very first sight of the valley of the Jordan River and of the hills of Palestine.


Verses 21-32: As with Edom (21:14-19), Israel requested passage through the land of Sihon, a king of the Amorites. Since there was no requirement from the Lord not to engage the Amorites in warfare as there had been for Edom, when Sihon brought out his army, he was attacked and defeated by Israel. Israel thus took the land bounded by the Arnon River on the south, the Dead Sea and Jordan River on the west, the Jabbok River on the north, and the land of the Ammonites on the east.


Verses 21-30: The victory over Sihon is mentioned a number of times in the Old Testament (Num. 32:33; Deut. 1:4; 2:24-36; 3:2, 6; 4:46; 29:7; 3:14; Joshua 2:10; 9:10; 12:2; Judges 11:19; Psalms 135:11; 136:19). It was Israel's first victory over an organized state. As such, it contained an unmistakable promise for the coming conquest of Canaan. The door was now open. Verse 25 is applied some three hundred years later by Jephthah (in Judges 11:26), which, in addition to (1 Kings 6:1), provides a strong argument for the early date of the Exodus. Verses (27-30), contain the so-called song of Heshbon, justifying Israel's right to the land. Because Israel had defeated Sihon, the conqueror of Moab, Moab had no right to claim the land back from Israel (compare Judges 11:26).


Numbers 21:21 "And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon king of the Amorites, saying,"


Who were one of the nations of the Canaanites, and a principal and powerful one. And who were devoted to destruction. And their land designed for the people of Israel (see Gen. 15:16). At this time Sihon was their king, to whom Moses, in the name of Israel, sent a very peaceable message from the wilderness of Kedemoth. Which lay near his country (Deut. 2:26).


The Amorites were not relatives of the Israelites. This is not a message asking for help, because they are related like that to Edom. The Edomites were related to Israel.


Numbers 21:22 "Let me pass through thy land: we will not turn into the fields, or into the vineyards; we will not drink [of] the waters of the well: [but] we will go along by the king's [high] way, until we be past thy borders."


Through some part of it, which would have been a shorter way to the river Jordan. Over which Israel was to pass into the land of Canaan. The terms proposed, or things to be observed in their passage, which they would bind themselves strictly to, are the same that were made to the king of Edom (see notes on Num. 20:17).


The message is the same as the one sent to Edom. They want to pass through, with no problem to the Amorites.


Numbers 21:23 "And Sihon would not suffer Israel to pass through his border: but Sihon gathered all his people together, and went out against Israel into the wilderness: and he came to Jahaz, and fought against Israel."


Because he could not trust them, and confide in the promises they made. And thought it not safe to let such a body of people into any part of his dominions (Judges 11:20). And chiefly because his heart was hardened by the Lord. That he might be delivered into the hands of Israel, as was determined (Deut. 2:30).


"But Sihon gathered all his people together": All that were able to bear arms out of his cities. And which made no doubt a very numerous and powerful army. But then these being defeated, as they were, it became more easy to the Israelites to take their cities. Where there were none left but women and children.


"And went out against Israel into the wilderness": The wilderness of Kedemoth. Not content to reject a peaceable message, he went out in a hostile manner against Israel. Even out of his own dominions. So that he was the aggressor and unprovoked. Which made his ruin appear the more just, and the children of Israel to have a better claim to his country conquered by them.


"And he came to Jahaz": A frontier town in the land of Moab (see Isa. 15:4). And which, according to Bunting, was sixteen miles from Abarim.


"And fought against Israel": At the above place, where they had a pitched battle.


We see the same answer as Edom gave, but you might expect this answer from people who did not know them.


Numbers 21:24 "And Israel smote him with the edge of the sword, and possessed his land from Arnon unto Jabbok, even unto the children of Ammon: for the border of the children of Ammon [was] strong."


Slew him and his army. Entirely routed them, and got a complete victory over them. God giving them up into their hands. Who otherwise were a very strong, powerful, and warlike people (see Amos 2:9).


"And possessed his land from Arnon unto Jabbok": Two rivers, the one to the south, the other to the north of his country. The one was the boundary of his country between him and the Moabites, the other the boundary of his country between him and the Ammonites, as it follows.


"Even unto the children of Ammon": For the border of the children of Ammon was strong. Which is given as a reason why the Israelites proceeded no further in their conquest. There was another reason for that, which was the order of the Lord not to distress the Ammonites. Nor meddle with them; though Jarchi makes this prohibition to be their strength (Deut. 2:19). But this is given as a reason why Sihon could not extend his conquests further. Because it was so well fortified, either by nature or art, or both. By the river Jabbok, by mountains and frontier towns, and particularly by Rabbah, as the Targum of Jonathan suggests. Which was their royal city in later times, and a very strong place (see 2 Sam. 12:26).


We see this generation was ready to fight. They had never seen war before, but God was with them, and they won the battle.


Numbers 21:25 "And Israel took all these cities: and Israel dwelt in all the cities of the Amorites, in Heshbon, and in all the villages thereof."


Which lay between the rivers Arnon and Jabbok. Their particular names may be seen in (Num. 32:3).


"And Israel dwelt in all the cities of the Amorites": Being given to the Reubenites and Gadites, who inhabited them, as their possession and inheritance (Num. 32:2).


"In Heshbon, and in all the villages thereof": Or "daughters thereof". Heshbon was the metropolis or mother city, and all the towns and villages adjacent were as daughters to it. Of which city, more is said in the following verses (see notes on Isa. 15:4).


When God was with them, they could not be defeated. A better statement would have been; Israel's God took these cities. They were able to take the cities, because it was the will of God for them to take them. He blessed them in battle.


Numbers 21:26 "For Heshbon [was] the city of Sihon the king of the Amorites, who had fought against the former king of Moab, and taken all his land out of his hand, even unto Arnon."


His royal city, where he kept his palace. Where he had resided for some time, and perhaps some of his predecessors. And therefore, being now in his possession when taken by the Israelites, they had a good right and title to keep it and dwell in it. And indeed, this is here given as a reason of it.


"Who had fought against the former king of Moab": Either the king that reigned before Balak, or some king of Moab, that reigned formerly. Against whom one of the name of Sihon, which might be a common name to the kings of the Amorites, as Pharaoh to the Egyptians, had engaged in war.


"And taken all his land out of his hand, even unto Arnon": And had been in the hands of the Amorites some years. And therefore, the Moabites had no reason to object to the Israelites dwelling in it, and possessing it. Which they had not taken from them, but from the Amorites in a lawful war. And for proof of this, reference is had to the bards and poets of those times, who were the persons that transmitted in verse the history of famous actions to posterity.


This is mentioned again in the book of Joshua, which gives more details on the cities they took. Sihon had defeated Moab earlier, and taken this same land from them.


Numbers 21:27 "Wherefore they that speak in proverbs say, Come into Heshbon, let the city of Sihon be built and prepared:"


"They that speak in proverbs say": These words came from the wise men, probably among the Amorites. The words of (verses 27-30), describe the Amorites' defeat of the Moabites north of the Arnon River. Ironically, as the Amorites had taken the Land from the Moabites, the Israelites had taken the Land from the Amorites. The purpose of these words cited by Moses was to substantiate Israel's right to this Land. According to God's commandments, the territory belonging to the Moabites was not to be taken by Israel because the Moabites were descendants of Lot (Deut. 2:9). However, what belonged to the Amorites had been promised to Israel and was theirs for the taking.


Proverbs were a popular thing in this day. We find that one book of the Bible is Proverbs. This has a message deeper than the natural eye can see. It appears, they used Heshbon and Sihon as a sign in these proverbs.


Numbers 21:28 "For there is a fire gone out of Heshbon, a flame from the city of Sihon: it hath consumed Ar of Moab, [and] the lords of the high places of Arnon."


Not before, but after Sihon had subdued it, as Jarchi observes. And is to be understood of his soldiers going out from thence, and making desolations in the adjacent parts. Like a strong fire, and the fierce flames of it there is no resisting. And so the Jerusalem Targum, "for a people mighty, and burning like fire, are gone out of Heshbon" (see Amos 1:4). A flame from the city of Sihon: which is the same thing in other words, the city of Sihon being Heshbon.


"It hath consumed Ar of Moab": The metropolis of the country of Moab. That is, they were as sure of it, and endeavored to make the people by these their compositions as confident of it. That this city would fall into the hands of their armies, and be destroyed, as if it was already done. Otherwise it does not appear that it ever was taken out of the hands of the Moabites, until taken by the Assyrians or Chaldeans. Of this city (see notes on Isa. 15:1).


"And the lords of the high places of Arnon": Who had the government of the high, strong, and fortified places all along the river Arnon. These it is suggested would be conquered by the Amorites. All the three Targums interpret it of the priests and worshippers in the temples, and at the altars of the idols in Arnon. And it may be rendered, "the Baals of the high places of Arnon", as if the gods of those places should fall into the victors' hands.


The people around them certainly would have been aware of a fire so great, that it destroyed Ar of Moab and the high places of Arnon.


Numbers 21:29 "Woe to thee, Moab! thou art undone, O people of Chemosh: he hath given his sons that escaped, and his daughters, into captivity unto Sihon king of the Amorites."


The whole country ruined, or likely to be so.


"O people of Chemosh": Which was the name of their idol, who is called the abomination of the Moabites (1 Kings 11:7).


"He hath given his sons that escaped": That is, the idol Chemosh had given his sons, the men of the country that worshipped him, who escaped the sword of the Amorites, these.


"And his daughters, into captivity unto Sihon king of the Amorites": Who took captive what he slew not, or would do so. Chemosh their god not being able to preserve them, but obliged to deliver them up. Thus, the composers of this song insult the god of the Moabites. As it was usual for conquerors so to do (see Isa. 10:10). Though some think these are the words of the Israelites, making their observations upon the above song, which ends at verse twenty-eight. And scoffing at the idol of the Moabites.


"Chemosh" was a false god worshipped by the people of Moab. These Moabites had placed their faith in this false god, and are now destroyed. The false gods Molech, Milcom, and Baal came from the same root. The false goddess Ashteroth was worshipped with Baal. This false god did not help in time of war against Sihon.


Numbers 21:30 "We have shot at them; Heshbon is perished even unto Dibon, and we have laid them waste even unto Nophah, which [reacheth] unto Medeba."


Either the Amorites at the Moabites, or else the Israelites at the Amorites. For, according to Aben Ezra, these are the words of Moses. Though they, with (Num. 21:29), seem rather to be a continuation of the song of the old Amorite bards. Describing the ruin of the country of Moab by them. And this clause may be rendered with the next, "their light, or lamp, is perished from Heshbon". Or their yoke, as Jarchi, and so the Vulgate Latin version. That is, their kingdom, and the glory of it, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan interpret it. And so Jarchi:


"Even unto Dibon": Which was another city in the land of Moab (see Isa. 15:2).


"And we have laid them waste even unto Nophah, which reached unto Medeba": Nophah perhaps is the same with Nebo, mentioned along with Medeba (Isa. 15:2). However, they were both places in Moab, and are mentioned to show how far the desolation had or would spread. And the whole is observed to prove, that this part of the country of Moab, now possessed by the Israelites, was taken from them, not by them. But by the Amorites, a people Israel now conquered, and so had a right to what they found them in the possession of.


Regardless of how powerful these people, like Heshbon, had been in the past, they are now defeated by God's army.


Verses 31-35: This was another conquest that was both historically and symbolically significant to Israel. (Deut. 3:11), mentions Og as being one of the "giants with his bed being 13-1/2 feet long and six feet wide.


Numbers 21:31 "Thus Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorites."


Not the land of the Moabites. And by those means before mentioned. By conquering Sihon their king, they came into the possession of it, and took up their dwelling in it. This was the beginning of the conquest of the Canaanites, and an earnest and pledge of inheriting their land promised unto them. The Israelites that dwelt here were the tribes of Reuben and Gad.


The Amorites are destroyed, and Israel took over their land.


Numbers 21:32 "And Moses sent to spy out Jaazer, and they took the villages thereof, and drove out the Amorites that [were] there."


Or Jazer, as it is called in (Isa. 16:9). Another city that belonged to the Amorites, and which they had taken from the Moabites. And which came into the hands of the latter again, after the captivity of the ten tribes, as appears from the above places. According to Jerom, it was fifteen miles distant from Heshbon.


"And they took the villages thereof": Not the spies, as Jarchi, but the Israelites under Moses. Who upon the return of the spies, and the report they made, marched towards it, and took it. And all the towns and villages round about it. For it seems to have been a principal city.


"And drove out the Amorites that were there": That dwelt there, and were in possession of it. Otherwise they would not have attacked it, had it and its villages been in the hands of the Moabites.


This was the last of the Amorite villages that Israel defeated.


Verses 33-35: The land north of the Jabbok River was under the control of Og, another Amorite king. Og attacked Israel and suffered a devastating defeat. Thus, all of the land in the Transjordan from the Arnon River in the south to the heights of Bashan in the north came under Israelite control.


Numbers 21:33 "And they turned and went up by the way of Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan went out against them, he, and all his people, to the battle at Edrei."


From Jaazer, after they had taken it, and came back a little way.


"And went up by the way of Bashan": Which was a nearer way to Canaan, a fine country abounding with oxen and sheep. Having rich pastures, and very famous for its oaks. It had its name from the mountain of Bashan in it, and has been since called Batanea. It was at this time in the hands of the Amorites, and from them it was taken by Israel, as follows. Who marched this way for that purpose, or at least were so directed by the providence of God for that end.


"And Og king of Bashan went out against them": Who was of the race of the giants, and he himself of a gigantic stature. And was a king of the Amorites, as well as Sihon (Deut. 3:8). He came out in a hostile manner against Israel, to stop them going any further.


"He, and all his people": Out of his many cities, a numerous army no doubt.


"To the battle at Edrei": Where it was fought between him and Israel. Jerom says it was in his city called Adara, a famous city of Arabia. Twenty four or twenty five miles from Bozra, and six from Ashtaroth Karnaim, the ancient seat of the Rephaim. Or giants from whom Og sprung (Gen. 14:5). And was the seat of Og now, from whence he came to Edrei or Adara, to meet and fight Israel there (see Deut. 1:4).


It appears, that some Amorites were in this area also, and the Israelites followed. Og is a well-known evil king. He was thought of as an equal in ability to Sihon. They were not an equal for God, however.


Numbers 21:34 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Fear him not: for I have delivered him into thy hand, and all his people, and his land; and thou shalt do to him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon."


Og being of a gigantic stature, and his forces numerous, might cause some fear in Moses, and in the people. And therefore, the Lord encouraged them not to be afraid of him and his army.


"For I have delivered him into thy hand, and all his people, and his land": That is, he had determined to do it, and now promised it. And it might be depended on and looked upon as if actually done.


"And thou shalt do to him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon": Slay him and his people, and take possession of his country.


Even though Og had a reputation for being a fierce fighter, God tells the Israelites not to be afraid of him. God leads the Israelites, and no army can defeat them as long as they are in the will of God. God will see that Og is defeated by the Israelites.


Numbers 21:35 "So they smote him, and his sons, and all his people, until there was none left him alive: and they possessed his land."


They engaged in battle with him. They slew him and his sons that came with him, and all his armies. And which consisted, as is probable, of all able to bear arms in all his cities. Which the more easily came into the hands of the Israelites after this battle, in which such a carnage was made.


"Until there was none left him alive": So universal was the slaughter at the battle, and in the cities that fell into their hands. They utterly destroyed men, women, and children (Deut. 3:3).


"And they possessed his land": In which were sixty cities fenced with high walls, gates, and bars, besides a great many unwalled towns. These were possessed by the half tribe of Manasseh (Deut. 3:4).


Not only was Og defeated, but they were wiped out as a people. The Israelites were under orders from God. He saw that they were victorious in this battle.


Numbers Chapter 21 Questions


1. Who took some prisoners of Israel?


2. Where was Arad located?


3. What vow did Israel make to God?


4. Did the LORD do as they asked?


5. What is another word for "Hormah"?


6. Why did the people get discouraged, when they moved?


7. The people spoke against _______, and against _________.


8. What was the "light bread" they were speaking of?


9. This bread symbolized what?


10. What did God send in punishment?


11. Why did they look "fiery"?


12. When the serpents were sent among them, what did the people do?


13. What did God tell Moses to do?


14. "Brass" means _____________.


15. What did the serpent on the pole, that Moses built symbolize?


16. Looking on the serpent was as if they were doing what?


17. What does the author find interesting about doctors today?


18. Ije-abarim is a place of _______, or ________.


19. Where is Arnon?


20. What was in the book of the wars of the LORD?


21. Where did God have them to dig their own well?


22. What song did Israel sing at the well?


23. Who digged the well?


24. What does "Nahaliel" mean?


25. What could they see from mount Pisgah?


26. Why was Israel winning the battles?


27. They spoke in ___________.


28. What was "Chemosh"?


29. What other false gods came from the same root?


30. ___ was a well known king in this area. What happened to Og?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 22



Numbers Chapter 22

Numbers 22:1 "And the children of Israel set forward, and pitched in the plains of Moab on this side Jordan [by] Jericho."


With their control of Transjordan secured, Israel moved unimpeded to the plains of Moab in preparation for assaulting Canaan.


This was the area that had belonged to Moab. The area here, was actually part of the Jordan valley. The Jordan river flowed by the city of Jericho.


Verses 22:2 - 24:25: The narrative changes to center on Balaam, a pagan prophet. His oracles reassert the faithfulness of the Lord to the Abrahamic Covenant and His purpose to bless Israel. In (22:2-40), the events leading to Balaam's words are recorded. This is followed in (22:41 - 24:24), with the words of his prophecies (and the conclusion is in 24:25).


Numbers 22:2 "And Balak the son of Zippor saw all that Israel had done to the Amorites."


The word "Amorites" being particularly pointed, shows, as Aben Ezra observes, that Sihon and Og are both meant. And that there were not among the kings of the land of Canaan any so great as they. Wherefore when Balak, who was the present king of Moab, saw what Israel had done to them, that they had conquered them, and seized upon their kingdoms. He reasoned within himself, and said, (as Jarchi represents him), that if they could not stand before Israel, much less could he and his people. And the rather, since those kings Israel had subdued were too powerful for the king of Moab, and had taken part of his country from him, and yet Israel was too strong for them.


Balak was the king of Moab, and he saw quickly what was happening to all the Amorites that Israel came into contact with. It does not say it, but his fear has become great that Moab will be next.


Numbers 22:3 "And Moab was sore afraid of the people, because they [were] many: and Moab was distressed because of the children of Israel."


"Moab was sore afraid": The Moabites were descendants of Lot (see Gen. 19:36-37). Balak, their king, had seen how the Israelites destroyed the Amorites. Not knowing that Israel was forbidden by God to attack Moab, he was terrified that the same end awaited him and his people (Deut. 2:9).


Now, we see the cause of his fear. There were close to three million of the Israelites. Balak knew he had no chance in a battle against them.


Numbers 22:4 "And Moab said unto the elders of Midian, Now shall this company lick up all [that are] round about us, as the ox licketh up the grass of the field. And Balak the son of Zippor [was] king of the Moabites at that time."


"Midian": The Midianites were descendants of Abraham through Keturah (see Gen. 25:1-4), who lived south of Moab's border. When Moab communicated to the elders of Midian that they were in danger of being destroyed by Israel as well, they joined with Moab in an alliance to defeat Israel.


The Midianites were descended from Abraham and Keturah. In a very distant fashion, they were related to the Israelites. Both groups of people were descended from Abraham. What he is saying, is that the Israelites are having no difficulty taking whatever lies before them.


Numbers 22:5 "He sent messengers therefore unto Balaam the son of Beor to Pethor, which [is] by the river of the land of the children of his people, to call him, saying, Behold, there is a people come out from Egypt: behold, they cover the face of the earth, and they abide over against me:"


"Balaam" was the false prophet hired by the king of Moab to curse the Israelites during their wilderness journey. His name appears 50 times in (Num. chapter 22-24). He is also mentioned in (Deut. 23:4-5; Joshua 13:22; 24:9-10; Neh. 13:2; and Micah 6:5). He is classified as a "soothsayer" (Joshua 13:22), who cooperated with both the Midianites and Moabites against Israel. Balaam is the epitome of a false prophet and hireling (2 Peter 2:15; Jude 11). He tried unsuccessfully to lure the Israelites into the cult of Baal-peor (25:1-5; 31:16). Balaam was later killed by the Israelites (31:8). In the New Testament, he is the symbol of avarice and false religion (Rev. 2:14-15; see 2 Peter. 2:15; Jude 11).


Balaam was from Pethor, perhaps near Mari, where the existence of a cult of prophets whose activities resembled those of Balaam have been found. Balaam practiced magic and divination (24:1), and eventually led Israel into apostasy (31:16). Later Scripture identifies Balaam as a false prophet.


"Pethor" is usually identified with Pitru of the Assyrian inscriptions, a town on the Euphrates some 12 miles south of Carchemish.


It appears that Balak is speaking for himself and for the elders of Midian, when he sends a message to Balaam. The Nicolaitans (spoken of in Revelation), and the Balaamites are thought by some to be the same people. One was just as evil as the other. Balaam was thought to be able to bring good or bad, upon people by pronouncing it. It appears Balak was superstitious. The river spoken of is probably the Euphrates. He implies these are Egyptians. It is not possible however, that Balaam would not have heard who they are. It seems to Balak they cover the face of the earth, because there are close to three million people.


Numbers 22:6 "Come now therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people; for they [are] too mighty for me: peradventure I shall prevail, [that] we may smite them, and [that] I may drive them out of the land: for I wot that he whom thou blessest [is] blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed."


"Curse me this people": Knowing that Israel was too strong to defeat militarily, Balak called for Balaam to come and curse Israel. A curse was a spoken word that was believed to bring misfortune upon the one it was spoken against. Balak acknowledged that Balaam had the reputation of pronouncing curses that actually worked.


Balak has heard that Balaam has great powers. Being a superstitious man, he seeks supernatural help from Balaam. He believes if Balaam says the word, he can prevail against this large mass of people. Balaam was a man who proclaimed power by God. He was a heathen diviner. He thought himself to have the gift from God.


Numbers 22:7 "And the elders of Moab and the elders of Midian departed with the rewards of divination in their hand; and they came unto Balaam, and spake unto him the words of Balak."


By which it appears that they were princes and nobles. For such the elders were, that were sent on this errand to Balaam. And that they were some of both people, Midian and Moab, that went upon it (see Num. 22:14). Which shows, that if they were not one people, under one king, which yet seems likely. Nevertheless, they made a common cause of it, and joined in this expedient to save their country.


"With the rewards of divination in their hands": Not that diviners were sent along with them to Balaam, as Aben Ezra interprets it. That he might not deceive them, and put them off, by saying it was not a fit and proper day or hour to go out and curse. Which these men would be able to refute. But if they were skilled in the art of divination as well as he, what need was there to send to him, when they had such at hand? Nor instruments of divination, as Jarchi, which so famous a soothsayer could not be thought to be without. But, as we rightly render it, the rewards of divination, which were either fixed or left to the generosity of those that had recourse to such persons. And were presents which they brought them, in order to engage them to use the utmost of their art for them. And this sense is confirmed by the Apostles Peter and Jude (see 2 Peter 2:15).


"And they came unto Balaam": At Pethor.


"And spake unto him the words of Balak": Told him the errand they were sent on to him by the king of Moab.


Balak is trying to hire Balaam to curse the Israelites for him. Superstitious people did not understand the spirit world, and they assumed that Balaam would sell his services to Balak. A true man of God could not be bought for such a job.


Numbers 22:8 "And he said unto them, Lodge here this night, and I will bring you word again, as the LORD shall speak unto me: and the princes of Moab abode with Balaam."


"As the LORD shall speak unto me": Throughout these chapters Balaam himself used the name "Lord", i.e., Israel's God (22:13, 18-19; 23:3, 12; 24:13). In (22:18), he even called the Lord, "The Lord my God". In this verse, it must be assumed that Balaam expected the God of Israel to speak to him. As a pagan prophet, he would anticipate making contact with the gods of any people.


Balaam thought he would hear from God in a dream or a vision, about this situation. He wants the money, so if he does not hear from God, he will go.


Numbers 22:9 "And God came unto Balaam, and said, What men [are] these with thee?"


"God came unto Balaam": Israel's God did communicate to Balaam. However, rather than using the term "Lord", which indicates a covenant relationship, God consistently used the word "God" when He spoke to him (22:9, 12, 20). Though Balaam used the word "Lord", the biblical text makes it clear that he did not have a relationship with Israel's God.


We see from this, that God truly does speak to him. Of course, God knows who they are, He wants Balaam to examine who they are with this question.


Numbers 22:10 "And Balaam said unto God, Balak the son of Zippor, king of Moab, hath sent unto me, [saying],"


In answer to the question he put to him.


"Balak the son of Zippor, king of Moab, hath sent unto me": These men, and a message by them.


"Saying": As follows.


We see from this answer of Balaam; he is aware that evil Balak of Moab has sent these men.


Numbers 22:11 "Behold, [there is] a people come out of Egypt, which covereth the face of the earth: come now, curse me them; peradventure I shall be able to overcome them, and drive them out."


In this, and the following part of the verse, he faithfully and punctually relates the words of Balak to him by his messengers. As well knowing he could not deceive the omniscient God, or hide anything from him. Though he could deceive men; and conceal the truth from them, to serve a purpose (see notes on Num. 22:5-6).


Up until this time, Balak has not mentioned the fact that these are God's chosen people. He speaks of them, as if they are Egyptians. The request from Balak is for Balaam to curse these people, so he can defeat them in battle.


Numbers 22:12 "And God said unto Balaam, Thou shalt not go with them; thou shalt not curse the people: for they [are] blessed."


"They are blessed": Balaam could not curse Israel because the Lord had determined to give them blessing only.


Note God's clear command and expressed will, "Thou shalt not go" (and from verse 13 he knew it)!


God reveals to Balaam that these are His chosen people, and Balaam is not to curse them.


Numbers 22:13 "And Balaam rose up in the morning, and said unto the princes of Balak, Get you into your land: for the LORD refuseth to give me leave to go with you."


With the impression of the dream upon his mind, and of what had passed between God and him in it.


"And said unto the princes of Balak": Which shows what the elders were that were sent. Of what honor and dignity. And may include both those of Moab and of Midian.


"Get you into your land": As soon as you can. Set forward on your journey, it is to no purpose to stay here.


"For the Lord refuseth to give me leave to go with you": He only relates one part of the answer he had from the Lord, respecting his going with them. But says not a word of his being forbid to curse Israel, and of the reason given why he should not. Had he reported this, in all probability it would have prevented any further application to him. And so any attempt to get this done, which Balaam seemed aware of; and therefore, by concealing this, hoped for fresh solicitations and entreaties. And that in time the Lord might be prevailed on to let him go and curse them. He having a covetous desire of riches, honor, and preferment, in Balak's court.


Balaam does just as God had commanded him to do. The answer is no. He will not go and curse these blessed of God. He tells the men to tell Balak, the LORD will not allow him to do this.


Numbers 22:14 "And the princes of Moab rose up, and they went unto Balak, and said, Balaam refuseth to come with us."


And the princes of Midian also, immediately, without entering into a parley with him, to persuade him to go with them. Perceiving by his answer that it would be to no purpose, and that he was determined to do as the Lord directed him.


"And they went unto Balak, and said, Balaam refuseth to come with us": As Balaam told them less than what God had said to him, so they related less to Balak than what Balaam had said to them. Saying nothing of the Lord's refusing to let him go with them, but represent it as a piece of pride and obstinacy in Balaam. And which Balak was left to understand. And it seems as if he did understand it as a piece of policy in Balaam. To get a larger offer of money or honor, or both, from him, and which the following account seems to confirm.


They brought back the news to Balak, that Balaam would not come.


Numbers 22:15 "And Balak sent yet again princes, more, and more honorable than they."


More in number, and greater in quality. Princes of the first rank in his court. Supposing that Balaam thought he was not treated with respect enough, they being princes of the meaner sort, and but few, that were sent unto him before. Which he imagined was the reason, at least one reason, why he refused to come with them. Persons of Balaam's character in those days being highly revered.


Now he sends men of greater renown in the land to try to persuade Balaam to go.


Numbers 22:16 "And they came to Balaam, and said to him, Thus saith Balak the son of Zippor, Let nothing, I pray thee, hinder thee from coming unto me:"


Though men of such rank and dignity, they did not decline the embassy, being sent by their king. Nor did they think it below them to wait upon this soothsayer.


"And said unto him, thus saith Balak the son of Zippor": Representing their master, and addressing the diviner in his name, as his ambassadors. At the same time doing honor to Balak that sent them, of whom they speak respectfully, and to Balaam, to whom they were sent.


"Let nothing, I pray thee, hinder thee from coming unto me": No business, though ever so important, that might be upon his hands. Nor any want of respect to him he might imagine. Nor if the rewards offered were not thought sufficient. Nor any persuasions of men to the contrary. And if it could be thought he knew anything of the prohibition of God, that may be included. So urgent was he upon his coming to him.


This is a more urgent request, that Balaam come and curse the Israelites. He has offered a larger purse for Balaam. This is like temptation that comes to us sometimes. We refuse the first offer to sin, but as the temptation gets greater, it is harder to refuse.


Numbers 22:17 "For I will promote thee unto very great honor, and I will do whatsoever thou sayest unto me: come therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people."


In his court, by making him some great officer there, perhaps his prime minister. So that as before he laid a bait for his covetousness, sending him large presents, and rewards of divination. Here, for his pride and ambition, promising him court preferment. Though Aben Ezra interprets it of mammon or riches, of which he could give him an immense sum. "In honoring I will exceedingly honor thee"; or load thee with wealth and riches. And so Balaam seems to understand it, since in his answer he says, "if Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold". Both civil honor and worldly wealth may be taken into the account. Since they are both heavy and weighty things, and very desirable and ensnaring.


"And I will do whatsoever thou sayest unto me": Give him what money he should ask of him. Put him into whatsoever place and office he should desire. And though he was a sovereign prince, would be at his beck and command. And do whatever he should direct him to do in his kingdom, as well as in what concerned the affair of cursing Israel. As we find he afterwards did, with respect to sacrifices and rites relative thereunto.


"Come therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people": Renewing the request made in the first embassy with great importunity (Num. 22:6). But using here a different word for "cursing". There, as Munster observes, the word signifies to curse lightly. Here, to blaspheme and utterly devote to ruin; to which may be added, to curse expressly and by name. To pierce through and through, to deprive of all benefits, and to destroy utterly.


Balaam can ask as much as he wants. No price is too much for Balak to pay Balaam to curse the Israelites.


Numbers 22:18 "And Balaam answered and said unto the servants of Balak, If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go beyond the word of the LORD my God, to do less or more."


Who were not only princes of the land, but officers of state in the court of Balak.


"If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go beyond the word of the Lord my God, to do less or more": Which is well spoken, had it been from his heart. He speaks very respectfully of God, calling him by his great and incommunicable name Jehovah, the Being of beings. Representing him as the object of his worship and adoration, as he might be along with other gods, which was the practice of the Heathens in those times. Particularly the Syrians, among whom Balaam lived. So did Laban and others before him. Likewise, he makes a profession of him, and claims an interest in him. Which he might the rather do, to make himself look greater, as being the servant of the most high God. For the Gentiles in those times, and indeed in later times, had a notion of one supreme God, superior to all the rest. And this Jehovah Balaam claimed as his God. He speaks very well of the word of God, to which he pretended so strict a regard. That he would not transgress it in the least, for all that Balak could give him or more. No, not for all the money in the world. And yet his heart at the same time went after his covetousness. And he was eagerly desirous and greedy of getting the advantages into his hands that were offered him. For he hoped that God would change his mind, and alter his word, and give him leave to go and get the money, as appears by what follows.


Balaam wanted the money, but he was smart enough not to go against the command of God. He tells them that no amount of money could cause him to go against the wishes of the LORD. Notice, Balaam calls the LORD, my God.


Numbers 22:19 "Now therefore, I pray you, tarry ye also here this night, that I may know what the LORD will say unto me more."


As the former messengers had. This shows his strong inclination to go along with them, and do what was desired of him, could he be permitted. Otherwise he might and ought to have told the messengers at once that Balak needed not to have given himself and them so much trouble. Since it was not in his power to do for him what he requested. Nor would he attempt it, as being contrary to the will of God. And therefore it would be their best way to return as soon as they could. But instead of that, he desires them to stay that night, which must give them some hope of succeeding in their embassy.


"That I may know what the Lord will say unto me more": He hoped he would change his mind, and say something to him different from, and contrary to what he had before declared unto him, which to suppose of God is great vileness and wickedness. To such a pitch did his greedy desire after riches and honor work him up into. He ought to have been satisfied with the answer already given him, and not to have inquired more.


He is so tempted, he goes back to God, to see if God will change His mind.


Numbers 22:20 "And God came unto Balaam at night, and said unto him, If the men come to call thee, rise up, [and] go with them; but yet the word which I shall say unto thee, that shalt thou do."


This text must be read in light of the above verses and verse 22, "and God's anger was kindled because he went", and verse 32, "thy way is perverse before me". The Hebrew conveys the idea of "rushing headlong or rapidly onward with great haste as that done without due deliberation". This conveys Balaam's inner desire to get money, wealth, and fame; he had no desire to really know God's will in the matter (compare Job 16:11).


"The word which I shall say unto thee": Because of his great desire for the material wealth that would come to him, Balaam desired to go to Balak. He implored the Lord even after God had told him not to go. God acceded to Balaam's request to let him go, but told him that he could speak only the true message from God.


This is just what Balaam wanted to hear. He could get all of the reward, and not anger the LORD toward him. Remember, the LORD did not tell him he could curse Israel, only that he could go.


Numbers 22:21 "And Balaam rose up in the morning, and saddled his ass, and went with the princes of Moab."


Early, not waiting for the call of the princes, which showed how eager he was to be gone, and how intent upon the journey.


"And saddled his ass": Which, if he did himself, as Jarchi suggests, this is a further proof of the haste he was in. Though, as he had two servants with him, it is more likely that they did it by his order. The same is said of Abraham (Gen. 22:3). It was usual for persons of note and figure, in those times and countries, to ride on asses (Judges 5:10).


"And went with the princes of Moab": In company with them, and with as good a will as they. His heart and theirs being alike, as Jarchi notes. Though it seems by what follows that by some means or another they soon parted company. For when the affair of the ass happened, Balaam was alone, only attended by his two servants.


Balaam got what he wanted from God, and now he is on his way with the princes from Moab.


Numbers 22:22 "And God's anger was kindled because he went: and the angel of the LORD stood in the way for an adversary against him. Now he was riding upon his ass, and his two servants [were] with him."


"Because he went": Even though God had given Balaam permission to go (verse 20), He knew that his motive was not right. Thus the anger of the Lord burned against Balaam because God knew that he was not yet submissive to what He required. The result of God's confrontation with Balaam was a reaffirmation of the word given (in verse 20, repeated in verse 35), that he was to speak only the words that God wanted him to speak (that Balaam got the message is explicitly stated in verse 38).


"The angel of the Lord ... for an adversary against him": The Angel of the Lord was a manifestation of the presence of the Lord Himself. He was equated with deity (see Gen. 16:7; 18:1-2; Exodus 3:1-6; see note on Exodus 3:2).


Here Balaam's spiritual blindness was really accentuated and his powerlessness exposed. He could not see the Angel of the Lord "presenting himself in battle array", standing in his path, though his donkey could! He saw no significance in the donkey's actions, even though strange actions by animals were considered omens in Mesopotamia. As a specialist in this sort of divination, he ought to have realized that the deity had a message for him. The situation was so grave that the pre-incarnate Christ Himself appeared before Balaam.


Balaam had his answer from the LORD, the first time he asked. He should not have gone back, and asked the LORD about the same thing again. It is a dangerous thing to pray, after we have our answer from God. He may give us what we are praying for, instead of what we need. The angel was standing in the road, and would not let the ass of Balaam pass. God was stopping him and his servants from passing. Whatever it took, God would not let Balaam curse the Israelites.


Numbers 22:23 "And the ass saw the angel of the LORD standing in the way, and his sword drawn in his hand: and the ass turned aside out of the way, and went into the field: and Balaam smote the ass, to turn her into the way."


Which Balaam did not. His eyes being held from seeing him by the power and providence of God. That he might be reproved and rebuked by his ass, to whom God gave power to see, more than to him, as Jarchi notes. So that he had little reason to boast of his visions and revelations, and that he was the man whose eyes were open. The angel stood in the very pathway on which the ass was carrying Balaam. And his sword drawn in his hand; as threatening to destroy him. And as if he was just about to push at him, and signifying hereby not only that he deserved to die, but what death he should die of. Namely, by the sword, as he did (Num. 31:8).


"And the ass turned aside out of the way": Out of the common road, to save its master and itself, from a natural principle of self-preservation. And went into the field. Adjoining to, and that lay along the road side.


"And Balaam smote the ass to turn her into the way": With his staff, as in (Num. 22:27), to bring her into the common road again.


The ass saw the angel of the Lord and the sword in His hand, and she ran out in the field to escape. Balaam did not see the angel of the LORD, so he hit the ass to try to make her get back on the road.


Numbers 22:24 "But the angel of the LORD stood in a path of the vineyards, a wall [being] on this side, and a wall on that side."


Which were in the field into which the ass went. And before Balaam could turn her back she got into a narrow path, between the vineyards, as the Targum of Jonathan. A footpath which lay between them, or a footpath where foxes ran and had their holes. Who used to lie near vineyards and among them (see SOS 1:14). However, it was a very narrow path, and here the angel placed himself, so that there was no passage for Balaam and his ass. At least not without great difficulty and danger.


"A wall being on this side, and a wall on that side": And therefore, there was no going out into the field as before, to avoid the difficulty and danger. This being, as Jarchi observes, a stone wall that was on each side.


The angel of the LORD stood in the path this time, and there was nothing but walls to each side.


Numbers 22:25 "And when the ass saw the angel of the LORD, she thrust herself unto the wall, and crushed Balaam's foot against the wall: and he smote her again."


In the same position as before, with a drown sword in his hand. And being frightened again, and in a narrow path, and no way to turn aside.


"She thrust herself unto the wall": To one of the walls, as close as she could, in order to get by the angel.


"And crushed Balaam's foot against the wall": Running up so very closely to it.


"And he smote her again": Having done it once before (Num. 22:23). The times of smiting are observed, for the sake of what the ass after said, and for the confirmation of it.


The ass was so frightened, when she saw the angel of the LORD, that she ran against the wall to try to get away. She banged Balaam's foot against the wall, when she was trying to get away. Balaam became angry and hit her again.


Numbers 22:26 "And the angel of the LORD went further, and stood in a narrow place, where [was] no way to turn either to the right hand or to the left."


More narrow than the other, at a further distance.


"Where was no way to turn, either to the right hand or to the left": It was so strait and close a place that the angel filled the whole breadth of it, that there was no passing him. So that there was no getting forward nor backward. Not forward, because the angel filled up the way, and there was no slipping by him. Nor backward, because it could not turn itself to the right or left.


The third time the ass saw the angel of the LORD. It was too narrow to go around, so she just fell under Balaam.


Numbers 22:27 "And when the ass saw the angel of the LORD, she fell down under Balaam: and Balaam's anger was kindled, and he smote the ass with a staff."


The third time; for it seems that he was not always in sight, but disappeared as he removed from place to place. And at every new place where he stood the ass saw him, though her master did not.


"She fell down under Balaam": Upon her knees on the ground, not being able to go backwards nor forwards. Nor to turn out of the way to the right or left.


"And Balaam's anger was kindled": He was displeased and out of humor before, when it turned into the field, and when it squeezed his foot against the wall. And therefore he smote it. But now falling down with him, he was in a fume and fury, quite enraged.


"And he smote the ass with a staff": Which he rode with, perhaps his divining staff (see Hosea 4:12). It is not said what he smote it with before but probably with the same. Aben Ezra says, at the first and second time he smote it with a small stick, or with a thong.


Now Balaam is really angry with the ass, and begins to hit her with a staff.


Numbers 22:28 "And the LORD opened the mouth of the ass, and she said unto Balaam, What have I done unto thee, that thou hast smitten me these three times?"


"The LORD opened the mouth of the ass": Balaam's donkey was able to see the Angel of the Lord with His drawn sword (verse 23, 25, 27). Realizing the danger to herself, she sought to avoid the Angel. In doing this, she preserved Balaam as well. Miraculously, the donkey was able to communicate with Balaam.


Some would like to say this was a vision or a dream, but I believe it really happened. There is nothing impossible for God. It would certainly get his attention for an ass to speak to him. This is a very good question.


Numbers 22:29 "And Balaam said unto the ass, Because thou hast mocked me: I would there were a sword in mine hand, for now would I kill thee."


Or rather "defiled me", as the word is rendered in (Job 16:15). By running with him against a wall, and by lying down with him in the dust and dirt. And so the Arabic version renders it, "because thou hast rolled me in the dirt." The sense of mocking is not easy to be understood, unless it be that it exposed him to be mocked and laughed at by others. By turning aside, and lying down, and being so unruly. But then there were only his servants with him, to whom only he could be exposed in such a manner. Which one would think would not have given him so much concern, and put him into such a passion. The word sometimes is used for seeking occasion, and such a sense it may have here, as that it sought an opportunity or occasion to throw him. And so to kill him, or at least to do him harm (see Dan. 6:4).


"I would there were a sword in my hand, for now would I kill thee": So enraged was he, and his passion was so great, that he was not at all frightened and amazed to hear the ass speak. Though Josephus represents him as disturbed and astonished at it. But some think, he being used to converse with spirits in the shapes of various creatures, it was no surprise to him to hear it speak.


What is even more miraculous than the ass speaking to Balaam, is the fact that Balaam talked to the ass. He thinks this animal worthy of killing, because it made him look foolish in front of his servants.


Numbers 22:30 "And the ass said unto Balaam, [Am] not I thine ass, upon which thou hast ridden ever since [I was] thine unto this day? was I ever wont to do so unto thee? And he said, Nay."


Made a reply to him, as if it understood what he said, and had the faculty of reasoning and discoursing, as well as of speaking, which is very amazing.


"Am not I thine ass, upon which thou hast ridden ever since I was thine unto this day?" Or rather, "ever since thou wast"? Not ever since he was in being, but ever since he could ride, so Aben Ezra. According to which, it seems that this was the first he rode upon, and which he had always been used to.


"Was I ever wont to do so unto thee?" To start out of the way, or lie down with him, could anyone instance be given of it? Suggesting that she was a sure footed creature, and had always carefully and safely carried him, for which it appeals to him.


"And he said, nay": She had never been used to serve him in such a manner as she had now, and therefore he might have concluded that something more than ordinary was the matter. And it is much his conscience had not accused him that he was wrong in coming with the princes, taking the alarm from these circumstances. Had he not been a hardened creature, or, at least, had he not been so eagerly bent on riches and honor.


The ass reminds Balaam, that she has been loyal to him, ever since he had gotten her. She asks him if she had ever embarrassed him before, and he answers no. This does not even seem to be shocking Balaam, that this ass is speaking to him.


Numbers 22:31 "Then the LORD opened the eyes of Balaam, and he saw the angel of the LORD standing in the way, and his sword drawn in his hand: and he bowed down his head, and fell flat on his face."


"The LORD opened the eyes of Balaam": The Lord allowed Balaam to see things as they really were, especially those things that are not ordinarily visible to humans and to be submissive to His will as he went to Balak.


When Balaam's eyes of understanding are opened, and he sees the angel of the LORD, he falls on his face before the LORD. He suddenly realizes his error.


Numbers 22:32 "And the angel of the LORD said unto him, Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass these three times? behold, I went out to withstand thee, because [thy] way is perverse before me:"


When risen up, and standing before him.


"Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass these three times?" The brute creatures are not to be beaten without cause, nor to be misused and abused by men, even their owners.


"Behold, I went out to withstand thee": The ass was not to be blamed, nor to be beaten for turning aside, or lying down. It was I that stood in the way, and hindered its going forward, and this was done by me on purpose to oppose and stop thee.


"Because thy way is perverse before me": The journey he took was not with his good liking and approbation, and especially seeing he went with an intention, if possible, to serve Balak. And curse Israel. The way of his heart was bad, which the Lord knew. It was not directed according to his will, but swerved from it. The Targum of Jonathan is, "it is manifest before me that thou seekest to go and curse the people, and the thing is not agreeable to me."


The LORD had allowed him to go, but had put the angel of the LORD to stop him on the way. He was headed for destruction, if the LORD had not stopped him. He is saying to Balaam, why did you not get the message that I was trying to stop you, when the ass would not go down the road? Balaam wanted to go so badly, that he was overlooking all the warning signs God had sent him. This is a lesson to us. When we start somewhere, we should ask God to block the way, if we should not go.


Numbers 22:33 "And the ass saw me, and turned from me these three times: unless she had turned from me, surely now also I had slain thee, and saved her alive."


The ass saw the angel when Balaam did not, and that was the reason of its turning aside. And it was well for him it did, and therefore he should not have smote it.


"Unless she had turned from me": If she had pushed on, endeavoring to make her way.


"Surely now also I had slain thee, and saved her alive": Had certainly and only slain him, and not the ass.


The angel of the LORD would have killed Balaam, if the faithful ass had not seen the angel of the LORD and turned away. The ass saved Balaam's life.


Numbers 22:34 "And Balaam said unto the angel of the LORD, I have sinned; for I knew not that thou stoodest in the way against me: now therefore, if it displease thee, I will get me back again."


That is, in beating the ass. Not that he was sensible of his sin of covetousness, and of the evil disposition of his mind. And of his wicked intention in going along with the princes to curse Israel, if possible. And get Balak's presents and appointments.


"For I knew not that thou stoodest in the way against me": Signifying, that if he had known it, he should not have smitten the ass. But submitted himself to the will of the angel.


"Now therefore, if it displease thee, I will get me back again": Which he spoke very coldly and faintly, not caring heartily to go back, unless forced to it. For seeing a drawn sword in his hand, he might be afraid of his life should he persist in his journey. And therefore feigns a readiness to go back, quitting it on condition that his going forwards was displeasing. Whereas he knew it was, especially his going with an evil mind to hurt Israel if possible.


It appears, that Balaam did not realize he was sinning against the LORD. He repents and offers to turn back, if that is what God wants.


Numbers 22:35 "And the angel of the LORD said unto Balaam, Go with the men: but only the word that I shall speak unto thee, that thou shalt speak. So Balaam went with the princes of Balak."


Which was not a command, but a concession, or rather a permission. Leaving him to go if he would. Suffering him to follow his own heart's lusts, and giving him up to them to his own destruction. And besides, it was not his going barely that was displeasing to God, but his going with such a bad intention.


"But only the word that I shall speak unto thee, that thou shalt speak": Which expresses not only what he ought to do, but what he should be obliged to do. Even to bless the people against his will, when his mind was to curse them, it being for his worldly interest. And therefore it is suggested he had better not go at all, since he never would be able to carry his point. Yea, would be brought to shame and confusion before Balak and his nobles. The angel speaking in the same language as God did before to Balaam (Num. 22:20), shows that not a created angel, but a divine Person, is here meant.


"So Balaam went with the princes of Balak": Whom after this he quickly overtook, or they him. Or they met together at some appointed place, and proceeded on in their journey.


The LORD will let Balaam continue on, but with the message of God. He will not curse the Israelites, as Balak wants him to.


Numbers 22:36 "And when Balak heard that Balaam was come, he went out to meet him unto a city of Moab, which [is] in the border of Arnon, which [is] in the utmost coast."


Messengers being sent to acquaint him with it, either by Balaam, or by the princes.


"He went out to meet him": Overjoyed at the news that his princes had succeeded, and to show him respect, and do him honor. And all to encourage him to do his utmost for him.


"Unto a city of Moab, which is in the border of Arnon, which is in the utmost coast": By the situation of it, being on the border of the river Arnon. Which river was in the extreme parts of Moab, and divided between the Moabites and Amorites. It is generally thought to be the city Ar, called "Ar of Moab" (see Num. 21:13). And the king coming to meet Balaam so far as the uttermost border of his dominions showed the greater respect to him.


He was so pleased to see Balaam come, that he went to the border of Arnon to meet him.


Numbers 22:37 "And Balak said unto Balaam, Did I not earnestly send unto thee to call thee? wherefore camest thou not unto me? am I not able indeed to promote thee to honor?"


Upon their meeting together.


"Did I not earnestly send unto thee to call thee?" Or send the first messengers in a very pressing manner, with great importunity, to give thee an invitation to come to me. And those men of rank and quality, with rewards of divination in their hands. And yet the invitation was rejected. And after them other messengers. More in number and greater in dignity, with larger offers and promises. And now indeed thou art come, but with much ado. What is the meaning of all this?


"Wherefore camest thou not unto me? At first, without showing so much indifference and reluctance. And which obliged me to send another message to thee.


"Am I not able to promote thee to honor?" To give thee wealth and riches, and put thee into high places of honor and profit? Hadst thou any doubt in thy mind about it, either concerning my ability or will to do it?


Balak thinks that it was the wealth he offered Balaam, that brought him.


Numbers 22:38 "And Balaam said unto Balak, Lo, I am come unto thee: have I now any power at all to say any thing? the word that God putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak."


"The word that God putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak": He would certainly learn this the hard way (compare Deut. 23:5 and his frustration in Num. 24:1).


Balaam tells Balak that the message he brings is not his, but God speaking through him. He goes so far as to say, he has no power within himself.


Numbers 22:39 "And Balaam went with Balak, and they came unto Kirjath-huzoth."


From Ar of Moab, or, however, from the place where they met, to the royal city where Balak had his palace. And seems to be the place following.


"And they came to Kirjath-huzoth": Which Jarchi interprets a city full of streets. A populous place, having a multitude of men, women, and children in the streets of it. And the same writer suggests as if Balak's view in this was to move the pity of Balaam, that such a number of people might not be rooted out and destroyed.


Numbers 22:40 "And Balak offered oxen and sheep, and sent to Balaam, and to the princes that [were] with him."


Or "slew" them, either for sacrifice. And if so Balak was the sacrificer, as it was common for kings to be priests. And then Balaam, who was sent for, was the prophet, that was to observe and explain any omen at the time of sacrificing. Or rather for a feast, as the following words seem to show. Though it might be for both. It being usual, when sacrifices were offered to idols, to eat part of them in a festival way. In imitation of the peace offerings of the Jews (see Num. 25:2).


"And sent to Balaam, and to the princes that were with him": Either part of it to them, or he sent for them to come, and partake of the feast, he and the princes of Moab and Midian, that had been to fetch him, and still attended him. And this the king did in a way of rejoicing, being glad that Balaam was come. And as expressing he was well pleased with the conduct of the princes, and their success. As well as to keep Balaam in high spirits, hoping to have his end answered by him.


Verses 22:41 - 23:12: Balaam's first oracle emphatically stated that Israel could not be cursed (23:8). She was unlike all the other nations of the world (23:9). Balaam even wished to share in her blessing (23:10).


Numbers 22:41 "And it came to pass on the morrow, that Balak took Balaam, and brought him up into the high places of Baal, that thence he might see the utmost [part] of the people."


The day after the arrival of Balaam at Balak's royal seat. And after the entertainment given him, and the princes, "on the morning" of that day, as the word signifies. And perhaps early in the morning, the king eager to be about business, and get the people of Israel cursed if possible as soon as could be.


"That Balak took Balaam and brought him up into the high places of Baal": Where groves were planted, and altars erected to that "idol" and which the Targum of Jonathan calls the idol Peor. The same with Baal-peor (Num. 25:3). Which might be their god Chemosh, the same with Bacchus or Priapus.


"That thence he might see the utmost part of the people": The whole host of Israel, even to the extreme part of it. The camp of Dan, as the Targum of Jonathan, which brought up the rear. He had him to those high places. Both that he might have a better view of the whole body of the people, and know how they lay. And to direct his curses at them. And that success might attend the undertaking, these being places of religious worship. Josephus says those high places were sixty furlongs or seven and one half miles from the camp of Israel.


Balak brings Balaam oxen and sheep for payment. We do not see him accept them, however. Balak takes Balaam to the high places where the majority of the people were gathered to worship Baal. This will continue in the next lesson.


Numbers Chapter 22 Questions


1. The place in verse 1 is actually part of the __________ valley.


2. What was Balak afraid of?


3. Balak was the king of _________.


4. Who did Moab talk to about this problem?


5. The Midianites were descended from ___________ and ____________.


6. Who did Balak send a message to for help?


7. Who did he call the Israelites?


8. What is the river in verse 5?


9. Who were spoken of as the same people as the Balaamites?


10. What did Balak want Balaam to do?


11. Why had Balak gone to him for help?


12. How were they trying to acquire Balaam's help?


13. Who does Balaam seek permission to go from?


14. He speaks of the Israelites, as if they are ____________.


15. Why did God tell Balaam not to go?


16. What does Balaam tell the men from Moab?


17. What does Balak do, when he gets the word that Balaam will not come?


18. How much money would it take to get Balaam for this job?


19. Why does Balaam go back to God the second time?


20. Why does Balaam go?


21. How did God feel about Balaam going?


22. What stopped the ass from carrying Balaam, where he wanted to go?


23. What did Balaam do to the ass?


24. How many times did the ass refuse to go, where Balaam wanted it to?


25. What did Balaam say, he should do to the ass?


26. This last time, what unusual thing happened?


27. What is even more unusual?


28. What does the ass remind Balaam of?


29. What happened, when Balaam's eyes of understanding were opened?


30. What does Balaam do in response?


31. What would have happened to Balaam, if the ass had continued on after seeing the angel of the LORD?


32. What did the LORD tell Balaam to do?


33. Where did Balaam find the majority of the people?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 23



Numbers Chapter 23

Numbers 23:1 "And Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven oxen and seven rams."


When upon one of the high places of Baal, and after having taken a view of the people of Israel as they lay encamped.


"Build me here seven altars": This was purely Heathenish. For not only the Israelites after the law of Moses had but one altar, but the patriarchs before that never built but one altar at a time. Some have thought regard is had to the seven planets worshipped by Heathens. Though no doubt Balaam pretended to sacrifice to Jehovah the true God. In order to gain him over to him to agree to it to curse Israel, and persuaded Balak, though an idolater, to join with him. And, the more easily to bring him to it, mixes Heathen rites and customs in sacrifice to him.


"And prepare me here seven oxen, and seven rams": Which were creatures offered in sacrifice according to the law of Moses. And before that was given, and by persons who were not under it. And even by seven of each sort, and that by the express command of God (Job 42:8). It may be observed, that both in this, and the preceding clause, the word here is carefully expressed, namely, in one of the high places. There the altars were erected, and there the oxen were brought to be sacrificed. So that both the place, and the number of the altars, savored of Heathenish worship, in which he complied to induce the king to sacrifice to Jehovah.


Numbers 23:2 "And Balak did as Balaam had spoken; and Balak and Balaam offered on [every] altar a bullock and a ram."


Ordered seven altars to be built, and prepared seven bullocks and rams for sacrifice.


"And Balak and Balsam offered on every altar a bullock and a ram. Both seem to be concerned in offering the sacrifices. Balak, though a king, it being usual for kings to be priests also, as Melchizedek was. And Balaam as a prophet. And these sacrifices were offered to the true God, as seems clear from (Num. 23:4). And to which Balak, at the direction of Balaam, agreed. In order to gain the Lord on his side, that he might prevail over the people of Israel.


It seems that even the heathen worshippers of false gods, believed it necessary to sacrifice to their god. We must remember that the number seven means spiritually complete. This offering is actually made to the LORD. Balak is unaware of the message Balaam will bring, at this point. He believes Balaam is going to curse Israel.


Numbers 23:3 "And Balaam said unto Balak, Stand by thy burnt offering, and I will go: peradventure the LORD will come to meet me: and whatsoever he showeth me I will tell thee. And he went to an high place."


By which it appears that the sacrifices offered were of this sort. And there might be one, which was more peculiarly the burnt offering of Balak. Though he might be more or less with Balaam concerned in them all. At which he was directed to stand while it was burning, presenting that and himself to the Lord, that he would have respect to both.


"And I will go": Depart from thence, at some little distance, unto some private place.


"Peradventure the Lord will come to meet me": Upon the offering of these sacrifices to him, though he could not be certain of it. He having lately shown some displeasure and resentment unto him. And this was also in the daytime, when it was in the night he usually came unto him.


"And whatsoever he showeth me I will tell thee": The whole of it, truly as it is, whether agreeable or not.


"And he went to an high place": But he was in one already, and therefore if this is the sense of the word, he must go to another. Into a grove in one of the high places, where he might be retired, and so fit for a divine converse. And the Targum of Onkelos renders it alone. But rather the sense is, that he went into a plain, as De Dieu has shown from the use of the word in the Syriac language. He was upon a high place, and he went down from thence into the plain. Perhaps into a cave at the bottom of the hill, a retired place, where he hoped the Lord would meet him, as he did.


Balak did exactly as Balaam had asked. Probably Balak was looking for signs from heaven. These high places were generally, places where false gods were worshipped. This is not true here. Balaam is sacrificing to God.


Numbers 23:4 "And God met Balaam: and he said unto him, I have prepared seven altars, and I have offered upon [every] altar a bullock and a ram."


Not in a kind and gracious manner and not out of any respect to him and his offerings. Not to indulge him with any spiritual communion with him. Nor to communicate his mind and will to him as a friend of his. Not to gratify his desires, and grant the request of the king of Moab, or to smile upon and succeed the scheme that they had concerted. But for the sake of his people Israel, to counterwork the designs of their enemies. To blast and confound them, and turn their curses into blessings. And particularly to oblige Balaam to bless the people he was so desirous of cursing for the sake of gain.


"And he said unto him": In a bragging boasting way, in order to gain his favor, and carry his point.


"I have prepared seven altars, and I have offered upon every altar a bullock and a ram": That is, to him the Lord. For had they been offered to Baal, he could never have had the nerve to have spoken of them to God. And which he could never have proposed as a reason why he should be regarded by him, or expect on account of them any favor from him. And indeed, these altars and sacrifices were not at his expense, though they were prepared and offered at a motion of his. Nor were they offered in a right manner, or with a right end, or from a right principle. And were far from being acceptable unto God, yea, were abominable unto him (see Prov. 21:27).


We are not told exactly how God met with Balaam. He probably put the message inside of Balaam. Balaam would know the LORD was there.


Numbers 23:5 "And the LORD put a word in Balaam's mouth, and said, Return unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speak."


"The LORD put a word in Balaam's mouth": Even though Balak and Balaam offered sacrifices on pagan altars, it was the Lord who gave Balaam his oracle.


This is actually God speaking through the mouth of Balaam. It appears that Balak had moved away from the sacrifice some distance, and now that Balaam has met with God, he goes to Balak.


Numbers 23:6 "And he returned unto him, and, lo, he stood by his burnt sacrifice, he, and all the princes of Moab."


Immediately, as soon as he was told what to say.


"And, lo, he stood by his burnt sacrifice": Continued in his devotions, hoping for success, and waiting for Balaam's return.


"He and all the princes of Moab": Not only those that were sent to Balaam, but perhaps all the princes of the kingdom who were got together on this occasion. And by reason of the imminent danger they apprehended the nation was in on account of Israel.


In Balak's mind, he was sacrificing to his false god.


Numbers 23:7 "And he took up his parable, and said, Balak the king of Moab hath brought me from Aram, out of the mountains of the east, [saying], Come, curse me Jacob, and come, defy Israel."


"He took up his parable": This statement introduces each of Balaam's speeches (23:6, 18; 24:3, 20-21, 23).


This is a statement of fact that Balak is well aware of. Balaam you remember, is speaking words the LORD put into his mouth.


Verses 8-10: God had told Balaam this (in 22:12). The fact of Israel's blessing by Yahweh is the major theme of this section. Israel is blessed by Yahweh from of old (see Gen. 12:1-3 in the Abrahamic covenant). This episode is a test case for the Abrahamic covenant in its most elemental and fundamental level. Balaam was called by Balak to put God to the test. "The people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations": Israel had no respect among the nations, but the difference was that they had been chosen by Him as His "firstborn son" (Exodus 4:22; Amos 3:1-2; verse 10 recalls the thoughts of Genesis 13:16).


Numbers 23:8 "How shall I curse, whom God hath not cursed? or how shall I defy, [whom] the LORD hath not defied?"


The sense is, that it was impossible for him to curse those that God did not curse himself. Or would not have cursed by others. Not but that he had a good will to it, to get Balak's money and honor, but he knew not how to accomplish it. Yea, he saw it was in vain to attempt it, it was a thing that could not possibly be done. God does not, nor will he curse his spiritual Israel. They are blessed by him in Christ, and they shall be blessed. Nor is it in the power of their enemies to curse them, or do them any harm. The Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem, instead of God and the Lord in this and the following clause, use the phase, "the Word of the Lord." The essential Word, the Son of God, who is so far from cursing his people, that he has delivered them from the curses of the law, being made a curse for them. That the blessings of the everlasting covenant of grace might come upon them. And they are blessed of God in him, and for his sake, with all spiritual blessings.


"Or how shall I defy whom the Lord hath not defied?" Which is the same thing in other words. Only this last word is expressive of more contempt and indignation.


They already knew that he claimed the LORD. They perhaps, were not aware of the standing that Israel had with the LORD. They were heathen, they did not understand this. He asked a very good question. If he truly is of the LORD, his message is the same as the LORD's.


Numbers 23:9 "For from the top of the rocks I see him, and from the hills I behold him: lo, the people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations."


That is, Israel in their camps. Balaam being at this time on the top of a rock, or on a high hill, from whence he had a view of Israel, encamped in the plains of Moab below him.


"Lo, the people shall dwell alone": This certainly respects their dwelling in the land of Canaan, where they dwelt a separate people from all others. Distinguished by their language, religion, laws, customs, and manner of living. Being different both in their clothing, and in their food, from other people. Nor had they dealings, nor did they company with those of other nations (see Esther 3:8). "Or shall dwell safely", or securely. Not so much because of the situation of their country, but because of the protection of the Almighty (see Deut. 33:28).


"And shall not be reckoned among the nations": as belonging to them, shall not be made of any account by them, but be despised and reproached for their religion chiefly. Nor reckon themselves of them, nor mix with them. Thus Israel, or the people of God in a spiritual sense, dwell alone. Not solitarily, or without company. In every sense, for they have the company of Father, Son, and Spirit, of angels and saints. But they dwell in God, in Christ, in the house of God, and with one another. Separately and distinctly from the world. they are a separate people in the love of God. In the choice of them in Christ. In the covenant of grace made with them in him. In redemption by him and in his intercession for them.


The greatness of Israel was their relationship with God. They were so numerous, it seemed they were impossible to number. Israel is not just any country. They are God's chosen.


Numbers 23:10 "Who can count the dust of Jacob, and the number of the fourth [part] of Israel? Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!"


"Who can count the dust of Jacob": Here is Oriental hyperbole signifying a very populous nation as Jacob's posterity was to be (compare Gen. 13:16; 28:14).


"Fourth part of Israel": The camp was divided into 4 parts, one on each side of the tabernacle. If one could not count the part, certainly no one could count the whole.


The fourth part here is speaking of the different groups of camps on the east, south, west, and north. Balaam wants to be blessed like Israel. At death, he desires to be counted among the righteous.


Numbers 23:11 "And Balak said unto Balaam, What hast thou done unto me? I took thee to curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast blessed [them] altogether."


Or "for me"? Nothing at all, to answer his purpose, or his end in sending for him.


"I took thee to curse mine enemies": So he calls the Israelites, though they had never done him any wrong. Nor committed any acts of hostility against him, nor showed any intention to commit any. Nay, were forbidden by the Lord their God to contend in battle with him and his people.


"And, behold, thou hast blessed them altogether": Or, "in blessing blessed", done nothing but bless them. And that with many blessings, or pronounced them blessed. And prophesied of their blessedness, for their number, their safety, and of their happiness. Not only in life, but at and after death.


Balak feels betrayed by Balaam. He was expecting Balaam to curse Israel, and instead, he has spoken a blessing upon them.


Numbers 23:12 "And he answered and said, Must I not take heed to speak that which the LORD hath put in my mouth?"


By reply to Balak.


"Must I not take heed to speak that which the Lord hath put in my mouth?" Pretending a great regard to the word of God. And to great carefulness to speak it, exactly and punctually as he received it. Whereas he was forced to it, and could not do otherwise.


This again is Balaam speaking. He can do no less than speak out the words the LORD puts into his mouth. He makes no apology for what he has said.


Verses 13-26: Balaam's second oracle reaffirmed the Lord's determination to bless Israel. The iniquity in Israel was mercifully set aside by the Lord (23:21), and therefore would not stop His plan. The God who supernaturally brought Israel out of Egypt (23:22), would give victory over all her enemies (23:24).


Numbers 23:13 "And Balak said unto him, Come, I pray thee, with me unto another place, from whence thou mayest see them: thou shalt see but the utmost part of them, and shalt not see them all: and curse me them from thence."


Seemingly satisfied with his answer, however, he could not help himself. And was willing to make the best of him he could, and try what he could do with him another time and elsewhere.


"Come, I pray thee, with me unto another place, from whence thou mayest see them. For he had a mighty notion that both the sight of the people, and the place from whence they were seen, would greatly contribute to answer the end he had in view, cursing the people.


"Thou shall see but the utmost part of them, and shalt not see them all": For he thought, either that he was so charmed with so glorious a sight as the regular encampment of such a body of people was, that he could not find in his heart to curse them. Or that he was so terrified at the sight of such a vast number of people, that he dared not attempt it. And therefore, Balak proposed to have him to a place where he could only see a part of them and not the whole.


"And curse me them from thence": That part, hoping that when he had cursed them he would gradually go on till he had cursed them all.


Balak wants Balaam to go to another vantage point to see the vast number of these people. Balak decides there is something wrong with this place, and if they change places, Balaam will change his blessing to a curse.


Numbers 23:14 "And he brought him into the field of Zophim, to the top of Pisgah, and built seven altars, and offered a bullock and a ram on [every] altar."


Or Sede Tzophim, as Hillerus reads it. So called from the watch tower, and watchmen in it. Jarchi says, it was a high place, where a watchman stood to observe if an army came against a city. And so a very proper place to take a view of the armies of Israel from.


"To the top of Pisgah": A high hill in this place, where perhaps the watch tower was. Or, however, the watchman stood. This looked towards Jeshimon, in the plain of Moab, where Israel lay encamped (see Num. 21:20). And built seven altars, and offered a bullock and a ram on every altar. As he had done before (Num. 23:2).


We see this is a tall top of mount Pisgah. He thinks perhaps, Balaam can see them better, and perhaps the false gods will cause Balaam to listen to them from this lofty height.


Numbers 23:15 "And he said unto Balak, Stand here by thy burnt offering, while I meet [the LORD] yonder."


As he had before directed him (Num. 23:3).


"While I meet the Lord yonder": Pointing to some place at a little distance, where he expected to meet the Lord, and have some instructions from him. Which he seemed confident of, having met with him once already.


Again, Balaam separates himself from Balak, to talk with the LORD.


Numbers 23:16 "And the LORD met Balaam, and put a word in his mouth, and said, Go again unto Balak, and say thus."


As he did before (Num. 23:5).


"And said, go again unto Balak, and say thus": The words which are expressed in (Num. 23:18).


God has placed this word in Balaam's mouth. It is actually the LORD speaking to Balak through Balaam.


Numbers 23:17 "And when he came to him, behold, he stood by his burnt offering, and the princes of Moab with him. And Balak said unto him, What hath the LORD spoken?"


As before (Num. 23:6), and the princes of Moab with him. Jarchi observes, that before it is said, all the princes of Moab, but not so here. For when they saw there was no hope of succeeding, some of them went away, and only some were left.


"And Balak said unto him, what hath the Lord spoken?" Being in haste to know what it was, whether agreeable or not.


Balak realizes this is the LORD speaking through Balaam.


Numbers 23:18 "And he took up his parable, and said, Rise up, Balak, and hear; hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor:"


Pronounced the word put into his mouth.


"And said, rise up Balak, and hear": Not from his seat, as Eglon a successor of his did (Judges 3:20). For he was now standing by his burnt offering. But the sense is, that he would raise his attention, and stir up himself with all diligence to hear what he was about to say.


"Hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor": Or to his word, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, which follow.


The message God has placed in Balaam's mouth is directed to Balak.


Numbers 23:19 "God [is] not a man, that he should lie; neither the son of man, that he should repent: hath he said, and shall he not do [it]? or hath he spoken, and shall he not make it good?"


"God is not a man": In contrast to the unreliability of man, so well seen in Balaam himself, God is reliable and immutable. He does not change; therefore, His words always come to pass.


The immutability of God is stated. The word "repent" is parallel to "lie" and is colored in tone by this very association. Here his repenting is related to falsehood. The concept of the truth of Yahweh is related to immutability. Since God is truth, He does not lie, in fact, He cannot lie. He is unchanging. God is utterly different from man. Something that comes far too easily for many men is impossible for almighty God: He cannot lie (compare Isa. 31:2; 51:6, 8; Jer. 4:28; Mal. 3:6).


There are over 70 Scriptures dealing with the fact that God does not lie. God is the Truth. Here is just one example Scripture that says God does not lie.


Titus 1:2 "In hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began;"


God is God. He is the same yesterday, today, and forever. He has nothing to repent of, because he does not sin. Whatever God says, He does.


Numbers 23:20 "Behold, I have received [commandment] to bless: and he hath blessed; and I cannot reverse it."


The people of Israel, to pronounce a blessing upon them, to declare them a happy people.


"And he hath blessed, and I cannot reverse it": God has blessed them, has determined to bless them, and has promised to bless them. He Has blessed them in the victories he has given them, and will complete the blessing of them, by bringing them into the land he has given them. So the blessings which God has designed for his spiritual Israel, and bestows upon them, are irreversible. They are blessings indeed, spiritual ones, and are for ever. He blesses them with himself, as their covenant; God, their portion here and hereafter, with Christ his Son, and all things with him. With righteousness, peace, and pardon. With his Spirit and the grace thereof, with sonship, heirship, and eternal life.


Balaam speaks this. He will not and cannot, change the blessing. The blessing on Israel is not of Balaam, it is of God. Balaam must do what God commands him to do.


Numbers 23:21 "He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, neither hath he seen perverseness in Israel: the LORD his God [is] with him, and the shout of a king [is] among them."


This is the first time in the Old Testament that Yahweh is described as "King".


Two views are possible for this verse:


(1) "He hath not beheld iniquity", or "perverseness" in that God has won all their victories. They have not toiled in in vain; or


(2) He has not observed any "iniquity" of "perverseness" as it relates to Israel's standing before God.


They have been "declared righteous" by His choice of them. The latter might relate to the "error" of Balaam mentioned (in Jude 11). Perhaps Balaam thought that someone could curse those (Israel), who the Lord has not cursed. The natural man cannot understand the believer's position in God, or "in Christ". Israel is not merely blessed, but "the Lord his God is with him" functioning as a "king", "shouting" as in battle or in religious festivals (Lev. 23:24; Num. 10:5-6; 1 Sam. 4:6).


God did not see the evil of individuals of Israel, as causing them to be an evil nation. God is with Israel. The shout is of a king, because God has promised them this land.


Numbers 23:22 "God brought them out of Egypt; he hath as it were the strength of a unicorn."


With a mighty hand and stretched out arm. And he will conduct them through the wilderness, and bring them safe to Canaan's land. He that brought them from thence will not suffer them to perish by any means. It is in vain to attempt to curse a people that is in such hands, and for whom he has done such great things. Jarchi thinks this stands opposed to what Balak had said (Num. 22:5). Thou sayest, "lo, a people is come out of Egypt". "They did not come out of themselves, but God brought them."


"He hath as it were the strength of a unicorn": That is, not God, but the people he brought out of Egypt. Being a mighty people, able to push their enemies and subdue them. Being numerous and strong, especially as strengthened by the mighty God of Jacob. And therefore, their strength is expressed by the strength of this creature. For be it what it will, whether the rhinoceros or the wild ox, or one kind of goats, as Bochart thinks. Whatever is meant by the term here must be a strong creature (see Deut. 33:17). And great is the strength of the spiritual Israel of God. Which they have from him to exercise grace, perform duty, withstand and overcome all their spiritual enemies, sin, Satan, and the world.


The unicorn here, was probably speaking of a rhinoceros which is a very strong animal. It is really saying, that God's strength is not limited.


Numbers 23:23 "Surely [there is] no enchantment against Jacob, neither [is there] any divination against Israel: according to this time it shall be said of Jacob and of Israel, What hath God wrought!"


The preposition be may mean "in" or "against". If there is not enchantment in Jacob, it would mean Israel does not use these means for obtaining God's will (compare Deut. 18:10-14). If taken as "against" it implies that such practices as Balaam's were powerless against Israel. The context favors "against". Certainly God is omnipotent, and (24:1), indicates that Balaam was learning this the hard way, along with Balak.


God would not let an enchantment, or divination, occur against His chosen Israel. The countries around are in awe of so great a nation as Israel, that God has blessed.


Numbers 23:24 "Behold, the people shall rise up as a great lion, and lift up himself as a young lion: he shall not lie down until he eat [of] the prey, and drink the blood of the slain."


Or rather, "as the lioness", which, as Aelianus says, is the strongest and most warlike beast. The most fierce and furious, as is believed both by Greeks and Barbarians. And he mentions the heroism of Perdiccas the Macedonian, and Semiramis the Assyrian, in engaging with and killing, not the lion or leopard, but lioness.


"And shall lift up himself as a young lion": Both phrases denoting the courage and strength of the people of Israel, in attacking their enemies and engaging them.


"He shall not lie down": Being once roused up and engaged in war.


"Until he eat of the prey, and drink the blood of the slain": As the lion does when it has seized on a creature, tears it to pieces, eats its flesh and drinks its blood. This may refer to the slaughter of the Midianites that would be quickly made. And among the slain of whom Balaam himself was (Num. 31:7). And to the slaughter and conquest of the Canaanites under Joshua, and taking their spoils.


This is a warning from God, that these people (Israel), will take the land. They are not like their parents, who were too fearful to move into the land and take it. They are young and eager for battle. They will win, because God is with them.


Numbers 23:25 "And Balak said unto Balaam, Neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all."


Signifying that it would be as well or better to do nothing at all, than to do what he did. But the sense is not, that he would not have him curse them, that he could never say, since he had pressed it both before and after this. Wherefore the words should be rendered, as they are by some, "if in cursing thou dost not curse". Or will not curse, "neither in blessing bless", or, however, do not bless. If he could not or would not curse Israel, he would not have him bless them on any account. If he could do him and his people no good in ridding them of their enemies. Yet he desires him by no means to do them any harm by discouraging them and encouraging Israel.


If Balaam will not curse them, Balak tells him, at least don't bless them.


Numbers 23:26 "But Balaam answered and said unto Balak, Told not I thee, saying, All that the LORD speaketh, that I must do?"


He appeals to him for his honesty and faithfulness. For honest and faithful he would be thought to be, both to God and man. That when he first met him, he plainly told him what he must expect from him.


"Saying, all that the Lord speaketh, that I must do": Which was very true, he was obliged to do as he had bid him. And speak what he had said unto him, though it was sore against his will. He would fain both have spoken and done otherwise, if he might have been permitted.


The blessings coming from Balaam's mouth are the LORD's blessings. Balaam is not in control of this. Even if he were in control, he would do the same, because he wants to please God.


Verses 23:27 - 24:14: Balaam's third oracle focused on the ultimate King (the "Messiah"), who would bring the blessings of the Abrahamic Covenant both to Israel and the nations.


Numbers 23:27 "And Balak said unto Balaam, Come, I pray thee, I will bring thee unto another place; peradventure it will please God that thou mayest curse me them from thence."


Come along with me: I will bring thee unto another place. If not better for the view of the people, yet a more religious place, on which account the king hoped for success.


"Peradventure it will please God that thou mayest curse me them from thence": It may be God will give thee leave to curse the people from that place, being devoted to sacred service. This is the first time that Balak makes mention of the name of God. And he now seems to be satisfied that it was not Balaam's fault that he did not curse Israel, but that he was hindered by God. Who would not suffer him to do it.


Balak tries the third time to get Balaam to curse the Israelites. He keeps believing that the location is the problem with the curse.


Numbers 23:28 "And Balak brought Balaam unto the top of Peor, that looketh toward Jeshimon."


"Peor": Also named Beth-peor (Deut. 3:29), it was the location of a temple to Baal (25:3).


This is from another vantage point. What Balak seems not to understand, is that the entire world, and all in it, are God's. He will bless who He wishes, when He wishes.


Numbers 23:29 "And Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams."


Being willing to try again what could be done, and to gratify the king. And especially to get the wages of unrighteousness, if possible, which he dearly loved, as the apostle says (2 Peter 2:15).


"Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams": Which had been done in two places before (Num. 23:1). The same sort of creatures, and the same number here as there. And these only clean creatures, such as were used in sacrifice by the true worshippers of God. And which, no doubt, Balaam had knowledge of. And therefore, judged that those would be most acceptable to the Lord.


Numbers 23:30 "And Balak did as Balaam had said, and offered a bullock and a ram on [every] altar."


Though the sacrifices were expensive, he did not grudge them. He spared no cost to gain his point, though he now could have but little hope of it. And offered a bullock and a ram on every altar; as he had done before (Num. 23:2).


Balaam again, is sacrificing to the LORD, not to Balak's false god. It does not matter where the sacrifice is made, God will not change.


Numbers Chapter 23 Questions


1. Balaam said unto Balak, Build me _______ altars.


2. What number means spiritually complete?


3. What did Balaam promise to tell Balak?


4. What were the high places, generally, used for?


5. What had he offered on the 7 altars?


6. How did God meet with Balaam?


7. What words was Balaam to speak?


8. Who stood with Balak at his burnt offering?


9. What did Balaam say to Balak?


10. The greatness of Israel was their _______________ with God.


11. What is the fourth part, in verse 10, speaking of?


12. Balak thought Balaam was going to _________ Israel, and he _____________ then instead.


13. Balaam can do no less than what?


14. Where does Balak get Balaam to go?


15. What did they offer on mount Pisgah?


16. What does God have Balaam to say the second time?


17. How many Scriptures deal with the fact God does not lie?


18. What is God's strength compared to in verse 22?


19. God would not allow an _______________, or an ______________, against Israel.


20. If Balaam will not curse Israel, what does Balak ask him to do?


21. What was offered the third time?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 24



Numbers Chapter 24

Numbers 24:1 "And when Balaam saw that it pleased the LORD to bless Israel, he went not, as at other times, to seek for enchantments, but he set his face toward the wilderness."


"Saw that it pleased ... went not, as at other times, to seek for enchantments": He had not perceived the "angel of the Lord" standing in the way, but he now perceived his enchantments were of no avail. "At other times" expresses what had been his habit, which extends to his life-style, not just the first two times in this account.


After each time they had sacrificed Balaam had prayed, but this time it seems he had some sort of vision. Perhaps, it was through enchantments. I cannot say good or bad, because the message he gives is true. The Israelites were forbidden enchantments.


Numbers 24:2 "And Balaam lifted up his eyes, and he saw Israel abiding [in his tents] according to their tribes; and the spirit of God came upon him."


"And the spirit of God came upon him": This terminology was regularly used in the Old Testament for those whom God uniquely prepared to do His work (see Judges 3:10). Unlike the previous two oracles, Balaam does not involve himself in divination before giving this third oracle. He is empowered with the Holy Spirit to utter God's message accurately.


Previously God had put a word in Balaam's mouth (23:5, 16). This phase (in verse 2), is not just a stylistic variation, but suggests that this time Balaam fell into a trance (as verses 3 and 4 indicate).


It appears, that God revealed to his mind the thoughts He would have him express, as he looked at the armies of Israel. The Spirit of God, which came upon him, was the Holy Spirit.


Numbers 24:3 "And he took up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor hath said, and the man whose eyes are open hath said:"


This "parable" is actually an "oracle". With a different division of the Hebrew letters translated here as "open", the translation "whose eye is perfect" (i.e., true), may be read.


"Whose eyes are open": His inner eye of understanding had been opened by God's Spirit.


We must realize that the things which come from Balaam's mouth are actually the words of God through this vessel. If his eyes were open, it is a supernatural understanding of what he is seeing.


Numbers 24:4 "He hath said, which heard the words of God, which saw the vision of the Almighty, falling [into a trance], but having his eyes open:"


The "falling" indicates a supernaturally induced state with his "eyes uncovered". The Spirit was mentioned (in verse 2), indicating the source of his revelation. The first two oracles were theological statements about God's relationship to Israel and what He has done for them already. But now the subsequent oracles include visionary predictions of Israel's future settlement in Canaan, the rise of the monarchy, and victories over specific foes.


This was not a dream that Balaam was having. He was fully awake, when he seemed to be taken of the Spirit of God. He had a vision of God and heard Words from God.


Verses 5-9: Their future settlement is compared to that of trees, even "cedar trees", which do not grow by rivers. "Water" is symbolic of fruitfulness, either fertility of the land from rain, or the growing population as the result of accelerated birth rate. They will multiply further (Gen. 17:5-6). The theme of a king is introduced (Gen. 17:6, 16; 35:11).


"Agag" was a king of the Amalekites (compare Exodus 17:14-16; 1 Sam. 15:8).


Numbers 24:5 "How goodly are thy tents, O Jacob, [and] thy tabernacles, O Israel!"


Not that the matter of which they were made was so rich, or their structure so admirable. But the order in which they were placed was so beautiful and agreeable.


"And thy tabernacles, O Israel": Which is the same thing in other words, and which may be applied figuratively to the church of God. Which often goes by the names of Jacob and Israel. And agrees with particular congregations and assemblies of saints, where they dwell as in tents in a movable state, like pilgrims and sojourners. And which are the dwelling places of Father, Son, and Spirit, and of the people of God with one another. And are goodly, pleasant, and delightful, because of the presence of God with them. And on account of the provisions there made for them, and the company they there enjoy (see Psalm 84:1).


The blessing of Israel begins. A person, who had his eyes opened by God, would have to see that God had mightily blessed Israel. For close to three million people to have their tents, spread would be mighty to behold. The wonderful thing about the journey they made, was the fact that even their shoes did not wear out during the 40 years. The tabernacle was a wonder greater than any other nation had. God, Himself, designed it.


Numbers 24:6 "As the valleys are they spread forth, as gardens by the river's side, as the trees of lign aloes which the LORD hath planted, [and] as cedar trees beside the waters."


Balaam's language reflects the famous artificial gardens along the banks of his own river, the Euphrates.


"As the trees of lign aloes which the Lord hath planted": The latter words contain an apparent reference to Paradise (compare Gen. 2:8). The aloe, imported from China and the far distant east, furnished to the ancients one of the most fragrant and precious of spices (compare Psalm 45:8; Prov. 7:17).


"As cedar trees beside the waters": I. e., as the noblest of trees branching forth in the fairest of situations. An image of majestic beauty, as that of the last verse was of rare productivity.


Balaam described the camp of the Israelites, as the beautiful valleys and the river Euphrates, they were all so familiar with. The cedar tree was known for its strength and endurance. The lign aloe tree was well known to Balaam. He related Israel to being mature, because he knew that Israel was what God had made them.


Numbers 24:7 "He shall pour the water out of his buckets, and his seed [shall be] in many waters, and his king shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shall be exalted."


"Agag" (in 1 Sam. 15:32-33, an Amalekite king bore this name). The Amalekites were the first people to attack Israel after they left Egypt (see Exodus 17:8-15). "Agag" may be a proper name or a title of Amalekite rulers, like "Pharaoh" in Egypt.


The buckets are speaking of a man with two buckets, one on each end of a pole. It appears, the buckets are so full of water that they overflow as he walks. The name "Agag" means the fiery one. This is just saying that God's overflowing, blessings on Israel will cause a supernatural growth [overflowing water and seed). He is seeing the kingdom of Israel in its greatness.


Numbers 24:8 "God brought him forth out of Egypt; he hath as it were the strength of a unicorn: he shall eat up the nations his enemies, and shall break their bones, and pierce [them] through with his arrows."


"God brought him forth out of Egypt": Because of the verbal similarities between (24:8 and 9), with (23:22 and 24), the "him" in this verse is usually interpreted to be Israel. However, since the "him" is singular and the closest reference (in verse 7), is to the coming king, it is better to see (verses 8 and 9), as referring to Israel's king. (Numbers 24:9 is a direct quote from Gen. 49:9), which speaks of the ultimate King who will come from Judah, the Messiah.


The strength of Israel is the supernatural strength of God within. There will be no nations able to withstand against Israel. They will break the bones of their enemies, and pierce them through with arrows.


Numbers 24:9 "He couched, he lay down as a lion, and as a great lion: who shall stir him up? Blessed [is] he that blesseth thee, and cursed [is] he that curseth thee."


"Blessed is he that blesseth thee": These words refer to (Gen. 12:3). The ultimate fulfillment of the Abrahamic Covenant centers around the coming Messiah. It is the one who blesses Israel who will ultimately reap God's blessing in the future.


Look with me at the very same thing God had promised the descendants of Abraham.


Genesis 12:2-3 "And I will make of thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and make thy name great; and thou shalt be a blessing:" "And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee: and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed."


This is a renewing of that very same blessing. He is at rest, and lies down a strong nation; strong as the lion. Jesus said the same thing in the following verse.


Matthew 25:40 "And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done [it] unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done [it] unto me."


Numbers 24:10 "And Balak's anger was kindled against Balaam, and he smote his hands together: and Balak said unto Balaam, I called thee to curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast altogether blessed [them] these three times."


He had borne much and long, but he could bear no longer. He was quite impatient; his last words more especially must exceedingly nettle him.


"And he smote his hands together": As expressive of his indignation, vexation, and disappointment.


"And Balak said unto Balaam": I called thee to curse my enemies. He had sent princes to him, one set of them after another, to invite him into his country, and to his court. With great promises of reward to curse Israel, whom he reckoned his enemies, and not to bless them.


"And, behold, thou hast altogether blessed them these three times": Done nothing else but bless them with blessing upon blessing, time after time. Even every one of the three times he opened his mouth, as Balak expected, to have cursed them.


This was not at all what Balak had wanted. He clapped his hands together in disbelief. He wanted Balaam to curse Israel, when, in fact, he blessed them mightily. I suppose Israel, itself, could be a blessing, or a curse, to whatever country they came into contact with. If they warred against them, they were definitely a curse.


Numbers 24:11 "Therefore now flee thou to thy place: I thought to promote thee unto great honor; but, lo, the LORD hath kept thee back from honor."


His own country, from whence Balak had sent for him, and he came. Be gone directly, make all haste to go away. He speaks as one so provoked, that he could not bear him in his presence. And as threatening him if he did not at once get out of his sight.


"I thought to promote thee unto great honor": To bestow much wealth and riches upon him, and to prefer him in his court to high offices of honor and dignity. He had promised that he would, and he thought as he said. He was determined upon it, had he performed as he expected.


"But, lo, the Lord hath kept thee back from honor": The Lord thou hast so much talked of, and at whose beck and command thou hast been. And by whom thou hast been checked and controlled, he has hindered thee from riches and honor. See what thou hast got, or rather lost, by hearkening to him, and how he will pay thee for it.


Balak had planned to give Balaam a place of great authority in his land, if he cursed Israel. Now that he has blessed Israel, Balak tells him he had better run for his life. Balak blames the LORD for Balaam not receiving the honor.


Numbers 24:12 "And Balaam said unto Balak, Spake I not also to thy messengers which thou sentest unto me, saying,"


In order to mitigate his wrath, and bring him into a better temper.


"Spake I not also to thy messengers which thou sentest unto me": Those that came to him a second time. For to the first he said nothing of what is after related. But to the last he did much the same as he had afterwards said to Balak himself. Saying:


Numbers 24:13 "If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go beyond the commandment of the LORD, to do [either] good or bad of mine own mind; [but] what the LORD saith, that will I speak?"


Which are the very words he said to the princes of Moab (Num. 22:18).


"I cannot go beyond the commandment of the Lord, to do either good or bad": For though here it is the "commandment", and there the "word" of the Lord. Yet it is the same word in both places in the original text. Indeed, here he omits the relation to the Lord he there claims, saying "my God". And instead of "little or great", here it is "good or bad". But the sense is the same: and he adds, for explanation sake.


"Of mine own mind": Or out of my heart, which was disposed well enough to serve Balak, but was laid under a restraint by the Lord.


"But what the Lord said, that will I speak": And he had not only said this to the messengers, but to the king himself. And therefore he thought, that as he had openly and honestly told him this at first, he had no reason to be so angry with him (see Num. 22:38).


Balaam reminds Balak that he did not want to come at all. He came only to bring whatever message God had for these people. All the money in the world would not have caused Balaam to go against the commandments of God.


Verses 14-19: Balaam's last four oracles (verses 15-24), really continue the third (verses 3-9). Verse 15 is like (verses 3 and 4). This concerns the distant future as "the latter days" indicates. It may mean simply "the future" (Jer. 23:20), but also the "final days (Isa. 2:2; Dan 8:19). Primarily these oracles refer to the royal triumphs in the period of the early monarchy, but these victories prefigure the greater conquests of Christ at His first and second advents.


"A star": This can be used metaphorically for a king (Rev. 22:16). That a king is meant is confirmed by "a Scepter shall rise out of Israel", a scepter being part of the royal insignia (Gen. 49:10; Psalm 45:6; Amos 1:5, 8).


"Shall smite the corners of Moab": The word "corners" is best understood as "the head" or "skull" (Jer. 48:45 and Samaritan Pentateuch). The king of Israel would conquer the neighboring countries, "Moab, Sheth" (most likely Shut), "Edom, Seir, Amalek", and the "Kenites" (verses 20-21).


Numbers 24:14 "And now, behold, I go unto my people: come [therefore, and] I will advertise thee what this people shall do to thy people in the latter days."


"In the latter days": Literally "at the end of days". This term is rightfully used in the Old Testament for the distant future. Balaam's fourth oracle takes the truth communicated in the third and applies it to Moab.


Generally speaking, the latter days are the days of the coming of the Lord. Perhaps, this is speaking of the latter days of these particular people. "Advertise", in this, means advise.


Verses 15-19: Balaam's fourth oracle predicted the future coming of Israel's king, who would "crush through the forehead of Moab" and conquer Edom. He will have total dominion.


Numbers 24:15 "And he took up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor hath said, and the man whose eyes are open hath said:"


In this and the following verse. The same preface, in the same words, is made to his prophecy as before (see notes on Num. 24:3; 24:4). Only one clause is added, "And knew the knowledge of the Most High". That Balaam had some knowledge of God is certain from the names by which he calls him, being such that he made himself known by to the patriarchs. And by which he is frequently called in the sacred writings. But then this knowledge of his was merely notional and speculative, and not spiritual and supernatural. And was such as men may have who are destitute of the grace of God. He was one that professed to know him in words, but in works denied him (see 1 Cor. 13:2). And he also was admitted to much nearness to God, and converse with him, of which he boasted. But then this was not for his own sake, or as a mark of friendship to him. But for the sake of the people of Israel, and to prevent his doing them mischief. His prophecy follows.


The parable here, is the Spirit of God speaking through Balaam.


Numbers 24:16 "He hath said, which heard the words of God, and knew the knowledge of the Most High, [which] saw the vision of the Almighty, falling [into a trance], but having his eyes open:"


"And knew, the knowledge of the Most High": With the addition of these words, which point to the greater importance and the more distinctly predictive character of what follows. The introduction to this last parable is the same as the introduction to the preceding parable.


Balaam is explaining exactly where, and how, he received this message for Balak from God.


Numbers 24:17 "I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth."


The wise men mentioned in (Matt. Chapter 2), were likely Medes from the Mesopotamian region where Jews had lived in exile for 70 years. As scholars, they were no doubt familiar with and watching for fulfillment of this prophecy:


"A Star" (the Messiah), shall come a Start out of Jacob; and a Scepter" (King) "shall rise out of Israel".


He sees Him in the vision. He explains that the Star or Scepter is not for the present time. It is a future event. Actually the "Star" and "Scepter" are both speaking of Jesus. The sons of Sheth could be speaking of the sons of Seth, or the entire race of people who are of this earth. Moab sometimes is a symbol of the evil world. It could also mean that Moab will be destroyed.


Numbers 24:18 "And Edom shall be a possession, Seir also shall be a possession for his enemies; and Israel shall do valiantly."


Of the children of Israel, which was fulfilled in part when the Edomites became the servants of David (2 Sam. 8:14). And when they were smitten and spoiled by Judas Maccabeus, them a great overthrow, and abated their courage, and took their spoils." And still more so when all the Edomites or the Idumeans were subdued by Hyrcanus, and they became one people with the Jews, and conformed to their religious rites. Which is not only related by Josephus, who says, that they joined themselves to the Jews, and embraced their laws. But in a spiritual sense, this has had a greater accomplishment in the calling of the Gentiles, and introducing them into the church of God (see Amos 9:12; compare with Acts 15:14).


"Seir also shall be a possession for his enemies": Which was a mount in the land of Edom where Esau formerly dwelt. And so signifies the same as before. And also that the strongest and fortified places of the land should fall into the hands of their enemies (see notes on Obad. 1:17; 1:18; 1:19).


"Israel shall do valiantly": In fighting with and conquering the Edomites. Or shall get much wealth and riches by the spoil of them (see Psalm 60:9). This and the following verse, are in some ancient writings of the Jews interpreted of the times of the Messiah.


Edom does, at a much later date, fall to their enemies. In fact, they almost vanish from existence.


Numbers 24:19 "Out of Jacob shall come he that shall have dominion, and shall destroy him that remaineth of the city."


Meaning either David, or rather the Messiah. And so Jarchi interprets this of another ruler out of Jacob. Even of the Messiah, of whom it is said, he shall have dominion from sea to sea (Psalm 72:8).


"And shall destroy him, that remaineth of the city": Chief city of Edom, or of any of the cities of it. Signifying that there should be none left (see Obad. 1:18). This is also applied to the days of the Messiah, in the ancient writings of the Jews.


This King, that Balaam sees in the vision, is no less than Christ Himself. When He reigns as King, He will have total dominion of everything, and everyone.


Philippians 2:10 "That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of [things] in heaven, and [things] in earth, and [things] under the earth;"


Verses 20-24: Balaam's final 3 oracles look at the future of the nations. First, Amalek will come to an end (24:20). Second, the Kenites, identical to or a part of the Midianites, will be carried away by Asshur, i.e., Assyria (24:21-22). Third, Assyria and Eber, probably Israel herself (Gen. 10:21), will be afflicted by Cyprus or Kittim (Kittim came to represent the Mediterranean region west of Palestine and in Dan. 11:30, refers to Rome), until Cyprus comes to ruin.


Numbers 24:20 "And when he looked on Amalek, he took up his parable, and said, Amalek [was] the first of the nations; but his latter end [shall be] that he perish for ever."


The country of Amalek, which lay to the south of the land of Canaan (Num. 13:29). And which Balaam had a view of from the mountain of Peor, where he now was.


"He took up his parable, and said": The parable of his prophecy, as the Targum of Jonathan, and pronounced it aloud.


"Amalek was the first of the nations": Not the first nation in the world, nor the chief and principal for numbers, riches, or strength. But the first that made war with Israel, as all the three Targums paraphrase it, as they did (see Exodus 17:8).


But his latter end shall be that he perish for ever": This was threatened to them by the Lord upon that battle, and is confirmed by this prophecy of Balaam. And after this, orders were given to Israel to blot out their remembrance (Deut. 25:19). And which, in a good measure, though not completely, was done in the times of Saul (1 Sam. 15:8). And after that they were distressed by David (1 Sam. 27:9). And the rest of them were smitten by the sons of Simeon, in the days of Hezekiah (1 Chron. 4:41). After which we hear of them no more. Amalek may be considered as a type of antichrist, the son of perdition. Who shall go into it, shall come to his end, and there shall be none to help him. Which will be true of all the antichristian party, the enemies of Christ, who will be destroyed by him, and perish eternally (see Dan. 11:45).


The Amalekites were bitter foes of Israel. Even though they are very prominent in the Old Testament, they seem to just vanish with no record of them. In all of this, we can see that God blesses whom He chooses, and curses whom He chooses. The church is like Israel. In fact, they are spiritual Israel. The Lord's blessings are upon His church. Those who try to oppose the church, God destroys.


Numbers 24:21 "And he looked on the Kenites, and took up his parable, and said, Strong is thy dwelling place, and thou puttest thy nest in a rock."


Not the family and posterity of Jethro, as Aben Ezra, Jarchi, and Abendana. For they were not a people by themselves, but were now encamped with Israel, and went with them into the land of Canaan. And were not carried captive with the ten tribes, though some might that dwelt in Naphtali (Judges 9:4). For they after that remained with Judah under the name of Rechabites (Jer. 35:2). And returned with the two tribes, being carried captive with them (1 Chron. 2:55). But they were a people, though of the same original and family Jethro descended from, which dwelt near, and afterwards among the Amalekites. And therefore were seen by Balaam, and taken notice of at the same time they were (see 1 Sam. 15:6). Abarbinel takes them to be the same with those in (Gen. 15:19).


"And took up his parable": Or prophecy concerning them, and delivered it.


"And said, strong is thy dwelling place, and thou puttest thy nest in a rock": They dwelling in craggy rocky places, where they thought themselves secure and out of danger. And this their habitation he calls "Ken", a nest, in allusion to their name Kenites.


We can hardly escape the fact that Balaam was actually seeing the enemies of the church in the Moabites, Edomites, Amalekites, Kenites, and Assyrians. Each of them symbolize the evil world system, which opposes God and His people. The Kenites above, were trusting in their own ability to save them. They were rock dwellers.


Numbers 24:22 "Nevertheless the Kenite shall be wasted, until Asshur shall carry thee away captive."


Though they were so strongly fortified, and closely immured and surrounded with rocks and mountains. Yet they should gradually waste away, as they were but few in Saul's time (1 Sam. 15:6).


"Until Ashur shall carry thee away captive": Tiglath-pileser, king of Assyria, when he carried captive the people of Syria, took these with them (2 Kings 16:9). Though Jarchi thinks they were carried captives with the ten tribes. That is, by Shalmaneser, king of Assyria. And the Targum of Jonathan, by Sennacherib, king of Assyria. And others think by Nebuchadnezzar, who was sometimes reckoned a king of Assyria. Taking them to be the same with the Amalekites, who were carried captives and returned with the two tribes.


There is no fortification strong enough that God cannot send someone to destroy it. Many associate the Kenite with Cain.


Verses 23-24: Beginning in verse 20, Balaam adds threes short cryptic oracles dealing with the fate of other nations. They bring the total number to seven. If Israel's enemies were destroyed, her future would be secure. David subdued the Moabites, Edomites, Amalekites, and the Philistines (2 Sam. chapter 8), but the subjugation was only temporary; thus many of the later prophets contain oracles against these same counties. And the great royal (Psalm 110), contains many verbal parallels with (Num. 24:15-19), indicating the latter's importance.


Numbers 24:23 "And he took up his parable, and said, Alas, who shall live when God doeth this!"


Or delivered another prophecy, having made some little pause.


"Alas, who shall live when God doeth this?" Referring not to what goes before, but to what follows. Though Jarchi and Aben Ezra think it refers to the Assyria conquering and carrying captive, not only the Kenites, but all the nations of the world. So that there was no living comfortably in it on his account. But this is said after Balaam had taken up his parable again, and so respects what follows, as the destruction of the Persian empire by Alexander. In which Ashur or the Assyrians were included. And the destruction of the Jews by the Romans more especially. Which was such as had not been the like from the beginning of the world (Matt. 24:21). And perhaps may have a further respect to the affliction of the witnesses and church of Christ by antichrist (see Dan. 12:1).


There is no safety against the wrath of God. The answer to the question above, is no one.


Numbers 24:24 "And ships [shall come] from the coast of Chittim, and shall afflict Asshur, and shall afflict Eber, and he also shall perish for ever."


  1. e., Cyprus, the nearest of the western islands. The only one visible from Palestine. And so the representative to Balsam and to Israel of all those unknown western regions across the Mediterranean Sea. From which were at length to come the conquerors of the mighty empires of the East (compare Isa. 23:1; 23:12; Jer. 2:10).

"And shall afflict Ashur": Which being a part of the Persian empire, was afflicted, conquered, and subdued by Alexander the Macedonian. Who is said to come out of the land of Chittim, "And it happened, after that Alexander son of Philip, the Macedonian, who came out of the land of Chittim, had smitten Darius king of the Persians and Medes, that he reigned in his stead, the first over Greece" (1 Maccabees 1:1).


"And shall afflict Eber": Or the Hebrews, as the Septuagint version. Not that the Grecians or Macedonians should do this, for they under Alexander did not afflict the Jews. Unless this is to be understood of the Seleucid dynasty, the kings of Syria, the successors of Alexander. Who did distress the Jews. But rather this respects the Romans under Pompey, and especially under Titus Vespasian. Who destroyed their city, and carried them captive, and who ever since have been dispersed among the nations.


"And he also shall perish for ever": Not Eber, but those that afflicted him. Even the Romans. And indeed both monarchies, Grecian and Roman, are prophesied of as what should be destroyed. And that by a son of Eber, the Messiah. The stone cut out of the mountain without hands, said to break in pieces all these kingdoms (Dan. 2:44). And not Rome Pagan only, but Rome Papal also. Antichrist and all the antichristian powers (2 Thess. 2:8). And so the Targum of Jonathan says, that the end both of the one and the other. That is, that shall afflict Eber, shall be, to fall by the hand of the King Messiah, and they shall perish for ever.


Numbers 24:25 "And Balaam rose up, and went and returned to his place: and Balak also went his way."


The country from whence he came. That is, he went from Balak, according to his command, in order to return to his own land. For he seems not to have reached it, but stayed by the way among the Moabites and Midianites, and was slain in a battle between Israel and them (Num. 31:8). Or if he did reach Mesopotamia, he returned again, as Chaskuni says. And either before he left Balak, or in his journey homewards. Or when he returned, he gave that advice, to seduce the Israelites first to whoredom, and by that to idolatry. The effects of which are observed in the following chapter (see notes on Num. 24:14). And Balak also went his way; to his royal city, court, and family. Attended, very probably, by the princes of Moab. Who had been with him all this while. Though how long these things were transacting is not certain.


Balaam and Balak both, go to their separate homes.


Numbers Chapter 24 Questions


1. What did Balaam usually do after the sacrifices?


2. The Israelites were forbidden _________________.


3. When Balaam lifted his eyes, what did he see?


4. What was the Spirit that came upon Balaam?


5. The things coming from Balaam's mouth are actually whose?


6. What is happening in verse 4?


7. A person, whose eyes had been opened of God, would have to see what?


8. What was so miraculous about the shoes of the Israelites?


9. What was even more miraculous, than the blessings God had bestowed on Israel personally?


10. How does Balaam describe the camp of the Israelites?


11. What does the name "Agag" mean?


12. Israel had as the strength of a ___________.


13. How did Balak show his anger toward Balaam?


14. What was he angry about?


15. What had Balak planned to do for Balaam, if he cursed Israel?


16. What is "advertise" in verse 14 saying?


17. What is the parable in verse 15 really?


18. Who is the "Star" and "Scepter"?


19. What happens to Edom?


20. Who is the King, that Balaam sees in the vision?


21. The Amalekites were bitter foes of __________.


22. What happens to those who oppose the church?


23. Balaam was seeing the enemies of the church in whom?


24. Many associate the Kenite with ________.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 25



Numbers Chapter 25

Verses 1-18: The final failure of Israel before the conquest of Canaan occurred in the plains of Moab. According to (31:16), the incident was brought about by the counsel of Balaam. Failing to be able to curse Israel, he gave the Moabites and Midianites direction in how to provoke the Lord's anger against His people.


Verses 1-9: The wicked "daughters of Moab" seduced Hebrew men into immorality and idolatry, costing 24,000 people their lives. Moabites were so evil in the eyes of God that they were among the few people He said could never be admitted into the congregation of Israel. The instigator of this sad situation was Balaam (31:16; Rev. 2:14).


Verses 1-5: "Shittim" was the last encampment of Israel before crossing the Jordan (Joshua 2:1). "Commit whoredom": This has both a physical and a spiritual sense. Prostitution was a common feature of Canaanite religion; through it some of the Israelites were allured to participate in pagan sacrifices and "bowed down to their gods". They "called": the verb is feminine, referring to the women of Moab. Balaam advised this (31:16), in order to compromise Israel, whom he could not curse (Rev. 2:14).


"Baal-peor": This shrine was dedicated to Baal of Peor and may have been the place where Balaam delivered his final oracle (23:28). Baal was the Canaanite fertility god, whose worship consistently caused problems in Israel (Judges 2:13; 1 Kings chapter 18; 2 Kings 17:16; Jer. 2:8). By participating in this cult, they flagrantly repudiated the essential heart of the covenant, total and exclusive allegiance to the Lord. Thus a severe plague broke out, killing 24,000 people (verse 9; compare Exodus 32:35).


Numbers 25:1 "And Israel abode in Shittim, and the people began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab."


"Shittim": The region across the Jordan River from Jericho where Israel invaded the land of Canaan (see Joshua 2:1).


It appears this Shittim was the location of the center of the encampment. The Israelites had been successful in their battles, and have settled down to rest. The idle mind has a way of causing a person to sin. These Moabite women were forbidden to the Hebrew men, but this did not seem to stop them. The following Scripture is the very reason God did not want them to mix.


Exodus 34:16 "And thou take of their daughters unto thy sons, and their daughters go a whoring after their gods, and make thy sons go a whoring after their gods."


Numbers 25:2 "And they called the people unto the sacrifices of their gods: and the people did eat, and bowed down to their gods."


That is, the daughters of Moab and Midian, with whom the children of Israel carried on an unlawful correspondence. Invited them, their gallants, to come and partake of the feasts which attended the sacrifices of their idols. For part of what was offered to idols a feast was kept with, to which great numbers were invited. And which was observed with all the circumstances of joy and pleasure imaginable. And which was very ensnaring, especially to young people. And the children of Israel being so much enamored with the beauty of the Moabitish women. And so strong were their lusts and passions, that they could not refuse the invitation.


"And the people did eat": Of the things sacrificed to idols, and so became guilty of idolatry. Even by so doing, and then when they had eaten and drank, and were merry, they were led on to other acts of idolatry.


"And bowed down to their gods": Which was a plain and open act of idolatry. Whereby they testified their faith in their divinity. Their reverence of them, and their homage and obedience to them. Jarchi says, when the evil concupiscence or lust was strong in them, and they solicited the daughters of Moab to hearken to them, and comply with them. They used to take the image of Peor out of their bosom, and said, worship this. Signifying that on that condition they would gratify them. And thus, whoredom led them on to idolatry. And they committed the one for the sake of being indulged in the other.


We find that lust of the flesh caused these men to follow these Moabite women. They sinned greatly, when they followed these women, and sacrificed to false gods. They ate the food offered in sacrifice, as well. In this, they have committed physical and spiritual adultery. God will not allow the worship of false gods under any circumstances.


Numbers 25:3 "And Israel joined himself unto Baal-peor: and the anger of the LORD was kindled against Israel."


"Joined himself unto Baal-peor": Israel engaged in acts of sexual immorality with the women of Moab. Since this was part of the pagan cult that was worshiped by the Moabites, the Israelites joined in these idolatrous practices. The Israelites yoked themselves to the false god of the Moabites and the Midianites, referred to as Baal of Peor. This was a violation of the first commandment.


"Joined" means "yoked". This was not just participation in idolatry but unrestrained betrayal of the Lord that would have impact for generations to come (Psalm 106:28-29).


This "Baal-peor" was a false god that used sex to lure its people. It was the worst kind of worship of false gods. This worship of false gods greatly angered God.


Numbers 25:4 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Take all the heads of the people, and hang them up before the LORD against the sun, that the fierce anger of the LORD may be turned away from Israel."


Being provoked with the sins of the people, he called to him out of the tabernacle, or out of the cloud.


"Take all the heads of the people": The princes of the tribes, not to hang them, but to judge those that worshipped Peor, as Jarchi interprets it. Though some think that these having sinned, were ordered to be taken and hanged, and made public examples of. But it can hardly be thought, though there were some that might be guilty of the above sins, as Zimri, yet not all of them.


"And hang them up before the Lord against the sun": That is, those that were guilty of idolatry. The meaning is, and which all the Targums give into, that these heads of the people were to assemble at some proper place. The court of judicature, and order the delinquents to be brought before them, and try, judge, and condemn those they found guilty. And cause them to be hanged somewhere near the tabernacle, and before it, having neglected the worship of God there. And served an idol. And this was to be done openly in the daytime, that all might see and fear.


"That the fierce anger of the Lord may be turned away from Israel": When justice had taken place, and proper punishment was inflicted upon the criminals. Whereby a just resentment was made against sin, and God glorified.


We see the terrible wrath that God had on their leaders, who encouraged them in this terrible sin. God holds the leaders of each of the groups responsible. They who were responsible are killed, and hung up before all the people, to see the seriousness of this sin. Whether they were hung, or crucified, we do not know. We do know they were killed, and left hanging for all the sinners to see.


Numbers 25:5 "And Moses said unto the judges of Israel, Slay ye every one his men that were joined unto Baal-peor."


Either the same with the heads of the people, or the rulers of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens, according to the distribution by the advice of Jethro.


"Slay ye everyone his men, that were joined unto Baal-peor": All that were under their several districts and jurisdictions, that were found guilty of that crime. These they are ordered to slay, either with their own hands, or rather cause to be slain by proper persons they should appoint to be executioners.


Every man, that was involved in the worship of this false god, was to be killed by the judges.


Numbers 25:6 "And, behold, one of the children of Israel came and brought unto his brethren a Midianitish woman in the sight of Moses, and in the sight of all the congregation of the children of Israel, who [were] weeping [before] the door of the tabernacle of the congregation."


From one of the cities of Moab or Midian, the latter rather, by what follows. Where he had been, very probably, to an idolatrous feast, and had eaten of the sacrifices, and worshipped idols, and committed fornication with the daughters of the land.


"Brought unto his brethren a Midianitish woman": Into his father's family, into a tent where his brethren dwelt.


"In the sight of Moses, and in the sight of all the congregation of the children of Israel": In the most open and undisguised manner, into the midst of the camp. Passing by Moses, and a great number of the people, who were gathered together on this solemn occasion, to seek the Lord, and humble themselves before him.


"Who were weeping before the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": The place where the people used to assemble together for religious exercises. Here they were weeping and mourning for the sins and abominations that were committed among them. And on account of the punishment inflicted on many of them, by the hand of the civil magistrate. And because of the plague that was broke out upon them, from an angry God. And at such a time, when so many had been hanged up for it, and the plague of God was broke out among the people on account of it. And good men were bewailing the sin, and the punishment of it. And if this was on a Sabbath day, as the Samaritan Chronicle relates, it was a further aggravation of it.


Compare (verses 14-15).


This is the first mention of the Midianitish woman. This could have even been the source of the problem with the Moabitish women. It appears, they came to the door of the tabernacle weeping.


Verses 7-13: "Phinehas", the grandson of Aaron, was moved with Yahweh's zeal and thrust a spear through the hearts of a couple engaged in immorality. This stopped the "plague", but not before thousands of people died, punished for their immorality and idolatry (Psalm 106:30). Because of his action, Phinehas was promised an "everlasting priesthood".


Numbers 25:7 "And when Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, saw [it], he rose up from among the congregation, and took a javelin in his hand;"


Saw the man pass by in this impudent manner, and his whore with him. His spirit was stirred up, he was filled and fired with zeal for the glory of God. And with a holy indignation against the sin and sinner. And with a just concern for the honor of the righteous law of God. And, to prevent others from falling into the same sin, led by the public example of so great a personage.


"He rose up from among the congregation": Who were weeping at the door of the tabernacle, or from the midst of the court of judicature. Set for trying and judging such persons who were charged with idolatry. For he was not only the son of the high priest and his successor, but a ruler over the Korhites, and had, besides his priestly office, a civil authority (1 Chron. 9:20).


"And took a javelin in his hand": A spear or pike. The Jews say he snatched it out of the hand of Moses. And, according to Josephus, it was a sword. But the word rather signifies a hand pike. This being ready at hand, he took it up and pursued the criminal.


"Phinehas" was the grandson of Aaron. He was in line for the job of high priest, just under Eleazar. Phinehas relates the problem of this false worship to this Midianitish woman, and the Israelite who took her. He armed himself with a javelin to punish them.


Numbers 25:8 "And he went after the man of Israel into the tent, and thrust both of them through, the man of Israel, and the woman through her belly. So the plague was stayed from the children of Israel."


Into which he went with his harlot. The word here used is different from what is commonly used for a tent.


"And thrust both of them through": With his javelin, spear, or pike.


"The man of Israel, and the woman through her belly": By which, it seems, they were killed in the very act of uncleanness. This was an extraordinary action, done by a person of public authority.


"So the plague was stayed from the children of Israel": Which had broken out among them and carried off many. Even a disease, the pestilence, according to Josephus. It ceasing upon this act of Phinehas, shows that that was approved of by the Lord.


Phinehas' action against these two, who had started the trouble, showed the utter disgust of the priesthood for this sin. God stayed the plague, because He felt the priest could handle the situation. Notice, Phinehas killed both the man and the woman. They were each guilty. They were each punished.


Numbers 25:9 "And those that died in the plague were twenty and four thousand."


"Twenty and four thousand": This is to be differentiated from the plague over the golden calf where 23,000 died (compare Exodus 32:1-14, 28; 1 Cor. 10:8).


Before the plague stopped, 24,000 died. We must remember that God will bring a plague upon the people, if the people will not govern themselves. We have a plague in our land today. It is A.I.D.S. God will not allow the abomination of homosexuality, and lesbianism to go unchecked. If the nation does not stop it, God will.


Verses 10-15: "He was zealous for my sake": Phinehas executed the sinner, expressing so clearly and visible God's own anger through his deed that God's wrath was turned away. He "made an atonement for the children of Israel": He was rewarded with the promise that the high priest-hood would always remain in his family (1 Chron. 6:4).


Verses 10-13: Because of Phinehas' zeal for God's holiness, the Lord made a "covenant of an everlasting priesthood" with him so that through his family line would come all future, legitimate High-Priests (compare Psalm 106:30-31). This promise will extend even into the millennial kingdom (compare Ezek. 40:46; 44:10, 15; 48: 11).


Numbers 25:10 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


Out of the cloud, or out of the tabernacle. At the door of which Moses now was (Num. 25:6). This was after so many had died of the plague, and after the act of Phinehas, by which it was stopped.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 25:11 "Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, hath turned my wrath away from the children of Israel, while he was zealous for my sake among them, that I consumed not the children of Israel in my jealousy."


His descent and genealogy is observed as before. Partly to show that he was not a private person, but a man of public authority that did the above fact. Perhaps one of the judges that Moses ordered to slay every man his man, and therefore what he did by the order of the supreme magistrate. And partly to show that he was heir apparent to the office of high priest. Who in course was to succeed in it. Nor should this action of his hinder it, but rather serve to secure and confirm it to him.


"Hath turned away my wrath from the children of Israel": Caused the effects of it to cease, by slaying the two persons, as before related.


"While he was zealous for my sake among you": For the glory of God, the honor of his law, the credit of religion, and the good of his people. Which is a good cause to be zealously affected in (Gal. 4:18). In which he was a type of Christ, whose zeal for the house of God, for the doctrine, discipline, and worship of it. For the salvation of his people, and the glory of God thereby, ate him up (Psalm 69:9). As well as in his turning away wrath from Israel. Sin is the cause of wrath, and for it is revealed from heaven. The people of God are deserving of it as others. But Christ has borne it for them, and so has delivered them from it and all the effects of it. And they are secure from its coming upon them.


"That I consumed not the children of Israel in my jealousy": By the plague sent among them, being so highly provoked with their shocking abominations.


Had not this one man stood up and spoke out against this abomination, God would have killed the whole nation.


Numbers 25:12 "Wherefore say, Behold, I give unto him my covenant of peace:"


Moses is bid to tell what follows to Phinehas himself. For his comfort and encouragement. And to the people of Israel, that they might take notice of it. And give him honor and respect, as one highly esteemed by the Lord.


"Behold, I give unto him my covenant of peace": Not only hereby assuring him that he had nothing to fear from the brethren and relations of the person he had slain, as Aben Ezra. But that he should enjoy all peace and happiness, external, internal, and eternal. In this also Phinehas was a type of Christ; the covenant of grace made with him is called the covenant of peace (Isa. 54:10). For in this covenant the scheme of peace and reconciliation was formed, agreed to, and settled. Christ was appointed the peace maker, which he agreed to be. And in consequence of it was sent and obtained peace by the blood of his cross. Which is published in the everlasting Gospel, called therefore the Gospel of peace.


The zeal of Phinehas to do what was right in the sight of God, brought God's approval. He brought great peace to Phinehas.


Numbers 25:13 "And he shall have it, and his seed after him, [even] the covenant of an everlasting priesthood; because he was zealous for his God, and made an atonement for the children of Israel."


The covenant, and all the blessings of it. So the covenant stands fast with Christ, and all his spiritual seed (Psalm 89:28).


"Even the covenant of an everlasting priesthood": Or this may be read in connection with the preceding words, and the sense be, and he and his shall have the covenant of an everlasting priesthood. Beside the covenant of peace before promised to him. The Aaronic priesthood is called everlasting, because it was to continue, and did continue. Throughout the whole Jewish dispensation, unto the coming of the Messiah, in whom it had its fulfilling end. Now though Phinehas in course was to have the priesthood at his father's death, yet it is here promised him on account of his zeal. Both to assure him that he should survive his father, and that nothing should befall him that should render him incapable of the priesthood. And moreover, that he should have a seed in whom it should be continued. There was indeed an interruption of it in his line for a little while, on some account or other, it being translated into the family of Eli, a son of Ithamar. But then it was restored again in the time of Solomon to the family of Phinehas. Where it continued unto the captivity, and even to the times of Herod, and so of the Messiah. In this also Phinehas was a type of Christ, the covenant made with him not only being from everlasting and to everlasting. A covenant that cannot be broken, and will never be removed. But the priesthood founded on it is so too, being established by the oath of God, who swore to him, "thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek". Christ's priesthood is an unchangeable one, and does not pass from one to another. His sacrifice has a perpetual virtue and efficacy in it to take away sin, and he ever lives to make intercession for his people (Heb. 7:21).


"Because he was zealous for his God, and made an atonement for the children of Israel": By executing judgment upon the delinquents, as Christ has made atonement for the sins of his people by satisfying law and justice. And, besides what has been observed, it may be remarked, that there is an agreement between Phinehas and Christ in his very name. Phinehas signifies either "the face of him that spares", that is, of God, that spares. Christ is the face of God, the express image of his person, even of him, who, though he spared not Christ himself, yet he spares his people for Christ's sake.


God makes an everlasting covenant of peace with Phinehas, and his descendants. His action brought atonement for all the people. It appears that somehow, this had something to do with Balaam. We do know that Balaam was a Midianite.


Verses 14-18: Balaam was involved in this further attempt to seduce Israel, as reported in (Rev. 2:14): "Balaam taught Balak to put a stumbling block before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit sexual immorality. What Balaam and Balak could not do to Israel by divination, they tried to accomplish by seduction. Because of this, the Midianites would be punished (31:1-24).


Numbers 25:14 "Now the name of the Israelite that was slain, [even] that was slain with the Midianitish woman, [was] Zimri, the son of Salu, a prince of a chief house among the Simeonites."


By Phinehas, as before related.


"Even that was slain with the Midianitish woman": Who was slain also, both together with one thrust.


"Was Zimri, the son of Salu, a prince of a chief house among the Simeonites": Or a prince of his father's house, or family. There were five families of the Simeonites, and this man was a prince of one of them (see Num. 26:12). Though Josephus, and so the Samaritan Chronicle, make him to be a prince of the tribe of Simeon. His name is mentioned partly to the reproach of him, and partly for the honor of Phinehas. Whose zeal and courage were such, that he feared not to take away the life of a person of such figure, authority, and interest among the people.


This is the only time this particular person, Zimri, is mentioned in the Bible. He was a descendent of Simeon. The fact that the person's name involved is given here, gives more evidence that this was a real happening, and not just a lesson to be learned.


Numbers 25:15 "And the name of the Midianitish woman that was slain [was] Cozbi, the daughter of Zur; he [was] head over a people, [and] of a chief house in Midian."


One of the five kings of Midian (Num. 31:8). And so the Samaritan Chronicle says, it was the daughter of a king that came to a prince of the tribe of Simeon. And enticed him to eat of her food, and worship her idols.


"He was head over a people, and of a chief house in Midian": That is, Zur, the father of Cozbi, was. There were five sons of Midian, whose names are given (Gen. 25:4). From whence Jarchi concludes, that there were five principal families in Midian. And that this man was the head or chief of one of them. Which is not improbable. And that also makes for the honor of Phinehas. That he spared not any for their rank and quality, of whatsoever nation they were.


The name "Cozbi" means false. What an appropriate name. Zur was a chief among his people. He is in fact, spoken of as one of the 5 kings of Midian. All of this adds to the evidence that this whole thing was planned by the Midianites.


Numbers 25:16 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


This was some time after the above affair happened. How long it was being not certain. And a little time before the death of Moses (see Num. 31:1).


Numbers 25:17 "Vex the Midianites, and smite them:"


"Vex the Midianites": Because the Midianites had attacked Israel by their schemes of sexual and idolatrous seduction, the Lord called Israel to attack them in return. This attack is recorded (in 31:1-24).


This is another way of saying attack them in war. It really appears, that the women of Midian were part of a plot by Balaam to bring disaster to Israel. They used the lust of the men to entrap them. God sees through the plan and says, destroy them.


Numbers 25:18 "For they vex you with their wiles, wherewith they have beguiled you in the matter of Peor, and in the matter of Cozbi, the daughter of a prince of Midian, their sister, which was slain in the day of the plague for Peor's sake."


Not with wars, but with wiles. With cunning stratagems, and artful methods to draw them into sin. That thereby they might be exposed to the wrath of God.


"Wherewith they have beguiled you in the matter of Peor": The idol Peor, that is, Baal-peor. Which seems to countenance the notion that Peor was the name of a man. Some great personage, who was deified after his death. Now the Midianites beguiled the Israelites, by sending their daughters among them, with whom they committed fornication. And by whom they were persuaded to worship the idol Peor.


"And in the matter of Cozbi, the daughter of a prince of Midian, their sister": Their country-woman, as it was common with eastern people to call those of the same country with them their brethren and sisters. Now the Midianites beguiled the Israelites, by prostituting a person of such quality to a prince of theirs. Which was setting an example to other daughters of Midian to follow her. And so hereby many of the children of Israel were ensnared into whoredom, and into idolatry.


"Which was slain in the day of the plague, for Peor's sake": Or for the business of Peor, as the Targum of Jonathan. Because of the worship of that idol. Not that Cozbi was slain upon that account, but the plague came upon Israel by reason of their worshipping of it. And it was on the day that the plague was that she was slain. By which it seems that the plague lasted but one day.


These women were indulging in sex with the men of Israel, not out of desire for them, but to destroy them. The men of Israel are indulging in sex because of lust. The men are lusting after the women to the extent, that they were even worshipping their false gods. God says, kill the Midianites for plotting such a thing.


Numbers Chapter 25 Questions


1. What sin did the people begin to commit?


2. Where did this sin lead the men of Israel?


3. They have committed ___________ and ____________ adultery.


4. What was "Baal-peor"?


5. What did God tell Moses to do with all the heads of the people?


6. Why were they hung before the people?


7. Who did Moses tell the judges to kill?


8. In verse 6, we see a _____________ woman.


9. Where did they come weeping?


10. Who was "Phinehas"?


11. What did he do?


12. The __________ was stopped, because of his actions.


13. How many died in the plague?


14. What is the plague in our land today?


15. What did God tell Moses had stopped the plague?


16. What would have happened to the whole nation, if Phinehas had not done this?


17. What covenant did God make with Phinehas?


18. What did his action bring to the people?


19. What was the name of the Israelite that Phinehas killed?


20. Who was the Midianitish woman?


21. Who was her father?


22. What position did he have in the land of Midian?


23. Who had planned this whole thing?


24. What does God tell Moses to do to Midian?


25. How had the women of Midian trapped the men of Israel?


26. The men's lust had even led them to _______________ their ________ ________.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 26



Numbers Chapter 26

"Verses 26:1 - 36:13: The final major section of Numbers records the renewed obedience of Israel. God continued to speak (26:1-2, 52; 27:6, 12, 18; 28:1; 31:1, 25; 33:50; 34:1, 16; 35:1, 9), and the second generation of Israel obeyed. Most of the commandments in this section related to Israel's life after they entered the Land.


Verses 1-65: The previous census had a military purpose: to record all those men aged 20 and over who were fit for military service (1:3), and so does this census (26:2). This was appropriate since a campaign against Midian had just been announced (25:16-18), and the conquest of Canaan was imminent. But there was a more important reason for this census: to determine the relative size of the tribes, so they should each receive a proportionate share of territory in the Promised Land (verses 52-56).


Chapters 1 and 3 give the total number of men in each tribe, whereas chapter 26 gives these totals and also lists the families or clans that make up each tribe. There are extra details supplied in this census about the clans and their forefathers to help serve as a reminder that the cause of the great multiplication of the children of Israel goes back to the promise to the patriarchs in (Gen. 12:2; 26:24; and 46:3). In (verse 33), the "daughters of Zelophehad" are mentioned, and their legal problems are dealt with in (chapters 27 and 36).


Numbers 26:1 "And it came to pass after the plague, that the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, saying,"


Related in the preceding chapter; how long after is not certain. Perhaps before the war with Midian, exhorted to in the latter part of the foregoing chapter. And of which an account is given (Num. 31:1).


"That the Lord spake unto Moses": Out of the tabernacle, or out of the cloud.


"And unto Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest": The Lord had been used to speak to Moses and to Aaron. But now Aaron being dead, and Eleazar his son succeeding him in the priesthood, is joined with Moses. And the order here given is directed to them both.


"Saying": As follows.


This plague in the last lesson, had reduced the number of people by 24,000. This seems to be the last large reduction of the people, before they went into the Promised Land. This has to do with all the people, since God speaks to Moses and Eleazar. You remember, Aaron has died and Eleazar took his place as high priest.


Numbers 26:2 "Take the sum of all the congregation of the children of Israel, from twenty years old and upward, throughout their fathers' house, all that are able to go to war in Israel."


Excepting the Levites, who were to be numbered by themselves, and at a different age. This sum was to be taken, that it might appear that all of the old generation that came out of Egypt. Of the age at which this sum was taken, were now dead, excepting two, as the Lord had threatened. And partly that as they were now about to enter the land of Canaan, it might be divided to them according to their number. As well as to show the faithfulness of God to his word and promise. That he would multiply and make them fruitful, notwithstanding all their provoking sins and transgressions.


"From twenty years old and upwards, throughout their father's house": All of that age in every tribe, house, and family.


"All that are able to go to war in Israel": For which they must prepare. Being about to enter the land of Canaan, and dispossess and drive out the inhabitants of it.


They had taken a census at the beginning of the journey over 38 years ago. Now the end of the journey is near, and they will take the census again.


Numbers 26:3 "And Moses and Eleazar the priest spake with them in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,"


With the children of Israel. With the heads of them, their chief and principal, to assist in taking the number of the people. As when they were numbered thirty years ago. When a prince out of each tribe was taken to be with Aaron and Moses in doing that business. But those princes were now all dead, and another race succeeded. Who were now employed in this service. So the Targum of Jonathan says, they spoke with the rulers, and ordered them to number them.


"In the plains of Moab, by Jordan, near Jericho": Or of Jericho, as the same Targum. On the other side of Jordan to that on which Jericho stood. For as yet the children of Israel had not passed that river, nor entered into the land of Canaan, in which Jericho was. But they were now opposite it (see notes on Num. 22:1).


Then Eleazar and Moses call all the leaders of the twelve tribes together, to take a count of all the men of each tribe 20 years old and older. This is just before they go into Jericho.


Numbers 26:4 "[Take the sum of the people], from twenty years old and upward; as the LORD commanded Moses and the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt."


At the same age at which the sum was taken before (Num. 1:3). So that there could not be one that was more than sixty years of age, of all those that went into the land of Canaan, except Joshua and Caleb. And besides some few in the tribe of Levi, which did not come into either of these musters.


"And the Lord commanded Moses, and the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt": As Moses had a command to number the people before, so he had now. The sin of David was, that he numbered the people when he had no command for it. Moses, when he brought the people out of Egypt, had them committed to him by number. And now being about to die, he delivers them up as it were by number again, as Jarchi observes.


This count is to be taken in the very same manner as the earlier census.


Verses 5-51: The numbers for each tribe with the net gain or loss were as follows:


Reuben 43,760 verse 7 -2,770


Simeon 22,200 verse 14 -37,100


Gad 40,500 verse 18 -5,150


Judah 76,500 verse 22 +1,900


Issachar 64,300 verse 25 +9,900


Zebulun 60,500 verse 27 +3,100


Manasseh 52,700 verse 34 +20,500


Ephraim 32,500 verse 37 -8,000


Benjamin 45,600 verse 41 +10,200


Dan 64,400 verse 43 +1,700


Asher 53,400 verse 47 +11,900


Naphtali 45,400 verse 50 -8,000


Total 601,730 verse 51 -1,820


Numbers 26:5-6 "Reuben, the eldest son of Israel: the children of Reuben; Hanoch, [of whom cometh] the family of the Hanochites: of Pallu, the family of the Palluites:" "Of Hezron, the family of the Hezronites: of Carmi, the family of the Carmites."


The number of his tribe is taken first on that account. There were four families that descended from him. The Hanochites, Palluites, Hezronites, and Carmites, and the number of men from twenty years old and upwards, fit for war, were 43,760. So that, since the last numbering, this tribe was decreased 2770. Which may in part be accounted for by the families of Dathan and Abiram being cut off for their rebellion. Who were this tribe, and whose affair is briefly related in the following verses, and it may be to point out this unto us.


Numbers 26:7 "These [are] the families of the Reubenites: and they that were numbered of them were forty and three thousand and seven hundred and thirty."


The principal households, which were subdivided into numerous smaller families. Reuben had suffered great diminution by Korah's conspiracy and other outbreaks (Num. 16:1).


We find the list corresponds with the sons of Reuben in the following verse.


Genesis 46:9 "And the sons of Reuben; Hanoch, and Phallu, and Hezron, and Carmi."


The tribe of Reuben at the end of the wilderness wanderings were 43,730 people. The earlier count had been 46,500. This is a loss of 2,770 people during the wilderness wanderings.


Numbers 26:8 "And the sons of Pallu; Eliab."


Or son, the plural for the singular. Pallu having but one son, whose name was Eliab, the father of Dathan and Abiram (Num. 26:9).


Eliab was father of Dathan and Abiram, the leaders of the revolt against Moses. Eliab had another son named Nemuel.


Numbers 26:9 "And the sons of Eliab; Nemuel, and Dathan, and Abiram. This [is that] Dathan and Abiram, [which were] famous in the congregation, who strove against Moses and against Aaron in the company of Korah, when they strove against the LORD:"


"Dathan, and Abiram": These were singled out for special mention because of their part in the rebellion recorded (in 16:1-40). Mention of them was a reminder of God's judgment against rebellion.


Numbers 16:1-2 "Now Korah, the son of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, and Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, and On, the son of Peleth, sons of Reuben, took [men]:" "And they rose up before Moses, with certain of the children of Israel, two hundred and fifty princes of the assembly, famous in the congregation, men of renown:"


Numbers 26:10 "And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up together with Korah, when that company died, what time the fire devoured two hundred and fifty men: and they became a sign."


Not only Dathan and Abiram, but their wives and children, their houses and tents, and all their goods (see Num. 16:32). Together with Korah; the words being thus rendered, and standing in such close connection with the preceding. Some have concluded from hence that Korah was swallowed up with them in the earth. Whereas he seems rather to have been at that time with the two hundred and fifty men that had censers at the door of the tabernacle. And was consumed by fire with them (see Num. 16:16). And, indeed, it is suggested here, for the phrase may be rendered, "and the things of Korah". What appertained unto him, his men, tents, goods, and substance, which agrees with (Num. 16:32). Or, "and as for Korah"; with respect to him. "When that company died". He was at the head of, he died also. The same death they died, by fire, as follows.


"What time the fire devoured two hundred and fifty men": Which was the number his company consisted of, who took censers, and offered incense, and were consumed by fire (Num. 16:2). And with whom, in all probability, he perished.


"And they became a sign": Were made an example of, to deter others from the like practices, and particularly usurping any part of the priest's office. Some connect the words with the following, and take the sense to be, that this was the sign or miracle. That when they perished, Korah's sons died not, but were preserved.


Dathan, and Abiram were undoubtedly swallowed up with their people. Korah was swallowed up with Dathan and Abiram. The other leaders of the 250 who revolted were burned with fire. They became a sign to all the people not to commit this type sin again.


Numbers 26:11 "Notwithstanding the children of Korah died not."


"The children of Korah": These sons of Korah were spared judgment because they separated themselves from their father's house (see 16:26).


The Korahites were specifically not killed.


Numbers 26:12-14 "The sons of Simeon after their families: of Nemuel, the family of the Nemuelites: of Jamin, the family of the Jaminites: of Jachin, the family of the Jachinites:" "Of Zerah, the family of the Zarhites: of Shaul, the family of the Shaulites." "These [are] the families of the Simeonites, twenty and two thousand and two hundred."


This tribe was next numbered, not only because Simeon was next to Reuben by birth, but because his tribe was under the standard of Reuben. Two of his sons are a little differently named here than they are in (Gen. 46:10). There the eldest is called Jemuel, here Nemuel. There the youngest but one is named Zohar, here Zerah. And one of them is here omitted, namely Ohad, perhaps because he died without children, and so no family sprang from him. Wherefore the families of Simeon were but five, and the number of them were 22,200. By which it appears there was a very great decrease in this tribe since the last muster. Even 37,100 which in some measure is to be accounted for by the great number of this tribe supposed to have died of the plague. On account of fornication and idolatry, made mention of in the preceding chapter. A prince in this tribe having set a bad example.


In the first count of the tribe of Simeon, there were counted 59,300. The count here is 22,200. There is a loss of 37,100 since the first count. This possibly, is because so many of them were swallowed up when the earth opened.


Numbers 26:15 "The children of Gad after their families: of Zephon, the family of the Zephonites: of Haggi, the family of the Haggites: of Shuni, the family of the Shunites:"


Because it lay encamped with that under the standard of Reuben. There is a little variation in the names of two or three of his sons, from those by which they are called (Gen. 46:16). Instead of Ziphion, here Zephon; and for Haggai, here Haggi. And what is much wider, for Ezbon, here Ozni. Seven families sprang from Gad; whose number now was 40,500. They were diminished since their last numbering 5,150. It is probable this tribe, being a warlike tribe, suffered very much in their attempt to enter the land of Canaan contrary to the will of God. And were repulsed and defeated by the Amalekites (Num. 16:40).


Numbers 26:16-18 "Of Ozni, the family of the Oznites: of Eri, the family of the Erites:" "Of Arod, the family of the Arodites: of Areli, the family of the Arelites." "These [are] the families of the children of Gad according to those that were numbered of them, forty thousand and five hundred."


The children of Gad at this second counting were numbered 40,500. The earlier count of the tribe of Gad was 45,650. Again, we see a reduction of them by 5,150.


Numbers 26:19-22 "The sons of Judah [were] Er and Onan: and Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan." "And the sons of Judah after their families were; of Shelah, the family of the Shelanites: of Pharez, the family of the Pharzites: of Zerah, the family of the Zarhites." "And the sons of Pharez were; of Hezron, the family of the Hezronites: of Hamul, the family of the Hamulites." "These [are] the families of Judah according to those that were numbered of them, threescore and sixteen thousand and five hundred."


And besides these he had Shelah, Pharez, and Zerah, from whom families sprang. But none from the two first.


"And Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan": Where they were born. And that because of their sins, as the Targum of Jonathan adds (see Gen. 38:7-10). So that there were but three families sprang from Judah. The Shelanites, Pharzites, and Zarhites. Only the family of the Pharzites was divided into two families, the Hezronites and the Hamulites. So called from two sons of Pharez. The number of these families amounted to 76,500, so that there was an increase of 1,900 since the last muster. Which answers to Jacob's blessing, that he should be a praise among his brethren (Gen. 49:8).


"Er and Onan": These two sons of Judah did not receive an inheritance in the Land because of their great evil (see Gen. 38:1-10).


Genesis 38:7 "And Er, Judah's firstborn, was wicked in the sight of the LORD; and the LORD slew him."


The following is speaking of Onan.


Genesis 38:10 "And the thing which he did displeased the LORD: wherefore he slew him also."


We see that both of these sons died without leaving an heir.


Zerah and Pharez were the sons of Judah by his daughter-in-law Tamar. The others mentioned are grandsons.


The descendants of Judah at this count were 76,500. At the earlier count, there were 74,600. This means there was an increase in the number of 1,900 people.


Numbers 26:23-25 "[Of] the sons of Issachar after their families: [of] Tola, the family of the Tolaites: of Pua, the family of the Punites:" "Of Jashub, the family of the Jashubites: of Shimron, the family of the Shimronites." "These [are] the families of Issachar according to those that were numbered of them, threescore and four thousand and three hundred."


This tribe was numbered next to Judah, because it was under his standard. Two of his sons are a little differently named than they are (Gen. 46:13). Instead of Phuvah one is called Pua, and instead of Job another is called here Jashub. This tribe consisted of four families, and the number of warlike men in it was 64,300. Their increase since the last numbering of them is 9,900.


Numbers 26:26-27 "[Of] the sons of Zebulun after their families: of Sered, the family of the Sardites: of Elon, the family of the Elonites: of Jahleel, the family of the Jahleelites." "These [are] the families of the Zebulunites according to those that were numbered of them, threescore thousand and five hundred."


Zebulun is numbered next to Issachar, because it was encamped under the standard of Judah. It consisted of three families, whose numbers were 60,500. So that this tribe was increased 3,100.


The tribe of Zebulun, at this count, was 60,500. At the beginning of the march, they were numbered 57,400. We see there was an increase of 3,100 people.


Numbers 26:28-34 "The sons of Joseph after their families [were] Manasseh and Ephraim." "Of the sons of Manasseh: of Machir, the family of the Machirites: and Machir begat Gilead: of Gilead [come] the family of the Gileadites." "These [are] the sons of Gilead: [of] Jeezer, the family of the Jeezerites: of Helek, the family of the Helekites:" "These [are] the sons of Gilead: [of] Jeezer, the family of the Jeezerites: of Helek, the family of the Helekites:" And [of] Asriel, the family of the Asrielites: and [of] Shechem, the family of the Shechemites:" "And [of] Shemida, the family of the Shemidaites: and [of] Hepher, the family of the Hepherites." "And Zelophehad the son of Hepher had no sons, but daughters: and the names of the daughters of Zelophehad [were] Mahlah, and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah." "These [are] the families of Manasseh, and those that were numbered of them, fifty and two thousand and seven hundred."


Manasseh is here mentioned first, though Ephraim was preferred to him by Jacob. And the standard belonged to him. Not because he was the firstborn, but because he had now the greater increase, though he had but one son, Machir. Of whom was the family of the Machirites, and a grandson, whose name was Gilead. From whom was the family of the Gileadites, and who had six sons. Of whom were the families of the Jeezerite, Helekites, Asrielites, Shechemites, Shemidaites, and Hepherites. Hepher, of whom was the last, had a son named Zelophehad. But he had no son, only five daughters, whose names are given. The number of men in this tribe, of twenty years old and upwards, fit for war, was 52,700. So that the increase was 20,500, a large increase indeed!


Manasseh's and Ephraim's tribes had been counted separate earlier.


"Zelophehad": The mentioning of Zelophehad having no sons, but only daughters, laid the basis for the laws of inheritance stated (in 27:1-11; 36:1-12).


Zelophehad had no sons, so his daughters are listed here. These are not just Manasseh's sons, but grandsons, as well.


The count of Manasseh's descendants at this count were 52,700. In the first count, they were numbered 32,200. They had increased greatly by 20,500 people.


Numbers 26:35-37 "These [are] the sons of Ephraim after their families: of Shuthelah, the family of the Shuthalhites: of Becher, the family of the Bachrites: of Tahan, the family of the Tahanites." "And these [are] the sons of Shuthelah: of Eran, the family of the Eranites." "These [are] the families of the sons of Ephraim according to those that were numbered of them, thirty and two thousand and five hundred. These [are] the sons of Joseph after their families."


Which were but three, the Shuthalhites, the Bachrites, and the Tahanites. Only from the former sprung another family, called the Eranites. The number of the whole was 32,500. There was a decrease in this tribe of 8,000.


Ephraim's descendants were numbered 32,500 at this count. At the earlier count, there had been 40,500. We see that Ephraim's descendants had reduced in number from the first count by 8,000.


Numbers Chapter 26 Questions


  1. Who did God speak to after the plague?
  2. The plague reduced the people by ____________.
  3. Why is Eleazar mentioned in place of Aaron?
  4. What does God tell them to do?
  5. How many years ago had they taken a census?
  6. They camped near _________ at this time.
  7. Who was the oldest son of Jacob (Israel)?
  8. How many sons of Reuben are mentioned here?
  9. How many fewer people did they have, then at the first count?
  10. Who was Eliab the father of?
  11. What terrible thing had they done?
  12. How many princes were opposed to Moses?
  13. What happened to them?
  14. What happened to Korah's children?
  15. The tribe of Simeon reduced by how many on the wilderness wanderings?
  16. Why do you suppose the number to be so great?
  17. How many were the tribe of Gad reduced by?
  18. What happened to Er and Onan?
  19. Who was their father?
  20. Zerah and Pharez were sons of whom?
  21. How many did the tribe of Judah increase by on the wilderness wanderings?
  22. Issachar's tribe increased by how many?
  23. The tribe of Zebulun increased by ___________.
  24. Manasseh and Ephraim were from what tribe?
  25. What is unusual about them?
  26. Zelophehad had no _______, so they listed his ______________.
  27. Manasseh's tribe increased by ___________.
  28. How many had Ephraim's tribe reduced by?



Numbers Chapter 26 Continued

Numbers 26:38-41 "The sons of Benjamin after their families: of Bela, the family of the Belaites: of Ashbel, the family of the Ashbelites: of Ahiram, the family of the Ahiramites:" "Of Shupham, the family of the Shuphamites: of Hupham, the family of the Huphamites." "And the sons of Bela were Ard and Naaman: [of Ard], the family of the Ardites: [and] of Naaman, the family of the Naamites." "And the sons of Bela were Ard and Naaman: [of Ard], the family of the Ardites: [and] of Naaman, the family of the Naamites." "These [are] the sons of Benjamin after their families: and they that were numbered of them [were] forty and five thousand and six hundred."


This tribe was numbered next to Ephraim, being under his standard. Five of the sons of Benjamin are omitted, perhaps because they died without issue, and so no families sprang from them. The names of the five sons mentioned vary a little from the names of them in (Gen. 46:21). Instead of Ehi, it is here Ahiram. And instead of Huppim and Muppim, it is here Shupham and Hupham. From these last five were the families of the Belaites, Ashbelites, Ahiramites, Shuphamites, and Huphamites. And from the eldest of them sprang two other families, the Ardites and Naamites. From Ard and Naaman, two sons of Bela. The number of men in these families was 45,600. So, that here was an increase of 10,200.


In the last lesson, the LORD told Moses and Eleazar to number the males 20 years old and older, who were able to go to war. Benjamin was the youngest son of Jacob. His mother was Jacob's beloved Rachel. The brother of Benjamin, who had the same mother, was Joseph.


The tribe of Benjamin at this counting, numbered 45,600. Their count earlier on this wilderness wandering was 35,400. We see this family has increased in size by 10,200.


Numbers 26:42-43 "These [are] the sons of Dan after their families: of Shuham, the family of the Shuhamites. These [are] the families of Dan after their families." "All the families of the Shuhamites, according to those that were numbered of them, [were] threescore and four thousand and four hundred."


Though he had but one son, the plural being put for the singular. Or by sons are meant his posterity. His son's name was Shuham, and by transposition Hushim in (Gen. 46:23). From him was the family of the Shulamites.


The number of Dan's tribe at this counting was 64,400. At the first census, they numbered 62,700. They have increased by 1,700.


Numbers 26:44-47 "[Of] the children of Asher after their families: of Jimna, the family of the Jimnites: of Jesui, the family of the Jesuites: of Beriah, the family of the Beriites." "Of the sons of Beriah: of Heber, the family of the Heberites: of Malchiel, the family of the Malchielites." "And the name of the daughter of Asher [was] Sarah." "These [are] the families of the sons of Asher according to those that were numbered of them; [who were] fifty and three thousand and four hundred."


This tribe was numbered next to Dan, because it was under his standard. One of his sons is omitted, very probably dying childless, and so had no family. From the rest sprang the families of the Jimnites, Jesuites, and Beriites; and, from the latter, two others, the Heberites and Malchielites. And it is remarked that Asher had a daughter named Serah, and who also is particularly mentioned as a sister of Asher's sons in (Gen. 46:17). No doubt but she was a remarkable woman. Either for religion, or for wisdom and prudence. Or some amiable virtue or grace or another. That she is so particularly taken notice of. According to Maimonides she was an heiress. For though Asher had many sons, this was his wife's daughter by another man, who had no sons. And the inheritance was his daughter's, and therefore is so particularly mentioned. She inheriting as the daughters of Zelophehad did.


Asher's descendants at this count were 53,400. The earlier count on Asher's descendants was 41,500. They had increased by 11,900.


Numbers 26:48-50 "[Of] the sons of Naphtali after their families: of Jahzeel, the family of the Jahzeelites: of Guni, the family of the Gunites:" "Of Jezer, the family of the Jezerites: of Shillem, the family of the Shillemites." "These [are] the families of Naphtali according to their families: and they that were numbered of them [were] forty and five thousand and four hundred."


This tribe, which is the last of them, was numbered next to Asher, because it was with that under the standard of Dan. It had four families in it. The Jahzeelites, Gunites, Jezerites, and Shillemites.


The sons of Naphtali who were counted here were 45,400. The earlier count was 53,400. We find they decreased by 8,000.


Numbers 26:51 "These [were] the numbered of the children of Israel, six hundred thousand and a thousand seven hundred and thirty."


The total net loss between the first and second census (603,550 verses 601,730, was a little less than 2,000 (1:46; verses 26:5-51). Such a small decline is somewhat surprising in light of the numerous failures of the people in the wilderness. Despite their sin, God kept His promise to preserve the nation.


The number counted, here, of all the tribes were 601,730. The number counted at the beginning of the journey was 603,550. There was a small decrease of the number of people who began the trip, because of the judgements from God that came upon them for sin. There were 1,820 fewer than started. This is almost the same number that started.


Verses 52-56: These census numbers would be used to decide the size of each tribe's inheritance in the Land. The exact locations would be determined by lot (see Joshua 13:1-7; 14:1 - 19:51 for the outworking of these words).


Numbers 26:52 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the sum of the people of Israel had been taken.


"Saying": As follows.


The difference, here, is that the LORD speaks to Moses alone.


Numbers 26:53 "Unto these the land shall be divided for an inheritance according to the number of names."


That were numbered, and to none else.


"According to the number of their names": And for this end was the number of them now taken, that the land might be equally divided among them. Women and minors, or such as were under twenty years of age, had no share in it. And even only those who were at that age at this time; so Jarchi says. It was not divided to any that were less than twenty years of age, even though they came to be full twenty before the division of the land. For they were seven years subduing it, and seven years dividing it. Yet none took any part of it but these 601,730. Nay, he says, if a man had six children they took but their father's part only.


The inheritance of land allotted will be according to how many people each tribe has.


Numbers 26:54 "To many thou shalt give the more inheritance, and to few thou shalt give the less inheritance: to every one shall his inheritance be given according to those that were numbered of him."


To a tribe more numerous, and consisting of more and larger families, a greater part of the land was to be given to them to possess. And to a smaller tribe, and of the fewer families and persons in them, a lesser share of it. This direction is given to Moses, but is not designed for him personally. For he never entered the land, but died before Israel went into it. But for the chief ruler that would be then in being, namely, Joshua, his successor.


"To everyone shall his inheritance be given, according to those that were numbered of him": That is, to every tribe, and so to every family in it, according to the number of men in it, that were of the above age when the sum of them was taken. Because it is in the original text, "to a man according to those numbered of him", etc. Hence the Jewish writers gather, that the land was distributed not to women, but to men only.


God wanted all of them to have their allotment equally.


Numbers 26:55 "Notwithstanding the land shall be divided by lot: according to the names of the tribes of their fathers they shall inherit."


That the division might appear to be according to the determination and will of God. And not left to the judgment and discretion of the chief magistrate, though bound by the above rule.


"According to the names of the tribes of their fathers they shall inherit": That is, according as to whatsoever name of a tribe such a part or portion of the land comes up by lot. That shall their inheritance be. Jarchi says, the names of the twelve tribes were written on twelve scrolls of parchment. And twelve borders or limits of land on twelve others, and they were mixed together in an urn. And the prince put his hand into it and took two scrolls. A scroll came up with the name of a tribe, and a scroll with a border or limit expressed on it. And the lot, he says, was by the Holy Ghost. For Eleazar, at the same time, was clothed with Urim and Thummim; so that the people were certain that the disposition and division of the land was of God. But there were but nine tribes and a half, among whom the land of Canaan was divided. Two tribes and a half settled on the other side Jordan. Namely, the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh.


This is saying rather than each one choosing what they wanted, and having an argument about the division, God will have them to cast lots.


Numbers 26:56 "According to the lot shall the possession thereof be divided between many and few."


It was by the determination of the lot that the land was divided by inheritance. And that was by the Lord, according to (Prov. 16:33).


"Between many and few": It was so ordered of the Lord by the lot, that the many should have a larger share, and the few a lesser.


The lot decides the situation of each person's inheritance. This is just saying, that those who are larger in number will have the larger allotment.


Verses 57-65: As in the first census (3:14-39), the Levites were counted separately. The total number of Levites was 23,000 (verse 62), an increase of 1,000 over the previous census (see 3:39).


Numbers 26:57-62 "And these [are] they that were numbered of the Levites after their families: of Gershon, the family of the Gershonites: of Kohath, the family of the Kohathites: of Merari, the family of the Merarites." "These [are] the families of the Levites: the family of the Libnites, the family of the Hebronites, the family of the Mahlites, the family of the Mushites, the family of the Korathites. And Kohath begat Amram." "And the name of Amram's wife [was] Jochebed, the daughter of Levi, whom [her mother] bare to Levi in Egypt: and she bare unto Amram Aaron and Moses, and Miriam their sister." "And unto Aaron was born Nadab, and Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar." "And Nadab and Abihu died, when they offered strange fire before the LORD." "And those that were numbered of them were twenty and three thousand, all males from a month old and upward: for they were not numbered among the children of Israel, because there was no inheritance given them among the children of Israel."


And they were numbered not with the rest of the tribes of Israel, but by themselves, as they were at the first numbering of the tribes; the three principal families of which were, the Gershonite, the Kohathite, and Merarite, so called from the three sons of Levi. But all their sons are not mentioned. Of the sons of Gershon only Libni, from whom was the family of the Libnites; not Shimei, because, as Aben Ezra conjectures, either he had no sons, or, if he had, they died without any, and so there was no family from them. And of the sons of Kohath no mention is made of Uzziel, nor of Izhar, but in the Korhites, only of the Hebronite family from Hebron. And of Amram, whose wife Jochebed is spoken of as a daughter of Levi, whom Levi's wife, as Jarchi rightly supplies it, bore to him in Egypt, and which Jochebed was the mother of Aaron, Moses, and Miriam. And it is observed that Aaron had four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar, the two first of which died for offering strange fire to the Lord, and the two last were now living. From Merari, another son of Levi, sprang two families, the Mahlite, and the Mushite. And the whole number of the Levites at this time taken was 23,000 males of a month old and upward. So that here was an increase of 1,000 males since the former numbering of them. The reason why they were not numbered with the other tribes was, because they had no part of the land of Israel divided to them, and had no inheritance in it.


Now we see the tribes of the Levites. They were not numbered with the others, because they do not go to war. They are the servants of the Lord. They take care of the religious side of the life of the Israelites. They take care of the tabernacle also.


Amram was the father of Moses, Aaron, and Miriam.


Jochebed was the wife of Amram, and was of Levi, as well as was her husband, Amram. We see that both parents of Moses, Aaron, and Miriam were from the Levitical tribe.


Aaron was the first high priest. His sons would have been the priests in the temple. They were all to serve the Lord in the temple. Nadab and Abihu were killed with fire from off the altar of God. They carried strange fire into the tabernacle. Eleazar took over as high priest, when Aaron died.


The strange fire probably, was the fact that they were drinking.


The males of the Levites that were numbered at the end of the journey across the wilderness was 23,000. At the beginning of the journey they were numbered 22,000. This is an additional 1,000 people.


Verses 63-65: This summary section is enormously important. None of the first generation enumerated in the census of chapters 1-3 was included in this census, except for "Caleb" and "Joshua". The rest had died.


Numbers 26:63 "These [are] they that were numbered by Moses and Eleazar the priest, who numbered the children of Israel in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho."


That is, these were the Levites, their families, and the number of males in them. Which was taken by Moses and Eleazar. Who might be only concerned in numbering the Levites. Of which tribe they were. And;


"Who also numbered the children of Israel": All the tribes of them, with the assistance of their princes.


"In the plains of Moab, by Jordan, near Jericho": As they were commanded by the Lord.


This is just saying, that Moses did exactly as God had commanded him to do. They numbered the people.


Numbers 26:64 "But among these there was not a man of them whom Moses and Aaron the priest numbered, when they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai."


About thirty eight years before this time. This, as Aben Ezra observes, respects the numbering of the Israelites, not of the Levites. For there were some of the tribe of Levi numbered then who were living. As Eleazar, and very probably Ithamar, and perhaps some few more. Though it may be Eleazar, now doing numbering, was not reckoned among the numbered.


"When they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai" (see Num. 1:1). For as there were none of the tribe of Levi among the spies. There might be but few of them among the murmurers.


Numbers 26:65 "For the LORD had said of them, They shall surely die in the wilderness. And there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun."


This was threatened them (Num. 14:32), and now it was fulfilled.


"And there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun. The only two of the spies that brought a good report of the land of Canaan. All the rest of them, and those that murmured on the ill report of theirs, were now dead.


Those who were numbered as men in the first census are all dead, except for Joshua and Caleb. God let them all die off, because of their lack of faith. The new generation of their descendants will inherit the Promised Land. Twelve men searched the Promised Land 40 days, and only two, Caleb and Joshua, brought a good report. They wandered 40 years to compensate for their 40 days of unbelief.


Numbers Chapter 26 Continued Questions


1. Who did God tell to number the people?


2. _________ was the youngest son of Jacob.


3. Who was his mother?


4. His brother, who had the same mother, was __________.


5. How many had the family of Benjamin increased at this counting?


6. How many had Dan's tribe increased at this counting?


7. Asher's tribe increased by what number?


8. Naphtali's tribe decreased by how many?


9. How many fewer, at this count, were the entire nation of Israel?


10. How shall the land be divided?


11. How will they decide, who gets what parcel of land?


12. How will they make the division fair for all?


13. Who were included in the families of the Levites?


14. What is different about the Levites?


15. Who begat Amram?


16. Who was Amram?


17. Amram's wife was _____________.


18. What tribe were they both from?


19. Who were Amram's and Jochebed's children?


20. Who was the first high priest?


21. What happened to his two oldest sons?


22. Why did this happen to them?


23. What was the strange fire, probably?


24. By how many did the Levite tribe grow during the wilderness wanderings?


25. Who took Aaron's place as high priest, when Aaron died?


26. Who were the only ones, of the twelve spies, who lived to see the Promised Land?


27. Why did they wander 40 years in the wilderness?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 27



Numbers Chapter 27

Verses 1-11: "Zelophehad" had no sons, and under the traditional law his inheritance would, on his death, be transferred to his nearest relative, and thus the land would be kept within the family. The order of closeness is given (in verses 9 and 10; compare Lev. 25:48-49). His "daughters" challenged this accepted practice, pleading it would lead to their father's "name" being forgotten (verse 4), and their plea was accepted (verses 7-8). But this would also cause problems, for if they married they would take the family land with them under a new name, thus destroying their father's estate. So, chapter 36 deals with this issue. Their request demonstrated their faith in the divine promises of inheriting the land and occupying it very soon. They were not like their father, who evidently had sided with the skeptical spies, "but died in his own sin" (verse 3; compare 26:64-65).


The coming distribution of the land of Canaan presented a dilemma for the family of Zelophehad since he had no sons. His 5 daughters boldly asked that they inherit their father's name and his inheritance (verses 1-4). The Lord's decision that the daughters should receive his inheritance became the basis of a perpetual statute in Israel governing inheritances (verses 5-11).


Numbers 27:1 "Then came the daughters of Zelophehad, the son of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, of the families of Manasseh the son of Joseph: and these [are] the names of his daughters; Mahlah, Noah, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Tirzah."


Who are mentioned among the families of Manasseh, under that of the Hepherites (Num. 26:33). Their father being dead, and they having no brethren, when they heard the land was to be divided among those that were numbered. And who were only males of twenty years old and upwards, were concerned, lest they should have no share in the division of the land. And therefore came, according to the Targum of Jonathan, to the house of judgment, or court of judicature. Where Moses, the princes, etc. were now sitting. The genealogy of Zelophehad is given.


"He was the son of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir. The son of Manasseh, the son of Joseph. By which it appears he was of the tribe of Manasseh, and of the fourth generation from him.


"And these are the names of his daughters, Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. In the same order their names are given in (Num. 26:33). But in (Num. 36:11), it is a little altered. Noah and Tirzah change places, which Jarchi says shows they were upon an equality one with another.


There was a mention of these daughters in the last lesson. They would have been in the eighth generation from Jacob. It seems that Zelophehad had no sons.


Numbers 27:2 "And they stood before Moses, and before Eleazar the priest, and before the princes and all the congregation, [by] the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, saying,"


Who were now sitting in court, to hear and try causes brought before them. Here were Moses the chief magistrate, Eleazar the high priest, the princes of the several tribes, and the representatives of the whole congregation. Or it may be the seventy elders. A very grand and august assembly, before whom these ladies appeared. And from whom they might expect to have justice done them.


"By the door of the tabernacle of the congregation": Near to which this court was held, both for the convenience of the people, to apply to in case of need, when they came thither to worship. And of Moses, to seek the Lord in case of any difficulty that might arise, as now it did.


"Saying": As follows.


They have gone to those who speak for God in their nation. They stood by the door of the tabernacle to catch Moses and Eleazar, so they could have an audience.


Numbers 27:3 "Our father died in the wilderness, and he was not in the company of them that gathered themselves together against the LORD in the company of Korah; but died in his own sin, and had no sons."


"But died in his own sin": Zelophehad had not been involved in Korah's rebellion. Instead, he had died under God's judgment in the wilderness, like the rest of the faithless Exodus generation.


They explain that their father was not of the 250 leaders who came against Moses out in the wilderness. It seems, he died as all natural men do. He had no sons, so that would have left their family without any land to live on. There seems to be a problem for women to receive land with the others, and these daughters are here to speak of the injustice of that. Notice, they do not come in protest. They come to petition God.


Numbers 27:4 "Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family, because he hath no son? Give unto us [therefore] a possession among the brethren of our father."


Or be withdrawn, and his family lose their part and share on that account. This they thought was unreasonable. According to the Targum of Jonathan, to prevent the name of their father being lost, and his part in the land. Their motion was, that their mother might marry their father's brother, according to the law in (Deut. 25:5). With which Jarchi agrees; but it does not appear that that law was as yet in being. Though how otherwise the name of their father would be preserved, than by raising up seed in that way, is not easy to say. Except, as some think, it was done by a son of one of those heiresses. Or by the first son of every one of them, being called after the name of their grandfather Zelophehad. Or their mother's grandfather Hepher. Though the Jews commonly by the "name" understand no other than the "inheritance". Which seems to be confirmed by what follows.


"Give us therefore a possession among the brethren of our fathers": A part with their uncles, or their children. By which they express their faith that the children of Israel would inherit the land. Though as yet it was not conquered, nor even entered into. And might signify, as some think, their concern to have a part and portion in the heavenly inheritance the land of Canaan was typical of. And if so, as Ainsworth observes, they may be considered as five wise virgins indeed.


This is a legitimate request. They are as much a family of Jacob as all the rest. Their father's name should not be left out of the division of land, just because he had no son. They are asking for the land, that would have been allotted to their father, to be allotted to them.


Numbers 27:5 "And Moses brought their cause before the LORD."


For it seems it was too difficult for this court to decide. And it devolving upon Moses, as the president of it. And who only could have recourse to God at all times, he carried it to him and consulted with him about it. This, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem say, was one of the four causes that came before Moses the prophet, that he solved according to the mind of the Lord, which he consulted. One was concerning the blasphemer (Lev. 24:11), the other concerning those defiled by the dead (Num. 9:8). The third concerning the Sabbath breaker (Num. 15:34). And the fourth was this (see notes on Lev. 24:12).


The wonderful thing about Moses is the fact that he goes to the LORD, with things he has never faced before. Moses wants to be fair, but he, also, wants to do it, as God would have him do it. Let God settle this matter, and Moses execute it.


Numbers 27:6 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


From off the mercy seat, where he consulted him, and from whence he promised to commune with him about any difficult matter that came before him (Exodus 25:22).


God never tired of Moses coming to him. We see that the LORD is right there with the answer.


Numbers 27:7 "The daughters of Zelophehad speak right: thou shalt surely give them a possession of an inheritance among their father's brethren; and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to pass unto them."


What is just and reasonable.


"Thou shalt surely give them a possession of an inheritance among their father's brethren": Their uncles, or rather the children of them. For it is reasonable to suppose their father's brethren, or their uncles, were dead also. Or "in giving thou shall give"; which, according to Jarchi, denotes two parts or portions they should receive. The part of their father, who was of them that came out of Egypt, and his part with his brethren in the goods of Hepher. In the Misnah, from whence he seems to have taken it, it is; "the daughters of Zelophehad took three parts for inheritance. The part of their father, who was with them that came out of Egypt, and his part with his brethren in the goods of Hepher. And because he was the firstborn he was to take two parts." And though this strict command was given to Moses, yet it does not respect him personally, who lived not to enter into the land to see it divided. But him who should be his successor, and chief magistrate at the time of the division of it, which was Joshua. And of whom these ladies claimed their part, and had it (Joshua 17:3).


"And thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to pass unto them": That is, that part which would have fallen to him by lot, had he been living. These they were to take, they standing in his place. And so the portion of the land he would have had was to be divided between these live daughters of his.


This speaks volumes of the fairness of God for them. It also shows that God is no respecter of persons. Males and females have the same opportunity with Him. They are all to receive of the inheritance.


Verses 8-11: The following is the order of inheritance: son, daughter, brother, paternal uncle, and closest relative in the family. This same order (with the exception of the daughter), was followed in Lev. 25:48-49), dealing with the various cases of redemption of the Land in the Jubilee year.


Numbers 27:8 "And thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, If a man die, and have no son, then ye shall cause his inheritance to pass unto his daughter."


The above affair occasioned a law to be made, in which all the people would have a concern. Among whom such cases should happen, as after related.


"Saying, if a man die, and have no son, then ye shall cause his inheritance to pass unto his daughter. As in the above case of the daughters of Zelophehad. What was determined as to their particular case was made into a general law.


Each time a problem arises that was not covered in the Mosaic law in Leviticus, God settles the question, and sets a precedent for future decisions on this same matter. This is an additional law to add to the law of Leviticus. These daughters won the inheritance for themselves in this matter, but also won for future generations of women facing this same problem.


Numbers 27:9 "And if he have no daughter, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren."


Dies without any issue.


"Then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren": And the children descending from them. That is, if his father was dead. Otherwise, if he was living, he was to be preferred to them, according to the Jewish writers. Though, according to our law, no estate in fee simple ascends lineally, or goes from a son, who has made a purchase of it, to a father. In the Misnah it is said, the order of inheritances is thus, "if a man dies and has no son, then they cause his inheritance to pass to his daughter. A son is before a daughter, and all that descend from the son are before the daughter. The daughter is before the brethren (of her father). And those that descend from the daughter are before the brethren. The brethren (of a man), are before his father's brethren (or his uncles). And they that descend from his brethren are before his father's brethren. This is the general rule, everyone that is before in the inheritance. Those that descend from him are before others, and a father is before all that descend from him."


Just because the man that dies has no children, does not mean that his inheritance would be overlooked. The next in line to receive his inheritance would be his brother.


Numbers 27:10 "And if he have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his father's brethren."


Nor any descendants from them.


"Then ye shall give his inheritance unto his father's brethren": That is, to his uncles, and to their children.


This is speaking of his uncle. Inheritance laws in our land should use this law in Numbers, when there is no will left.


Numbers 27:11 "And if his father have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his family, and he shall possess it: and it shall be unto the children of Israel a statute of judgment, as the LORD commanded Moses."


Nor any descending from them.


"Then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his family": That is nearest of kin to him, though ever so remote. That is, of his father's family, not his mother's, which was no family.


"And he shall possess it": Here the Jews have a saying, that an Israelite is never without heirs.


"And it shall be unto the children of Israel a statute of judgment": A judicial law, that should ever remain firm, and sure, and unalterable.


"As the Lord commanded Moses:" And therefore no man could dispose of his estate or inheritance by will, otherwise than is set forth by this command.


Near kinsman would be the next inheritor. God has judged this to be fair. The man's inheritance is not to be overlooked, but dealt with in this manner. This is a commandment, the same as the law of Moses in Leviticus.


Verses 12-14: God reaffirmed that Moses could not enter the land of Canaan, although he was able to see it from Mt. Nebo, across from Jericho (see Deut. 32:49).


Numbers 27:12 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Get thee up into this mount Abarim, and see the land which I have given unto the children of Israel."


After the covenant made with Israel in the plains of Moab, and the song delivered to them (Deut. 29:1).


"Get thee up to this Mount Abarim": Which was a range of mountains, so called from the passages by them over Jordan into the land of Canaan. One part of which was Nebo, and the top of that Pisgah, from whence Moses had the view of the good land here directed to (see Num. 33:47).


"And see the land which I have given unto the children of Israel": For though he was now one hundred and twenty years old, his eyes were not dim. He could see at a great distance. And the height of this hill gave him an advantage of taking a prospect of the land, a great way into it. And very probably his sight might be greatly strengthened and increased at this time by the Lord, for the purpose. This may be an emblem of that sight by faith, which believers have at times of the heavenly Canaan, and sometimes are favored with an enlarged one of it before their death.


This will be Moses' first actual view of the Promised Land. We must realize this land is a gift from God to His chosen people.


Numbers 27:13 "And when thou hast seen it, thou also shalt be gathered unto thy people, as Aaron thy brother was gathered."


Which was all he was admitted to. For to go into it and see it was not allowed him, though he importuned it (Deut. 3:25).


"Thou shalt be gathered unto thy people": As Aaron thy brother was gathered. Die as he did, in the same sudden, easy, quiet, and cheerful manner (see Num. 20:26).


It is time for Moses to go and be with the LORD. God will allow Moses to see the Promised Land, but not to go into the land. Moses disobeyed God at the Rock, when he struck the Rock, instead of speaking to it.


Deuteronomy 31:2 "And he said unto them, I [am] a hundred and twenty years old this day; I can no more go out and come in: also the LORD hath said unto me: Thou shalt not go over this Jordan."


Numbers 27:14 "For ye rebelled against my commandment in the desert of Zin, in the strife of the congregation, to sanctify me at the water before their eyes: that [is] the water of Meribah in Kadesh in the wilderness of Zin."


Both Moses and Aaron, which was the reason why they were not suffered to go into the land of Canaan. But died a little before the children of Israel came into it. What their sin was, called here a rebelling against the commandment of the Lord (see notes on Num. 20:12), and is next suggested.


"In the strife of the congregation, to sanctify me before their eyes": When the congregation of Israel strove against the Lord for want of water, they did not sanctify the Lord by believing in him. But expressed some degree of diffidence before the congregation about fetching water out of the rock. Or questioning whether the Lord would give it to such a rebellious people. Though they had his order for it.


"That is the water of Meribah in Kadesh, in the wilderness of Zin": So called to distinguish it from another Meribah, or water of strife, at Rephidim (Exodus 17:7).


We remember that Moses was angry with the people. At a previous time, God told Moses to strike the Rock and the water came forth. At this particular time, He told Moses to speak to the Rock. Moses, in his anger at the people, struck the Rock. We discovered that this Rock symbolized Jesus. He was crucified once for our sin. To strike the Rock the second time, was like crucifying the Lord Jesus the second time. When we ask in the name of Jesus, miracles happen. This is the principle Moses was to set here. His anger keeps him out of the Promised Land.


Verses 15-17: Moses' greatest concern was that Israel have a good leader who was like a shepherd. The Lord answered his request in the man Joshua.


Numbers 27:15 "And Moses spake unto the LORD, saying,"


Having requested to go into the land and see it, which was denied him. And perceiving he must quickly die, and being a man of a public spirit, and concerned for the welfare of the people of Israel, prays that a successor might be nominated and appointed.


Notice, Moses does not argue with the LORD's decision.


Numbers 27:16 "Let the LORD, the God of the spirits of all flesh, set a man over the congregation,"


The Maker of the souls of men, called the spirits of all flesh. Or of corporeal beings, to distinguish them from the angels. Who, though spirits, are incorporeal. And who knows the different qualities of the souls of men, their powers, and capacities, and fitness for service. What gifts and talents they have for business. And who can bestow such upon them, which will qualify them for it.


"Set a man over the congregation": Meaning in his place and stead.


Moses is ready to go and be with the LORD. He recognizes the fact that the LORD is the God of the spirits of all flesh. He asks God to put his garment of authority on another.


Numbers 27:17 "Which may go out before them, and which may go in before them, and which may lead them out, and which may bring them in; that the congregation of the LORD be not as sheep which have no shepherd."


Which may lead them out, and go before them in war. And command them in battle and bring them in peace, having conquered their enemies. Or these phrases only mean the administration of civil government among them, and diligence and assiduity in it (see 2 Chron. 1:10). Unless it has any peculiar respect to the leading the people of Israel out of the wilderness, and introducing them into the land of Canaan.


"That the congregation of the Lord be not as sheep which have no shepherd": And so wander about, having none to guide them into proper pastures, or to protect them from beasts of prey. Which is to be in a most forlorn and distressed condition (see Matt. 9:36).


Moses had been the deliverer of these people. He had led them as the LORD directed him all these years. They need a leader. In some ways, Moses had been a type and shadow of that great Deliverer (Jesus Christ), who leads us to our Promised Land (heaven). Moses had an extremely hard task bringing such a rebellious people across the wilderness. He had fought the good fight, and was ready to be gathered to God. His thoughts were still of these people. He asked for God to give them a shepherd to lead them.


Numbers 27:18 "And the LORD said unto Moses, Take thee Joshua the son of Nun, a man in whom [is] the spirit, and lay thine hand upon him;"


"Lay thine hand upon him": Joshua already had the inner endowment for leadership. He was empowered by the Holy Spirit. This inner endowment was to be recognized by an external ceremony. Moses publicly laid his hands upon Joshua. This act signified the transfer of Moses' leadership to Joshua. The laying on of hands can accompany a dedication to an office (see Num. 8:10).


This Joshua you remember, was one of the two who brought the good report back, when they spied the Promised Land. He was full of faith and the Spirit of God. Moses was to lay his hand upon him, and transfer his authority to Joshua.


Numbers 27:19 "And set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation; and give him a charge in their sight."


Declaring before them all that he was his successor. And that they might be witnesses of what was said and done unto him. And receive and acknowledge him as such, and as having power and authority over them. Which it became them to submit unto.


"And give him a charge in their sight": To take care of the people committed to him. To rule them in the fear of God, and according to his laws. And to be of good courage, and go before the people and introduce them into the land of Canaan. Assuring him of the divine Presence and help, so that he need not fear any enemy whatever. Of this charge, and as confirmed by the Lord himself (see Deut. 31:7).


This must be done publicly, so the people and Eleazar will accept him in this position. The charge was instructions on what he was to do, to bring them to their Promised Land.


Numbers 27:20 "And thou shalt put [some] of thine honor upon him, that all the congregation of the children of Israel may be obedient."


"Put some of thine honor upon him": Moses was to pass on some of the "honor" or "majesty" that he had to Joshua (see Joshua 3:7).


This is very similar to when Aaron removed his garment as high priest, and put it upon Eleazar. The congregation must recognize Joshua as their leader. Moses must shift some of his honor to Joshua. They must recognize Joshua as the replacement for Moses, if they are to follow him.


Numbers 27:21 "And he shall stand before Eleazar the priest, who shall ask [counsel] for him after the judgment of Urim before the LORD: at his word shall they go out, and at his word they shall come in, [both] he, and all the children of Israel with him, even all the congregation."


God spoke to Moses "face to face" (12:8), but often Moses received divine revelation through Aaron the high priest that would then be confirmed by the "Urim" and Thummim. In a similar manner, "Eleazar the priest" would be a mediator for Joshua (Lev. 8:8).


Moses had been able to communicate directly with God (12:8), but Joshua would receive the Word from the Lord through the High-Priest.


"Urim" (see note on Exodus 28:30), for this part of the High-Priest's breastplate (Exodus 39:8-21), as a means of determining God's will (compare Deut. 33:8; 1 Sam. 28:6). Joshua discovered God's will through these means, as opposed to Moses who spoke to God "face to face".


God will speak to Joshua and to Eleazar, as He had spoken to Moses and Aaron. The camp will move under directions of God through Joshua. God will speak to the people through the Urim of the high priest's garment. Just as Moses had been above the high priest, Joshua would be above Eleazar.


Numbers 27:22 "And Moses did as the LORD commanded him: and he took Joshua, and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation:"


Being faithful and obedient to him in all things, though ever so contrary to his own private interest and to that of his family.


"And he took Joshua and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation": As his successor, whom God had named and appointed as such.


This is just saying, that Moses dedicated Joshua for this calling, just as God had commanded him to do.


Numbers 27:23 "And he laid his hands upon him, and gave him a charge, as the LORD commanded by the hand of Moses."


Jarchi observes, that he did this cheerfully, and did more than he was commanded. For the Lord said to him, "lay thine hand", but he laid both his hands.


"And gave him a charge, as the Lord commanded Moses" (Num. 27:19). This is a clear proof that Moses was no imposter, since he sought not to aggrandize his family, or serve the interest of that. Nor did he in the least repine or murmur that the priesthood was given to his brother Aaron and sons. And now the civil government to his servant of the tribe of Ephraim. And as for his own posterity, they were only common Levites that waited upon the priests.


In the following Scripture from the New Testament, we see that the empowering to do the work God has called him to do, came from the laying on of the hands.


1 Timothy 4:14 "Neglect not the gift that is in thee, which was given thee by prophecy, with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery."


The gift given to Joshua, was the power to lead the people into the Promised Land.


Numbers Chapter 27 Questions


1. Who were these daughters that came to Moses?


2. Where did they appear for an audience?


3. What happened to their father?


4. What injustice are the daughters here to speak of to Moses?


5. What were they asking for?


6. How did Moses settle this?


7. What was God's answer to the daughters?


8. What law is added to the Levitical law, here?


9. When there is a problem not covered by the law, how is it handled?


10. Who does the inheritance belong to, if there is no son?


11. If there is no son or daughter, who inherits?


12. If there is no son, daughter, of brother, who inherits?


13. Where did God tell Moses to go?


14. What was Moses to see?


15. What will soon happen to Moses?


16. Why will Moses not be allowed to go into the Promised Land?


17. How old is Moses?


18. Moses' ________ keeps him out of the Promised Land.


19. Who does Moses call the LORD in verse 16?


20. What does Moses ask Him to do for the people?


21. Moses had been a type and shadow of whom?


22. Who does the LORD choose to replace Moses?


23. How is Moses to dedicate Joshua?


24. Why should Moses bring him before the people to dedicate him?


25. God will speak to the people through the ________ of the high priest.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 28



Numbers Chapter 28

Verses 28:1 - 29:40: Some of the material discussed here has already been dealt with earlier, such as the daily morning and evening sacrifices (Exodus 29:38-41); and how they are to be performed (Lev. chapters 1-7); the different festivals (Lev. chapter 23); and the cereal offerings and libations that accompany animal sacrifices (chapter 15). In (Num. chapters 28 and 29), the type and number of sacrifices that must be offered on every day of the year by the priests for the nation as a whole are presented. Actually, these chapters list the minimum number of sacrifices that could be offered in a year. Sacrifices initiated by laymen due to sin, impurity, vows, or any other reason were additional to those listed here (29:39). Here again the giving of these laws acted as a strong affirmation of the promise to Joshua and the rest of the people, getting into the Promised Land.


Instructions concerning the regular celebrations in Israel's worship calendar had been given previously. Now, poised to enter the Land, Moses gave an orderly reiteration and summary of the regular offerings for each time of celebration, adding some additional offerings.


The sacrifices were arranged according to their frequency: first came the daily burnt offerings (28:2-8); second, the weekly Sabbath offering (28:9-10); third, the monthly offerings (28:11-15); finally, the annual offerings arranged in chronological sequence (28:16 - 29:38).


Numbers 28:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


The number of the children of Israel being taken, and orders given to divide the land unto them, according to their numbers. It was thought proper by the Lord to renew, or to put in mind of, the laws concerning sacrifices which had been made. And which they were to observe when they came into the land of Canaan. And the rather this was necessary, as it was now thirty-eight years ago since these laws were first made. And during that time were much in disuse. At least some of them. And besides, this was a new generation of men that were sprung up. Those that were at Mount Sinai at the giving of the law being all dead, except a very few. And now Moses also was about to die. And would be no more with them to remind them of these laws. And see that they were observed. And a successor of him being appointed and constituted, it may be likewise on his account, as well as the people's, that these laws were repeated.


God is still speaking to Moses with instructions for the people.


Numbers 28:2 "Command the children of Israel, and say unto them, My offering, [and] my bread for my sacrifices made by fire, [for] a sweet savor unto me, shall ye observe to offer unto me in their due season."


The repetition of several laws formerly enacted, which is made in this chapter, was seasonable and necessary. Not only on account of their importance and the frequent neglect of them, but because a new generation had sprung up since their first institution. And because the Israelites were about to be settled in the land where those ordinances were to be observed.


"My offering, and my bread": Used generally for the appointed offerings, and the import of the prescription is to enforce regularity and care in their observance.


"For my sacrifices made by fire for a sweet savor unto me": Which respects burnt offerings, wholly consumed by fire. And were entirely the Lord's, and which he smelled a sweet savor in. Or were acceptable to him.


"Shall ye observe to offer unto me in their due season": The daily sacrifice, morning and evening. Not before morning, nor after evening, as Aben Ezra observes. And so, all the rest at the proper time fixed, whether weekly, monthly, or yearly.


This is a last minute reminder from Moses, that they are to keep the sacrifices, as they had been set up in Leviticus. Many of the sacrifices had not been kept on the trip through the wilderness, because of the hardship of the journey. The offerings and sacrifices are not to stop with the passing of Moses. Many of them called God's law given to Moses, Moses' law.


Numbers 28:3 "And thou shalt say unto them, This [is] the offering made by fire which ye shall offer unto the LORD; two lambs of the first year without spot day by day, [for] a continual burnt offering."


Having directed Moses to command the people of Israel to observe to offer all the sacrifices of God in general. The Lord proceeds to order him to speak of them to them particularly and distinctly. This, according to Jarchi, is an admonition to the Sanhedrim.


"This is the offering made by fire, which ye shall offer unto the Lord": The daily burnt offering, which was wholly consumed by fire.


"Two lambs of the first year without spot, day by day for a continual burnt offering": This law was made before, and is directed to (in Exodus 29:38). Where the same things are said as here, only, as a further descriptive character of the lambs. They are here said to be "without spot"; so all sacrifices were to be without blemish, whether expressed or not. And in this, as in other things, these lambs were typical of Christ, the Lamb of God, without spot and blemish. And are said to be a "continual" burnt offering, because they were offered every day in the week, without intermission. On any account whatever, which is frequently observed in this chapter. And this was to continue, and did continue until the Messiah came. Who put an end to it by the sacrifice of himself. And was in fact made to cease a few years after, by the utter destruction of Jerusalem. And was before that a little while interrupted in the times of Antiochus (Dan. 8:11).


We can easily see from the following Scripture, that this same law was given in Leviticus.


Exodus 29:38 "Now this [is that] which thou shalt offer upon the altar; two lambs of the first year day by day continually."


These lambs symbolized the body of the Lord Jesus, the perfect Lamb sacrifice, so they must be without spot. Day by day shows the eternity of the offering of the Lord for us. It is good for us every day of our life.


Numbers 28:4 "The one lamb shalt thou offer in the morning, and the other lamb shalt thou offer at even;"


Every morning, to make atonement for the sins of the night, as the Targum of Jonathan.


"And the other lamb shall thou offer at even": Or "between the two evenings", to make atonement for the sins of the day, as the same Targum. In which they prefigured Christ, the Lamb of God. Who continually, every day, morning and night, and every moment, takes away the sins of his people. Through the virtue and efficacy of his sacrifice (John 1:29; see notes on Exodus 29:39).


This again had been stated in Leviticus. This has to be a reminder that the moment they enter the Promised Land; they are to observe all of these laws. The one lamb shows the sufficiency of the Lord in His sacrifice for us. The offering of one in the morning and one in the evening symbolizes that he was sufficient for all time for everyone.


Numbers 28:5 "And a tenth [part] of an ephah of flour for a meat offering, mingled with the fourth [part] of an hin of beaten oil."


Which always went along with the burnt offering.


"Mingled with the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil": Which in those times and countries was used instead of butter. And fine flour and this mingled together made a bread offering. As it should rather be called; of the measures used (see notes on Exodus 29:40).


In the meat offering, we see the makings for bread. Jesus is the Bread of life. He is the meat offering.


Numbers 28:6 "[It is] a continual burnt offering, which was ordained in mount Sinai for a sweet savor, a sacrifice made by fire unto the LORD."


For the meat offering was burnt as well as the lambs, at least part of it.


"Which was ordained in Mount Sinai for a sweet savor, a sacrifice made by fire unto the Lord": That is, this law concerning the daily burnt offering was made on Mount Sinai. So long ago as the children of Israel were there. And it was then ordered that they should continually offer such a sacrifice by fire, which would be grateful and acceptable unto God. Especially when done in faith of the sacrifice of his Son it was a type of. Or which sacrifice was "made" or offered at Mount Sinai, when the law of it was first given there. Hence Aben Ezra observes, that this is a sign that they did not offer burnt offerings in the wilderness after they journeyed from Sinai. But then, though sacrifices were not so frequently offered by them as afterwards. Yet one would think that the daily sacrifice would not be omitted, which seemed to be always necessary. Nor would there be any, or but little use of the altar, and the fire continually burning on it, if this was the case (see Amos 5:25).


Every offering and every sacrifice, symbolizes the sacrifice of Jesus for His people in some way. This continual burnt offering symbolizes the offering that is continual with Jesus. It matters not that the offering was made so long ago. Each of us who come to the Lord, participate in that continual offering. Our sins are destroyed by the blood of Jesus. Our sins were nailed to the cross. It is a perpetual offering for whosoever will.


Numbers 28:7 "And the drink offering thereof [shall be] the fourth [part] of an hin for the one lamb: in the holy [place] shalt thou cause the strong wine to be poured unto the LORD [for] a drink offering."


For the lamb offered in the morning, along with the meat offering of which went a drink offering. Which was of wine, and strong wine too. As the next clause expresses it. The quantity of which was the fourth part of an hin, which was about a quart and half a pint of our measure.


"In the holy place shalt thou cause the strong wine to be poured unto the Lord for a drink offering": That is, in the court of the tabernacle upon the altar of burnt offering, which stood there. The Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem interpret it of old choice wine. Old wine being reckoned best, (see Luke 5:39). And though this wine was poured out on the altar, and not properly drank by any, yet it was to be the strongest, best, and choicest that could be gotten, as it was reasonable it should. Since it was poured out as a libation or drink offering to the Lord. Which was his way of drinking it, as the burning of the sacrifice was his way of eating that. All which was typical of the sufferings, sacrifice, and bloodshed of Christ, which are well pleasing and acceptable to the Lord (see Isa. 53:10).


We see from this, that the drink offering accompanied the makings for bread.


Exodus 29:40 "And with the one lamb a tenth deal of flour mingled with the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil; and the fourth part of an hin of wine [for] a drink offering."


This symbolizes the communion supper. The bread symbolized the body of Jesus, and the wine symbolized the blood of Jesus.


Numbers 28:8 "And the other lamb shalt thou offer at even: as the meat offering of the morning, and as the drink offering thereof, thou shalt offer [it], a sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD."


As before directed (Num. 28:4).


"As the meat offering of the morning, and as the drink offering thereof, shalt thou offer it": And so render the words, "with the meat offering of the morning, and with the drink offering thereof". But there is no need of such a version, nor is it with propriety. And the meaning is, that a meat offering and a drink offering were to go with the lamb offered at evening. Of the same sort, and in like manner, as were offered with the lamb of the morning.


"A sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the Lord": This is repeated, to encourage the people to offer it, and to show how very acceptable it was to the Lord, especially the antitype of it.


The morning and the evening offering are not to vary. The offering must be the same. The reason the offerings must be so exacting is because they symbolize the great offering that Jesus made for all of us.


Verses 9-10: These were newly revealed offerings for the Sabbath.


Numbers 28:9 "And on the sabbath day two lambs of the first year without spot, and two tenth deals of flour [for] a meat offering, mingled with oil, and the drink offering thereof:"


Just such as were appointed for the daily sacrifice.


"And two tenth deals of flour for a meat offering, mingled with oil": That is, two tenth parts of an ephah of flour mixed with two fourth parts of an hin of oil. Of oil olive, as the Targum of Jonathan expresses it, which is always meant, wherever oil is mentioned. Which made one meat offering to them doubled for both lambs. Or two meat offerings of the same quantity with those of the daily sacrifice. One for one lamb, and the other for the other.


"And the drink offering thereof": Which was of a like quantity of wine doubled. In proportion to the meat offering. When these lambs, with the meat and drink offerings, were offered up, is not said. Whether the one in the morning after, and the other in the evening before the daily sacrifice. Which is not improbable, or both together.


The Sabbath day was no different in the offerings. They must still be made, because this is a perpetual offering. This is the first time the Sabbath offering is included in the instructions. It is no different than before. It is just a way of explanation, that Sabbath was not to be excluded.


Numbers 28:10 "[This is] the burnt offering of every sabbath, beside the continual burnt offering, and his drink offering.' Christianity is not for one day a week. It is for every day of the week, including sabbath.


Or, "of the Sabbath in its Sabbath". That is, as Jarchi observes, the burnt offering of one Sabbath was not to be offered on another, but only on its own. So that if the Sabbath was past, and the offering not offered, it ceased. It was not to be renewed the following Sabbath. Every sacrifice was to be offered in its own season (Num. 28:2).


"Beside the continual burnt offering, and its drink offering": And meat offering also, over and above the two lambs of the daily sacrifice. With the offerings that were appendages to them. Two other lambs, with proportionate meat and drink offerings, were offered also. The other were not to be omitted on account of these, showing that more religions service was to be performed on Sabbath days than on others. It may be rendered "after" or "upon", to which sense Aben Ezra interprets it, after the daily sacrifice. Because, says he, he puts upon it the burnt offering of the Sabbath. Which seems to confirm what has been suggested on the preceding verse. That these lambs were offered morning and evening after the daily sacrifice, and indeed there was nothing offered before that.


Verses 11-15: These were newly revealed offerings for "the beginnings of your months".


Numbers 28:11 "And in the beginnings of your months ye shall offer a burnt offering unto the LORD; two young bullocks, and one ram, seven lambs of the first year without spot;"


On the first day of every month, when the new moon appeared. That this was religiously observed appears from the blowing of the trumpets over the sacrifices on this day. From attendance on the word of the Lord, by his prophets, on this day. And from abstinence from worldly business on it (Num. 10:10).


"Two young bullocks, and one ram, seven rams of the first year without spot": This was the burnt offering, and a very large and costly one it was. More creatures were offered on this day than on a Sabbath day. Not that this was a more holy day than that, but this was but once a month. And therefore the expense might be the more easily bore, whereas that was every week.


Each month was dedicated to the LORD. This was on each new moon. This offering was in place of the new moon offerings of the heathen around them. The Hebrews changed their month with the new moon. This beginning of the month offerings is like firstfruits. They offered at the beginning of the month. In the book of Samuel, this day is spoken of as a day of social gathering.


1 Samuel 20:5 "And David said unto Jonathan, Behold, to morrow [is] the new moon, and I should not fail to sit with the king at meat: but let me go, that I may hide myself in the field unto the third [day] at even."


It is spoken of as a day of religious instruction, as well.


Numbers 28:12-14 "And three tenth deals of flour [for] a meat offering, mingled with oil, for one bullock; and two tenth deals of flour [for] a meat offering, mingled with oil, for one ram;" "And a several tenth deal of flour mingled with oil [for] a meat offering unto one lamb; [for] a burnt offering of a sweet savor, a sacrifice made by fire unto the LORD." "And their drink offerings shall be half an hin of wine unto a bullock, and the third [part] of an hin unto a ram, and a fourth [part] of an hin unto a lamb: this [is] the burnt offering of every month throughout the months of the year."


The quantities of flour in the meat offering, for each bullock, and for the ram, and for each lamb, are the same as in (Num. 15:4). Only the quantity of oil for each is not here expressed, which for a bullock was half an hin of oil. For a ram the third part of an hin. And for a lamb the fourth part. And likewise the quantity of wine in the drink offerings for each of them is the same here as there. Which, according to the Targum of Jonathan, was to be wine of grapes, and not any other.


"This is the burnt offering of every month throughout the year": Or, "of the month in its month"; it was to be offered at its appointed time every month, and not to be deferred to another. Jarchi has the same remark here as on verse ten (see notes on Num. 28:10).


The bread was to be for the meat offering. It was to accompany the ram offering. The bread and meat were coordinated; that with more meat, there was more bread, and vice versa.


The bread in all of this symbolizes the body of the Lord. He was the meat offering. He was the Lamb of God. All of these offerings are a set aside time to fellowship with God. They are a recognition of their need for the blessings of God.


In the following Scripture, we see that Jesus took care of all of these sacrifices for us.


Colossians 2:16-17 "Let no man therefore judge you in meat, or in drink, or in respect of a holyday, or of the new moon, or of the sabbath [days]:" "Which are a shadow of things to come; but the body [is] of Christ."


Numbers 28:15 "And one kid of the goats for a sin offering unto the LORD shall be offered, beside the continual burnt offering, and his drink offering."


This was an offering of a different sort, not a burnt offering, but a sin offering. Typical of Christ, who was made an offering for sin. And it was of that sort of sin offerings which were to be eaten, as the Jews say. For there were some that were not, even such whose blood was brought into the sanctuary (Lev. 6:30). Maimonides observes, that this phrase, "unto the Lord", is very particular and expressive. And that the design of it is, to observe that it was offered to the Lord, and not to the moon, as the Egyptians did.


"Besides the continual burnt offering, and his drink offering": Though the burnt offering of this day was so very large, consisting of so many creatures. And besides that, a goat for a sin offering. Yet the daily sacrifice was not to be omitted, and what belonged to that.


The sin offering, which was spoken of in the verse above, could only cover the sin. It could not do away with the sin. The answer is found in the following Scriptures.


Romans 8:3 "For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh:"


2 Corinthians 5:21 "For he hath made him [to be] sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him."


Numbers 28:16 "And in the fourteenth day of the first month [is] the passover of the LORD."


The month Nisan, as the Targum of Jonathan or Abib. Which, upon the Israelites coming out of Egypt, and on that account, was made the first month. Otherwise Tisri or September was the first month (see Exodus 12:2).


"Is the passover of the Lord": A feast in which a lamb was killed and eaten, in memory of the Lord's passing over the houses of the Israelites. When he slew the firstborn in Egypt (see Exodus 12:6).


This month is Abib, or Nisan. It is similar to our April. The Passover was celebrated to remember the night that death passed over the houses with the blood of the lamb on the door. Jesus celebrated the Passover supper with His disciples, and then later in that day, He was the Passover Lamb Himself.


Numbers 28:17 "And in the fifteenth day of this month [is] the feast: seven days shall unleavened bread be eaten."


Not of the Passover, that was the day before. But of unleavened bread, which began on this day, and lasted seven days (Lev. 23:6). Which is what the Jews call the Chagigah.


"Seven days shall unleavened bread be eaten": See (Exodus 12:15).


Jesus is that unleavened Bread. He had no sin (leaven). His body symbolized the Bread.


Numbers 28:18 "In the first day [shall be] an holy convocation; ye shall do no manner of servile work [therein]:"


The first of the seven days, which was kept in a very religious manner.


"Ye shall do no manner of servile work therein": Except by preparing food to eat (see Exodus 12:16).


"Convocation" is an assembly, or a meeting. This is a time to meet and worship. This day is set aside for God and is a day of rest, like Sabbath.


Numbers 28:19 "But ye shall offer a sacrifice made by fire [for] a burnt offering unto the LORD; two young bullocks, and one ram, and seven lambs of the first year: they shall be unto you without blemish:"


Which was to be of the creatures next mentioned.


"Two young bullocks, etc. The same with the burnt offering on the first day of the month (Num. 28:11).


There was only one Passover kept in the wilderness. This is different to that Passover. This Passover is to be kept, after they are in the land. It is interesting, that the one sacrifice of Jesus is more than the sacrifice of all these animals.


Hebrews 9:13-14 "For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of a heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh:" "How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?"


Numbers 28:20-21 "And their meat offering [shall be of] flour mingled with oil: three tenth deals shall ye offer for a bullock, and two tenth deals for a ram;" "A several tenth deal shalt thou offer for every lamb, throughout the seven lambs:"


The quantity of flour for which is the same for a bullock, a ram, and a lamb. As in (Num. 28:12).


All of these offerings are dealt with in detail in our study in Leviticus. In this, we will try to see the spiritual application to our life.


Hebrews 10:10 "By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once [for all]."


Numbers 28:22 "And one goat [for] a sin offering, to make an atonement for you."


For notwithstanding all their services and sacrifices, and though this day was a holy convocation. Yet there was need of a sin offering to expiate their guilt. Typical of Christ, who takes away the sins of our holy things as well as all other sins. This sin offering also was of that sort which were eaten. For Maimonides says, the goat of the sin offering was eaten on the second day of the Passover, which was the sixteenth of Nisan.


The offering for atonement was brought, and the person put their hands on the head of the animal, transferring their sin to the animal. This is the same thing Jesus did for us, when he took our sin on His body on the cross, and became our atonement.


Numbers 28:23 "Ye shall offer these beside the burnt offering in the morning, which [is] for a continual burnt offering."


The daily morning sacrifice, and also besides the daily evening sacrifices, though it is not expressed.


"Which is for a continual burnt offering": And not to be intermitted on any account, let the sacrifices of the day be ever so numerous. Great care is taken to observe this.


All of these offerings were for a specific purpose, and one was not to substitute for another. The continual offering symbolized the eternity of forgiveness Jesus provided for us.


Numbers 28:24 "After this manner ye shall offer daily, throughout the seven days, the meat of the sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD: it shall be offered beside the continual burnt offering, and his drink offering."


That is, two bullocks, one ram, and seven lambs, for a burnt offering. On every one of the seven days. But then they were not all holy convocations, only the first and last.


"The meat of the sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the Lord": It seems by this that only the burnt offering was offered up every day, but not a goat of the sin offering. That was peculiar to the first day.


"It shall be offered beside the continual burnt offering, and his drink offering": Which is again repeated, that it might be diligently observed.


Hebrews 10:11-14 "And every priest standeth daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins:" "But this man, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God;" "From henceforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool." "For by one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified."


Numbers 28:25 "And on the seventh day ye shall have a holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work."


As on the first.


"Ye shall do no servile work": Unless in dressing food.


This is the Sabbath of rest set aside for the people. Jesus explained Sabbath very well in the following verse.


Mark 2:27 "And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath:"


It was created, so man would have one day in seven to rest.


Numbers 28:26 "Also in the day of the firstfruits, when ye bring a new meat offering unto the LORD, after your weeks [be out], ye shall have a holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work:"


When the firstfruits of the wheat harvest were brought unto the Lord. Which was the day of Pentecost, fifty days from the sheaf of the wave offering being brought.


"When ye bring a new meat offering unto the Lord": That is, a meat offering made of the new corn. Which were two wave loaves of two tenth deals of fine flour, baked with leaven (Lev. 23:15).


"After your weeks be out": The seven weeks from the Passover to Pentecost. Even seven complete Sabbaths or weeks (Lev. 23:15).


"Ye shall have a holy convocation, ye shall do no servile work" (see Lev. 23:21).


Firstfruits is on Sunday. Jesus rose from the grave on firstfruits. He is the firstfruits of the resurrection. Jesus is the meat offering.


Numbers 28:27-30 "But ye shall offer the burnt offering for a sweet savor unto the LORD; two young bullocks, one ram, seven lambs of the first year;" "And their meat offering of flour mingled with oil, three tenth deals unto one bullock, two tenth deals unto one ram," "A several tenth deal unto one lamb, throughout the seven lambs;" "[And] one kid of the goats, to make an atonement for you."


Which was of the same kind, and was of the same number of creatures as on the first day of the month. And on the seven days of unleavened bread (Num. 8:11). And the meat offering which went along with this was of the same quantity of flour to each creature as in the above mentioned sacrifices. And on this day also was offered a kid of the goats for a sin offering. And there were also peace offerings which are not mentioned here. Nor is there any mention of any in the whole chapter (see Lev. 23:19).


The sweet smelling savor is like the glory that rises to God. Jesus glorified the Father in His obedience to the cruel cross.


Each of these offerings are separate and distinct. The difference in the amount of meal has to do with the difference in the size of the offering.


In some cases, the meat was to be eaten, and the bread and wine with it made it a complete meal. The high priest and priest received their living from the offerings that were made.


Numbers 28:31 "Ye shall offer [them] beside the continual burnt offering, and his meat offering, (they shall be unto you without blemish) and their drink offerings."


The daily sacrifice of the morning and evening, so often mentioned in this chapter. And so frequently inculcated as not to be omitted. Either in the weekly, monthly, or anniversary festivals. It being so necessary a sacrifice, and so eminent a type of the great sacrifice of the Messiah.


"They shall be unto you without blemish, and their drink offerings": The flour, of which the meat offerings were made, was to be pure and clean, and free from vermin. And the wine for the drink offering was not to be palled, and dead, and dreggy. Of the former, it is said in the Misnah, "the treasurer puts his hand into it (the flour). If there comes any dust with it, "it is rejected; if it produces worms, it is rejected. This, the commentators say, is to be understood. If the greatest part of it is such. And with respect to the latter, Jarchi says, our Rabbins learn from hence (this passage of Scripture), that wine in which flour rises (or a dregginess like flour), it is unfit for drink offerings. For they should be perfect. This denotes the purity of Christ, the bread of life, and his spotless and perfect sacrifice. When his soul was poured out unto death.


Numbers Chapter 28 Questions


1. What is verse 2?


2. Why had many of the sacrifices not been kept in the wilderness?


3. What did many people call the law of God?


4. The offering in verse 3 is a ____________ offering.


5. What did the lambs in the offerings symbolize?


6. What does "day by day" symbolize?


7. The two lambs are to be offered when?


8. The meat offering is makings for ________.


9. Where was the continual meat offering ordained?


10. Each of us, who come to Jesus, participate in that continual ___________.


11. The drink offering accompanied what?


12. Are the offerings different in the evening from the morning offerings?


13. What was to be offered on the Sabbath day?


14. Christianity is not for ______ _____ a week.


15. When was the beginning of a new month?


16. Who, besides the Hebrews, celebrated the new moon?


17. New moon is like ________ _________.


18. What accompanied the offering of the ram?


19. The Bread symbolizes the __________ of the Lord.


20. He hath made Him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the __________________ of God in Him.


21. The first month was _______, or _______.


22. What month does that compare to on our calendar?


23. What did Passover celebrate?


24. How are the Christians sanctified?


25. The continual offering symbolized the ___________ of _______________ Jesus provided for us.


26. The Sabbath was made for _______.


27. Firstfruits is on __________.


28. Jesus rose from the grave on ______________.


29. What did the high priest have his living of?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 29



Numbers Chapter 29

Numbers 29:1 "And in the seventh month, on the first [day] of the month, ye shall have a holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work: it is a day of blowing the trumpets unto you."


The month Tisri, as the Targum of Jonathan, which answers to part of our September and October. A month famous for days to be religiously observed. Having more of them in it than any other month in the year.


"On the first day of the month, ye shall have a holy convocation (see Lev. 23:24).


"Ye shall do no servile work": Therefore, in the place referred to, is called a Sabbath.


"It is a day of blowing the trumpets unto you": Of which (see notes on Lev. 23:24).


This is a continuation of the various sacrifices and offerings of the last lesson. The seventh month, Ethanim, was approximately the same as October for us. Sometimes, this fell at the last of our September. This is the gathering together of the feast of trumpets. Many people believe this to symbolize the blowing of the trumpet in the sky, when the Lord gathers us home to be with Him.


Numbers 29:2 "And ye shall offer a burnt offering for a sweet savor unto the LORD; one young bullock, one ram, [and] seven lambs of the first year without blemish:"


Which was as follows.


"One young bullock, one ram, and seven lambs of the first year without blemish": Which was the same, only one bullock less, with the offerings on the first day of the month. The seven days of Unleavened Bread, and the day of the Firstfruits (Num. 8:11; 28:19; 28:27).


The offering is very similar to the offerings, we read about in the previous lesson. The elements offered symbolize the sacrifice of Jesus on the cross. This offering is to be made, because it is celebrating the harvest. The crops are in, and it is time to rejoice. Certainly, there will be a harvest of believers someday, from the earth.


Numbers 29:3 "And their meat offering [shall be of] flour mingled with oil, three tenth deals for a bullock, [and] two tenth deals for a ram,"


Which went along with the creatures offered for a burnt offering. The quantity of flour and oil used in it was the same. For a bullock, a ram, and each lamb. As in the offerings at the New Moons, Feast of Unleavened Bread and the day of Firstfruits (Num. 28:10). And a kid of the goats was also offered for a sin offering at this time. As in those seasons, and for the same purpose, to make atonement for the sins of their holy things.


Numbers 29:4-5 "And one tenth deal for one lamb, throughout the seven lambs:" "And one kid of the goats [for] a sin offering, to make an atonement for you:"


Which went along with the creatures offered for a burnt offering. The quantity of flour and oil used in it was the same, for a bullock, a ram, and each lamb. As in the offerings at the new moons, feast of unleavened bread and the day of firstfruits (Num. 28:10). And a kid of the goats was also offered for a sin offering at this time, as in those seasons, and for the same purpose. To make atonement for the sins of their holy things.


Seven means spiritually complete. The lamb was used in offering to symbolize the innocence of the one offered. It is the blood of the precious Lamb of God that saves us all.


The word "atonement" means cover, or cancel. This offering is to cover the sin. Only Jesus (our atonement), can cancel our sin.


Numbers 29:6 "Beside the burnt offering of the month, and his meat offering, and the daily burnt offering, and his meat offering, and their drink offerings, according unto their manner, for a sweet savor, a sacrifice made by fire unto the LORD."


"The bullock, ram, and seven lambs, were offered on this day. Besides the two bullocks, one ram, and seven lambs, which were offered on it. On account of its being the first day of the month and besides the meat offering that went along with them. These were not omitted on account of those additional sacrifices.


"And the daily burnt offering": The two lambs of the daily sacrifice. These also were offered as usual, so that there were offered on this day three bullocks, two rams, and sixteen lambs.


"And his meat offering, and their drink offerings, according unto their manner": These also were offered with the daily sacrifice, according to the law and rule prescribed for the making of them, and all were:


"For a sweet savor, a sacrifice made by fire unto the Lord": For they were burnt sacrifices, and very acceptable to the Lord. As they were types of the better sacrifice, with which he is infinitely well pleased. And it is with respect to that that such a number of sacrifices were appointed.


This offering is in addition to the others.


Numbers 29:7 "And ye shall have on the tenth [day] of this seventh month a holy convocation; and ye shall afflict your souls: ye shall not do any work [therein]:"


The month Tisri, as before; so the Targum of Jonathan.


"And ye shall afflict your souls": Or persons. Their bodies by fasting, and their souls by repentance and humiliation. For this was a grand fast, as it is called (Acts 27:9).


"Ye shall not do any work therein" (see Lev. 23:28).


At this time of year, the high priest would go into the holy of holies and put blood on the mercy seat for his own sins, and the sins of the people. This is Day of Atonement.


Numbers 29:8 "But ye shall offer a burnt offering unto the LORD [for] a sweet savor; one young bullock, one ram, [and] seven lambs of the first year; they shall be unto you without blemish:"


Which is the same as ordered to be offered on the first day (Num. 29:2). Aben Ezra is of opinion that the ram here is different from those (in Lev. 16:3).


The burnt offering symbolized the man's body being purified from his sins. This symbolized the justification that we receive through the great sacrifice of Jesus.


Numbers 29:9 "And their meat offering [shall be of] flour mingled with oil, three tenth deals to a bullock, [and] two tenth deals to one ram,"


Which was of the same quantity of flour and oil, for a bullock, a ram, and a lamb. As for the meat offering on the first day of the month.


We see the perfect system of sacrifice. It does not vary at all.


Numbers 29:10 "A several tenth deal for one lamb, throughout the seven lambs:"


Which was of the same quantity of flour and oil, for a bullock, a ram, and a lamb, as for the meat offering on the first day of the month.


Numbers 29:11 "One kid of the goats [for] a sin offering; beside the sin offering of atonement, and the continual burnt offering, and the meat offering of it, and their drink offerings."


This also, as it was different from that which was offered for the service of the day, so it was offered after it. As is observed by the Jewish writers, that the goat, which was offered without, though of the short prayers, or additions. Could not go before the service of the day for it is said as follows.


"Beside the sin offering of atonement": Hence, say they, we learn, that the goat within, which was of the service of the day, went before it. After that the ram of Aaron, and the ram of the people, and after that the fat of the sin offering.


"And the continual burnt offering, and the meat offering of it, and their drink offerings": Which were never omitted on account of the service of any day. Though ever so solemn, as this was. Hence it appears that there were offered on this day of atonement two bullocks, three rams, three goats, and two lambs.


Somehow, the repetition of these offerings were to sink into their memory, so there would be no excuse not to keep them.


Numbers 29:12 "And on the fifteenth day of the seventh month ye shall have a holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work, and ye shall keep a feast unto the LORD seven days:"


Of the same month Tisri, which was the seventh from Nisan or Abib. Though it was formerly the first month of the year.


"Ye shall do no servile work, and ye shall keep a feast unto the Lord seven days": The Feast of Tabernacles, which began on the fifteenth day of this month.


This is the Feast of the Tabernacles; which many believe to symbolize the time the Christians will be in heaven during the wrath of God. This is when they made the little booths and stayed in them. They were away from their homes. This is a time of holy separation.


Numbers 29:13-34 "And ye shall offer a burnt offering, a sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD; thirteen young bullocks, two rams, [and] fourteen lambs of the first year; they shall be without blemish:" "And their meat offering [shall be of] flour mingled with oil, three tenth deals unto every bullock of the thirteen bullocks, two tenth deals to each ram of the two rams," "And a several tenth deal to each lamb of the fourteen lambs:" "And one kid of the goats [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, his meat offering, and his drink offering." "And on the second day [ye shall offer] twelve young bullocks, two rams, fourteen lambs of the first year without spot:" "And their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one kid of the goats [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, and the meat offering thereof, and their drink offerings." "And on the third day eleven bullocks, two rams, fourteen lambs of the first year without blemish;" "And their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one goat [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, and his meat offering, and his drink offering." "And on the fourth day ten bullocks, two rams, [and] fourteen lambs of the first year without blemish:" "Their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one kid of the goats [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, his meat offering, and his drink offering." "And on the fifth day nine bullocks, two rams, [and] fourteen lambs of the first year without spot:" "And their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one goat [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, and his meat offering, and his drink offering." "And on the sixth day eight bullocks, two rams, [and] fourteen lambs of the first year without blemish:" "And their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one goat [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, his meat offering, and his drink offering." "And on the seventh day seven bullocks, two rams, [and] fourteen lambs of the first year without blemish:" "And their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one goat [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, his meat offering, and his drink offering."


That is, on the first of the seven days, which was as follows.


"Thirteen young bullocks, two rams, and fourteen lambs of the first year, they shall be without blemish": A very large sacrifice indeed, for these were offered besides one kid of the goats, for a sin offering, and the two lambs of the daily sacrifice. Which were not omitted on account of this extraordinary offering. So that there were no less than thirty-two animals sacrificed on this day. The meat and drink offerings for each, according to the kind of them, were as usual, and as before frequently observed. And the same sacrifices, meat offerings, and drink offerings, were offered on the six following days of the feast. Only with this difference, that there was one bullock less every day. Which it is thought may denote the decrease of sin in the people. And so an increase of holiness, or rather the gradual waxing old and vanishing away of the ceremonial law. And the sacrifices of it. And these bullocks ending in the number seven, which is a number may lead us to think of the great sacrifice these all typified. Whereby Christ has perfected them that are sanctified.


This also was ordered in Leviticus, but not prescribed. This is the time at the end of harvest, when the wheat is gathered into the barn. This started off with the most bullocks offered. These animals offered would be a smaller number each day, and altogether would amount to 70, which is thought to be a sacred number.


We can easily see that the amount of the flour and oil varied, to match the number of animals sacrificed.


The fourteen lambs were each accompanied by several tenth deals.


I will gather all of the offerings under each day from this point on, to show the decline each day.


We will take note that it is the young bullocks that decline with every day's offerings.


This makes me more and more thankful that we are not under the law anymore. Jesus fulfilled all of these sacrifices and offerings for us in the one offering of Himself. It would have been next to impossible, just to remember them.


The sacrifice that the Christian gives is in the next verse.


Hebrews 13:15 "By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of [our] lips giving thanks to his name."


The only thing I can see in the declining number of bullocks each day, is the fact that Jesus was one sacrifice that took care of all of this.


Numbers 29:35 "On the eighth day ye shall have a solemn assembly: ye shall do no servile work [therein]:"


The day after the seven days of the feast of tabernacles were ended. For this was not properly a part of that feast, but was a sort of appendage to it.


"Ye shall do no servile work therein" (see notes on Lev. 23:36).


This would be the 22nd day of Ethanim. Eight, in the Bible, symbolizes new beginnings. This would be symbolic of the new beginning for the followers of God. This is a holy day, and no work is to be done on this day.


Numbers 29:36-38 "But ye shall offer a burnt offering, a sacrifice made by fire, of a sweet savor unto the LORD: one bullock, one ram, seven lambs of the first year without blemish:" "Their meat offering and their drink offerings for the bullock, for the ram, and for the lambs, [shall be] according to their number, after the manner:" "And one goat [for] a sin offering; beside the continual burnt offering, and his meat offering, and his drink offering."


Which was the same that was offered on the first and tenth days of this month (Num. 29:2). And the meat and drink offerings for each of the creatures were the same, as often expressed. And on this day a goat for a sin offering was also offered. Besides the daily sacrifice, and what went along with that.


This has gone back to the offerings that were made, before the feast of tabernacles. The offerings, above, are the same as the offerings on the first day and on the tenth day of Ethanim.


Numbers 29:39 "These [things] ye shall do unto the LORD in your set feasts, beside your vows, and your freewill offerings, for your burnt offerings, and for your meat offerings, and for your drink offerings, and for your peace offerings."


Or rather in the times set and appointed to you, as the Jewish writers interpret it. And so Jarchi interprets it of a fixed time, which seems better. Since these were not all feast days, on which the above sacrifices were to be offered. For one of them was a fast, even the day of atonement.


"Besides your vows, and your freewill offerings": Which might be offered up at any time. Notwithstanding the above sacrifices, which were necessary and obligatory. But these were at their own option.


"For your burnt offerings, and for your meat offerings, and your drink offerings. And for your peace offerings": Of which (see Lev. 7:11).


Vows and freewill offerings were over and above the offerings we have been reading about here. These are of obligation. Perhaps, these dwindling sacrifices symbolize the fact that the law itself, will dwindle away, and be replaced by the grace of God. Christians should give praise to God every day, that we are not required to keep up with all of these laws and ordinances.


Numbers 29:40 "And Moses told the children of Israel according to all that the LORD commanded Moses."


All these things. Repeated the several laws unto them concerning the above sacrifices, with the additions unto them, and explanations of them.


"According to all that the Lord commanded Moses": Being a faithful servant to the Lord in all his house, and in all things appertaining to it.


We must remember that the laws and ordinances we studied in Leviticus, were given at the beginning of the journey across the wilderness. They had to be repeated, so that people could remember them. It was especially important for Joshua to understand them fully, since he was to take Moses' place.


Numbers Chapter 29 Questions


1. What day and month is the beginning of day of trumpets?


2. What is the name of their 7th month?


3. Approximately, what month is that on our calendar?


4. Many people believe the blowing of trumpets symbolize what?


5. Why is this celebration held?


6. _________ means spiritually complete.


7. It is the __________ of the precious Lamb that saves us all.


8. What does the word "atonement" mean?


9. What day is day of atonement?


10. What special thing does the high priest do on this day?


11. The burnt offering symbolizes what is happening to the man?


12. The 15th day of the seven month is feast of ____________.


13. What do many believe this to symbolize?


14. This is a time of holy ______________.


15. What is harvested at this time?


16. How many bullocks (altogether) would be offered?


17. What is the sacrifice the Christian gives?


18. On the eighth day, we have a ___________ ______________.


19. This would be the _________day of Ethanim.


20. Eight means ________ ______________.


21. The offering on the eighth day is the same as on what days?


22. Why was it necessary to give the laws and ordinances again here?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 30



Numbers Chapter 30

Verses 1-16: Vows were often uttered in times of crisis: (Gen. 28:20-22; Num. 21:2; Judges 11:30-31; 1 Sam. 1:11; 14:24; Jonah 1:16; 2:9; Acts 18:18, 21, 23; 23:12-14). But when the crisis passed and the prayer was answered, there was the temptation for a man to forget the vow (Deut. 23:21-23 and Eccl. 5:4 warn against this).


This chapter added clarification to the laws regarding vows given (in Lev. 27:1-33). The basic principle for men is restated (in verse 2). Then, it was asserted that a man was also responsible for the vows made by women in his household (verses 3-16). A father or husband could overrule the vow of a daughter or wife, but a man's silence, if he knew of the vow, meant it must be accomplished.


Verses 1-2: The principle is that he cannot "break his word". The law mentions two types of vow: the "vow" (neder), and the "bond" (issar). The former term is the more common, and here at least means a vow to do something positive such as offering a sacrifice, whereas "issar" is a vow of abstinence, a self-imposed fast (compare 1 Sam. 14:24; Psalm 132:2-5). Vows were not required but, once made, they must be kept, thus to enter into one required serious thought. What is vowed before God is binding. Vows to Him are not trifling things.


Numbers 30:1 "And Moses spake unto the heads of the tribes concerning the children of Israel, saying, This [is] the thing which the LORD hath commanded."


Or the princes of them, who could more easily be convened, and who used to meet on certain occasions. And on whom it lay to see various laws put in execution.


"Concerning the children of Israel": How they ought to conduct and behave in the following case. It being an affair which concerned them all.


"Saying, this is the thing which the Lord hath commanded": Relating to vows. Aben Ezra is of opinion that this was delivered after the battle with Midian, of which there is an account in the following chapter. And is occasioned by what was said, to the tribes of Gad and Reuben (Num. 32:24).


The head of each tribe was, in a sense, responsible for teaching the people under them the ways of God. Moses brings this particular message to the attention of these leaders. Notice that this is a commandment.


Numbers 30:2 "If a man vow a vow unto the LORD, or swear an oath to bind his soul with a bond; he shall not break his word, he shall do according to all that proceedeth out of his mouth."


"A vow ... bind his soul with a bond": A promise to do something or a promise not to do something. Christ could have had this text in mind (Matt. 5:33).


This is explaining the seriousness of making a vow. This is probably, speaking of making a promise to the LORD. Whatever a man promises God, he must do without exception. A vow is not something you can change your mind about.


Verses 3-6: A vow made by a woman could be invalidated by her father (in the case of an unmarried daughter), or by her husband (in the case of a wife). A widow or divorced woman was responsible for her own vows (verse 9). If the husband "holds his peace" (keeps silent), then this indicates consent. The clear implication of these laws is that a wife's duty to submit to her husband was comparable to the child's duty to obey his parents (compare verses 3-5). Neither wives nor children could substitute self-imposed religious obligations for God-given duties.


Numbers 30:3 "If a woman also vow a vow unto the LORD, and bind [herself] by a bond, [being] in her father's house in her youth;"


Who has not passed thirteen years, as the Targum of Jonathan.


"And bind herself by a bond": Lay herself under obligation to perform her vow by an oath. Being in her father's house; unto the twelfth year, as the same Targum. That is under his care, tuition, and jurisdiction. Whether she literally, or properly speaking, is in the house or not at the time she vows. so Jarchi interprets it of her being in the power of her father, though not in his house, she being not at age to be at her own disposal, but at his. Wherefore it is added:


"In her youth": Which, as the same writer explains it, signifies that she is "neither a little one, nor at age. For a little one's vow is no vow. And one at age is not in the power of her father to make void her vow. Who is a little one? One vows a vow that is twelve years and one day old, there is no need to examine them. "He seems to refer to a passage in the Misnah, "a daughter of eleven years and one day, her vows are examined; a daughter of twelve years and one day, her vows are firm. But they are to be examined through the whole twelfth year."


A young girl in her father's house was subject to her father, so her vow would be taken differently. She may make a vow that her father would not allow her to keep.


Numbers 30:4 "And her father hear her vow, and her bond wherewith she hath bound her soul, and her father shall hold his peace at her: then all her vows shall stand, and every bond wherewith she hath bound her soul shall stand."


Her vow, which is binding upon her, or her vow and an oath annexed to it. Which makes it still more strongly binding. And this he hears himself, or it is reported to him by others. And her father shall hold his peace at her. Shall not reprove her for it, nor contradict her in it. Then all her vows shall stand; be they what, or as many as they may.


"And every bond wherewith she hath bound her soul shall stand": His silence being to be interpreted as approving of them, and consenting to them.


The father not saying anything, showed that he approved of the vow, and he cannot cause her not to keep the vow. He should have spoken up, if he did not want her making the vow. It is her obligation to keep the vow, and the father's obligation to allow her to keep it.


Numbers 30:5 "But if her father disallow her in the day that he heareth; not any of her vows, or of her bonds wherewith she hath bound her soul, shall stand: and the LORD shall forgive her, because her father disallowed her."


Disapproves of her vow, and expresses his dislike of it, and declares it null and void. Which, if done at all, is to be done on the same day he hears it. And not on another day, as Aben Ezra observes. Not the day following, and much less on a third or fourth day, etc. And it might be done on a Sabbath day.


"Not any of her vows, or of her bonds wherewith she hath bound her soul, shall stand": But become null and void, she being at the control of her father. And having nothing in her own power, and at her own disposal, to vow or consecrate. But wholly in the power and at the disposal of her father.


"And the Lord shall forgive her": The breach of her vow, it shall not be imputed to her as a sin.


"Because her father disallowed her": So, that it was no fault of hers that it was not fulfilled. Though she might be blameworthy to make one, without previously obtaining his consent. And making it rashly without his previous knowledge, she not being in her own hands. And in this respect, may be said to be forgiven by the Lord, which supposes some fault committed.


The girl cannot overrule her father. If he has protested the vow and will not let her keep it, then she cannot be held responsible for not keeping the vow. It is not her fault, that she cannot keep the vow, and she is released from the vow.


Numbers 30:6 "And if she had at all a husband, when she vowed, or uttered ought out of her lips, wherewith she bound her soul;"


Or "when her vows were upon her". Was either betrothed or married to a man.


"Or uttered ought out of her lips": Wherewith she bound her soul. Uttered anything, either with or without premeditation. Either with thought and deliberation, or rashly and imprudently, as the word signifies. Yet in such a manner that it was binding upon her.


Her husband is the same as her father was, in the verse above. Her vow is just as good, as her husband will allow her to keep.


Numbers 30:7 "And her husband heard [it], and held his peace at her in the day that he heard [it]: then her vows shall stand, and her bonds wherewith she bound her soul shall stand."


The vow she made, and by his silence consented to it.


"Then her vows shall stand, and her bonds wherewith she bound her soul shall stand": Or she be under obligation to perform them.


This is saying, that if her husband heard the vow and approved of it, she should be allowed to keep the vow.


Numbers 30:8 "But if her husband disallowed her on the day that he heard [it]; then he shall make her vow which she vowed, and that which she uttered with her lips, wherewith she bound her soul, of none effect: and the LORD shall forgive her."


Expresses his dislike of it. And this he does as soon as he hears it, at least that same day. According to the Jews, within the space of twenty-four hours.


"Then he shall make her vow which she vowed, and that which she uttered with her lips, wherewith she bound her soul, of none effect": By contradicting it, and forbidding the performance of it. Or however by declaring to her, or to others, that it is not agreeable to his mind and will that it should be fulfilled.


"And the Lord shall forgive her": Excuse her performance of the vow, and not impute sin to her on that account. Nor punish for the breach of it, she being under the cover of her husband, and obliged to submit to his will. According to Jarchi, the Scripture speaks of a woman that vows to be a Nazarite. Her husband hears and makes it void. But she does not know it, and transgresses her vow, and drinks wine, and is defiled with the dead. So that she has need of forgiveness, though it is made void. And if vows made void, he adds, have need of pardon, much more those that are not.


This again is saying that she could not keep the vow, because her husband would not allow her to. She is not held responsible for the vow in that case, and God forgives her of the vow.


Numbers 30:9 "But every vow of a widow, and of her that is divorced, wherewith they have bound their souls, shall stand against her."


"A widow ... her that is divorced": These were not viewed as being under a man's authority, so the word of the woman alone sufficed.


She is responsible for her own vow, if she is not under the authority of a husband.


Numbers 30:10 "And if she vowed in her husband's house, or bound her soul by a bond with an oath;"


Before his death, in his lifetime, or before divorced. The Targum of Jonathan adds, by way of explanation, "and not at age for marriage". Understanding it of a betrothed, and not a married person. But Jarchi says, the Scripture speaks of a married one, which seems most likely.


"Or bound her soul by a bond with an oath": To fulfil her vow. To abstain from this, or to do that or the other thing.


This is speaking of a married woman living with her husband. The husband can allow, or disallow her vow, as her father did.


Numbers 30:11 "And her husband heard [it], and held his peace at her, [and] disallowed her not: then all her vows shall stand, and every bond wherewith she bound her soul shall stand."


Heard her make her vow, and bind it with an oath, and was silent at it. Which was consenting to it. And did not contradict her, nor show any displeasure or resentment at her on account of it. The Targum of Jonathan adds, "and died before she was at age." But what follows held good equally of one that was at age for marriage, and actually married to him.


"Then all her vows shall stand, and every bond wherewith she bound her soul shall stand": Be ratified and confirmed. And she be under obligation to make them good.


If he allows her to make the vow and he knows about it, she is responsible to keep the vow, and he is responsible to let her keep the vow.


Numbers 30:12 "But if her husband hath utterly made them void on the day he heard [them; then] whatsoever proceeded out of her lips concerning her vows, or concerning the bond of her soul, shall not stand: her husband hath made them void; and the LORD shall forgive her."


Declaring they were contrary to his mind and will, he disapproved of them, and forbid the carrying them into execution.


"Then whatsoever proceeded out of her lips concerning her vows, or concerning the bond of her soul, shall not stand": Though her husband be dead, or she be divorced from him.


"Her husband hath made them void, and the Lord shall forgive her": She will neither incur his displeasure for not fulfilling her vow, nor have any punishment inflicted on her. The Targum of Jonathan is, "if her husband makes them void, and she knows it not and transgresses, it shall be forgiven her by the Lord."


In this case, he did not approve the vow. He will not let her keep the vow, and she cannot be held responsible. God will forgive her.


Numbers 30:13 "Every vow, and every binding oath to afflict the soul, her husband may establish it, or her husband may make it void."


By fasting, as Aben Ezra observes. As when a vow was made, or a person bound herself by an oath to abstain from such and such food, or to fast on such a day. To keep a fast which was not appointed, to set apart a day for fasting. Besides the grand and general fast on the Day of Atonement. Jarchi from hence gathers, that a man only makes vows of afflicting the soul, or vows of fasting. But this is not said by way of limitation and restriction, but by way of amplification and illustration. Giving a particular instance, by which others may be judged of.


"Her husband may establish it, or her husband may make it void": Just as he pleased", and this power a husband had, to prevent confusion in the family. And trouble in the affairs of it, by vowing abstinence from such and such food. Or from such and such liquor, and the like. And to prevent running into expenses he was not able to answer, by vowing and dedicating. This and the other to holy uses, for sacrifices, and repairs of the temple, and the like.


The husband is the authority over the wife in the flesh. He can disallow her vows, or honor them, as he chooses.


Numbers 30:14 "But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day; then he establisheth all her vows, or all her bonds, which [are] upon her: he confirmeth them, because he held his peace at her in the day that he heard [them]."


Said not one word to her day after day. Neither on the day he heard her vow, nor the day following.


"Then he establisheth all her vows, or all her bonds, which are upon her": By his silence.


"He confirmeth them, because he held his peace at her, in the day that he heard them": For not to contradict them was to confirm them.


This is saying, if he was aware she made the vow, and did nothing about it at the time, he cannot go back later and not allow her to keep them. He confirmed her vow with his silence.


Numbers 30:15 "But if he shall any ways make them void after that he hath heard [them]; then he shall bear her iniquity."


Some way or other expressing his dislike of them. Not at the time he heard them, but some time afterwards. One day after, as the Targum of Jonathan.


"Then he shall bear her iniquity": Be accountable for the breach of the vow. The sin shall be reckoned to him, and he shall bear the punishment of it. Because he ought to have declared his disapprobation of it sooner. And it may be, his doing it when he did was only in a spirit of contradiction, or through covetousness. And it would have been more advisable to have let the vow stand, and therefore acted a criminal part, and so was answerable for it. The Targum of Jonathan explains it, "her husband or her father shall bear her iniquity": Supposing her not to be of age. Aben Ezra gives the reason of it, because she is in his power.


If he disallows her vow at a later date, he is responsible for the sin. She is not responsible.


Numbers 30:16 "These [are] the statutes, which the LORD commanded Moses, between a man and his wife, between the father and his daughter, [being yet] in her youth in her father's house."


Relating to vows made by the wife, and confirmed or disannulled by the husband. Aben Ezra adds, if she is at age or in puberty, understanding it of a married and not a betrothed wife.


"Between the father and his daughter": If she is not at age, as the same writer observes. For if she is at age he has nothing to do with her vows.


"Being yet in her youth": Not at age, being not twelve years and one day old.


"In her father's house": In his power and jurisdiction. And at his disposal, and so could make her vows void or firm, as he pleased. This power of ratifying or disannulling vows a husband had over his wife, and a father over his daughter. To prevent imprudent and extravagant vows, and the too frequent use of them. The consequences of which might be bad in families.


This is explaining the authority of the father in his own home, and the authority of the husband in his own home. In the New Testament, we read of a husband and wife who broke their vow to God. In the case of Ananias and Sapphira vowing to the Holy Ghost, they were each responsible for their own vow. They were each killed, because they each lied to the Holy Ghost. The difference is that this case was a spiritual promise made to God. The lesson above, is speaking of the authority of her husband, or father, over her flesh in the home.


Numbers Chapter 30 Questions


1. Who did Moses speak to?


2. Why did he speak to them?


3. What is verse 2 speaking of?


4. This promise is made to the _______.


5. A vow is not something you can ________ your mind about.


6. A young girl in her father's house was subject to her _________.


7. If the father holds his peace, when she vows, the vow _________.


8. The father, by not saying anything, showed what?


9. It is her obligation to keep the vow, and his obligation to ________ _____ to keep it.


10. Is she responsible, if the father disallows the vow?


11. Why does the LORD forgive her?


12. What if it is her husband?


13. Is the same thing true for a widow, as a wife?


14. What if her husband heard the vow, and said nothing for several days, and then would not let her keep it, who is responsible?


15. What is this lesson conveying about authority in the home?


16. Who are a husband and wife, in the New Testament, who lied to God?


17. Who was killed for their lies?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 31



Numbers Chapter 31

Verses 1-54: "Midianites" comprised a part of a large confederation of tribes and were often associated with many smaller groups of people like the Ishmaelites, Moabites, Amalekites, and Ephrathites. Here the reference is to those associated with Moab (verses 8, 16; compare chapters 22 and 25). The decimation of the Midianites fulfilled the divine command given in (25:16-18), and cited again in (31:2). It also looks forward to the conquest of the Canaanites, who were to be treated in like manner (21:2-4, 32). Also, the distribution of the spoils among warriors, people, priests, and Levites served as a model for the big campaign to Palestine (verse 54).


Verses 1-12: This is pictured as the Lord's day of vengeance for the Midianites' seduction of Israel (in 25:1-13). Adultery carried the death penalty (Lev. 20:10; Deut. 22:22), and that is what they had caused in relation to Israel, spiritual and physical adultery from Yahweh. Balaam was killed with the sword. Israel was commanded by the Lord to take vengeance on Midian because they were responsible for corrupting Israel at Peor (25:1-18).


Numbers 31:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the plague upon Israel for their fornication and idolatry, into which they were drawn by the daughters of Moab and Midian. And after the sum of the people was taken in the plains of Moab, and various laws given or repeated, and a little before the death of Moses.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 31:2 "Avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites: afterward shalt thou be gathered unto thy people."


"Gathered unto thy people": A euphemism for death (see Gen. 25:8, 17; 35:29).


This attack on the Midianites had been planned for quite some time. It appears, that this is the last thing that Moses is to head up. The LORD had already told him he would not go into the Promised Land. "Be gathered unto thy people" means he will die. This is the LORD's vengeance, here. He wants the Midianites destroyed, for what they had done to the Israelites.


Numbers 31:3 "And Moses spake unto the people, saying, Arm some of yourselves unto the war, and let them go against the Midianites, and avenge the LORD of Midian."


In obedience to the divine command. This must be supposed to be spoken to the heads or princes of the tribes.


"Arm some of yourselves unto the war": Not the whole body of the militia, 600,000 men and upwards, only some of them. And these choice and select men. And, according to the Jewish writers, good men. Who, detesting the sins of lewdness and idolatry, would more strictly and severely avenge themselves on the Midianites for drawing their brethren into those sins, whereby they fell. And so Jarchi calls them righteous men.


"And let them go against the Midianites, and avenge the Lord of Midian": What the Lord calls the vengeance of the Israelites, Moses calls the vengeance of the Lord. Because they were the Lord's people, and his cause and theirs was the same. And because the sins they were drawn into by the Midianites were not only against themselves, and to their prejudice, but against the Lord and to the dishonor of his name.


The huge army of over 600,000 men would not be needed here. They arm just a few of their men. Moses had not started this war against Midian, until God ordered it. When these Midianite women had seduced the Israelites and mixed with them, it was against God as much as against the Israelites. These women had caused the men of Israel to commit adultery, and even caused them to bow to false gods.


Numbers 31:4 "Of every tribe a thousand, throughout all the tribes of Israel, shall ye send to the war."


Each of the non-priestly tribes of Israel play an equal role in the fighting force, as "a thousand from each tribe" were recruited when the Israelites went to war against the Midianites. After the battle, the plunder of the Midianites was divided equally between those who took part in the war and those who remained behind, for each played an important role in gaining the victory (31:15-54).


These means it will only take 12,000 men of war to destroy the Midianites.


Numbers 31:5 "So there were delivered out of the thousands of Israel, a thousand of [every] tribe, twelve thousand armed for war."


Several thousands very probably offered themselves voluntarily to go to the war. Or however were summoned together on this account. And out of them the following number was delivered of picked and chosen men.


"A thousand of every tribe, twelve thousand armed for war": Which was but a small number to go against so considerable a nation and people. But this was done to show that the war was of the Lord. He would fight the battle, and give them victory. It being the same to him to do it with few as with many. And to encourage the people of Israel to believe the Lord would give them success against their many and powerful enemies in the land of Canaan. On the borders of which they now were.


Each of the 12 tribes furnished 1,000 men to go to war.


Numbers 31:6 "And Moses sent them to the war, a thousand of [every] tribe, them and Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priest, to the war, with the holy instruments, and the trumpets to blow in his hand."


Being mustered and armed.


"A thousand of every tribe, them and Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priest, to the war": Which looks as if Phinehas was the general of this army. For Moses went not to the war, and no mention is made of Joshua. Nor might it be proper for him, he being the successor of Moses. Who was to die very soon. But it seems rather that there was no one person that had the command of the whole, but every captain commanded his own company. Since, when Moses met them, and was angry with them for sparing the women, he does not address anyone as the chief commander, but all the officers (Num. 31:14). However, it was very proper and prudent to send Phinehas with them, both on account of his office as a priest, to encourage the people, and because of his extraordinary zeal against the Midianites for what they had done. As appears by his slaying a prince of Simeon and a Midianitish princess in their uncleanness.


"With the holy instruments, and the trumpets to blow in his hand": By "the holy instruments", Aben Ezra understands the ark with what appertained to it. Which in later times used to be carried out when the Israelites went to war (Joshua 6:4). And Jarchi interprets them of the ark and plate of gold which was upon the forehead of the high priest. But what had Phinehas to do with this, who was but a common priest? though the Targum of Jonathan paraphrases it, "with the Urim and Thummim of holiness, to inquire by them". And it appears, that sometimes a son of a high priest was entrusted with the ephod, to which the breastplate was fastened. Which had the Urim and Thummim on it, and made use thereof to inquire by, as in the times of David (1 Sam. 23:6).


This was a holy war to clear the name of the LORD amongst the heathen. The priest Phinehas, son of Eleazar, went to war with them with the holy instruments and blew the alarm with the silver trumpet. Phinehas was the same one who had run the javelin through two of the sinners, and stopped the plague.


Numbers 31:7 "And they warred against the Midianites, as the LORD commanded Moses; and they slew all the males."


Whether the Midianites came out against them with an army, and there was a pitched battle between them, is not certain. However, the Israelites committed acts of hostility upon them, by entering their cities, plundering their houses, and slaying the inhabitants of them.


"And they slew all the males": Which fell into their hands. For, no doubt, there were multitudes that made their escape. Since in later times we read of the Midianites, as a very powerful people, and very distressing to Israel (Judges 6:1). These, as Aben Ezra observes, they slew those who were grown up. As for their little ones, those they spared and carried captive (Num. 31:9).


This was more of an annihilation of the men. It appears, they killed them all. When God went with them to battle, there was no problem winning.


Numbers 31:8 "And they slew the kings of Midian, beside the rest of them that were slain; [namely], Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, five kings of Midian: Balaam also the son of Beor they slew with the sword."


Balaam's involvement with the Midianites in an attempt to seduce Israel (25:14-18; Rev. 2:14), cost him his life. God commanded his people to likewise take vengeance on the people of "Midian". The victims' list here includes five of their "kings". It turned out that seeing the sword of the Lord was not enough to bring "Balaam" to repentance and faith in Yahweh. A human "sword" sent him to his eternal reckoning.


We read earlier of the five kings of Midian. It appears here, that they were all killed. Balaam was killed also. It appeared he was in on the plot to infiltrate the Israelites. They probably were not killed in battle, but run through with the sword as an execution. These are probably not the entire Median army, but some in this area, because later we see the Medians again.


Numbers 31:9 "And the children of Israel took [all] the women of Midian captives, and their little ones, and took the spoil of all their cattle, and all their flocks, and all their goods."


The word "all" is not in the original text, nor should it be supplied. For if all had been taken, and carried captive, and put to death, as those were afterwards, how could there have been such an increase of the Midianites as there was in some time after this? (see Judges 6:1). But the meaning is, that as many as fell into their hands they took and carried captive.


"And their little ones": Both male and female.


"And took the spoil of all their cattle, and all their flocks": Their oxen and their sheep, and also their asses, as appears by the following account.


"And all their goods": In their houses, their wealth and substance, gold, silver, etc.


It is interesting that they took the women and children. The LORD sometimes, will not allow this. The battle in the first place was because of the Midianite women. They have spoiled all the Midianite's goods.


Numbers 31:10 "And they burnt all their cities wherein they dwelt, and all their goodly castles, with fire."


So far as they went into the country, which, perhaps, might not be the whole land of Midian.


"And all their goodly castles with fire": Which were either the palaces of their princes and nobles, or such like great personages. Or they were fortified places, for the security of their cities and country. The Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan interpret them of their houses of worship, their temples, and their altars.


The Midianites were nomads and would not have built permanent type cities. Perhaps the cities were built by someone they had overrun.


Numbers 31:11 "And they took all the spoil, and all the prey, [both] of men and of beasts."


In their cities and castles.


"And all the prey, both of men and of beasts": All sorts of cattle, oxen, sheep, and asses.


This just means they took everything of any value at all for themselves.


Verses 12-24: All the Midianites, except the virgin women, were to be put to death. Both the soldiers and the spoil needed to be cleansed.


Numbers 31:12 "And they brought the captives, and the prey, and the spoil, unto Moses, and Eleazar the priest, and unto the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the camp at the plains of Moab, which [are] by Jordan [near] Jericho."


The women and children, who were the captives. And the beasts which were the prey. And the gold, silver, etc., which were the spoil.


"Unto Moses and Eleazar the priest, and unto the congregation of the children of Israel": That is, they were bringing the above people's things unto them, returning from the war with Midian.


"Unto the camp at the plains of Moab, which are by Jordan near Jericho" (see Num. 22:1). But they were stopped, and were not admitted into the camp until seven days after.


Moses and Eleazar had sent them to the battle, so they brought the spoil to Moses and Eleazar. Whatever they keep, must be divided among all the people.


Verses 13-18: Only the virgins of the women were allowed to survive and probably were allowed to marry Israelite warriors (Deut. 21:10-14).


Numbers 31:13 "And Moses, and Eleazar the priest, and all the princes of the congregation, went forth to meet them without the camp."


Attended, no doubt, with a proper retinue.


"Went forth to meet them without the camp": Partly to do honor to them, and to congratulate them on their victory. And partly to hinder them going into the camp directly, until they were purified (see Gen. 14:17).


They did not bring these Midianite women and children into the camp. All of the leaders went out to meet them, to inspect what they had done.


Numbers 31:14 "And Moses was wroth with the officers of the host, [with] the captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, which came from the battle."


The general officers who had the command of the army. For there does not appear to be anyone that was one general over the whole, otherwise the displeasure would have fallen upon him.


"With the captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, which came from the battle": Rather "with" should be left out, not being in the text. And these captains only explain who the officers were. And these were one hundred and thirty two, as Aben Ezra observes. Twelve who were captains over thousands, and were more properly the general officers. And one hundred and twenty over so many hundreds, into which the whole were subdivided.


To win the war is one thing, but to leave the problem that caused the war is another. Moses is angry with the soldiers, for not following orders.


Verses 15-20: Moses gave this command because the Midianites had caused the people of God to "trespass against the Lord". For the Israelites to kill everyone except the young virgins would prevent further Midianite influence and eliminate their threat to the Israelites' inheritance. The ones who carried out this punishment became unclean and had to be purified with the "water" mixed with the ashes of the red heifer (19:2-10).


Numbers 31:15 "And Moses said unto them, Have ye saved all the women alive?"


Which either had been reported to him, or he concluded, by seeing so many with them. And this question is put, not for information, but by way of reproof. And as chiding them for what they had done. For they might have received orders from him to put them to death, when he sent them out. And if so, there was the more reason to be angry with them. Or he might conclude they would have done this of themselves, knowing what instruments of mischief these women had been to Israel.


The Midianite women had been the problem, in the first place. The lust of these Israelite men for these women it seems, has not gone away. They have plans of keeping these women for the men. Moses is really saying, "Why have you kept these evil women alive?"


Numbers 31:16 "Behold, these caused the children of Israel, through the counsel of Balaam, to commit trespass against the LORD in the matter of Peor, and there was a plague among the congregation of the LORD."


Who advised the Midianites to send their women into the camp of Israel, and allure them to un-cleanness. And so draw them into idolatry, which counsel they followed and it succeeded. For, by this means, they were brought:


"To commit trespass against the Lord in the matter of Peor": By worshipping Baal-peor, the god of the Moabites and Midianites. Whereby they transgressed the commandment of God, which forbid them having and worshipping any other gods besides him. And is a sin highly offensive to him, being greatly derogatory to his honor and glory.


"And there was a plague among the congregation of the Lord": For that sin; and in that plague 24,000 persons died (Num. 25:9).


They have not eliminated the problem. They have brought it home with them. The plague that swept through the Israelite camp, was because the men of Israel were sleeping with the Midianite women. Now, they have brought them all home with them, to further the sin. This would greatly anger God.


Numbers 31:17 "Now therefore kill every male among the little ones, and kill every woman that hath known man by lying with him."


The execution of all male children and women of child-bearing age insured the extermination of the Midianites and prevented them from ever again seducing Israel to sin. Reference to Midianites later (Judges 6:1-6), was to a different clan. It was the Midianites living in Moab who were destroyed here.


This seems cruel, but the LORD will not allow the teachings of Midian to come into the camp. Women, just like these, had caused the Israelite men to bow to false gods. This must not be again. The males among the little ones could come to maturity and cause terrible problems in the camp. Notice the young girls, who were not contaminated were left alive. This was not senseless killing. It was done to preserve the LORD as God among the Israelites.


Numbers 31:18 "But all the women children, that have not known a man by lying with him, keep alive for yourselves."


The females among the little ones.


"That have not known a man by lying with him": Which might be pretty clear, and easily concluded, from their age.


"Keep for yourselves": Either to be handmaids to them, or to be married among them when grown up. And become proselytes, and initiated into their religion.


They were to be slaves in the homes, and undoubtedly, concubines to some of the men. In some instances, they probably married some of the young men.


Verses 19-24: Every soldier and everything had to be purified. The former was purified with the water mixed with the ashes of the red heifer (19:2), and the latter by fire and water, due to their contact with the dead.


Numbers 31:19 "And do ye abide without the camp seven days: whosoever hath killed any person, and whosoever hath touched any slain, purify [both] yourselves and your captives on the third day, and on the seventh day."


Which was the time that anyone that touched a dead body remained unclean (Num. 19:11).


"Whosoever hath killed any person": As most of them if not all must have done. All the males of Midian that fell into their hands being slain by them, that were men grown.


"And whosoever hath touched any slain": As they must to strip them of their garments, and take their spoil from them.


"Purify both yourselves and your captives on the third day, and on the seventh day": Which were the days appointed for the purification of such that were polluted by touching dead bodies (Num. 19:11). And their captives, which were the little female ones (for as for the women, and males among the little ones, they were ordered to be slain). Though they were Heathens, yet inasmuch as they were to be for the service of the Israelites, and to be brought up in their religion, they were to be purified also. To which purpose is the note of Jarchi; "not that the Gentiles receive uncleanness and need sprinkling, but as ye are the children of the covenant, so your captives, when they come into the covenant, and are defiled, need sprinkling."


We remember that anyone who had come near a dead body was unclean for 7 days. They must all, including the young Midianite women, go through the purification before they could enter the camp again. We read of this earlier of the washings on the third and seventh day. This had to do with the water of separation. The girls fell into the law about the stranger, and were purified by the water of separation.


Numbers 31:20 "And purify all [your] raiment, and all that is made of skins, and all work of goats' [hair], and all things made of wood."


By washing them. And this may intend not so much their own wearing apparel, as the raiment they took off of the dead bodies of the Midianites. Since the person that touched a dead body was not obliged to wash his clothes, but the clean person that sprinkled the water of purification on him (Num. 19:19). Some render the words, "purify yourselves, together with the raiment", etc., which seems to be the best version of them.


"And all that is made of skins": Of any sort of creatures, as the covering of tents, shoes, bottles, etc. (see Lev. 11:32).


"And all work of goats' hair": Such as the covering of tents was also made of. And this, according to Jarchi and other Jewish writers includes vessels made of the horns, hoofs, and bones of these creatures.


"And all things made of wood": As beds, cups, dishes, etc., all which might be purified by washing (see Lev. 15:12).


In chapter 19 of Numbers, we studied of how everything that had come in contact with the dead must be purified. They did this because no impure thing could come into the camp.


Numbers 31:21 "And Eleazar the priest said unto the men of war which went to the battle, This [is] the ordinance of the law which the LORD commanded Moses;"


To all the soldiers, officers, and common men.


"This is the ordinance of the law which the Lord commanded Moses". Concerning the purification of unclean persons and things, hereby confirming what Moses had said.


Eleazar is the one to advise them how to keep everything pleasing unto the LORD. He is the guardian of the spiritual aspect of these people.


Numbers 31:22 "Only the gold, and the silver, the brass, the iron, the tin, and the lead,"


These are excepted, and, though unclean, are not to be purified by washing. But in another way, by fire, as follows. All these metals were well known in those early times, and were made use of for instruments and vessels of various sorts.


These were the precious metals they had spoiled from the Midianites.


Numbers 31:23 "Every thing that may abide the fire, ye shall make [it] go through the fire, and it shall be clean: nevertheless it shall be purified with the water of separation: and all that abideth not the fire ye shall make go through the water."


Either through the smoke of the fire, and so be purified by fumigating from below. Or be put into the fire itself, where though they might be melted as the above things. But not consumed as raiment, and vessels of skins, goats' hair, and wood, would be.


"And it shall be clean": Accounted so.


"Nevertheless, it shall be purified with the water of separation": With the water mixed with the ashes of the red heifer burnt, and sprinkled on it (see Num. 19:9).


"And all that abideth not the fire": Without being consumed, as whatsoever is of wood, etc.


"Ye shall make go through the water": Dip them in it, and rinse them there with a quantity sufficient. Which the Targum of Jonathan says is forty seahs of water.


All things made of these precious metals were to be melted for further use. Many false gods were made of silver and gold. It would be very important to melt those two metals. Things, like wood, that could not stand the fire would be washed with the purifying water.


Numbers 31:24 "And ye shall wash your clothes on the seventh day, and ye shall be clean, and afterward ye shall come into the camp."


As the leper did (Lev. 14:9).


"And ye shall be clean, and afterward ye shall come into the camp": Into the camp of Israel, into the camp of the Levites, and into the camp of God, the tabernacle.


Even the clothes they were wearing, must be purified before they could come into the camp. After the seven days of purification, they were allowed back into the camp.


Numbers Chapter 31 Questions


1. What did the LORD tell Moses to instruct the people to do?


2. What will happen to Moses, after this is over?


3. How many men from each tribe will go to war?


4. How had these people offended God?


5. How many men fought the war?


6. Who went with the soldiers to war?


7. What was his purpose for being there?


8. Who did the Israelites kill?


9. What happened to the five kings, and to Balaam?


10. What did the Israelites do with the rest of the people?


11. What did they do to the cities of Midian?


12. What kind of people were the Midianites?


13. Where did Moses, and Eleazar, and the princes meet with them?


14. What was Moses angry with them about?


15. What question did Moses ask them?


16. Why was it so bad to keep the women alive?


17. Who did Moses tell them to kill?


18. Who was spared death?


19. Why must they remain out of camp seven days?


20. How were the girls cleansed?


21. What else was cleansed with water?


22. What did they do with the precious metals, to make them clean?


23. When can they re-enter the camp?




Numbers Chapter 31 Continued

Verses 25-30: The booty was shared equally between those who fought in the battle and those who stayed behind (1 Sam. 30:24-25). The soldiers were to dedicate one out of every five hundred captured persons and animals to the Lord.


Numbers 31:25″And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


After the purification of the soldiers, their captives, and spoil.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 31:26 "Take the sum of the prey that was taken, [both] of man and of beast, thou, and Eleazar the priest, and the chief fathers of the congregation:"


The number of the females that were taken captive and spared. And of the cattle, the sheep, oxen, and asses.


"Thou, and Eleazar the priest, and the chief fathers of the congregation": Who were all men of authority and character. And fit to be employed in such service, and of whose capacity and fidelity there could be no doubt.


It was Moses and Eleazar who would divide the prey. They had sent the young men out to war, so they would be the ones to determine what was to be done with the prey. The chief fathers of the congregation could be speaking of the 70 men Moses had chosen to assist him. The prey is speaking of living things, not the goods.


Numbers 31:27 "And divide the prey into two parts; between them that took the war upon them, who went out to battle, and between all the congregation:"


Into two equal parts, both the number of the people and of the cattle, when taken.


"Between them that took the war upon them, who went out to battle": The soldiers; and by this it appears that they went voluntarily and cheerfully.


"And between all the congregation": So that the part of them that went to battle, and of those that stayed in the camp, were alike. And which in process of time became a statute and ordinance (1 Sam. 30:24).


Half of all the girls and the animals were to be given to the people who fought the battle. The other half was divided among the congregation.


Numbers 31:28 "And levy a tribute unto the LORD of the men of war which went out to battle: one soul of five hundred, [both] of the persons, and of the beeves, and of the asses, and of the sheep:"


That is, out of the part of the prey which was divided to them.


"One soul of five hundred, both "of the persons"; Or one woman of five hundred, as the Targum of Jonathan.


"And of the beeves, and of the asses, and of the sheep": That is, one out of five hundred, of each of them also.


This is a portion that goes to the LORD. One of each five hundred of the souls they received shall be received in tribute to the LORD. This included the girls, as well as the animals. Beeves were animals of the ox kind, both male and female.


Numbers 31:29 "Take [it] of their half, and give [it] unto Eleazar the priest, [for] a heave offering of the LORD."


Of the half part of the prey divided to the soldiers.


"And give it unto Eleazar the priest, for a heave offering of the Lord": By way of thanksgiving for the success and victory God had given them. By means of which so much booty had fallen into their hands.


The portion given to the LORD is actually, for the use of the priest and his family. The heave offering was offered to the LORD first, and then belonged to the priest.


Numbers 31:30 "And of the children of Israel's half, thou shalt take one portion of fifty, of the persons, of the beeves, of the asses, and of the flocks, of all manner of beasts, and give them unto the Levites, which keep the charge of the tabernacle of the LORD."


Which was abundantly more than what was taken out of the part of the soldiers. And the reason of it is plain and easy to be discerned. The soldiers had taken much pains, and gone through much fatigue, as well as had hazarded their lives. And therefore less was to be taken from them. And besides the tribute levied out of their half was to be given to the priests, who were not so numerous as the Levites. Among whom the part out of the half of the congregation was to be distributed.


"Of the persons": Of the women, as the Targums of Jonathan. One of fifty out of them was to be given to the Levites to be their handmaids. Or to be taken in marriage by them, or their sons, when fit for it.


"Of the beeves, of the asses, and of the flocks, of all manner of beasts": Of oxen, asses, sheep, and goats. One out of fifty of each of these sorts were to be taken. Aben Ezra observes, no mention is made of camels, being but few, and no part taken.


"And give them unto the Levites, which keep the charge of the tabernacle of the Lord": For these being employed in the service of the tabernacle, came in for their share of the tribute levied unto the Lord.


Notice, the difference in the amount of those who did not go to war. They were levied one out of fifty. This is ten times the percentage, as those who went to war. These went to the Levites, not to the priest and high priest.


Numbers 31:31-47 "And Moses and Eleazar the priest did as the LORD commanded Moses." "And the booty, [being] the rest of the prey which the men of war had caught, was six hundred thousand and seventy thousand and five thousand sheep," "And threescore and twelve thousand beeves," "And threescore and one thousand asses," "And thirty and two thousand persons in all, of women that had not known man by lying with him." "And the half, [which was] the portion of them that went out to war, was in number three hundred thousand and seven and thirty thousand and five hundred sheep:" "And the LORD'S tribute of the sheep was six hundred and threescore and fifteen." "And the beeves [were] thirty and six thousand; of which the LORD'S tribute [was] threescore and twelve." "And the asses [were] thirty thousand and five hundred; of which the LORD'S tribute [was] threescore and one." "And the persons [were] sixteen thousand; of which the LORD'S tribute [was] thirty and two persons." "And Moses gave the tribute, [which was] the LORD'S heave offering, unto Eleazar the priest, as the LORD commanded Moses." "And of the children of Israel's half, which Moses divided from the men that warred," "(Now the half [that pertained unto] the congregation was three hundred thousand and thirty thousand [and] seven thousand and five hundred sheep," "And thirty and six thousand beeves," "And thirty thousand asses and five hundred," "And sixteen thousand persons;)" "Even of the children of Israel's half, Moses took one portion of fifty, [both] of man and of beast, and gave them unto the Levites, which kept the charge of the tabernacle of the LORD; as the LORD commanded Moses."


Took an account of the booty, divided it equally between the soldiers and the congregation of Israel. And levied a part out of each as a tribute for the Lord. Which was given to the priests and Levites.


This is just saying, that Moses and Eleazar did exactly as they were commanded of God.


The number of sheep was 675,000.


There were 72,000 ox-like animals.


There were 61,000 asses. This seems like a lot of animals, but we must remember, that was the way these people made their living.


There were 32,000 virgin girls, that had not been killed.


The previous numbers were of the whole. Now, we see just how many the soldiers received. Their half was 337,500 sheep.


The tribute on this was 675 sheep. This is the one out of five hundred mentioned above.


The beeves (ox-like animals), they received 36,000 of which the Lord received 72.


They received of the asses 30,500; of which the LORD received 61.


They received 16,000 virgins; of which the LORD received 32 persons.


All of these given to the LORD, were then in turn given to Eleazar. We remember, that the high priest received of the altar of the LORD for his wages.


This half went to all of those who stayed home. Their half will be divided between a much larger group, but they did not go to war.


The congregation received 337,500 sheep, 36,000 beeves, 30,500 asses, and 16,000 persons.


The entire Levitical tribe received one out of each 50 of all of those belonging to the congregation. This would have been 6,750 sheep, 720 beeves, 610 asses, and 320 virgins for all of the congregation combined.


Numbers 31:48 "And the officers which [were] over thousands of the host, the captains of thousands, and captains of hundreds, came near unto Moses:"


Over the twelve thousand, of which the host or army consisted. Namely, the captains of thousands, and the captains of hundreds, came near unto Moses. Of their own accord, without being sent, or required to do what they did.


These officers were very well aware of the fact that they fought the battle, but the victory was because God was with them. The leaders of the soldiers have now come to Moses.


Numbers 31:49 "And they said unto Moses, Thy servants have taken the sum of the men of war which [are] under our charge, and there lacketh not one man of us."


Gave the following relation to him, which is a very surprising one.


"Thy servants have taken the sum of the men of war which are under our charge": Since the war with Midian was over, they had mustered the several companies under their command. Such as had thousands, and those that had hundreds.


"And there lacketh not one man of us": Which is a most amazing and unheard of thing. That in waging war with a whole nation, slaying all their males, sacking and burning so many cities, and plundering the inhabitants of their substance. Taking and carrying off such a vast number of captives. Yet not one should fall by the sword of the enemy. Or by any disease or accident whatever. But all to a man should return to the camp of Israel again. This is not to be paralleled in any history.


It appears, that not even one Israelite soldier died in battle. This has to be God's working. This would not be a normal thing to happen in so great a battle.


Numbers 31:50 "We have therefore brought an oblation for the LORD, what every man hath gotten, of jewels of gold, chains, and bracelets, rings, earrings, and tablets, to make an atonement for our souls before the LORD."


The gold earrings collected in Gideon's war against Midian were made into an ephod (Judges 8:24-27), that promoted idolatry. But here they are used "to make an atonement for our souls before the Lord" Some suggest that they had feelings of guilt, or that it was due to their participation in war, or that it was the census in verse 49 (compare Exodus 30:11-16), that prompted them to make atonement. Perhaps it was due to their gratitude for God's signal blessing, and they wanted to stay in a right relationship with Him.


It appears from this, that the spoils went to the victors. These precious things were brought to the LORD, in thanks for saving their lives in battle. The atonement was like a covering for all sin.


Numbers 31:51 "And Moses and Eleazar the priest took the gold of them, [even] all wrought jewels."


For it seems the several things before mentioned were all of gold.


"Even all wrought jewels": Or "vessels of work" or wrought vessels. Or instruments, "chains, bracelets", etc. Which were all of gold, and curiously wrought.


Moses and Eleazar, acting on behalf of the LORD, received the booty from the leaders of the army.


Numbers 31:52 "And all the gold of the offering that they offered up to the LORD, of the captains of thousands, and of the captains of hundreds, was sixteen thousand seven hundred and fifty shekels."


The whole amount, weight, and value of it put together.


"Even of the captains of thousands, and of the captains of hundreds": And perhaps of every common soldier, who might contribute his part. Though it is not mentioned, but included in the oblation of the officers.


"Was sixteen thousand seven hundred and fifty shekels": Which, according to the calculation of a very learned man, were 7,780 ounces, four drachms, two scruples, and thirty five grains.


This is 16,750 shekels of gold. This would have been over 11,000 ounces of gold. Remember, this was an offering to the LORD.


Numbers 31:53 "([For] the men of war had taken spoil, every man for himself.)"


And which he kept for himself, and did not deliver in with the prey or booty. Which was brought to Moses and Eleazar, the sum of which was taken by them. And this seems to confirm what has been hinted, that, as each soldier had taken spoil for himself, so everyone contributed his quota towards this freewill offering to the Lord.


Numbers 31:54 "And Moses and Eleazar the priest took the gold of the captains of thousands and of hundreds, and brought it into the tabernacle of the congregation, [for] a memorial for the children of Israel before the LORD."


Which they so freely and generously offered.


"And brought it into the tabernacle of the congregation": And laid it up in some chamber there.


"For a memorial for the children of Israel before the Lord": In remembrance of the signal victory these men obtained. And of the singular care of divine Providence in protecting them. That not one was lost in the expedition. And of their sense of gratitude and thankfulness for the favors granted them. And to put the children of Israel in mind for their imitation, when favored with mercies from the Lord.


This large amount was probably kept in the tabernacle for the expenses of the tabernacle. We do not know whether the high priest and the priests got any of this or not. The Bible does not say.


Numbers Chapter 31 Continued Questions


1. It is __________ and __________ who will divide the prey.


2. Who could the chief fathers be speaking of?


3. What was the prey?


4. How was the prey to be divided?


5. What is the tribute in verse 28?


6. What were beeves?


7. The tribute from the men of war went to whom?


8. The portion given to the Lord, actually, goes to whom?


9. Who does the tribute of the children of Israel's half go to?


10. How many sheep had they captured?


11. Why did these people have so many animals?


12. How many virgin girls had not been killed?


13. How many of the sheep did the LORD receive in tribute from the soldiers?


14. The tribute of the soldiers, actually, went to whom?


15. How many sheep, beeves, asses, and persons did the congregation receive?


16. How many of each of these did the Levitical tribe receive?


17. How many Israelites were killed in the war?


18. Who brought the oblation for the soldiers to Moses?


19. Who was the offering given to?


20. The gold was, probably, kept in the _______________.





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 32



Numbers Chapter 32

Verses 1-42: The tribes of Reuben and Gad desired to live in the land already conquered because they possessed much livestock and the land was good for grazing. Moses gave them, along with the half tribe of Manasseh, portions of the land only on the condition that they would fully participate in the conquest of Canaan.


Numbers 32:1 "Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place [was] a place for cattle;"


"Reuben", unable to wait for the best, was the first tribe to demand its inheritance. In the terrible rebellion of Korah (chapter 16), Reuben was at the forefront.


Reuben was Jacob's firstborn (Gen. 29:32, and is mentioned first due to his seniority. Elsewhere the Gadites are mentioned first, no doubt due to their being the leaders in the drive to settle Trans-Jordan. This was a very good place for raising cattle.


It appears, the cattle that Reuben and Gad had accumulated were in addition to the few they received from the battle with the Midianites. It also appears, they found the land here to be a wonderful place for their cattle, sheep, and other animals. The land was fertile and the water was plentiful enough to produce grass for the animals. Gilead is a name that was given to a large portion of land on this side of the Jordan.


Verses 2-5: This was the "country which the Lord smote", whose defeat is recorded (in 21:21-31). Israel had not planned on fighting with Sihon, but because he blocked their path to the Jordan, the battle was fought.


Numbers 32:2 "The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying,"


The children of Gad are mentioned first, though Reuben was the firstborn, and had a standard under which Gad pitched. It may be, as Aben Ezra thinks, the Gadites were the first authors of this counsel, the contrivers of this scheme. Who first moved it to the Reubenites, which they had an opportunity of doing, lying encamped by them. Or however, they might be the busiest and active in this affair, or the best spokesmen. For it could be only some, in the name of the whole, that addressed Moses on this account, and spoke to him about it.


"And to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation": Who perhaps were the seventy elders, and with Moses the chief ruler, and Eleazar the high priest, made up the grand Sanhedrim. Or great council of the nation, and were undoubtedly the most proper persons to apply unto.


"Saying": As follows.


This would be something that would affect all 12 tribes. If they started breaking up, they would be no stronger than the people around them. All of the princes as well as Moses and Eleazar should have a say in this.


Numbers 32:3 "Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon,"


"Ataroth ... Beon": The places mentioned here cannot be identified, but all lie between the Arnon River to the south and the Jabbok River to the north.


These places mentioned are in the south of Gilead. This is probably where the cattle were already grazing.


Numbers 32:4 "[Even] the country which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, [is] a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle:"


In which the above cities were, and perhaps some others not named. This was now in the hands of the people of Israel, being subdued by them. The conquest of which is ascribed unto the Lord, for the victory was of him. It was he that smote their enemies; and delivered their country into their hands. And now Moses, Eleazar, and the princes of the congregation, being the representatives of the people, had a right to dispose of it. And, which these two tribes request might be given to them, because, say they.


"It is a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle": To stock it, with and great numbers of them.


We saw in the last lesson, that this was true. The Midianites had many animals. Since the land is such a good place to raise cattle, and since they have many cattle, this would be the logical place for them to live.


Numbers 32:5 "Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, [and] bring us not over Jordan."


Directing their speech to Moses, the ruler of the congregation. In a very modest, decent, and respectable manner.


"Let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession": As their own portion and inheritance, to be enjoyed by them, and their children after them.


"And bring us not over Jordan": Into the land of Canaan, where as they afterward explain themselves. They did not desire to have any part with their brethren, but should be content with their possession here, should it be granted them.


They are saying, they are well pleased with this land, and will not expect any of the land on the other side of the Jordan. They are asking Moses, for God to give them this fertile grazing land.


Verses 6-15: Moses feared that the proposal of the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben would cause the other tribes not to proceed to conquer the land west of the Jordan. He said it would be the defection at Kadesh (14:1-10), all over again, and that they would "destroy all this people".


Numbers 32:6 "And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here?"


Being displeased with their motion, as his following discourse shows. It having at first sight an appearance of covetousness and cowardice.


"Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here?" It is not reasonable that your brethren should be left by you and engage in a war with your common enemies. To dispossess them of their land before they can settle in it. And you remain here easy and quiet in the possession of a fruitful country.


It is not fair for them to inherit land, without going to war to help their brothers take their land. Moses is showing them how wrong that would be.


Numbers 32:7 "And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them?"


Which he suggests it would, should they settle on that side Jordan. Since they would lose the assistance of two of their tribes. Even two thirds of one of their standards in fighting with their enemies and subduing their land. And besides it might be thought that this request of theirs not only proceeded from selfish views and a love of ease, which might set a bad example to others. But carried in it a distrust of ever being able to enter into, at least to conquer and possess, the land of Canaan. And so, might have a tendency to discourage their brethren.


"From going over into the land, which the Lord hath given them?" Despairing of ever enjoying it, and so laying aside all thoughts of it. And not caring to make any attempt to get possession of it.


This might even cause some of the other tribes to choose a plot of land on this side, and not go into the land the LORD had promised them. The other tribes might get the idea it would be too hard for the tribes to split up, and take the land.


Verses 8-10: The land of discouragement is deadly territory, and this story demonstrates that to unwittingly dishearten others by a negative or critical spirit dampens their spiritual enthusiasm and displeases the Lord (Prov. 15:13, 15).


Numbers 32:8 "Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land."


"Thus did your fathers": Moses feared that if these two tribes were comfortably settled, they would not join with the other 10 tribes in conquering Canaan, and that could be the beginning of a general revolt against entering the Land. As the 10 spies had dissuaded the people at Kadesh nearly 40 years earlier from conquering the Land (verses 9-13; 13:26 - 14:4), the refusal of these two tribes could cause the people to fail again (verse 15).


Now Moses tells them this is the attitude their fathers had. He sent them to spy the Promised Land, and they came back, not wanting to take the land.


Numbers 32:9 "For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them."


That is, when they went up the hill. For they were bid to go up into the mountain, and proceeded on into the country, until they came to the valley or brook of Eshcol. So called from the cluster of grapes they there cut down, and brought along with them (Num. 13:17).


"And saw the land": Searching it for the space of forty days.


"They discouraged the heart of the children of Israel": By telling them that there were giants in the land, and that the people in common were strong. And their cities walled, and that they were not able to go up against them and overcome them. And by this means they disheartened the people.


"That they should not go, into the land which the Lord had given them": And this Moses feared, and suggests would be the consequence of the request the two tribes now made.


They had come back with a bad report, and God caused them to wander in the wilderness 40 years, because of their lack of faith.


Numbers 32:10 "And the LORD'S anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying,"


Against the spies that brought the ill report. And against all the people that were disheartened and murmured upon it. And which, above all things, was to be dreaded now.


"And he sware, saying": As follows.


Moses is telling them, that this kind of attitude angers God.


Numbers 32:11 "Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me:"


(See Num. 14:28).


"Shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob": The land of Canaan, which at various times he sware to give to them, and to their posterity.


"Because they have not wholly followed me": The laws which he prescribed them, and the directions he gave them. And particularly the orders they had to go up and possess the land at once (Deut. 1:21).


None of those who doubted would inherit the Promised Land. God made them wander in the wilderness, until they all died off.


Numbers 32:12 "Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD."


"Joshua" and "Caleb" were different from the rest of the spies - faithful in their following of the Lord, fearless in the face of crisis, and filled with the Spirit of God.


Out of the 12 spies, there were only two who believed God would help them take the land of promise. They both lived through the wilderness wanderings, and will see the Promised Land. Their faith in God brought them through. In fact, Joshua will take Moses place as their leader. Joshua will lead them into the Promised Land.


Numbers 32:13 "And the LORD'S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed."


For murmuring against the report of the spies.


"And he made them wander in the wilderness forty years": For though it was but about thirty-eight years from that time that they were in the wilderness, the round number of forty is given. And besides it includes the time of their first coming into it. Which being reckoned, makes the complete number, within a few months. Kadesh, from whence the spies were sent, and whither they returned, and where the people murmured, and had this sentence pronounced on them. That they should not see the land of Canaan, but wander and fall in the wilderness. Seems to have had the addition of Kadesh-barnea made unto it on that account, which signifies the son of him that wandereth.


"Until all the generation which had done evil in the sight of the Lord was consumed": As they all were at this time when Moses spake these words.


All of the other men of the Israelites, who had been 20 years old and older, died in the 40 years of wandering in the wilderness. Of course, that did not include Moses.


Numbers 32:14 "And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel."


Succeeded them in their families, of which they were now the heads. And in their substance, their flocks, and herds. And he suggests also, in their manners amid evil dispositions.


"An increase of sinful men": This new generation was greatly increased. For when the number was taken, as it was but a little before this time, they were pretty near the same number as of those that came out of Egypt. But then they were not only an increase of men, but of sinful men. Like fathers like sons.


"To augment yet the fierce anger of the Lord toward Israel": To make it greater and fiercer towards that nation than even their fathers had by their many sins and transgressions.


Moses says, "You are making the same mistake as your fathers".


Numbers 32:15 "For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people."


From following him in the way of his commandments. From attending his word, worship, and ordinances. And from walking after him, who went before them in a pillar of cloud and fire. As it is suggested they would, should they stop short here and not go over Jordan into the land of Canaan.


"He will yet again leave them in the wilderness": As he did at the time of the affair of the spies. When they were ordered to turn and get into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea. And where they had been ever since unto this time (Num. 14:25).


"And ye shall destroy all this people": Be the cause of their destruction, if the Lord should in such a manner resent this step of theirs. As to order them back into the wilderness again. Though they were now as they were before, on the border of the land of Canaan.


Moses does not want to see the Promised Land lost to all of these people again.


Verses 16-19: They responded that they would "go ready armed" and would not return "until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance". Some scholars believe that the presence of the two-and-one-half tribes in the area of the Trans-Jordan was in opposition to the will of God. They say their reasons were purely selfish, and that Moses merely accommodated himself to their wishes. However, a study of Joshua 22 does not give this impression. At least three things are evident:


(1) It appears that the eastern boundary of the Promised Land was not the Jordan Valley, but the mountain range of Gilead.


(2) Joshua blessed the tribes and indicated that they indeed did have a right to settlement in Trans-Jordan.


(3) The fact that God delivered the land of Sihon and Og to Israel seems to imply that someone was to possess it (Joshua 24:8).


Numbers 32:16 "And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones:"


The heads of the tribes of Gad and Reuben came a little nearer to Moses. Having something more to say unto him, in order to explain their meaning. And in doing which they used some degree of freedom and boldness with him (see Gen. 44:18).


"And said, we will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones": Not build new ones, but repair the old ones. For there were cities enough in the country, as before named. And no doubt sheepfolds too, as the land was a place of cattle. But those were through the war broken down and demolished, and needed repairing. And this they proposed to do, and leave their children and their cattle to the care of their servants. Under the protection of the divine Providence, and did not mean for the present to take up their abode here.


The sheepfolds were places of safety for the sheep at night. They also want to build a safe place for their little ones to stay.


Numbers 32:17 "But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land."


This they said to free themselves from the charge of cowardice. And that they did not mean to sit still while their brethren went to war. They were willing to put on their armor, and be ready to meet the enemy upon the borders of the land. And engage with them, and to expose their lives in favor of their brethren.


"Until we have brought them unto their place": To the land of Canaan. The place designed for them, and given unto them, to the possession of it, and a settlement in it.


"And our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities, because of the inhabitants of the land": Where they might be safe from them. Which they proposed to repair and refortify for the security of them. While they went with their brethren into the land of Canaan, to put them into possession of that. Of which they made not the least doubt. And so served to clear them of suspicion of any distrust they had of entering into and possessing the land. Which might tend to discourage the people.


They would leave their families, who were not able to go to war, so someone would not come in and take their spot, while they were gone. The men of age to fight, would go with the other tribes, and fight to win their land for them. They were not afraid of battle; they had just found a place to their liking.


Numbers 32:18 "We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance."


In the cities built or repaired by them, or to their families. And their substance, flocks and herds. All which they should leave behind them, and never think of returning to them.


"Until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance": Until all the tribes were settled in their respective places. And every family and everyone in them had their portion assigned them. And accordingly, they did not return until the land was wholly subdued. Nor even until every lot came up, and the land was divided by it, and the inheritance of the several tribes fixed. And even the cities of the Levites assigned to them out of the several tribes (see Joshua 22:1).


They will stay and fight, until all the land is in the hands of the Israelites that God had planned to have it. They will not quit and go home, before the war is over.


Numbers 32:19 "For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward."


This they said, not as being determined whether Moses and the princes were willing or not to stay where they were. And not pass over Jordan to inherit any part there, and much less as despising the good land. But as giving up all pretensions to it, should they be settled where they desired. They were not of that selfish and covetous disposition as to desire any part on the other side Jordan. If it was but granted them to continue on this side, and possess the land they requested.


"Because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward": They seem to speak as if they were assured of it. And that it was so ordered by divine Providence, and wanted nothing but the consent of Moses, and the princes of the congregation.


They are sure the inheritance God wanted for them was on this side of the Jordan. They are satisfied with this land. They will not ask for more land on the other side of the Jordan.


Verses 20-24: These verses lay out the conditions by which the tribes of "Reuben" and "Gad" could have the land they wanted: they would have to send their fighting men with the rest of Israel when Israel crossed into Canaan, and they would have to lead the troops. They could only return after the land was "subdued" and Israel's enemies were driven out.


Numbers 32:20 "And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before the LORD to war,"


Being better disposed towards them, and more satisfied with the reasonableness of their request, it being explained unto him.


"If ye will do this thing": Which they had promised.


"If ye will go armed before the Lord to war": They had said they would go ready armed before the children of Israel. But Moses expresses it "before the Lord"; which is more agreeable to their encampment and order in marching. For not the standard of Reuben but that of Judah went foremost. Yet the standard of Reuben marched directly before the sanctuary bore by the Kohathites, (Num. 10:18). And so might be properly said to go before the Lord, who dwelt there.


The key to this is "if". Moses puts a condition on them receiving the land they wish.


Numbers 32:21 "And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him,"


Moses tries them thoroughly, and is very express in his words. Requiring them not only to go armed, or march from the place where they were, towards the land of Canaan, but to go over Jordan. and not some of them only, but all, and that before the Lord. Though indeed, when the tribes came to the river Jordan, the ark, which was the symbol of the divine Presence, went before all the tribes into it. And there stayed till they passed over. And then these two tribes and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the children of Israel, and before the Lord, unto battle (Joshua 3:11).


"Until he hath driven out his enemies before him": The Canaanites, who were the enemies of the Lord, as well as of his people. And because of their sins, in which they showed their enmity to God, the land spewed them out. And he drove them out to make way for his people Israel. And till this was done the tribes of Reuben and Gad were to continue with them.


They are not to shirk their duties as one of the twelve tribes. They are to fight with Israel. They are to help drive out the enemy.


Numbers 32:22 "And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession before the LORD."


For the inhabitants fleeing before his people, and being conquered by them. Might be said to be subdued before the Lord. This being done in his presence, by his power, and for his people.


"Then afterward ye shall return": To this side of Jordan. the land of Jazer and Gilead, to their cities, and families there.


"And be guiltless before the Lord, and before Israel": Having fulfilled all that they promised.


"And this land shall be your possession before the Lord": Be established and settled in it as their inheritance. The Lord seeing and approving of it, and protecting them in the enjoyment of it.


If they do all the things Moses lined out for them, then they shall inherit this land they want, and the LORD will not be angry with them. They were not fearful. They just liked this particular plot of land. There is no sin in that.


Numbers 32:23 "But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out."


"Your sin will find you out": The two tribes committed themselves to provide their warriors for the conquest of the Land. This agreement satisfied Moses, although he added that non-participation would be sin and God would certainly find and judge the tribes for their sin.


This warning related to the condition of going into Palestine and fulfilling their obligations of fighting. It is interesting that in the ancient Near East the "great king" owned crown land which he distributed "free of charge" to fighting men and their families, with the requirement that they go to battle when needed. In Israel God was the "great King". He owned the land (Lev. 25:23), and distributed to the tribes by lot. One of His requirements was for all of the tribes to enter into battle and then settle in their prescribed locations.


If they do not keep their bargain, they will be punished by the LORD. He knows even the intents of our heart. He certainly knows our deeds.


Numbers 32:24 "Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth."


For their safety and security, as they proposed to do.


"And do that which proceeded out of your mouth": All that they had promised.


Moses gives them permission to build their folds for their sheep, and their cities for their wives and children. He is the same as saying, they have taken a vow with their mouth. They had better keep it.


Numbers 32:25 "And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth."


In answer to his speech.


"Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth": Both with respect to their march before the Lord to battle. And with respect to their provision for their children and flocks.


The families of Reuben and Gad agreed to all of the terms Moses set down.


Numbers 32:26 "Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead:"


Their families, and their substance.


"Shall be there in the cities of Gilead": Such as are before mentioned (Num. 32:3). And which they proposed to repair and fortify. To preserve their families and possessions from the Amorites about them.


Their wives and children will stay with their flocks in the land of Gilead, while they go to war.


Numbers 32:27 "But thy servants will pass over, every man armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith."


The river Jordan, and go into the land of Canaan.


"Every man armed for war": Moses had required that all should go over, and they consent to it. And promise that everyone should, though this was not insisted on when they came to it. For only about 40,000 went over (Joshua 4:13). Whereas the two tribes of Gad and Reuben, and the half tribe of Manasseh, numbered more than 110,000 (see Num. 26:7).


"Before the Lord to battle, as my lord saith": For now, instead of saying, "before the children of Israel". A phrase they first used, they say, "before the Lord", as Moses had expressed it.


All of the men 20 years old and older, who were able to go to war, gathered their war gear, and went with the other tribes.


Numbers 32:28 "So concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel:"


That they should have a grant of the land they requested. This looks as if Moses determined the case himself, though perhaps it was by the vote. And with the consent of the whole court; only Moses strictly enjoined them to observe it, namely.


"Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel": And the reason he did this, because he knew that he would die. And not see either the thing itself or the conditions of it performed.


Moses knew before this all was completed, that he would die. He would not cross over Jordan. He tells Eleazar and Joshua the conditions of Gad and Reuben receiving the land on this side Jordan.


Numbers 32:29 "And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession:"


To Eleazar, Joshua, and the princes of the congregation.


"If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle before the Lord": As they have promised they will.


"And the land shall be subdued before you": Which must be done before their return.


"Then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession": Which, no doubt, included that of Jaazer too. Since Jaazer, which is the same, is after mentioned as one of the cities built by the children of Gad (Num. 32:35).


This is the condition for them to receive the land.


Numbers 32:30 "But if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan."


Shall change their minds, and break their promise. And refuse to go over the river Jordan with the other tribes. And armed ready to engage in battle with the enemy.


"They shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan": Take their lot there, but have no inheritance or possessions on this side Jordan.


This is the condition for them not to receive the land they wanted.


Numbers 32:31 "And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do."


The word is in the singular number, and shows their unanimity. That they agreed to what Moses said. And replied all of them as one man, as Jarchi expresses it. And it may be there was one that was the mouth of them all, and answered for them.


"Saying, as the Lord hath said unto thy servants, so will we do": Here they make use of the word Jehovah. Taking what Moses had said unto them as from the Lord. And therefore should strictly and punctually observe it, as if they heard the Lord himself speak it.


The children of Gad and the children of Reuben were in total agreement with the conditions.


Numbers 32:32 "We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan [may be] ours."


This is repeated again and again, for the confirmation of it. Assuring that it should be strictly performed according to the true intent of it.


"That the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan may be ours": That is, that the possession and inheritance they desired. And which had been granted them, on conditions to be performed by them, might be ratified. And confirmed unto them on their fulfilment of them.


This is stated again, as if they were swearing they would do this.


Numbers 32:33 "And Moses gave unto them, [even] to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, [even] the cities of the country round about."


"Half the tribe of Manasseh" also chose land on the east side of the Jordan. The same stipulations that Moses gave to the Reubenites and the Gadites would apply to this group (see note on 32:20-24). The other half of the tribe of Manasseh would receive land on the west side of the Jordan (Joshua 13:7).


Once the agreement was reached with Reuben and Gad concerning settlement on the east side of the Jordan, the half tribe of Manasseh, also rich with flocks, joined in seeking land in that territory. However, (verses 39-42) indicate that Manasseh conquered cities not yet taken and settled in the northern area of Gilead.


It is very strange to me that the half tribe of Manasseh would be included in this. They had not been involved in the negotiations. We are not told for sure, just why the tribe of Manasseh was divided. Perhaps it was because they had increased greatly in size. It could also have been because of some division in their ranks, that we are not told of. This was a large area. Possibly, Reuben and Gad were not large enough to take care of it all. For whatever reason, God gave them this land of the Amorites and the kingdom of Og, king of Bashan.


Numbers 32:34 "And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,"


Or rather repaired the walls and fortifications. And rebuilt houses which had been demolished in the wars with Sihon and Og. When the following places were taken by the Israelites.


"Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer": The two first are mentioned in (Num.32:3). Aroer was a city situated on the river Arnon, and was after this in the hands of the Moabites. Jerom says, it was shown in his day on the top of the mountain. Upon the bank of the river Arnon, which flows into the Dead sea (Jer. 48:19).


Numbers 32:35 "And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah,"


Of these no mention is made elsewhere, except Jaazer, which is the same with Jazer (Num. 32:3).


Numbers 32:36 "And Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran, fenced cities: and folds for sheep."


The first of these is the same with Nimrah (Num. 32:3). And the other is the same with Beth-aram (Joshua 13:27). It is called in the Jerusalem, Talmud, Beth-ramtha, and so by the Syrians, Beth-Ramphta. These cities the children of Gad built or repaired for their families.


"And folds for sheep": They also built for their cattle, as they promised to do. And Moses enjoined them (Num. 32:16).


We see from this, Gad built his own cities and his own sheepfolds. He made a place to leave his family, while he went to war. These were all cities of Gad, above.


Numbers 32:37 "And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim,"


Heshbon was the royal city of Sihon king of the Amorites. And Elealeh was within a mile of it (see Num. 32:3). This shows that those cities were not built anew properly, only repaired. For they were cities in being long before. Besides, they had not time to build new cities, for in a few months after this they passed over Jordan. Though indeed they left men enough behind to rebuild cities, whom they might set to work about them when they departed. Kirjathaim is, by the Targum of Jonathan, called the city of two streets paved with marble. And it adds, this is Beresha: Jerom says, it is now called Coraiatha. Which is pretty near its ancient name. And that it is ten miles from Medeba, a city of Arabia. Mentioned as one of the cities in the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites (Num. 21:30).


Numbers 32:38 "And Nebo, and Baal-meon, (their names being changed,) and Shibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded."


The act of changing the names of these cities indicates the Israelites' superiority over them (compare Dan. Chapter 1), and the change of names for Daniel and his friends; and the naming of things by God in (Gen. chapter 1), and Adam in naming the animals in (Gen. chapter 2).


It appears from this, that the children of Reuben took the ruins left by the people conquered, and rebuilt their cities. They renamed each of them. This was a separate area from Gad and Manasseh.


Numbers 32:39 "And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorite which [was] in it."


"Manasseh": (Deut. 3:13 and Joshua 13:29-31 and 17:1-2), assume the settlement of part of Manasseh in Trans-Jordan. (Joshua 22:7), indicates this tribe had a share on the west side also.


This just quickly says, the Amorites were defeated and their land given unto Machir, the son of Manasseh.


Numbers 32:40 "And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein."


That is, to the children of Machir, who went and took it. Though some say, as Aben Ezra observes, that Machir himself was now alive. And that it was given to him. But that is not probable; for, supposing him to be living when the children of Israel came out of Egypt. All that came from thence, who were twenty years old and upwards, died in the wilderness, excepting two (see Num. 32:11).


"And he dwelt therein": That is, the family of the Machirites (see Num. 26:29).


This area of Gilead is given to the family of Machir by Moses.


Numbers 32:41 "And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them Havoth-jair."


By his mother's side, otherwise he was of the family of Judah. For Hezron, of the family of Judah, married a daughter of Machir, the son of Manasseh. By whom he had a son called Segub, who was the father of Jair, (1 Chron. 2:21), the same;


"Went and took the small towns thereof": Of that part of Gilead given to Machir.


"And called them Havoth-jair": After his own name (in Deut. 3:14). they are called Bashan-havoth-jair.


Jair is another descendent of Manasseh. His family inherits the small towns. Jair was actually one of the daughter's descendants. Jair's mother was the granddaughter of Manasseh.


Numbers 32:42 "And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name."


Who this Nobah was is not certain. Very probably a descendant of Manasseh. It is said he was among those that were born in Egypt, and died after the death of Moses, and was buried beyond Jordan. As it is said, also did Machir and Jair, so that there were none left but Caleb, and Joshua.


"And called it Nobah, after his name": But it seems that in later times its ancient name was restored to it. For Jerom, says there was a village in Arabia, called Cannatha. Which is supposed to be this place. Though he also tells us, that eight miles from Heshbon; to the south, is shown a desert place called Naba. Pliny places Cannatha in the Decapolis.


There is no other record of Nobah. Some believe he is of the family of Jair. He was included as part of Manasseh's family.


Numbers Chapter 32 Questions


1. Who of the tribes, had large herds of cattle?


2. What did they find pleasing about the land on this side the Jordan?


3. Who did they speak to about the land?


4. What were the names of the places they were interested in?


5. What do they ask of Moses and Eleazar?


6. What question did Moses ask them?


7. What would this do to the other tribes?


8. Their attitude is like their ___________.


9. What sin had their fathers committed?


10. What happened to their fathers?


11. Who were the only two of the twelve spies, who did not come back with a bad report?


12. What happened to these two?


13. Why had they wandered in the wilderness 40 years?


14. What does Moses tell them they are doing?


15. What did they want to build, before they went to the war?


16. What are they willing to do, that would please God?


17. Do they ask for an inheritance on the other side of Jordan?


18. What is the key in Moses answer to them?


19. They are not to shirk their duties as one of the _________ _________.


20. If they keep their word, what reward do they get?


21. What happens to them, if they do not keep their word?


22. What did Gad and Reuben agree to?


23. Who will stay with their flocks?


24. Who does Moses tell the agreement to?


25. Who is added to the agreement of the land on this side Jordan, in verse 33?


26. Why do you suppose they were included in the deal?


27. What cities did Gad build?


28. What does it appear that Reuben did?


29. How did they acquire Manasseh's land?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 33



Numbers Chapter 33

Verses 1-56: This chapter lists 40 places where Israel encamped between their departure from Rameses in Egypt and their arrival in the plains of Moab. (Verses 3-18), not only list the camps, but also some of the most important events that occurred at some of them. These verses reflect the geographical material contained in (Exodus chapter 12 to Numbers chapter 12). The central section (verses 18-36), simply lists the campsites. There are no parallels in Numbers, even though (verses 31-33), seem to relate to (Deut. 10:6-7). The final section (verses 37-49), contains historical events as well as place-names as in the first section. This list may serve as an obituary for Moses, but it also summarizes the main themes of Exodus and Numbers. It records events that reveal God's enabling the nation to overcome great obstacles in the past. Thus, He would certainly lead them into the Promised Land. This chapter sets the background for the laws in 33:50 - 36:13), which clearly deal with the land of Canaan. God's past faithfulness and leading are a guarantee that Israel will soon be in a position to implement these laws in the land promised to the patriarchs.


The God who would lead the Israelites in the conquest of Canaan (33:50-56), was the One who had led them through the wilderness.


Numbers 33:1 "These [are] the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron."


Which are related in this chapter following.


"Which went forth out of the land of Egypt": Whither their fathers went and stayed, and were kept in hard bondage. But in due time were delivered from it, and came out from thence.


"With their armies": In great numbers, and in an orderly manner, in rank and file. And like so many squadrons (see Exodus 7:4).


"Under the hand of Moses and Aaron": Who were sent to the king of Egypt to require their dismissal. And who were the instruments under God of their deliverance, and were the leaders of them. As of them out of Egypt, so through the wilderness, in their, several journeys here which are recorded.


This is a brief recap of their entire journey from Egypt to the Promised Land under the leadership of Moses and Aaron.


Numbers 33:2 "And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these [are] their journeys according to their goings out."


Which may be understood, either that their journeys were by the commandment of the Lord. So Aben Ezra takes the connection to be, and which is undoubtedly true, and which is expressed plainly elsewhere. For so it was, that when the cloud abode on the tabernacle they rested, and had their stations, and continued as long as the cloud tarried on it. And when that was taken up, then they marched. And thus at the commandment of the Lord they rested, and at the commandment of the Lord they journeyed (see Num. 9:17).


"And these are their journeys according to their goings out": From place to place; some of the ancients, as Jerom particularly, and some modern writers, have allegorized these journeys of the children of Israel. And have fancied that there is something in the signification of the names of the places they came to, and abode in.


It appears, the LORD had instructed Moses to keep a record of their journeys. This journey of Israel out of Egypt (world), to their Promised Land is a type of the journey we Christians make in this life to our Promised Land (Heaven). I truly hope that we are not as difficult to get the world out of us, as the Israelites were to get Egypt out of them. It is true, it was much easier to get them out of Egypt, than it was to get Egypt out of them.


Numbers 33:3 "And they departed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with a high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians."


A city in Egypt, where the children of Israel, a little before their departure, seem to have been gathered together in a body. In order to march out all of them together, as they did. This place the Targum of Jonathan calls Pelusium. Dr. Shaw thinks it might be Cairo, from whence they set forward (see Exodus 12:37). And it was:


"In the first month": In the month Nisan, as the same Targum. Or Abib, which was appointed the first month on this account, and answers to part of our March and April.


"On the fifteenth of the first month, on the morrow after the passover": That was kept on the fourteenth, when the Lord passed over the houses of the Israelites, and slew all the firstborn in Egypt. Which made way for their departure the next morning. The Egyptians being urgent upon them to be gone.


"The children of Israel went out with a high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians": Openly and publicly, with great courage and boldness, without any fear of their enemies. Who seeing them march out, had no power to stop them, or to move their lips at them. Nay, were willing to be rid of them (see Exodus 11:7).


Their first month was Abib, which is approximately our April. They left on the fifteenth day of the month. Their day begins in the evening. I believe they actually started at night. This journey covers a period of forty years. The exact details have taken several books to tell, but the synopsis takes only 49 verses here. Death passed over the Hebrew's homes, who had the blood of the Lamb over their doors the night before the journey was begun. This will be the beginning of the Passover celebration for the Jews.


Numbers 33:4 "For the Egyptians buried all [their] firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments."


Which contributed much to the easier and safe deliverance of the children of Israel. For their hearts were heavy with sorrow, and their hands were full, and they had other work to do. Namely, to bury their dead, than to molest Israel. And besides, they knew it was for detaining them this stroke came upon them.


"Upon their gods also the Lord executed judgments": They were moved at the presence, and by the power of God, and fell and were dashed to pieces. As the idols of the same land were in later times (see Isa. 19:1). And this still the more intimidated and frightened the Egyptians, that they dared not attempt to hinder the departure of the Israelites from them. The Targum of Jonathan says, the Word of the Lord did this. And adds, their molten idols became soft, their strong idols were mutilated, their earthen idols were diminished, their wooden idols became ashes, and those of beasts died.


It appears, that the Egyptians were burying their firstborn, when Israel left Egypt. This gave them a head start on their journey. The ten plagues that came on Egypt defamed the false gods of Egypt.


Numbers 33:5 "And the children of Israel removed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth."


Or Pelusium, as the same Targum again.


"And pitched in Succoth": Where, as the same paraphrase says, they were covered with the clouds of glory, suggesting that to be the reason of its name. But that was rather because of the booths or tents the Israelites erected, pitched, and dwelt in, during their abode there. This, according to Bunting, was eight miles from Rameses. According to whose computation, for want of a better guide, the distances of the several stations from each other will be given.


As we follow this journey, we will see the places mentioned as where something important happened. "Succoth" means booths. Rameses was in Goshen, where the Hebrews had dwelt. Succoth was their first place to stop and rest.


Numbers 33:6 "And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which [is] in the edge of the wilderness."


Which was eight miles from Succoth.


"Which is in the edge of the wilderness": Of the name (see Exodus 13:20). But Dr. Shaw makes this particular portion of the wilderness to be fifty miles from Cairo or Rameses.


Exodus 13:20 "And they took their journey from Succoth, and encamped in Etham, in the edge of the wilderness."


Numbers 33:7 "And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto Pi-hahiroth, which [is] before Baal-zephon: and they pitched before Migdol."


Which was sixteen miles from Etham. This turning, Aben Ezra says, respects the cloud, or Israel. And indeed it may respect both. For, as the cloud turned, Israel turned, being directed by it. And this does not mean that they had been at Pi-hahiroth before, and now returned to it again. But that they by direction turned out of the straight way in which they were to go to Pi-hahiroth. For the word "again" may as well, or better, be left out (see notes on Exodus 14:2).


"Which is before Baal-zephon": The name of an idol, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem, supposed to be placed here, to watch and guard the passage, as Zephon signifies.


"And they pitched before Migdol": Which was either the name of a city, the same with Migdol (Jer. 44:1), or it was a tower, as the word signifies. Placed here on the borders of the land, for the defense of it.


The Egyptians pursued them, and backed them up to the Red Sea, here at Pi-hahiroth.


Exodus 14:9 "But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses [and] chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pi-hahiroth, before Baal-zephon."


The great happening here, is the parting of the Red Sea, and the children of Israel crossing on dry land.


Numbers 33:8 "And they departed from before Pi-hahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah."


Being forced by Pharaoh's army pressing upon them.


"And passed through the midst of the sea": From shore to shore, as on dry land.


"Into the wilderness": That part of it which lay on the other side. For still it was the wilderness of Etham they went into, as follows.


"And went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah": So called from the bitterness of the waters there. And which is computed to be forty miles from Pi-hahiroth.


The wilderness of Etham is called the wilderness of Shur in:


Exodus 15:22-23 "So Moses brought Israel from the Red sea, and they went out into the wilderness of Shur; and they went three days in the wilderness, and found no water." "And when they came to Marah, they could not drink of the waters of Marah, for they [were] bitter: therefore the name of it was called Marah."


Numbers 33:9 "And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim [were] twelve fountains of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there."


Which was eight miles from Marah.


"And in Elim were twelve fountains of water, and three score and ten palm trees, and they pitched there": Being a convenient place of water for them.


Exodus 15:27 "And they came to Elim, where [were] twelve wells of water, and threescore and ten palm trees: and they encamped there by the waters."


Numbers 33:10 "And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea."


This encampment, is omitted in the book of Exodus (see Exodus 16:1). This part or arm of the Red sea, whither they came, was six miles from Elim.


This had been a terrible disappointment, because they were back nearly to their starting point.


Numbers 33:11 "And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin."


Sixteen miles from the Red sea, where they were last (see Exodus 16:1).


The wilderness of Sin was the place, where they murmured against God, and he sent the quails.


Numbers 33:12 "And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah."


According to the account in Exodus, this was after they had the manna given them (see Exodus 17:1).


All we know about Dophkah was it was the eighth station, and it was located between Rephidim and the Red Sea.


Numbers 33:13 "And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush."


The strong fort, as the Targum of Jonathan calls it. This was twelve miles from Dophkah. According to the Jewish chronology, this Alush is the wilderness of Sin. Where the Israelites came on the fifteenth day of the seventh month from their going out of Egypt. And they say, that in Alush the Sabbath was given them, and that there they kept the first Sabbath, as it is said. And the people rested on the seventh day (Exodus 16:30).


Alush was one of the places they camped, where there was no water.


Numbers 33:14 "And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink."


Eight miles from Alush.


"Where was no water for the people to drink": And they murmured. And a rock here was smitten by Moses at the command of God. And waters gushed out sufficient for them and their flocks (Exodus 17:1).


This is the location, where the people chided with Moses, because there was no water. Moses went to the LORD, and the LORD told him to smite the Rock with his rod. He did, and water gushed forth.


Exodus 17:6 "Behold, I will stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come water out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so in the sight of the elders of Israel."


Numbers 33:15 "And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai."


Eight miles from Rephidim. And from a mount of this name here were given the Decalogue, with all other statutes and ordinances, judicial and ceremonial. And orders and directions for building the tabernacle, and making all the vessels appertaining to it. And which were all made during their stay here.


Exodus 19:2 "For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come [to] the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount."


It was here at Mount Sinai that Moses received the tables of the law.


Numbers 33:16 "And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibroth-hattaavah."


Eight miles from the desert of Sinai. Here the people lusted after flesh, and murmured. Which, though given them, a pestilence came and destroyed many of them. And here they were buried, whence the place was so called, which signifies the "graves of lust" i.e. of those that lusted. No mention is made of Taberah, either because it was the same with Kibroth, or near it. Or, as Aben Ezra on (Deut. 9:22), says, they encamped there but one day. And so is not mentioned in the journeys, though it was one of the three they journeyed from Mount Sinai to Kibroth-hattaavah (see Num. 11:1).


This was the burial place of the people who had lusted.


Numbers 11:34 "And he called the name of that place Kibroth-hattaavah: because there they buried the people that lusted."


Numbers 33:17 "And they departed from Kibroth-hattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth."


Eight miles from Kibroth-hattaavah, where Miriam was smiting with leprosy (Num. 12:1).


Numbers chapter 11 verse 35 has some information on this.


Numbers 33:18 "And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah."


Eight miles from Hazeroth. Rethem, from whence this place seems to have had its name, is generally rendered by "juniper" (1 Kings 19:4). And the Targum of Jonathan here adds, where the juniper trees grew. And, perhaps, it is the same with the valley of Retheme, of which some travelers thus write, "this valley", called in the Hebrew Retheme, and commonly Ritma. Derives its name from a yellow flower, with which the valley is covered. We found here, on the left hand, two cisterns of excellent water; and water being to be had here, might be the reason of the Israelites pitching in this place. And so in the Apocrypha: "Then the heathen that were at Galaad assembled themselves together against the Israelites that were in their quarters, to destroy them. But they fled to the fortress of Dathema."


Hazeroth is where Miriam and Aaron spoke out about the marriage of Moses to an Ethiopian woman.


Numbers 33:19-29 "And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmon-parez." "And they departed from Rimmon-parez, and pitched in Libnah." "And they removed from Libnah, and pitched at Rissah." "And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah." "And they went from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shapher." "And they removed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah." "And they removed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth." "And they removed from Makheloth, and encamped at Tahath." "And they departed from Tahath, and pitched at Tarah." "And they removed from Tarah, and pitched in Mithcah." And they went from Mithcah, and pitched in Hashmonah."


Six miles from Rithmah, and then from Rimmon to Libnah, which was six miles also. And from thence to Rissah, which was six miles more. And from Rissah to, Kehelathah, which was the same number of miles. And from there to Shapher, which was six miles also. And then they came to Haradah, which was four miles from there. The next remove was to Makheloth, which was four miles and a half from the last place. Then they went to Tahath, which was four miles more. And from thence to Tarah, which also was four miles. The next place they came to was Mithcah, four miles from Tarah. And then to Hashmonah, which was eight miles more.


This is one of the places the Israelites rested, after leaving Kadesh, where they would not go into the Promised Land. This was toward the beginning of their 37 years in the wilderness.


About the only thing we know about "Libnah", besides it being a place where Israel stopped on their journey, is that it means whiteness. Verse 21: There is little known of this place, except the fact that the cloud by day, and the fire by night guided them here. It was one of their stops on this very long journey. Verse 22: Nothing is known of this stop. Verse 23: Again, there is nothing known for sure of this stop. Verse 24: This again, is not spoken of anywhere else. Verse 25: There is nothing more known of this place either. This reminds me of our journey through life. There are a number of stops that are nothing more than a place to rest, until the next great happening. "Tahath" means that which is beneath. Nothing more is known of this place. Verse 27: Nothing is known of this place. Verse 28: Mithcah means sweetness. Nothing else is known of this place, except the Israelites camped here. Hashmonah was near Mount Hor.


Numbers 33:30-31 "And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth." "And they departed from Moseroth, and pitched in Bene-jaakan."


Which was in the edge of the land of Edom; as Kadesh also was (see Num. 20:16).


This is where they were camped, when Aaron went to be with the Lord.


Deuteronomy 10:6 "And the children of Israel took their journey from Beeroth of the children of Jaakan to Mosera: there Aaron died, and there he was buried; and Eleazar his son ministered in the priest's office in his stead."


Bene-jaakan was where the wells of Jaakan were located.


The only thing known of this, is that it was one place they stopped.


In Deuteronomy 10:7, Jotbathah is spoken of as land of rivers of water.


Numbers 33:32-37 "And they removed from Bene-jaakan, and encamped at Hor-hagidgad." "And they went from Hor-hagidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah." "And they removed from Jotbathah, and encamped at Ebronah." "And they departed from Ebronah, and encamped at Ezion-gaber." "And they removed from Ezion-gaber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin, which [is] Kadesh." "And they removed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom."


In the Targum Jonathan called Gudgod, as it is Gudgodah (in Deut. 10:7). Where they remove to this place is said to be from Mosera. It was twenty miles from Bene-jaakan. From thence they went to Jotbathah, twenty-four miles from Hor-hagidgad. And from thence to Ebronah, twenty miles more. And so to Ezion-geber, of which see (1 Kings 9:26). Which was twenty-eight miles from Ebronah. And their next remove was to the wilderness of Zin, which was Kadesh, forty-eight miles from Ezion-geber. And from Kadesh they went to Mount Hor, forty-eight miles more.


The name indicates that Ebronah could have been a beach.


"Ezion-gaber" means the giant's backbone. This is a harbor. It is probably the one used by Solomon for his ships.


This is their second time to be here. Kadesh could really be thought of as the entrance to their Promised Land. Kadesh was known by other names, but was called Kadesh when the tabernacle was there. The name "Kadesh" means fountain of judgement. Moses sent messengers to Edom from Kadesh.


Edom refused the children of Israel passage to the Promised Land.


Numbers 33:38 "And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first [day] of the fifth month."


Delivered to Moses.


"And died there in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of Egypt. Not being suffered to go with them into the land of Canaan, because of his sin of unbelief at Kadesh. The last place from whence they came: in Mount Hor he died.


"On the first day of the fifth month": The month Ab, answering to part of July and part of August. So that he lived but four months after his sister Miriam (see Num. 20:1).


This was the first day of Abib in the 40th year of their journeys, when Aaron died on mount Hor. This is the only place that tells when he died.


Numbers 33:39 "And Aaron [was] a hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor."


He was eighty-three when he stood before Pharaoh (Exodus 7:7). And forty years he had been with Israel since. Which make this number; he was three years older than Moses.


Aaron was older than Moses. He was 123 years old when he died.


Numbers 33:40 "And king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel."


Or the king of Arad the Canaanite.


"Which dwelt in south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel": Towards the land of Canaan. In order to possess it, and he came out and fought with them, and was vanquished (see Num. 21:1). This was when Israel was at Mount Hor. From where they departed to Zalmonah, twenty-eight miles from the mount. And from there to Punon, which was twenty more. And so to Oboth, which was twenty-four miles from Punon. And there to Ije-abarim, in the border of Moab, which was sixteen miles (see Num. 21:9).


There is very little known of this incident. Whether it influenced their plans or not, I do not know.


Numbers 33:41-44 "And they departed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah." "And they departed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon." "And they departed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth." "And they departed from Oboth, and pitched in Ije-abarim, in the border of Moab."


One of these two places was possibly where the brazen serpent was raised on the pole to cure the snake bites.


Oboth is near Moab.


Moab was founded by the son of Lot and his oldest daughter. The Moabites were enemies of Israel.


Numbers 33:45 "And they departed from Iim, and pitched in Dibon-gad."


Sixteen miles from Iim. The remove from where is said to be to the valley of Zared (Num. 21:12). In which Dibon-gad was, so called perhaps because rebuilt by Gad afterwards (Num. 33:45). And we went over the brook Zered; which was fordable. Or perhaps at this time dried up.


There is nothing known of this place.


Numbers 33:46 "And they removed from Dibon-gad, and encamped in Almon-diblathaim."


Sixteen miles from Dibon, perhaps the same with Diblath (Ezek. 6:14). According to the account in (Num. 21:16), etc. They went from hence to Beer, a place where they found a well, which gave it this name. And several other removes are mentioned there, which are not here, and which, perhaps, were small removes, and not properly stations.


All that is known of this place, is that it is Moabitish.


Numbers 33:47 "And they removed from Almon-diblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo."


Sixteen miles from Almon-diblathaim. These were so called from passages near them over the river Jordan.


"And pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo": One of those mountains, where Moses went up and died.


The mountains of Abarim before Nebo, is also known as mount Pisgah. Nebo is the town in this mountain area.


Numbers 33:48 "And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho."


Sixteen miles from Abarim, where all those things were transacted. Which make the history of Balak and Balaam (Num. 22:1). And where the Israelites now were by Jordan near Jericho. Not on that side Jordan where Jericho stood, but on the other. Jericho, according to Eusebius, was ten miles from Beth-jesimoth, where Israel now were, as follows.


This is just before entering into the Promised Land. Jericho is the city, where the walls fall down. This has brought the people from Egypt to the very entrance of the Promised Land.


Numbers 33:49 "And they pitched by Jordan, from Beth-jesimoth [even] unto Abel-shittim in the plains of Moab."


Their camp reached twelve miles, as the Jews commonly say. Which we may suppose was the distance of these two places, which were both in the plains of Moab. And the Jerusalem Targum is express for it. For mentioning Israel's encampment from Beth-jesimoth to Abel-shittim, it asks, how far is that? Twelve miles. The latter is sometimes called Shittim, from the shittim wood which grew there (Num. 25:1). And here it has the addition of Abel to it, to signify mourning. From the mourning of the children of Israel on account of the plague, in which 24,000 persons died (Num. 25:1).


"Beth-jesimoth" means house of the wastes. "Abel-shittim" means meadow of Acacias. It is usually called just Shittim.


Verses 33:50 - 36:13: The Promised Land had been Israel's goal from the beginning of Numbers. This last part of the book anticipated the settlement of Canaan.


Verses 50-56: This section deals with the command to exterminate the Canaanites and their religion. This is a familiar theme in the Pentateuch (compare Exodus 23:24; 34:11-13; Lev. chapter 20; Deut. Chapter 7). The warning (in verses 55 and 56) became a reality, because they failed to exterminate the Canaanites (Judges chapters 1 and 2), and the Canaanites caused Israel to become like them and be spewed out. This resulted in the Assyrian captivity of Israel (722 B.C.), and the Babylonian captivity of Judah (605 B.C.; see Lev. 26:31-33; Deut. 28:64-66; and Joshua 23:13).


God commanded that all of the Canaanites were to be exterminated, along with all their idolatrous symbols.


The Israelites were commanded not only to "drive out all the inhabitants of the land" but to "destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images", and "high places", the things associated with idol worship that could tempt God's people to idolatry. Because of this, there were serious warnings to Israel to be faithful in these charges. Not to obey God might cause Him to treat them as He had planned to do their enemies.


Numbers 33:50 "And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,"


(See notes on Num. 33:48; 22:1).


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 33:51 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan;"


What was to be said, being what concerned the whole body of the people.


"When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan": Near to which they now were, and Moses was about to leave them. And therefore, it was the more necessary to give them some instructions and directions what they should do, when they were come into it.


Numbers 33:52 "Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places:"


"Their high places": Hills on which Canaanite altars and shrines were placed.


This is instruction to destroy everything associated with false gods and idol worship. The high places were where they had performed their worship of false gods. The driving out of all of the inhabitants leaves room for them to live, but they will have to flee to another land.


Numbers 33:53 "And ye shall dispossess [the inhabitants of] the land, and dwell therein: for I have given you the land to possess it."


Turn them out of their cities, towns, and houses, and inhabit them.


"For I have given you the land to possess it": Who had a right to dispose of it, and a better title they needed not desire than the Lord could and did make them.


They are to run all of the inhabitants out, and take the land for themselves. This is their land that God promised to Abraham back in Genesis. This is the land promised to the twelve sons of Jacob, as their inheritance.


Numbers 33:54 "And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: [and] to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: every man's [inheritance] shall be in the place where his lot falleth; according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit."


What is said in this verse is the same with (Num. 26:53), where it has been explained (see notes on Numbers 26:53; 26:54; 26:55; 26:56).


Each family will get their own inheritance of land. The location of the land will be decided by casting lots, so there will be no cry of favoritism. The amount of land for each family will be determined by the number of members in the family. Those who have many members will get the most land.


Numbers 33:55 "But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them [shall be] pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell."


Should be remiss and careless about it, and indifferent to it. And not make use of the proper means to get rid of them. But, on the contrary, make covenants with them, and intermarry among them. Or however become friendly to them, and suffer them to dwell among them.


"Then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them": Sparing their lives, and permitting them to dwell among them.


"Shall be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides": Which figurative expressions show that they should be very troublesome and distressing to them. Even in their most tender and nearest concerns, and dearest relations. And which are explained and more properly expressed as follows.


"And shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell": Among other things by their wicked conversation, and by drawing them into sin through their ill examples. And so, bring the displeasure of God upon them, and punishment for their evil doings.


If they do not totally run the inhabitants out, those that remain will be a problem for them from then on.


Numbers 33:56 "Moreover it shall come to pass, [that] I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them."


"I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them": If Israel failed to obey God, she would be the object of God's punishment in exactly the same way as the Canaanites were.


If they are disobedient to God, and do not run them off completely, God will run the Israelites themselves off later.


Numbers Chapter 33 Question


1. What is this lesson?


2. What is this journey to their Promised Land a type of?


3. It was much easier to get them out of Egypt, than to get __________ out of them.


4. Where did they begin the journey from?


5. What day did they leave Egypt?


6. The journey covers a period of _______ years.


7. Why did death pass over the Hebrew homes?


8. Who lost their firstborn?


9. Ramses was in _________.


10. The great happening, in verse 7, is what?


11. Where did they find 12 wells of water?


12. Where did they murmur against God, and He sent the quails?


13. What special thing happened at Rephidim?


14. Where did Moses receive the tables of the law?


15. Where did Miriam and Aaron speak out about Moses' Ethiopian wife?


16. What does "Libnah" mean?


17. Where were they camped, when Aaron went to be with the LORD?


18. What could Kadesh be thought of as?


19. What does "Kadesh" mean?


20. ________ refused passage across their land to the Promised Land.


21. When did Aaron die?


22. How old was Aaron when he died?


23. The mountains of Abarim are known as Mount __________.


24. What is the name of the city, where the walls fall down?


25. "Beth-jesimoth" means what?


26. What were the Israelites to destroy upon entering Canaan?


27. What were they to do the inhabitants?


28. What would happen, if they did not obey God on this?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 34



Numbers Chapter 34

Verses 1-15: Yahweh gave the boundaries appointed for the people of Israel. The sheer quantity of land was evidence of God's grace. God gave precise instruction to Israel concerning the boundaries of the Land of Canaan. Sadly, the actual conquest of the Land fell far short of these boundaries.


This section fixes the boundaries of the Promised Land.


Numbers 34:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


At the same time that he ordered Moses to direct the children of Israel, when they had passed over Jordan. To drive out the inhabitants of the land of Canaan, and divide their land among them. He proceeded to give the limits and boundaries of the land.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 34:2 "Command the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land of Canaan; (this [is] the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance, [even] the land of Canaan with the coasts thereof:)"


Not to fix the borders, and settle the boundaries of the land, for that is done by the Lord himself. Who has determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of men's habitations, and particularly of Israel (see Deut. 32:8). But to observe and take notice of the limits he had fixed, that they might know how far they were to go on every side. Whom they were to drive out, and what they were to divide and inherit. And see what was their right, and preserve it from the encroachments of their neighbors. As well as observe the goodness of God unto them, in thus providing for them.


"When ye come into the land of Canaan": To take possession of it by virtue of a grant of it to them.


"This is the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance": It is said to "fall", because it was divided by lot. Each tribe having such a part of it assigned to them, according to the lot that came up unto them.


"Even the land of Canaan, with the coasts thereof": Or according to its borders, which are as follow.


"Canaan" was the more ancient name for Palestine. The land of Canaan was loosely the land west of the Jordan river. It also included a small amount of land on the other side of Jordan. It included Moab, Sihon, land of Ammon, kingdom of Og, as well as all the land from the Jordan to the Mediterranean Sea. This was the land God had promised the Israelites for their inheritance.


Numbers 34:3 "Then your south quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin along by the coast of Edom, and your south border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea eastward:"


Or border of the land. Which, as Jarchi observes, was from east to west.


"Shall be from the wilderness of Zin": Which is Kadesh, where Miriam died (Num. 20:1). And if this Kadesh was Kadesh-barnea, as Dr. Lightfoot seems to have proved. From where the spies were sent, that was clearly on the south of the land of Canaan. For they were bid to go up their way southward (Num. 13:17). And so Kadesh-barnea is hereafter mentioned, as being in the southern border.


"Along by the coast of Edom": The land of Canaan, to the south. Bordered on three countries, Egypt, Edom, and Moab. According to Jarchi, some part of Egypt, the whole land of Edom, and the whole land of Moab. The part of the land of Egypt was in the south west corner of it. The land of Edom by it to the east. And the land of Moab by the land of Edom, at the end of the south to the east.


"And your south border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea eastward": The same that is sometimes called the Dead sea, the sea of Sodom, or the lake Asphaltites, as Heathen writers generally call it.


The wilderness of Zin was next to the land of Edom. The Salt Sea was included in the territory on the other side.


Numbers 34:4 "And your border shall turn from the south to the ascent of Akrabbim, and pass on to Zin: and the going forth thereof shall be from the south to Kadesh-barnea, and shall go on to Hazar-addar, and pass on to Azmon:"


That is, the south border, which is still describing.


"Shall turn from the south to the ascent of Akrabbim; or Maaleh-acrabbim, as (in Joshua 15:3). So called from the multitude of serpents and scorpions in it (see Deut. 8:15). So Kimchi says, a place of serpents and scorpions was this ascent. Dr. Shaw thinks it very probable, that Mount Hor was the same chain of mountains that are now called Accaba by the Arabs. And were the easternmost range, as we may take them to be, of Ptolemy's black mountains. Josephus speaks of Acrabatene as belonging to the Edomites, which seems to be this same place.


"And pass on to Zin": That is, which ascent goes on to it. The Targum of Jonathan is, "and shall pass on to the palm trees of the mountain of iron;" by which is meant the same with the wilderness of Zin. The Septuagint calls it Ennac: the Vulgate Latin, Senna. Jerom makes mention of a place called Senna, seven miles from Jericho.


"And the going forth thereof shall be from the south to Kadesh-barnea": From whence the spies were sent southward to search the land (Num. 13:17).


"And shall go on to Hazar-addar": Called Adar (Joshua 15:3), and where it seems to be divided into two places, Hazar and Addar. Which very probably were near each other, and therefore here put together, as if but one place.


"And pass on to Azmon": Which the Targums call Kesam.


Kadesh-Barnea is the same place the Israelites camped. It is the same as Kadesh. It is a number of miles beyond the Salt Sea. This is giving minute details of the area to be taken.


Numbers 34:5 "And the border shall fetch a compass from Azmon unto the river of Egypt, and the goings out of it shall be at the sea."


Not go on in a straight line, but turn about.


"From Azmon unto the river of Egypt": The river Nile, as both the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem. But Aben Ezra seems to deny that that river is meant. And some think that Rhinocolura, which flows into the Mediterranean Sea, is meant; or the "valley of Egypt". Which divided Judea from Egypt, as follows.


"And the goings out of it": Not of the river, but of the border.


"Shall be at the sea": The above sea, called in the next verse the great sea. All the Targums render it to the west.


The river of Egypt was a river that ran during the rainy seasons. It was connected to the Sinai desert region.


Numbers 34:6 "And [as for] the western border, ye shall even have the great sea for a border: this shall be your west border."


Of the land of Canaan.


"You shall even have the great sea for a border": And no other, meaning the Mediterranean Sea, which lies west of the land of Judea. Aben Ezra calls it the Spanish sea. It has the name of "great", in comparison of some in the land of Canaan, as the Salt Sea, and the Sea of Tiberias.


"This shall be your west border": Namely, the Mediterranean Sea.


The great sea is speaking of the Mediterranean Sea. This sea is the western border of the Promised Land.


Numbers 34:7 "And this shall be your north border: from the great sea ye shall point out for you mount Hor:"


What follows.


"From the great sea ye shall point out for you Mount Hor": Not that Mount Hor on which Aaron died, for that was on the southern border of the land. But rather Mount Herman, which is said to be unto the entering into Hamath (Joshua 13:5). As this Mount Hor is in the following verse.


This is possibly speaking of the mountain we know as Hermon. This reference is to the whole Lebanon range.


Numbers 34:8 "From mount Hor ye shall point out [your border] unto the entrance of Hamath; and the goings forth of the border shall be to Zedad:"


The former being described by Hemath the great (Amos 6:2). This entrance was a narrow pass leading from the land of Canaan to Syria, through the valley which lies between Lebanon and Antilibanus.


"And the goings forth of the border shall be to Zedad": The same boundary as here is given in (Ezek. 47:15).


Hamath was a fertile land joining Lebanon.


Numbers 34:9 "And the border shall go on to Ziphron, and the goings out of it shall be at Hazar-enan: this shall be your north border."


Which in the Jerusalem Targum is called Zapherin. And Jerom says, that in his time this city was called Zephyrium, a town in Cilicia. But this seems to be at too great a distance.


"And the goings out of it shall be at Hazar-enan": Which was the utmost of the northern border, and so it is in (Ezek. 47:17). And there called the border of Damascus. Reland takes it to be the same with En-hazor, a city in the tribe of Naphtali (Joshua 19:37).


"This shall be your northern border": From the Mediterranean Sea to Hazar-enan in Naphtali.


Hazer-enan is east, northeast of Damascus.


Numbers 34:10 "And ye shall point out your east border from Hazar-enan to Shepham:"


From the place where the northern border ended. Which Jerom says the Hebrews call Apamia, as both the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem do here. Shepham was a city between Hazar-enan and Riblah in the tribe of Naphtali, where Andrichomius places it.


Shepham is to the northeast near Riblah.


Numbers 34:11 "And the coast shall go down from Shepham to Riblah, on the east side of Ain; and the border shall descend, and shall reach unto the side of the sea of Chinnereth eastward:"


Said to be in the land of Hemath (Jer. 52:9). Which, according to Jerom, was Antioch of Syria. And both the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem understand by it Daphne, which was in the suburbs of Antioch. But this seems to be carrying the limits of the land too far. Jarchi remarks, that when the border goes from the north towards the south, it is said to go down.


"On the east side of Ain": A city in the tribe of Judah. According to Jerom now a village that goes by the name of Bethennim, two miles from the turpentine tree. That is, from the tent of Abraham or oak of Mamre, and four miles from Hebron.


"And the border shall descend, and shall reach unto the side of the sea of Chinnereth eastward. The same with the sea of Tiberius, and the sea of Gennesaret. Frequently made mention of in the New Testament, and in (Ezek. 47:18), called the east sea).


The sea of Chinnereth is the same as the Gennesaret, or the sea of Galilee.


Numbers 34:12 "And the border shall go down to Jordan, and the goings out of it shall be at the salt sea: this shall be your land with the coasts thereof round about."


A well-known river to the east of the land of Canaan.


"And the goings out of it shall be at the salt sea": The sea of Sodom. And though all sea water is generally salt, this was remarkably so. Thus as the description of the borders of the land began with the salt sea (Num. 34:3), it ends with it.


"This shall be your land, with the coasts thereof round about": Which, according to the Targum of Jonathan, was thus bounded. Kadesh-barnea on the south. Taurus Urnanus (by which he interprets Mount Hor) on the north. The great sea on the west (i.e. the Mediterranean Sea), and the Salt Sea on the east.


The one thing we must remember in this, is that the land of promise (originally), was from the Jordan river to the great sea. The tribes of Reuben, Gad, and half tribe of Manasseh inherited land on the side of the Jordan river away from the sea. Their territory would actually lie east of the Jordan. Even the Salt Sea was included in the land.


Numbers 34:13 "And Moses commanded the children of Israel, saying, This [is] the land which ye shall inherit by lot, which the LORD commanded to give unto the nine tribes, and to the half tribe:"


"Give unto the nine tribes, and to the half tribe": The land to be conquered was to be given to the 9-1/2 tribes. The other 2-1/2 tribes already had their inheritance in Trans-Jordan (32:1-42).


The land, described in this lesson, did not include the land given to Reuben, Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. The land mentioned is the original chosen land. The four sides of original land promised was the Jordan River on one side, to the Mediterranean on the opposite side. It reached all the way to Lebanon on one side, to the land of Edom on the other.


Numbers 34:14 "For the tribe of the children of Reuben according to the house of their fathers, and the tribe of the children of Gad according to the house of their fathers, have received [their inheritance]; and half the tribe of Manasseh have received their inheritance:"


That tribe, and all the families belonging to it.


"Have received their inheritance, and half the tribe of Manasseh have received their inheritance": That is, it was agreed they should have it on condition of their going along with the other tribes over Jordan into the land of Canaan, and assist them in the conquest of it (Num. 32:1).


This is speaking of the land east of the Jordan River from Syria on the one side to Edom on the other. This land is their inheritance, the same as the land on the other side of the Jordan is the inheritance of the other 9 1/2 tribes.


Numbers 34:15 "The two tribes and the half tribe have received their inheritance on this side Jordan [near] Jericho eastward, toward the sunrising."


The tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh.


"Have received their inheritance on this side Jordan near Jericho, eastward, toward the sunrising": That is, they received the grant of it there, even in the plains of Moab, opposite Jericho. Which lay to the east of the land of Canaan.


Jericho is just west of the Jordan river, a few miles from the Salt Sea. This is just saying, they are east of the Jordan River.


Verses 16-29: The allotment of the land was to be supervised by "Eleazar, Joshua", and one leader from each of the tribes. They were named directly by God, showing the importance of the task. Only 10 tribal leaders are mentioned here, since Gad and Reuben had already settled in Trans-Jordan. They basically began in the south with Judah and Simeon, and ended in the north with Asher and Naphtali.


None of these leaders was the son of a leader from the previous generation (1:5-15). These men would prove to be more faithful than their predecessors.


Numbers 34:16 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


At the same time that he gave him the bounds of the land of Canaan, which was to be divided between the nine tribes and a half. And that this might be done in the most impartial manner, and to the satisfaction of them all, he gave orders to Moses.


"Saying": As follows.


Numbers 34:17 "These [are] the names of the men which shall divide the land unto you: Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun."


Or "inherit the land for you". That is, as Jarchi interprets it, they were to take possession of it in their name and stead, as their representatives, and then distribute it unto them. Or divide it to be inherited by them. But whatever may be said for the princes of the tribes, as acting for their respective tribes, and representing them, the same cannot be said of the two first named, as follow.


"Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun": The one the principal person in ecclesiastical affairs, and the other in civil ones. To divide the land being partly a sacred work, as it was a type of the heavenly Canaan, and a civil one. As it concerned the present welfare of the people of Israel. And both were types of Christ. The priest upon his throne, who is both priest and King. Who, as the one, gives a right unto it, and, as the other, introduces into it.


God is explaining to Moses exactly who is to divide the land. We saw in a previous lesson, that the location of their inheritance was to be decided by lots. Joshua and Eleazar are to handle the actual division. The size of the land inherited by each family will be determined by how many members they have in their family. Eleazar took the place of Aaron, and Joshua will take the place of Moses. They will do the actual allotting of the land.


Numbers 34:18 "And ye shall take one prince of every tribe, to divide the land by inheritance."


That is, out of the nine tribes and the half, which are ten in all. Of the tribes of Reuben and Gad none were taken, because they already had their inheritance granted them elsewhere. Nor of the tribe of Levi, because they were to have no inheritance in the land. To divide the land by inheritance; who being men of honor, understanding, and probity, and naturally concerned for the good of the tribes to which they belonged. Would take care that justice be done to each, and that no fraudulent methods were used in drawing the lot. And then take possession according to the lot. And impartially divide the portion assigned among the respective families in the tribes, according to their rank and numbers.


The prince of each tribe will receive the allotment of territory from Eleazar and Joshua. It appears, this prince will subdivide the land for each family.


Numbers 34:19-28 "And the names of the men [are] these: Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh." "And of the tribe of the children of Simeon, Shemuel the son of Ammihud." "Of the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the son of Chislon." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Dan, Bukki the son of Jogli." "The prince of the children of Joseph, for the tribe of the children of Manasseh, Hanniel the son of Ephod." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Ephraim, Kemuel the son of Shiphtan." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Zebulun, Elizaphan the son of Parnach." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Issachar, Paltiel the son of Azzan." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Asher, Ahihud the son of Shelomi." "And the prince of the tribe of the children of Naphtali, Pedahel the son of Ammihud."


Which were not left to the tribes to choose, but were nominated by the Lord himself, who best knew their capacities and qualifications for this service.


"Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh": Who was one of the two spies that brought a good report of the land. And Joshua is the other. And these were the only two of the spies living, and who are the first that were appointed to this service, of overseeing the division of the land. The rest were all of the new generation, that were sprung up, whose fathers fell in the wilderness, and we know no more of them than their names. And therefore from here, to the end of (Num. 34:28). No further remarks are necessary, only that the tribes and the princes are reckoned in a different order than they were at any time before. Either at the first numbering of them (Num. 1:1), or at the offerings for the dedication of the altar (Num. 7:1). Or at the taking the sum of them (Num. 26:1), even according to the order of their situation in the land of Canaan by their lots. And which Moses did not live to see. And which therefore shows the prescience and predisposing providence of God. And that Moses, as Bishop Patrick observes, was guided by a divine Spirit in all his writings.


Caleb was one of the 12 spies that searched out the Promised Land, and brought back a good report. It is good that he would be listed first. This name above, and the other names of the heads of the tribes, were those who met with Eleazar and Joshua to receive their allotment of land.


We must remember in this, that this Hanniel received the land for the half tribe of Manasseh on the western side of the Jordan.


Numbers 34:29 "These [are they] whom the LORD commanded to divide the inheritance unto the children of Israel in the land of Canaan."


Not only named and appointed them, but laid his commands upon them, and obliged them.


"To divide the inheritance unto the children of Israel": Even this order was made before the land was conquered by them, so sure and certain was it unto them. And accordingly, they did divide it, and that in Shiloh, before the Lord. At the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, as in the presence of God, doing it in the most impartial and solemn manner (see Joshua 19:51).


We must remember, one more time, that the prince of each of the tribes met with Eleazar and Joshua and received their allotment of land. They in turn went back to their people, and divided the land to each family. The tribes of Reuben, Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the eastern side of the Jordan.


Numbers Chapter 34 Questions


1. What land was the inheritance of Israel?


2. Canaan was the ancient name for ____________.


3. What were some of the lands on the eastern side of Jordan, the Israelites would inherit?


4. The south quarter shall be from the wilderness of ______.


5. What land did this join?


6. Where had the Israelites camped, that is mentioned in verse 4?


7. Where was this south of?


8. What was unusual about the river of Egypt?


9. What is the great sea speaking of?


10. What was the western border?


11. Mount Hor in verse 7, is speaking of what?


12. Hamath joined what country?


13. The original land of promise was from the great sea to where?


14. The sea of Chinnereth is the same as ________________, or the sea of ____________.


15. Who received land on the eastern side of the Jordan?


16. How was it to be determined, which land they got?


17. What were the four sides of the original Promised Land?


18. Where is Jericho?


19. How much land will each tribe inherit?


20. Who takes the place of Aaron?


21. Who takes Moses' place?


22. The _________ of each tribe will subdivide the land.


23. What is special about Caleb?


24. Name the other princes, who accept the inheritance for their people.


25. Who did the prince of each tribe meet with to divide the land?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 35



Numbers Chapter 35

Verses 1-8: This portion deals with cities for the Levites. They received about 15 square miles or about one-tenth of one percent of the land of Canaan. In a society where farmland was at a premium, this small fraction of the land meant they certainly had to depend on the generosity of the other tribes among whom they lived for their well-being. They received 48 cities listed (in Joshua chapter 21:1-42).


In place of land, the tribe of Levi was given 48 cities spread throughout Israel where they could raise their "cattle" and "goods". These cities are listed in (Joshua 21:1-42).


Numbers 35:1 "And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,"


After he had described the borders of the land, and given instructions about the division of it among the several tribes. And named the persons that should be concerned in parting and putting it into the possession of the Israelites. Now He makes a provision for the Levites. For though they had no inheritance in the land as a tribe, yet it was proper they should have cities and houses to dwell in. For it would not be suitable that they should be always about the tabernacle, as they were in the wilderness": And it is concerning this the Lord is said to speak to Moses.


"In the plains of Moab by Jordan, near Jericho": Where the Israelites now were, and had been for some time.


"Saying": As follows.


This is a brand new message from the LORD to Moses. This again, is just before they enter the land of promise at Jericho. These are some more last minute instructions, on how the inheritance is to be handled.


Numbers 35:2 "Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and ye shall give [also] unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them."


"Of the inheritance of their possession" (According to 18:23), the Levites were to have no land as inheritance in Canaan, so the Levites did not inherit these towns; they only lived in them.


"Suburbs for the cities round about them": The Levites were also given grazing land around the cities so that their animals might feed.


Numbers 35:3 "And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle, and for their goods, and for all their beasts."


For them and their families, and indeed for nothing else, they having no trades nor worldly business to carry on in them.


"And the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle": For stables and stalls to put them up in. And for barns and storehouses to lay in provender for them.


"And for their goods": Where to bestow them, as the increase of their fields, oliveyards, and vineyards (see Luke 12:18).


"And for all their beasts": Or living creatures. Or "for their whole life"; or livelihood, whatsoever was for the support of it. The Targum of Jonathan adds, by way of explanation, for all their necessities.


The Levites had been separated out from the other tribes of Israel, from the very first time they were counted. They were not to labor with their hands in the fields. They were to serve God and the people in the ministry. They did not receive an allotment of land. They were to live of the things of the tabernacle, or the temple, as it would soon be. They needed a place to have homes for their families. That is what is covered in this lesson. The cities were where they would serve the Lord. The suburbs here, is speaking of an area where they could graze their livestock. It was almost impossible to live in those days without a few cows. The children of the other tribes tithed in the tabernacle, and the Levites lived of those tithes and offerings.


Numbers 35:4 "And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, [shall reach] from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about."


The dimensions and bounds of them were not left to the Israelites. To give what ground they pleased for this purpose, but were fixed to what length they should be. These;


"Shall reach from the walls of the city, and outward, a thousand cubits round about": Which was half a Sabbath day's journey, and pretty near half a mile. Which all around a city must contain a considerable quantity of ground, if the city was of any size. As it is certain that some of them given them at least were.


At the time this was written, the Levitical tribe was the governing body of the church. These cities were not where the shepherds lived. The shepherds lived on farms, where their sheep were. These cities, which were given to the Levites, were to extend 1,500 feet out from the wall of the city, for the grazing of their animals.


Numbers 35:5 "And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city [shall be] in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities."


Before only 1000 cubits were ordered to be measured, and now 2000. Even 2000 more, which were to be added to the other. And to begin where they ended. The first 1000 were for their cattle and goods. These 2000 for their gardens, orchards, fields, and vineyards. And so the Jewish writers understand it. Jarchi observes, that 1000 cubits are ordered, and after that 2000; and asks, how is this? Or how is it to be reconciled? To which he answers, 2000 are put to them round about, and of them the 1000 innermost are for suburbs. And the outermost (i.e. the 2000), are for fields and vineyards. And with this agrees the Misnah, from whence he seems to have taken it. And the same was to be on every other side of the city, south, west, and north, as follows.


"And on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits": Which, added to the other 1000 all around, must make a large circumference of land.


"And the city shall be in the midst": In the midst of the circuit of three thousand cubits all around, so that it must stand very pleasant and convenient.


"This shall be to them the suburbs of the cities": Such a quantity of ground, consisting of so many cubits, shall be assigned to every city. The suburbs or glebe land to a Levite's city, on the four sides were four squares. And each square consisted of seventy-six acres, one rood, twenty perches, and eighty square feet. All the four squares amounting to three hundred and five acres, two roods, one perch, besides fifty-seven feet square, according to Bishop Cumberland.


It appears from this, that past the area of the grazing of their animals, was an area of 1,500 feet for the growing of gardens and vineyards. The entire area outside the wall would be 3,000 feet in every direction. This is not explained in detail, so we must assume this is correct.


Verses 6-15: Six of the Levites' cities were designated "cities of refuge", three east of the Jordan and three west of it (Deut. 19:1-13; see note on Joshua 20:1-9).


Numbers 35:6 "And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites [there shall be] six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer, that he may flee thither: and to them ye shall add forty and two cities."


The Levitical cities were in a special manner the Lord's. And therefore the places of refuge, where the manslayer might remain under the protection of a special institution devised by divine mercy. Were appropriately selected from among them. No doubt also the Priests and Levites would be the fittest persons to administer the law in the doubtful cases which would be sure to occur (compare notes in Num. 35:24).


There are six cities chosen out to be a place for a manslayer to go for safety. These six cities are called cities of refuge. There were to be 42 cities for the Levites, besides the cities of refuge.


Numbers 35:7 "[So] all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites [shall be] forty and eight cities: them [shall ye give] with their suburbs."


Of these forty-eight cities, their names, and what tribes they were in. And which of them were particularly cities of refuge. An account is given in (Joshua 21:10).


"Them shall ye give, with their suburbs": According to the dimensions before prescribed.


The 42 cities for the Levites and the 6 cities for the cities of refuge make 48 cities. The Levites were a fairly small tribe, so they, divided into 42 cities will be small towns in the beginning.


Numbers 35:8 "And the cities which ye shall give [shall be] of the possession of the children of Israel: from [them that have] many ye shall give many; but from [them that have] few ye shall give few: every one shall give of his cities unto the Levites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth."


What shall fall by lot for their inheritance, and they shall be possessed of. And though they are, shall not refuse, nor grudge to give them, according to the direction of God. Whose the land is, they holding it under him.


"From them that have many ye shall give many, but from them that have few ye shall give few": Which rule was observed. For out of Judah, whose lot was large, and out of Simeon, whose inheritance was within that of Judah, because it was so large, nine cities were given. Whereas out of the other tribes only four cities out of each were given, and out of one of them but three (see Joshua 21:1).


"Everyone shall give of his cities unto the Levites, according to his inheritance which he inheriteth": And the Levites, being thus dispersed among the several tribes, were of great advantage to them. To instruct them in the knowledge of divine things. So that though hereby Jacob's curse on this tribe had its fulfilment, that it should be divided in Jacob, and scattered in Israel. Yet that became a blessing to the rest of the tribes (see Gen. 49:7).


These cities were not 4 from each tribe. which would have made up 48. Those who had many cities gave more cities, and those who had few cities gave few. Those who received the most in inheritance, gave the most for the Levites.


Verses 9-34: "Avenger": When a man was killed, it was the duty of his nearest male relative, "the avenger of blood" (verses 12, 19, 21, 24-25, 27), to kill the man responsible. The Hebrew word is go'el and is translated "redeemer" or "kinsman". He was the one who should "buy" his relative out of trouble (5:8; Lev. 25:25-26; Ruth 3:12; 4:1, 6, 8; Job 19:25; Isa. 59:20). The law in this context allowed the execution of the manslayer only if the deed was deliberate. Murderers must be executed, and manslaughterers must dwell in a city of refuge until the death of the high priest (verse 28). This law's primary concern was the provision of cities of refuge for manslaughterers (verse 15). The law also considered who was qualified for admission (verses 16-25), and then what might happen if he left the city before the death of the high priest (verses 26-28). It prescribed the evidence required for a conviction of murder (verse 30), and it prohibited ransom (verses 31-32). The Levites were the permanent inhabitants of the cities of refuge and took responsibility for admitting the manslaughterers. The death of the high priest atoned for the manslaughterer and allowed the guilty man to return home. The function of the high priest anticipated the ministry of our Lord, not only in His life of offering sacrifice and prayer on behalf of the people, but also in His death (compare Heb. Chapters 4-9).


Six of the Levitical cities were to be established as "cities of refuge" (see Deut. 19:1-13). These cities were to be havens giving protection to any person who accidentally killed another person (manslaughter).


Numbers 35:9 "And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,"


At the same time, or he continued his speech unto him.


This is a break in the other message.


Numbers 35:10 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan;"


Now, directly.


"When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan": As they quickly would, being now very near it. And of which there was the utmost certainty, since the Lord had promised to bring them over that river, and put them in possession of that land.


Numbers 35:11 "Then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares."


And, according to the Jewish writers, these were neither to be made large nor little, but middling. And they appointed them where there were markets and fairs, at which goods were to be sold. And where there was plenty of water, and a multitude of people. And where there were but few, they fetched others from other places. And they neither made nets for hunting, nor twisted ropes in them, nor sold any warlike instruments. Lest the avenger of blood should use himself to come thither, under pretense of buying such things, and kill the manslayer.


"That the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares": Or through error, or mistake, not on purpose. With design, or through malice and enmity, as is afterwards more largely explained.


These cities are to be set up immediately. Those who kill someone need a place to run to, until they can be properly judged, as to the punishment they are to receive. "Unawares" is the key to the verse above.


Numbers 35:12 "And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment."


"The avenger": The meaning of this term is "near of kin". It refers to the person chosen by a family to deal with a loss suffered in that family. Here the close relative of a homicide victim would seek to avenge his death, but not until proper judgment was made.


This is not a place like a prison that he has been sent. This is a place of safety, until it can be determined whether this is murder, or an accident.


Numbers 35:13 "And of these cities which ye shall give six cities shall ye have for refuge."


Of the forty-eight cities they were to give to the Levites (Num. 35:7).


"Six cities shall ye have for refuge": Which, I think, makes it clear, that not all the forty-eight cities were for refuge, only six of them.


For this large number of people, it would take six cities to care for all of the people with this problem.


Numbers 35:14 "Ye shall give three cities on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, [which] shall be cities of refuge."


Which were Bezer in the wilderness, out of the tribe of Reuben. And Ramoth in Gilead, out of the tribe of Gad. And Golan in Bashan, out of the tribe of Manasseh (Joshua 20:8).


"And three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan": Which were Kadesh in Galilee, in Mount Naphtali. Shechem in Mount Ephraim; and Kirjath-arba, or Hebron, in the mountain of Judah (Joshua 20:7).


"Which shall be cities of refuge": The three on the other side Jordan, the Jews say, were separated by Moses. And the three in the land of Canaan by Joshua, but not one of them was a refuge until they were all separated. It may seem strange that there should be as many in the two tribes and a half on the other side Jordan, as in the nine tribes and a half in the land of Canaan. Let it be observed, what the Jewish writers say. Moses separated three cities beyond Jordan, and opposite them Joshua separated three in the land of Canaan. And they were like two rows in a vineyard. Hebron in Judea was opposite Bezer in the wilderness. Shechem in Mount Ephraim was opposite Ramoth in Gilead. Kadesh in Mount Naphtali was opposite Golan in Bashan. And the three were so disposed, that there was as much space from the south (of the land of Israel), to Hebron as from Hebron to Shechem.


Three of these cities shall be located on the east side of Jordan in the territories of Gad, Reuben, and the half tribe of Manasseh. According to Deuteronomy, Moses decided these cities would be: Bezer of the Reubenites, Ramoth of the Gadites, and Golan of the Manassites. The other nine and one half tribes located in what used to be Canaan, shall have three cities as well. These are places of safety, where the manslayer can run until he is judged.


Numbers 35:15 "These six cities shall be a refuge, [both] for the children of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them: that every one that killeth any person unawares may flee thither."


For an Israelite, and a proselyte of righteousness, one that embraced the Jewish religion. And in all things conformed to it. And to whom there was but one law in things civil and religious.


"And for the sojourner among them": The proselyte of the gate, who renounced idolatry, and observed the commands of the sons of Noah. But in other things did not comply with the Jewish ceremonies. Yet had the benefit of the cities of refuge equally with the other. Though the Jews say, such a proselyte or sojourner had only this privilege, who slew a proselyte. But not if he slew an Israelite. But for this distinction there is no foundation in the text.


"That everyone that killeth any person unawares may flee thither": Whether an Israelite, or a proselyte of righteousness or of the gate.


In the land of promise, the same law applies to all. The children of Israel are under the same law as the stranger, or the person who has decided to live with them.


Verses 16-28: God provided the cities of refuge to protect those who had unintentionally killed someone. The congregation would judge whether the person's motive was out of "hatred" or "without enmity". Someone who accidentally took the life of another had to stay in the city of refuge until the "death" of the high "priest". He or she could be killed for leaving the city before then (Exodus 21:23-24; Deut. 19:1-13).


Numbers 35:16 "And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death."


As with a hatchet, hammer, sword, knife, etc.


"He is a murderer": The instrument used by him, and with which he smote, shows that he had a bad design, and intended to kill. Or he would never have smitten a man with such instruments.


"The murderer shall surely be put to death": Be condemned to death, and be executed, by the order of the civil magistrate. According to the law in (Gen. 9:6), and not be allowed the benefit of a city of refuge.


This is the beginning of the instructions, on how to tell if the death is murder or not. A piece of iron would certainly be an instrument of death. The person who hit with the iron, would have the intention of killing the person they hit.


Numbers 35:17 "And if he smite him with throwing a stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death."


"Or with a stone of the hand", which the Jews interpret of a stone so big as to fill a man's hand. And so;


"Wherewith he may die": At whom it is thrown. Is sufficient to cause his death, if struck with it. So the Targum of Jonathan paraphrases it of a "stone of fullness of hands, which is sufficient that a man may die with it". Or be killed by it.


"And he die": By the blow he receives from it. Either immediately or in a short time after.


"He is a murderer, and the murderer shall surely be put to death": As in the above case.


This also is speaking of someone throwing a rock intending to kill him. If he dies, it would be murder, because the desire of the person throwing the rock was to kill him.


Numbers 35:18 "Or [if] he smite him with a hand weapon of wood, wherewith he may die,


A stick, or staff, or club.


"Wherewith he may die, and he die": Which is sufficient to kill a man, as the same Targum explains it. And a man dies with the blow that is given him by it.


"He is a murderer, and the murderer shall surely be put to death": No pardon given him, or the benefit of the city of refuge allowed him.


Here again, this speaks of one who hit him with a board with the intent of killing him.


Numbers 35:19 "The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer: when he meeteth him, he shall slay him."


Swift retribution according to the law of (Gen. 9:5-6).


The "revenger" was generally, a brother of the victim, or someone closely related to the victim. The revenger was not held guilty, when he killed someone in this case.


Numbers 35:20 "But if he thrust him of hatred, or hurl at him by laying of wait, that he die;"


Or, "and if", since the Scripture is still speaking of such that shall die for murder. Though in another instance, without having the privilege of a city of refuge. If he thrusts him with a sword or knife. Or rather, since, if anything of that kind is included in the first instance of smiting with an instrument of iron. Push him down from a high place, as Aben Ezra; so the men of Nazareth intended to have dispatched Christ in that way (Luke 4:29).


"Or hurl at him by lying in wait, that he die": As a bowing wall, as the same writer instances in. Push down that upon him as he passes along. Lying in wait for him; or throws anything at him, with an intention to kill him, and does. Or casts down anything upon him, a large stone, or anything else, by which he dies.


This in our society, would be classified as premeditated murder. This is when a person kills from hate. This is murder.


Numbers 35:21 "Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die: he that smote [him] shall surely be put to death; [for] he [is] a murderer: the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer, when he meeteth him."


Give him a blow with his fist, on some part of his body where life is most in danger. And which issues in death.


"He that smote him shall surely be put to death, for he is a murderer": And therefore, according to the original law, ought to die. Without reprieve or pardon. And notwithstanding this law made for cities of refuge, which were to be denied him.


"The revenger of blood shall slay the murderer when he meeteth him": That is, when he is condemned, as both the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan interpret it. After a hearing and trial of his case.


This is still speaking of someone who plans to kill, and then carries it out. The revenger shall slay him for the murder he committed.


Numbers 35:22 "But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait,"


Push him from a precipice, before he is aware. Without any malicious design against his life, but merely through accident.


"Or have cast upon him anything": From the top of a house, or from a building he is pulling down. Or pushes a bowing wall upon him, not knowing that he is passing by it.


"And without laying of wait": Or having contrived to do it, just as he goes along, or in any other similar way.


Numbers 35:23 "Or with any stone, wherewith a man may die, seeing [him] not, and cast [it] upon him, that he die, and [was] not his enemy, neither sought his harm:"


Which is sufficient to kill a man, if thrown at him.


"Seeing him not": And so without intention. The Jews from hence gather, that a blind man is to be acquitted and dismissed. And not banished and so stands in no need of a city of refuge. Though others say he is to be banished, and needs it. And ought to have the privilege of it.


"And cast it upon him that he die": Casting, it upon another account, and with another view. But yet falling upon a man, it kills him.


"And was not his enemy, neither sought him harm": It was never known that they were at variance. Or that the slayer had ever by any overt act discovered any malice and enmity against the deceased. By word or deed, or ever sought to do him any injury. Either to his person or property.


Both of these are speaking of accidentally killing someone. This is not in hate or anger. It is an accident.


Numbers 35:24 "Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood according to these judgments:"


"Judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood": The congregation was called to decide the motive of the killer, whether it was with or without hostility. If there was evil intent, the killer was turned over to the avenger to be put to death. If, however, hostility could not be proven to exist between the killer and the victim, then the killer was allowed to remain in the city of refuge.


When the matter is brought before the congregation, they shall decide whether this was an accident, or whether this is premeditated murder. If it was an accident, the revenger must not kill him.


Numbers 35:25 "And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil."


"Unto the death of the high priest": The manslayer without evil intent was to remain in the city of refuge until the death of the High-Priest. The death of the High-Priest marked the end of an old era and the beginning of a new one for the manslayer.


The person who accidentally killed someone could live in the city of refuge, and no harm would come to him. He would be required to stay there, until the high priest died. At the death of the high priest, the sentence would be finished, and he could return to his home without fear of the revenger.


Numbers 35:26 "But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled;"


Which seems to be the three thousand cubits assigned to every city of the Levites. And so to the cities of refuge. And which, according to the Jewish writers, were a refuge, as the city itself. And it is said, "he, that kills a man there, is killed for him. But though the border is a refuge, the slayer does not dwell in it. As it is said (Num. 35:25). "He shall abide in it", but not in its borders."


"Whither he was fled": On account of manslaughter.


Numbers 35:27 "And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:"


Without the suburbs, fields, and vineyards belonging to it.


"And the revenger of blood kill the slayer": Being exasperated against him, and to avenge the blood of his relation on him.


"He shall not be guilty of blood": Or be reckoned murderer, or die for it.


If the one who killed the other man does not stay in the city of refuge, until the priest dies, he will be at the mercy of the revenger. The revenger can kill him, and not be punished for it.


Numbers 35:28 "Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession."


Nothing could give him his liberty but his death. So that though this was a merciful provision made in such cases for such persons. And was a considerable benefit and privilege. Yet it carried in it some appearance of a punishment. Since such a person was confined within the boundaries of one of the cities of refuge as long as the high priest lived. And this was done to make persons cautious how they were any way accessory to the death of another, though without design.


"But after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession": To that part of the land, and to that tribe to which he belonged. To his house and family, and to his possessions and inheritances, whatever he had. And to all the honors and privileges he before enjoyed. And under no danger from the avenger of blood henceforward.


This is very much like serving the sentence. When the high priest dies, he is pardoned. While the high priest is alive, he must stay in the city of refuge.


Verses 29-34: The Law took justice just as seriously as murder: a person could not be put to death by the testimony of only one witness; two were needed. Those who committed murder, however, were to be executed, and those who committed manslaughter had to stay in a city of refuge. These provisions were in place because the unjust taking of life "defileth the land".


Numbers 35:29 "So these [things] shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings."


The killer was safe only within the walls of his city of refuge. He became a virtual exile from his home. The provisions here made serve to mark the gravity of the act of manslaughter, even when not premeditated. And the inconveniences attending on them fell, as is right and fair, upon him who committed the deed. Unto the death of the high priest. The atoning death of the Savior cast its shadow before on the statute-book of the Law and on the annals of Jewish history. The high priest, as the head and representative of the whole chosen family of sacerdotal mediators, as exclusively entrusted with some of the chief priestly functions. As alone privileged to make yearly atonement within the Holy of Holies, and to gain, from the mysterious Urim and Thummim, special revelations of the will of God. Was, preeminently, a type of Christ. And thus, the death of each successive high priest pre-signified that death of Christ by which the captives were to be freed, and the remembrance of transgressions made to cease.


This is just one more commandment that the LORD gave these people to help them live peaceable lives together. God gave civil laws, dietary laws, as well as religious laws that they must live by. The LORD was their only law. They did not have an earthly king.


Numbers 35:30 "Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person [to cause him] to die."


"Witnesses": No one could be judged guilty of death on the testimony of only one witness. Two or more witnesses were required in all capital cases (compare Deut. 17:6; 19:15).


This is just saying in the matter of death, there must be more than one witness. A person could not be convicted with just one witness.


Numbers 35:31 "Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which [is] guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death."


Though he would give all his wealth and substance, all his estates and possessions, and whatever he is worth in the world. For all that a man has he will give for his life. But these are not to be taken, nor anything, and everything his friends may offer for him. All is to be rejected, the life of such a man is not to be saved on any consideration.


"Which is guilty of death": As he is who kills a man willingly and purposely. But one may be guilty of killing another, and yet not be deserving of death. When it is done ignorantly and accidentally with respect to him, for which reason this clause is added.


"But he shall be surely put to death": By the order of the civil magistrate. And if this is not done either through want of evidence, or the fault of the judge, or the criminal clemency of the chief governor. God sooner or later will take vengeance on such a person.


This is saying, have no mercy on him who commits murder. If he is guilty of premeditated murder, he must be put to death.


Numbers 35:32 "And ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest."


Though for killing a man unawares.


"That he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest": The high priest. Such a man's liberty was not to be purchased with money, nor even his life to be bought off, should he be taken without his city. A great ransom could not deliver him from the avenger, because he was guilty of this law, which so wisely and mercifully provided for him. And consequently guilty also of great ingratitude to God, as well as of a breach of his law. And of disrespect to his high priest, under whom he was protected.


This is also saying, do not pardon someone before they have served out their sentence. He must stay in the city of refuge until the LORD says his sentence is over, by the death of the high priest.


Numbers 35:33 "So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye [are]: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it."


"Blood that is shed therein": Though murder and inadvertent killing polluted the land, murder was atoned for by the death of the murderer. Failure to observe these principles would make the Land unclean. If the whole Land became unclean, then the Lord would no longer be able to dwell in their midst.


The sin of murder is actually a sin against God, and the life He placed in that person. Sin pollutes the land. Only by the shedding of blood, can sins be washed away.


Numbers 35:34 "Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inhabit, wherein I dwell: for I the LORD dwell among the children of Israel."


By the commission of such atrocious crimes, or suffering them to go unpunished. Or by taking a compensation for the life of the guilty person.


"Wherein I dwell": Which is added to strengthen the exhortation. And as giving a reason why care should be taken not to pollute it. Because the Holy God dwells there. As he did in the tabernacle erected for him. And in such a peculiar manner as he did not in other lands.


"For I the Lord dwell among the children of Israel": He now dwells among them as their God, and their King. His tent or tabernacle being pitched in the midst of the camps of Israel. And so he would continue to dwell among them when they were come to the land of Canaan, so long as they observed his laws, statutes, and ordinances. And therefore it behooved them to be careful that they did not pollute themselves and their land, and cause him to depart from them.


He is saying, "Be ye holy for I am holy. He will not dwell in a polluted land. He left the land of Israel, just before the Babylonians destroyed it. He will not inhabit a person proclaiming to be a Christian, if there is sin in his life.


Numbers Chapter 35 Questions


1. Where was Moses, when he received this message from the LORD?


2. Where will they enter the Promised Land?


3. What would be the inheritance for the Levites?


4. Who would give them to them?


5. Why did the Levites need the suburbs?


6. How many feet outside the city was for their animals?


7. What does the author believe the other footage to be for?


8. How many cities of refuge would there be?


9. How many cities would the Levites have?


10. Why can we assume these will be small cities?


11. How many cities did each tribe give?


12. When shall they establish the cities of refuge?


13. Who were the cities of refuge for?


14. Who must the manslayer stand before to be judged?


15. Why was it necessary to have six cities of refuge?


16. How many cities of refuge would be on either side of the Jordan?


17. What were the names of the cities of refuge on the eastern side of Jordan?


18. Who are the cities of refuge for?


19. If you hit someone with an instrument of iron, you have committed _____________.


20. Murder is when you _________ to kill someone.


21. Who was the "revenger of blood" usually?


22. In our society, killing that is planned ahead of time is called ________________ ___________.


23. Verses 22 and 23 are speaking of what kind of killing?


24. Who lived in the city of refuge?


25. How long must they stay there?


26. What happened, if they came out earlier?


27. Is the revenger guilty of murder?


28. Why did God give civil laws to these people?


29. In the matter of death, there must be _______ than ______ witness to convict a person.


30. What is verse 31 saying?


31. What is verse 32 saying?


32. The sin of murder is actually against _______.


33. When will God not inhabit a person?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu


Numbers 36



Numbers Chapter 36

Verses 1-13: Chapter 27 raised the question of the father's name dying out with his death, since he had no sons. Therefore, his land would pass to other members of his family. The rules of inheritance were altered for the daughters of Zelophehad so that they might inherit, because they had no brothers. But another problem arose concerning the right of daughters to inherit their fathers' land if they were to marry someone from another tribe. Then their land would eventually become the property of that other tribe, and permanently so after the Year of Jubilee (compare Lev. 25:10). To prevent this, Moses commanded that an heiress should marry within her father's tribe (verse 8). This would eliminate land transfers between tribes, and assure that "every one of the children of Israel shall keep himself to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers".


The last chapters of the Book of Numbers deal with the land, its distribution, its extent, and its holiness. Thus Numbers anticipates the entrance into the Promised Land.


Numbers 36:1 "And the chief fathers of the families of the children of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, of the families of the sons of Joseph, came near, and spake before Moses, and before the princes, the chief fathers of the children of Israel:"


The princes, as Aben Ezra. So the Septuagint version, which was the tribe of Manasseh, whose grandson Gilead was, as follows.


"The son of Machir, the son of Manasseh of the families of the sons of Joseph, came near": To the house of judgment, as the Targum of Jonathan. The Sanhedrim or court of judicature, consisting of the following persons.


"And spake before Moses": The Septuagint version adds, "and before Eleazar the priest", as in (Num. 27:2).


"And before the princes, the chief fathers of the children of Israel": The princes of the several tribes. Or it may be rather the seventy elders.


The father in the verse above, could be a father or a grandfather. The father of the family spoke for his family. In this particular instance, the father speaking was from the tribe of Joseph which had come down through Manasseh, Machir, and Gilead.


Numbers 36:2 "And they said, The LORD commanded my lord to give the land for an inheritance by lot to the children of Israel: and my lord was commanded by the LORD to give the inheritance of Zelophehad our brother unto his daughters."


One in the name of the rest.


"The Lord commanded my lord": That is, Moses, whom they address in a very respectable manner, being the chief governor of the nation under God.


"To give the land for an inheritance by lot to the children of Israel": Which command may be seen, in (Num. 26:53).


"And my lord was commanded by the Lord to give the inheritance of Zelophehad our brother": Or kinsman, being of the same tribe.


"Unto his daughters": Who sued for it, and upon Moses's consulting the Lord about it. It was ordered they should have it (Num. 27:1). And which these princes observed was likely to be attended with the following inconvenience.


We remember, that Zelophehad had no sons. The matter of the inheritance for the daughters had already come up, and the LORD told Moses the daughters were to inherit the same as the men.


Numbers 36:3 "And if they be married to any of the sons of the [other] tribes of the children of Israel, then shall their inheritance be taken from the inheritance of our fathers, and shall be put to the inheritance of the tribe whereunto they are received: so shall it be taken from the lot of our inheritance."


Which was not an unreasonable supposition, and perhaps was judged very probable and likely. If some method was not taken to prevent it. Which they might conclude from the application of some young men of the other tribes unto them.


"Then shall their inheritance be taken from the inheritance of our fathers, and shall be put to the inheritance of the tribe whereunto they are received": For the inheritance given unto them would of course, the above being the case, descend to their sons. And whose fathers being of other tribes, it would be fixed there.


"So shall it be taken from the lot of our inheritance": Which gave them some concern. For though this was no personal injury to them, nor any detriment to their families and estates, yet, as it was a lessening of their tribe. And they were uneasy about it. And the rather they might be, since half their tribe was to settle on that side Jordan, where they now were. And now all this, the suit of the daughters of Zelophehad for their father's inheritance, which was granted them. The address of young men to them as heiresses. The concern of the heads of the tribe of Manasseh on this account. All this, I say, being before they entered into the land, or it was conquered by them. Or divided to them by inheritance, show their strong faith and assurance that they should possess it.


The daughters of Zelophehad had inherited a parcel of land, the same as the sons of each of the other tribes. The question is, what happens if they marry someone of another tribe? Do they keep their inheritance and take into the marriage with them, or does it go back to the tribe they received it from?


Numbers 36:4 "And when the jubilee of the children of Israel shall be, then shall their inheritance be put unto the inheritance of the tribe whereunto they are received: so shall their inheritance be taken away from the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers."


At which time inheritances were to be restored to the original proprietors of them. Yet this would be of no service in the present case, but rather the contrary. Since it would fix the inheritances of these daughters in another tribe or in other tribes into which they should marry. And so Aben Ezra and Jarchi interpret it, "though" there shall be a jubilee, that will be of no advantage. It will not remedy this inconvenience. For;


"Then shall their inheritance be put unto the inheritance of the tribe whereunto they are received": It being one principal part of the business of the jubilee year to settle the inheritances of every tribe. And these daughters being married into another tribe, of consequence their inheritance would be placed there. Or should it be sold by their husbands, or their sons, at the year of jubilee it would be restored to them as of such a tribe.


"So shall their inheritance be taken away from the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers": And thereby be a lessening of it. And every tribe being ambitious of preserving and increasing its grandeur. This affair sensibly affected the heads of this tribe.


The jubilee could not transfer this land to the husband of this daughter. At jubilee, land went back to its original owner. The land of the tribe of Manasseh must stay in the hands of the descendants of Manasseh. This land would be the daughters' ancestors land forever. It appears, that even though jubilee was taught, it was never really practiced, even in Israel.


Numbers 36:5 "And Moses commanded the children of Israel according to the word of the LORD, saying, The tribe of the sons of Joseph hath said well."


Even all the tribes of Israel, whom the following law concerned, as well as the tribe of Manasseh.


"According to the word of the Lord": Whom no doubt he consulted on this occasion, as he did when the daughters of Zelophehad applied unto him about the inheritance of their father.


"Saying, the tribe of the sons of Joseph hath said well": In showing such a concern for the welfare of their tribe. The consideration of which would be of service to them all, and therefore was worthy of notice. Aben Ezra observes, that the heads of the fathers spoke for the sake of every tribe. What was for the good of them all, and therefore was well spoken.


Now we see the answer that Moses gave them. Moses is saying, that it was best to bring this up before it ever happened.


Numbers 36:6 "This [is] the thing which the LORD doth command concerning the daughters of Zelophehad, saying, Let them marry to whom they think best; only to the family of the tribe of their father shall they marry."


Concerning this affair relative to them. The Targum of Jonathan paraphrases the words, "not for the generations that rise up after the division of the land, but for the daughters of Zelophehad." As if this order only respected them, or what might happen before the land was divided, but not after. And this is the general opinion of the Jewish writers. But it seems, that as the following law not only concerns them, but all heiresses. So all such after as well as before the division of the land, since the reason of it holds good after as before.


"Saying, let them marry to whom they think best": Whom they like best, who are most acceptable to them. As it was reasonable they should, and not have such forced upon them, whose persons were disagreeable to them.


"Only into the family of the tribe of their father shall they marry": They were to marry not only such as were of the tribe of Manasseh, but of their father's family in that tribe. They could only marry into the family of the Hepherites (see Num. 26:32).


This would solve the problem. If they married within their own tribe, the land would remain with the tribe of Manasseh.


Numbers 36:7 "So shall not the inheritance of the children of Israel remove from tribe to tribe: for every one of the children of Israel shall keep himself to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers."


Because it was God's gift to each tribe, property could not be sold ("remove"), between tribes. This law stands in the background of the story of Ahab and Naboth. Naboth understood this principle, but Ahab sought to violate it (1 Kings 21:3).


The inheritance of the land was given to that particular tribe for all generations. They must not start changing land from one tribe to the other. The heritage is for generations to come. If they start changing it around, there will be no heritage for future generations.


Numbers 36:8 "And every daughter, that possesseth an inheritance in any tribe of the children of Israel, shall be wife unto one of the family of the tribe of her father, that the children of Israel may enjoy every man the inheritance of his fathers."


For the same law which gave the daughters of Zelophehad right to their father's inheritance, gave every other daughter in Israel a right to inherit where there were no sons (Num. 27:8). And every such daughter, according to this law.


"Shall be wife unto one of the family of the tribe of her father": Marry into her father's tribe and family": By which it appears that such who were not heiresses might marry persons of another family, and even of another tribe.


"That the children of Israel may enjoy every man the inheritance of his fathers": Of his father's brethren, or of those that are near akin to him.


This is a general rule to keep the inheritance together for the future generations. The only answer to this problem, is for her to choose a husband of her own tribe.


Numbers 36:9 "Neither shall the inheritance remove from [one] tribe to another tribe; but every one of the tribes of the children of Israel shall keep himself to his own inheritance."


Which was one end of the year of jubilee, but that did not sufficiently secure it without this law, as this case shows.


"But every one of the tribes of the children of Israel shall keep himself to his own inheritance": The chief view of which was, that it might clearly appear of what tribe and family the Messiah sprang when he came.


The land ownership must stay within the tribe it began with. Each tribe is like a nation unto themselves. They must stay with the inheritance God gave them from the beginning.


Verses 10-12: The Book of Numbers begins by discussing the obedience of the people (chapters 1-10), but much of the book speaks of Israel's disobedience, which led to the death of an entire generation in the wilderness. The book ends on a positive note, as the "daughters of Zelophehad" obeyed the words of Moses and "married into the families of the sons of Manasseh the son of Joseph".


Numbers 36:10 "Even as the LORD commanded Moses, so did the daughters of Zelophehad:"


They married into, the family of their father's tribe, according to the following account.


The last word on these matters was the LORD. The Lord spoke through Moses to these daughters. The daughters did exactly as Moses had told them.


Numbers 36:11 "For Mahlah, Tirzah, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Noah, the daughters of Zelophehad, were married unto their father's brothers' sons:"


The names of the daughters of Zelophehad, and the same as in (Num. 26:33). Only the order a little varied, Tirzah and Noah here changing places. There they are according to their birth, here they are according to their marriage, as Aben Ezra thinks. Though Jarchi is of opinion, that being thus differently placed shows that they were equal to one another, and one was not preferred to the other. These;


"Were married unto their father's brother's sons": So that they were first cousins.


They married their cousins. And the inheritance remained in their tribe. The names above are the names of Zelophehad's daughters.


Numbers 36:12 "[And] they were married into the families of the sons of Manasseh the son of Joseph, and their inheritance remained in the tribe of the family of their father."


"Married into the families ... Manasseh": The daughters of Zelophehad exemplified the obedience to God's commandments that should have been practiced by all of Israel. Their inheritance was a direct result of their obedience to the Lord, a basic lesson stressed throughout the whole book of Numbers.


They obeyed the will of God in this matter, and the inheritance stayed in the tribe of Manasseh of Joseph.


Numbers 36:13 "These [are] the commandments and the judgments, which the LORD commanded by the hand of Moses unto the children of Israel in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho."


The judicial laws concerning the division of the land of Canaan, the case of inheritances in it, and the cities of refuge.


"Which the Lord commanded by, the hand of Moses unto the children of Israel, in the plains of Moab by Jordan near Jericho": Where the Israelites had been ever since they were first observed by Balak king of Moab. And where the various things had been done recorded in the preceding chapters from that time.


The Lord was giving these people some last minute instructions, before the entering in of the Promised Land, here at Jericho. We must remember that Moses would not go into the land with them. He would die on the eastern side of Jordan.


Numbers Chapter 36 Questions


1. Who came to speak to Moses in verse 1?


2. Who were the fathers?


3. What tribe was the father from?


4. The LORD had commanded to give the land for an inheritance by lot to whom?


5. Who would receive the inheritance of Zelophehad?


6. Why did they receive the inheritance?


7. Who had decided, they would receive the inheritance?


8. What is the question in verse 3?


9. The jubilee could not transfer this inheritance of land to whom?


10. The land of the tribe of Manasseh must stay in whose hands?


11. What is Moses saying in verse 5?


12. Who were the only ones they could marry?


13. The inheritance of land was given to a tribe for all _______________.


14. Why was this to be practiced?


15. What did the daughters of Zelophehad do?





Go to Previous Section | Go to Next Section | Return to Top

Return to Numbers Menu | Return to Bible Menu

###